Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 1
Chapter: 528 COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE Gazette Number Version Date
Long title 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
An Ordinance to make provisions in respect of copyright and related rights and for connected purposes. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 3)
[The Ordinance, other than sections 142 to 149 and paragraph 5 of Schedule 4 }
27 June 1997 92 of 1997
Sections 142 to 144 } 25 July 1997
L.N. 406 of 1997
Sections 145 to 149 and paragraph 5 of Schedule 4 } 13 July 2001
L.N. 127 of 2001]
(Originally 92 of 1997)
Section: 1 Short title and interpretation L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
PART I
PRELIMINARY
(1) This Ordinance may be cited as the Copyright Ordinance. (2) (Omitted as spent) (3) The tables showing the provisions defining expressions used in Part II and Part III are set out in sections
199 and 239 respectively.
Section: 2 Copyright and copyright works 30/06/1997
PART II
COPYRIGHT
DIVISION I
SUBSISTENCE, OWNERSHIP AND DURATION OF COPYRIGHT
Introductory
(1) Copyright is a property right which subsists in accordance with this Part in the following descriptions of work-
(a) original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works; (b) sound recordings, films, broadcasts or cable programmes; and (c) the typographical arrangement of published editions.
(2) In this Part "copyright work" (版權作品) means a work of any of those descriptions in which copyright subsists.
(3) Copyright does not subsist in a work unless the requirements of this Part with respect to qualification for copyright protection are met (see section 177 and the provisions referred to there).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 1 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 2
Section: 3 Rights subsisting in copyright works 30/06/1997
(1) The owner of the copyright in a work of any description has the exclusive right to do the acts specified in Division II as the acts restricted by the copyright in a work of that description.
(2) In relation to certain descriptions of copyright work the following rights conferred by Division IV (moral rights) subsist in favour of the author or director of the work, whether or not he is the owner of the copyright-
(a) section 89 (right to be identified as author or director); and (b) section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 2 U.K.]
Section: 4 Literary, dramatic and musical works 30/06/1997
Descriptions of work and related provisions
(1) In this Part- "dramatic work" (戲劇作品) includes a work of dance or mime; "literary work" (文學作品) means any work, other than a dramatic or musical work, which is written, spoken or sung,
and accordingly includes- (a) a compilation of data or other material, in any form, which by reason of the selection or arrangement
of its contents constitutes an intellectual creation, including but not limiting to a table; (b) a computer program; and (c) preparatory design material for a computer program;
"musical work" (音樂作品) means a work consisting of music, exclusive of any words or action intended to be sung, spoken or performed with the music. (2) Copyright does not subsist in a literary, dramatic or musical work unless and until it is recorded, in writing
or otherwise; and references in this Part to the time at which such a work is made are to the time at which it is so recorded.
(3) It is immaterial for the purposes of subsection (2) whether the work is recorded by or with the permission of the author; and where it is not recorded by the author, nothing in that subsection affects the question whether copyright subsists in the record as distinct from the work recorded.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 3 U.K.]
Section: 5 Artistic works 30/06/1997
In this Part- "artistic work" (藝術作品) means-
(a) a graphic work, photograph, sculpture or collage, irrespective of artistic quality; (b) a work of architecture being a building or a model for a building; or (c) a work of artistic craftsmanship;
"building" (建築物) includes any fixed structure, and a part of a building or fixed structure; "graphic work" (平面美術作品) includes-
(a) any painting, drawing, diagram, map, chart or plan; and (b) any engraving, etching, lithograph, woodcut or similar work;
"photograph" (照片) means a recording of light or other radiation on any medium on which an image is produced or from which an image may by any means be produced, and which is not part of a film;
"sculpture" (雕塑品) includes a cast or model made for purposes of sculpture. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 4 U.K.]
Section: 6 Sound recordings 30/06/1997
(1) In this Part "sound recording" (聲音紀錄) means- (a) a recording of sounds, from which the sounds may be reproduced; or
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 3
(b) a recording of the whole or any part of a literary, dramatic or musical work, from which sounds reproducing the work or part may be produced,
regardless of the medium on which the recording is made or the method by which the sounds are reproduced or produced.
(2) Copyright does not subsist in a sound recording which is, or to the extent that it is, a copy taken from a previous sound recording.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 5A U.K.]
Section: 7 Films 30/06/1997
(1) In this Part "film" (影片) means a recording on any medium from which a moving image may by any means be produced.
(2) The sound-track accompanying a film is to be treated as part of the film for the purposes of this Part. (3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (2), where that subsection applies-
(a) references in this Part to showing a film include playing the film sound-track to accompany the film; and
(b) references to playing a sound recording do not include playing the film sound-track to accompany the film.
(4) Copyright does not subsist in a film which is, or to the extent that it is, a copy taken from a previous film. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 5B U.K.]
Section: 8 Broadcasts 36 of 2000 16/06/2000
(1) In this Part a "broadcast" (廣播) means a transmission by wireless telegraphy of sounds or of visual images and sounds or of representations thereof which-
(a) is capable of being lawfully received by members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or (b) is transmitted for presentation to members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere,
otherwise than through a service for making available to the public of copies of works or fixations of performances. (2) An encrypted transmission is regarded as capable of being lawfully received by members of the public in
Hong Kong or elsewhere only if decoding equipment has been made available to members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere by or with the authority of the person making the transmission or the person providing the contents of the transmission.
(3) References in this Part to the person making a broadcast, broadcasting a work, or including a work in a broadcast are-
(a) to the person transmitting the programme, if he has responsibility to any extent for its contents; and (b) to any person providing the programme who makes with the person transmitting it the arrangements
necessary for its transmission, and references in this Part to a programme, in the context of broadcasting, are to any item included in a broadcast.
(4) For the purposes of this Part the place from which a broadcast is made is the place where, under the control and responsibility of the person making the broadcast, the programme-carrying signals are introduced into an uninterrupted chain of communication (including, in the case of a satellite transmission, the chain leading to the satellite and down towards the earth).
(5) References in this Part to the reception of a broadcast include reception of a broadcast relayed by means of a telecommunications system. (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(6) Copyright does not subsist in a broadcast which infringes, or to the extent that it infringes, the copyright in another broadcast or in a cable programme.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 6 U.K.]
Section: 9 Cable programmes 36 of 2000 16/06/2000
(1) In this Part- "cable programme" (有線傳播節目) means any item included in a cable programme service; "cable programme service" (有線傳播節目服務) means a service which consists wholly or mainly in the lawful
sending by any person, by means of a telecommunications system (whether run by himself or by any other
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 4
person), of sounds, visual images, other information or any combination of them either- (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(a) for lawful reception, otherwise than by wireless telegraphy, at 2 or more places in Hong Kong or elsewhere, whether they are so sent for simultaneous reception or at different times in response to requests made by different users of the service; or
(b) for lawful reception, by whatever means, at a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere for the purposes of their being presented there either to members of the public or to any group of persons,
and includes such a service that has as a component a multipoint microwave distribution system, but does not include the services excepted under subsection (2);
"interconnection" (互相連接) includes interconnection that involves a change of technical characteristics, format or parameters;
"sounds" (聲音), for the purposes of the exclusion in subsection (2)(a), means speech or music or both except that they do not include, in relation to any telecommunications system, speech providing information for the purpose of facilitating the use of a telecommunications service provided by means of that system; (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
"visual images" (影像), for the purposes of the exclusion in subsection (2)(a), means visual images which are such that sequences of them may be seen as moving pictures. (2) The following are excepted from the definition of "cable programme service"-
(a) a service (such as the services commonly known as video conferencing and video telephony) which consists wholly or mainly in the transmission of sounds or visual images or both by any person if it is an essential feature of the service that, while they are being transmitted, there will or may be transmitted from each place of reception, by means of the telecommunications system or (as the case may be) the part of it by means of which they are transmitted, sounds or visual images or both for reception by that person; (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(b) a service for making available to the public of copies of works or fixations of performances, but excluding a service in which the transmission of moving visual representational images is an essential feature (such as the service commonly known as video-on-demand);
(c) the running by a broadcaster of a telecommunications system in the case of which every transmission made by it is either- (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28) (i) a transmission, by wireless telegraphy, from a transmitting station for general reception of
sounds, visual images or signals serving for the impartation (whether as between persons and persons, things and things or persons and things) of any matter otherwise than in the form of sounds or visual images; or
(ii) a transmission within a single set of premises of sounds, visual images or such signals which are to be or have been so transmitted;
(d) the running of a telecommunications system in the case of which the only agency involved in the transmission of things thereby transmitted is light and the things thereby transmitted are so transmitted as to be capable of being received or perceived by the eye and without more; (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(e) the running by a person of a telecommunications system which is not connected to another telecommunications system and in the case of which all the apparatus comprised therein is situated either- (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28) (i) on a single set of premises in single occupation (other than a service operated as part of the
amenities provided for residents or inmates of premises run as a business); or (ii) in a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or hovercraft or in 2 or more vehicles, vessels, aircraft or hovercraft
mechanically coupled together; (f) the running by a single individual of a telecommunications system which is not connected to another
telecommunications system and in the case of which- (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28) (i) all the apparatus comprised therein is under his control; and (ii) everything transmitted by it that is speech, music and other sounds, visual images, signals
serving for the impartation (whether as between persons and persons, things and things or persons and things) of any matter otherwise than in the form of sounds or visual images, or signals serving for the actuation or control of machinery or apparatus is transmitted solely for his domestic purposes,
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 5
and references in paragraph (e) and this paragraph to another telecommunications system do not include references to such a system as is mentioned in paragraph (c) (whether run by a broadcaster or by any other person); or (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(g) in the case of a business carried on by a person, the running, for the purposes of the business, of a telecommunications system which is not connected to another telecommunications system and with respect to which the following conditions are satisfied- (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28) (i) that no person except the person carrying on the business is concerned in the control of the
apparatus comprised in the system; (ii) that nothing that is speech, music and other sounds, visual images, signals serving for the
impartation (whether as between persons and persons, things and things or persons and things) of any matter otherwise than in the form of sounds or visual images, or signals serving for the actuation or control of machinery or apparatus is transmitted by the system by way of rendering a service to another;
(iii) that, in so far as sounds or visual images are transmitted by the system, they are not transmitted for the purpose of their being heard or seen by persons other than the person carrying on the business or any employees of his engaged in the conduct thereof;
(iv) that, in so far as signals serving for the impartation (whether as between persons and persons, things and things or persons and things) of any matter otherwise than in the form of sounds or visual images are transmitted by the system, they are not transmitted for the purpose of imparting matter otherwise than to the person carrying on the business, any employees of his engaged in the conduct thereof or things used in the course of the business and controlled by him; and
(v) that, in so far as signals of speech, music and other sounds are transmitted by the system, they are not transmitted for the purpose of actuating or controlling machinery or apparatus used otherwise than in the course of the business.
(3) The Chief Executive in Council may by order amend subsection (2) so as to remove exceptions, subject to such transitional provision as appears to him to be appropriate. (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
(4) References in this Part to the inclusion of a cable programme or work in a cable programme service are to its transmission as part of the service; and references to the person including it are to the person providing the service.
(5) Copyright does not subsist in a cable programme if- (a) it is included in a cable programme service by reception and immediate re-transmission of a broadcast;
or (b) it infringes, or to the extent that it infringes, the copyright in another cable programme or in a
broadcast. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 7 U.K. & 1956 c. 74 s. 14A U.K.]
Section: 10 Published editions 30/06/1997
(1) In this Part "published edition" (已發表版本 ), in the context of copyright in the typographical arrangement of a published edition, means a published edition of the whole or any part of one or more literary, dramatic or musical works.
(2) Copyright does not subsist in the typographical arrangement of a published edition if, or to the extent that, it reproduces the typographical arrangement of a previous edition.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 8 U.K.]
Section: 11 Authorship of work 30/06/1997
Authorship and ownership of copyright
(1) In this Part "author" (作者), in relation to a work, means the person who creates it. (2) That person is taken to be-
(a) in the case of a sound recording, the producer; (b) in the case of a film, the producer and the principal director; (c) in the case of a broadcast, the person making the broadcast (see section 8(3)) or, in the case of a
broadcast which relays another broadcast by reception and immediate re-transmission, the person
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 6
making that other broadcast; (d) in the case of a cable programme, the person providing the cable programme service in which the
programme is included; (e) in the case of the typographical arrangement of a published edition, the publisher.
(3) In the case of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work which is computer-generated, the author is taken to be the person by whom the arrangements necessary for the creation of the work are undertaken.
(4) For the purposes of this Part a work is of "unknown authorship" if the identity of the author is unknown or, in the case of a work of joint authorship, if the identity of none of the authors is known.
(5) For the purposes of this Part the identity of an author is regarded as unknown if it is not possible for a person to ascertain his identity by reasonable inquiry; but if his identity is once known it shall not subsequently be regarded as unknown.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 9 U.K.]
Section: 12 Works of joint authorship 30/06/1997
(1) In this Part a "work of joint authorship" (合作作品) means a work made by the collaboration of 2 or more authors in which the contribution of each author is not distinct from that of the other author or authors.
(2) A film is treated as a work of joint authorship unless the producer and the principal director are the same person.
(3) A broadcast is treated as a work of joint authorship in a case where more than one person is to be taken as making the broadcast (section 8(3)).
(4) References in this Part to the author of a work are, except as otherwise provided, construed in relation to a work of joint authorship as references to all the authors of the work.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 10 U.K.]
Section: 13 First ownership of copyright 30/06/1997
The author of a work is the first owner of any copyright in it, subject to sections 14, 15 and 16. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 11(1) U.K.]
Section: 14 Employee works 30/06/1997
(1) Where a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or a film, is made by an employee in the course of his employment, his employer is the first owner of any copyright in the work subject to-
(a) any agreement to the contrary; and (b) subsection (2).
(2) Subject to any agreement to the contrary, where such work is exploited by his employer or by someone else with the employer's permission in a way that could not reasonably have been contemplated by the employer and the employee at the time of making the work, the employer shall pay an award to the employee in respect of such exploitation at such amount as agreed between the employer and the employee or failing an agreement, as determined by the Copyright Tribunal.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 11(2) U.K.]
Section: 15 Commissioned works 30/06/1997
(1) Where a work is made on the commission of a person and there is an agreement between the author and the commissioner of the work which expressly provides for the entitlement to the copyright, copyright in the commissioned work belongs to the person who is entitled to the copyright under the agreement.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) and sections 13 and 103, the person who commissioned the work- (a) has an exclusive licence to exploit the commissioned work for all purposes that could reasonably have
been contemplated by the author and the person who commissioned the work at the time the work was commissioned; and
(b) has the power to restrain any exploitation of the commissioned work for any purpose against which he could reasonably take objection.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 7
Section: 16 Government copyright, etc. 30/06/1997
Sections 13, 14 and 15 do not apply to Government copyright or Legislative Council copyright (see sections 182 and 184) or to copyright which subsists by virtue of section 188 (copyright of certain international organizations).
Section: 17 Duration of copyright in literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
30/06/1997
Expanded Cross Reference:
182, 183, 184
Duration of copyright
(1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work.
(2) Copyright expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the author dies, subject as follows.
(3) If the work is of unknown authorship, copyright expires- (a) at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the work was first made;
or (b) if during that period the work is made available to the public, at the end of the period of 50 years from
the end of the calendar year in which it is first so made available, subject as follows.
(4) Subsection (2) applies if the identity of the author becomes known before the end of the period specified in subsection (3)(a) or (b).
(5) For the purposes of subsection (3) making available to the public includes- (a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work-
(i) performance in public; or (ii) being broadcast or included in a cable programme service;
(b) in the case of an artistic work- (i) exhibition in public; (ii) a film including the work being shown in public; or (iii) being included in a broadcast or cable programme service;
(c) making available of copies of a work to the public within the meaning of section 26, but in determining generally for the purposes of that subsection whether a work has been made available to the public no account is to be taken of any unauthorized act.
(6) If the work is computer-generated the above provisions do not apply and copyright expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the work was made.
(7) The provisions of this section are adapted as follows in relation to a work of joint authorship- (a) the reference in subsection (2) to the death of the author is to be construed-
(i) if the identity of all the authors is known, as a reference to the death of the last of them to die; and
(ii) if the identity of one or more of the authors is known and the identity of one or more others is not, as a reference to the death of the last whose identity is known; and
(b) the reference in subsection (4) to the identity of the author becoming known is to be construed as a reference to the identity of any of the authors becoming known.
(8) This section does not apply to Government copyright or Legislative Council copyright (see sections 182 to 184) or to copyright which subsists by virtue of section 188 (copyright of certain international organizations). <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 182, 183, 184 *>
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 12 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 8
Section: 18 Duration of copyright in sound recordings 30/06/1997
(1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of copyright in a sound recording. (2) Copyright expires-
(a) at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is made; or (b) if during that period it is released, 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is released,
subject as follows. (3) For the purposes of subsection (2) a sound recording is "released" when it is first published, played in
public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service; but in determining whether a sound recording has been released no account is to be taken of any unauthorized act.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 13A U.K.]
Section: 19 Duration of copyright in films 30/06/1997
(1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of copyright in a film. (2) Copyright expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the death
occurs of the last to die of the following persons- (a) the principal director; (b) the author of the screenplay; (c) the author of the dialogue; or (d) the composer of music specially created for and used in the film,
subject as follows. (3) If the identity of one or more of the persons referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (d) is known and the identity
of one or more others is not, the reference in that subsection to the death of the last of them to die is to be construed as a reference to the death of the last whose identity is known.
(4) If the identity of the persons referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (d) is unknown, copyright expires at- (a) the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the film was made; or (b) if during that period the film is made available to the public, at the end of the period of 50 years from
the end of the calendar year in which it is first so made available. (5) Subsections (2) and (3) apply if the identity of any of those persons becomes known before the end of the
period specified in subsection (4)(a) or (b). (6) For the purposes of subsection (4) making available to the public includes-
(a) showing in public; (b) making available of copies of a work to the public within the meaning of section 26; or (c) being broadcast or included in a cable programme service,
but in determining generally for the purposes of that subsection whether a film has been made available to the public no account is to be taken of any unauthorized act.
(7) If in any case there is no person falling within subsection (2)(a) to (d) the above provisions do not apply and copyright expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the film was made.
(8) For the purposes of this section the identity of any of the persons referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (d) is to be regarded as unknown if it is not possible for a person to ascertain his identity by reasonable inquiry; but if the identity of any such person is once known it shall not subsequently be regarded as unknown.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 13B U.K.]
Section: 20 Duration of copyright in broadcasts and cable programmes 30/06/1997
(1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of copyright in a broadcast or cable programme.
(2) Copyright in a broadcast or cable programme expires at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the broadcast was made or the programme was included in a cable programme service, subject as follows.
(3) Copyright in a repeat broadcast or cable programme expires at the same time as the copyright in the original broadcast or cable programme; and accordingly no copyright arises in respect of a repeat broadcast or cable programme which is broadcast or included in a cable programme service after the expiry of the copyright in the original broadcast or cable programme.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 9
(4) A repeat broadcast or cable programme means one which is a repeat either of a broadcast previously made or of a cable programme previously included in a cable programme service.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 14 U.K.]
Section: 21 Duration of copyright in typographical arrangement of published editions
30/06/1997
Copyright in the typographical arrangement of a published edition expires at the end of the period of 25 years from the end of the calendar year in which the edition was first published.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 15 U.K.]
Section: 22 The acts restricted by copyright in a work 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
DIVISION II
RIGHTS OF COPYRIGHT OWNER
The acts restricted by copyright
(1) The owner of the copyright in a work has, in accordance with the following provisions of this Division, the exclusive right to do the following acts in Hong Kong-
(a) to copy the work (see section 23); (b) to issue copies of the work to the public (see section 24); (c) to rent copies of the work to the public (see section 25); (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 5) (d) to make available copies of the work to the public (see section 26); (e) to perform, show or play the work in public (see section 27); (f) to broadcast the work or include it in a cable programme service (see section 28); (g) to make an adaptation of the work or do any of the above in relation to an adaptation (see section 29),
and those acts are referred to in this Part as the "acts restricted by the copyright". (2) Copyright in a work is infringed by a person who without the licence of the copyright owner does, or
authorizes another to do, any of the acts restricted by the copyright. (3) References in this Part to the doing of an act restricted by the copyright in a work are to the doing of it-
(a) in relation to the work as a whole or any substantial part of it; and (b) either directly or indirectly,
and it is immaterial whether any intervening acts themselves infringe copyright. (4) This Division has effect subject to-
(a) the provisions of Division III (acts permitted in relation to copyright works); and (b) the provisions of Division VIII (provisions with respect to copyright licensing).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 16 U.K.]
Section: 23 Infringement of copyright by copying 30/06/1997
(1) The copying of the work is an act restricted by the copyright in every description of copyright work; and references in this Part to copying and copies are construed as follows.
(2) Copying of a work means reproducing the work in any material form. This includes storing the work in any medium by electronic means.
(3) In relation to an artistic work copying includes the making of a copy in 3 dimensions of a 2-dimensional work and the making of a copy in 2 dimensions of a 3-dimensional work.
(4) Copying in relation to a film, television broadcast or cable programme includes making a photograph of the whole or any substantial part of any image forming part of the film, broadcast or cable programme.
(5) Copying in relation to the typographical arrangement of a published edition means making a facsimile copy of the arrangement.
(6) Copying in relation to any description of work includes the making of copies which are transient or are incidental to some other use of the work.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 17 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 10
Section: 24 Infringement by issue of copies to the public 30/06/1997
(1) The issue of copies of the work to the public is an act restricted by the copyright in every description of copyright work.
(2) References in this Part to the issue of copies of a work to the public are to the act of putting into circulation copies not previously put into circulation, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, by or with the consent of the copyright owner.
(3) References in this Part to the issue of copies of a work to the public do not include- (a) any subsequent distribution, sale, hiring or loan of copies previously put into circulation (but see
section 25: infringement by rentan( � or (b) any subsequent importation of those copies into Hong Kong.
(4) References in this Part to the issue of copies of a work include the issue of the original and the issues of copies in electronic form.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 18 U.K.]
Section: 25 Infringement by rental of work to the public L.N. 47 of 2008; L.N. 48 of 2008
25/04/2008
Remarks: * Italicized part is not yet in operation.
(1) The rental of copies of any of the following works to the public is an act restricted by the copyright in the work-
(a) a computer program; (b) a sound recording; (c) a film; (d) a literary, dramatic or musical work included in a sound recording;
*[(e) a literary or artistic work included in a comic book; or (f) the typographical arrangement of a published edition of a comic book.] (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 6)
(2) In this Part, subject to the following provisions of this section, "rental" (租賃) means making a copy of the work available for use, on terms that it will or may be returned, for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage.
(3) The expression "rental" (租賃) does not include- (a) making available for the purpose of public performance, playing or showing in public, broadcasting or
inclusion in a cable programme service; (b) making available for the purpose of exhibition in public; or (c) making available for on-the-spot reference use.
(4) References in this Part to the rental of copies of a work include the rental of the original. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 18A U.K.]
Section: 26 Infringement by making available of copies to the public 30/06/1997
(1) The making available of copies of the work to the public is an act restricted by copyright in every description of copyright work.
(2) References in this Part to the making available of copies of a work to the public are to the making available of copies of the work, by wire or wireless means, in such a way that members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere may access the work from a place and at a time individually chosen by them (such as the making available of copies of works through the service commonly known as the INTERNET).
(3) References in this Part to the making available of copies of a work to the public include the making available of the original.
(4) The mere provision of physical facilities for enabling the making available of copies of works to the public does not of itself constitute an act of making available of copies of works to the public.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 11
Section: 27 Infringement by performance, playing or showing of work in public
30/06/1997
(1) The performance of the work in public is an act restricted by the copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work.
(2) In this Part "performance" (表演), in relation to a work- (a) includes delivery in the case of lectures, addresses, speeches and sermons; and (b) in general, includes any mode of visual or acoustic presentation, including presentation by means of a
sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme of the work. (3) The playing or showing of the work in public is an act restricted by the copyright in a sound recording,
film, broadcast or cable programme. (4) Where copyright in a work is infringed by its being performed, played or shown in public by means of
apparatus for receiving visual images or sounds transmitted by electronic means, the person by whom the visual images or sounds are sent, and in the case of a performance the performers, shall not be regarded as responsible for the infringement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 19 U.K.]
Section: 28 Infringement by broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service
30/06/1997
The broadcasting of the work or its inclusion in a cable programme service is an act restricted by the copyright in-
(a) a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work; (b) a sound recording or film; or (c) a broadcast or cable programme.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 20 U.K.]
Section: 29 Infringement by making adaptation or act done in relation to adaptation
30/06/1997
Expanded Cross Reference:
23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28
(1) The making of an adaptation of the work is an act restricted by the copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work. For this purpose an adaptation is made when it is recorded, in writing or otherwise.
(2) The doing of any of the acts specified in sections 23 to 28, or subsection (1), in relation to an adaptation of the work is also an act restricted by the copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work. For this purpose it is immaterial whether the adaptation has been recorded, in writing or otherwise, at the time the act is done. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 *>
(3) In this Part "adaptation" (改編本)- (a) in relation to a literary work, other than a computer program, or dramatic work, means-
(i) a translation of the work; (ii) a version of a dramatic work in which it is converted into a non-dramatic work or, as the case
may be, of a non-dramatic work in which it is converted into a dramatic work; (iii) a version of the work in which the story or action is conveyed wholly or mainly by means of
pictures in a form suitable for reproduction in a book, or in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical;
(b) in relation to a computer program, means an arrangement or altered version of the program or a translation of it;
(c) in relation to a musical work, means an arrangement or transcription of the work. (4) In relation to a computer program a "translation" (翻譯本) includes a version of the program in which it is
converted into or out of a computer language or code or into a different computer language or code. (5) No inference is to be drawn from this section as to what does or does not amount to copying a work.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 21 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 12
Section: 30 Secondary infringement: importing or exporting infringing copy
30/06/1997
Secondary infringement of copyright
The copyright in a work is infringed by a person who, without the licence of the copyright owner, imports into Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong, otherwise than for his private and domestic use, a copy of the work which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe to be, an infringing copy of the work.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 22 U.K.]
Section: 31 Secondary infringement: possessing or dealing with infringing copy
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) The copyright in a work is infringed by a person who, without the licence of the copyright owner- (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 2)
(a) possesses for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 2. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 7)
(b) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire; (c) exhibits in public or distributes for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or
(Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 2. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 7) (d) distributes (otherwise than for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business) to such an
extent as to affect prejudicially the owner of the copyright, (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 2; 15 of 2007 s. 7) a copy of a work which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe to be, an infringing copy of the work.
(2) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(a) and (c) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 2)
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 23 U.K.]
Section: 32 Secondary infringement: providing means for making infringing copies
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) Copyright in a work is infringed by a person who, without the licence of the copyright owner- (a) makes; (b) imports into Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong; (c) possesses for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 3; 15
of 2007 s. 8) (d) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire,
an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of that work, knowing or having reason to believe that it is to be used to make infringing copies.
(2) Copyright in a work is infringed by a person who, without the licence of the copyright owner, transmits the work by means of a telecommunications system (otherwise than by broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service), knowing or having reason to believe that infringing copies of the work will be made by means of the reception of the transmission in Hong Kong or elsewhere.
(3) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(c) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in articles specially designed or adapted for making copies of copyright works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 3)
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 24 U.K.]
Section: 33 Secondary infringement: permitting use of premises for infringing performance
30/06/1997
(1) Where the copyright in a work is infringed by a performance at a place of public entertainment, any person who gave permission for that place to be used for the performance is also liable for the infringement unless when he gave permission he believed on reasonable grounds that the performance would not infringe copyright.
(2) In this section "place of public entertainment" (公眾娛樂場所) includes premises which are occupied
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 13
mainly for other purposes but are from time to time made available for hire for the purposes of public entertainment. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 25 U.K.]
Section: 34 Secondary infringement: provision of apparatus for infringing performance, etc.
30/06/1997
(1) Where copyright in a work is infringed by a public performance of the work, or by the playing or showing of the work in public, by means of apparatus for-
(a) playing sound recordings; (b) showing films; or (c) receiving visual images or sounds transmitted by electronic means,
the persons specified in subsections (2) to (4) are also liable for the infringement. (2) A person who supplied the apparatus, or any substantial part of it, is liable for the infringement if when he
supplied the apparatus or part- (a) he knew or had reason to believe that the apparatus was likely to be so used as to infringe copyright; or (b) in the case of apparatus whose normal use involves a public performance, playing or showing, he did
not believe on reasonable grounds that it would not be so used as to infringe copyright. (3) An occupier of premises who gave permission for the apparatus to be brought onto the premises is liable for
the infringement if when he gave permission he knew or had reason to believe that the apparatus was likely to be so used as to infringe copyright.
(4) A person who supplied a copy of a sound recording or film used to infringe copyright is liable for the infringement if when he supplied it he knew or had reason to believe that what he supplied, or a copy made directly or indirectly from it, was likely to be so used as to infringe copyright.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 26 U.K.]
Section: 35 Meaning of "infringing copy" 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
118, 118A, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 125, 126, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133
Infringing copy
(1) In this Part "infringing copy" (侵犯版權複製品), in relation to a copyright work, is to be construed in accordance with this section.
(2) A copy of a work is an infringing copy if its making constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work in question.
(3) Except as otherwise provided in section 35A or 35B, a copy of a work other than a copy of an accessory work is also an infringing copy if- (Amended 27 of 2003 s. 2; 15 of 2007 s. 9)
(a) it has been or is proposed to be imported into Hong Kong; and (b) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work in
question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that work. (4) For the purposes of sections 118 to 133 (criminal provisions) "infringing copy" (侵犯版權複製品) does
not include a copy of a work- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 118, 118A, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 125, 126, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133 *>
(a) that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; (b) that has been or is proposed to be imported into Hong Kong at any time after the expiration of 15
months beginning on the first day of publication of the work in Hong Kong or elsewhere; and (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 9)
(c) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work in question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that work,
or a copy of an accessory work- (i) that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; (ii) that has been or is proposed to be imported into Hong Kong; and (iii) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work in
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 14
question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that work. (5) For the purposes of Division VII (proceedings relating to importation of infringing articles), "infringing
copy" (侵犯版權複製品) does not include a copy of a work or a copy of an accessory work- (a) that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; (b) that has been or is proposed to be imported into Hong Kong; and (c) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work in
question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that work. (6) Where in any proceedings the question arises whether a copy of a work is an infringing copy and it is
shown- (a) that it is a copy of the work; and (b) that copyright subsists in the work or has subsisted at any time,
it shall be presumed until the contrary is proved that the copy was made at a time when copyright subsisted in the work.
(6A)Where, in any proceedings, a question arises as to whether a copy of a work that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made is an infringing copy by virtue only of subsection (3), and it is shown-
(a) in the case of a copy of a work that is stored in an optical disc, that the optical disc is not marked with a manufacturer's code as required under section 15 of the Prevention of Copyright Piracy Ordinance (Cap 544);
(b) that a label or mark on the copy, the article in which the copy is embodied or the packaging or container in which the copy is packaged or contained indicates that the copy was made in a country, territory or area outside Hong Kong; or
(c) that a label or mark on the copy, the article in which the copy is embodied or the packaging or container in which the copy is packaged or contained indicates that distribution, sale or supply of the copy is prohibited in Hong Kong or restricted to countries, territories or areas outside Hong Kong,
then, unless there is evidence to the contrary, the copy shall be presumed to have been imported into Hong Kong. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 9)
(6B) In subsection (6A)(a)- "manufacturer's code" (製造者代碼) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of the Prevention of Copyright
Piracy Ordinance (Cap 544); "marked" (標上) has the meaning assigned to it by section 15(3) of the Prevention of Copyright Piracy Ordinance
(Cap 544); "optical disc" (光碟) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of the Prevention of Copyright Piracy Ordinance
(Cap 544). (Added 15 of 2007 s. 9) (7) In this Part, "infringing copy" (侵犯版權複製品) includes a copy which is to be treated as an infringing
copy by virtue of any of the following provisions- (a) section 35B(5) (imported copy not an “infringing copy” for purposes of section 35(3)); (b) section 40B(5) (accessible copies made for persons with a print disability); (c) section 40C(7) (accessible copies made by specified bodies for persons with a print disability); (d) section 40D(2) (intermediate copies possessed by specified bodies); (e) section 40D(7) (intermediate copies dealt with by specified bodies); (f) section 41A(7) (copies made for purposes of giving or receiving instruction); (g) section 41(5) (copies made for purposes of instruction or examination); (h) section 44(3) (recordings made by educational establishments for educational purposes); (i) section 45(3) (reprographic copying by educational establishments for purposes of instruction); (j) section 46(4)(b) (copies made by librarian or archivist in reliance on false declaration); (k) section 54A(3) (copies made for purposes of public administration); (l) section 64(2) (further copies, adaptations, etc. of work in electronic form retained on transfer of
principal copy); (m) section 72(2) (copies made for purpose of advertising artistic work for sale); or (n) section 77(4) (copies made for purposes of broadcast or cable programme). (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 9)
(8) For the purpose of subsections (3), (4) and (5), "accessory work" (附屬作品) means a work incorporated in or consisting of-
(a) a label affixed to, or displayed on, an article;
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 15
(b) the packaging or container in which an article is packaged or contained; (c) a label affixed to, or displayed on, the packaging or container in which an article is packaged or
contained; (d) a written instruction, warranty or other information incidental to an article and provided with the
article on its sale; or (e) an instructional sound recording or film incidental to an article and provided with the article on its sale,
and the economic value of the article (inclusive of the label, packaging, container, instruction, warranty, other information, sound recording or film, as the case may be) is not predominantly attributable to the economic value of the work.
(9) (Repealed 27 of 2003 s. 2) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 27 U.K.]
Section: 35A Copy of a computer program, or of certain other works embodied in the same article as a computer program, not an "infringing copy" for the purposes of section 35(3)
L.N. 211 of 2003 28/11/2003
(1) A copy of a work to which this subsection applies is not an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) if it was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to- (a) a copy of a computer program; or (b) except as provided in subsection (3) or (4), a copy of a work other than a computer program, which
copy is embodied in an article that also embodies a copy of a computer program, that, but for subsection (1), would be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3).
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to any copy of a work described in subsection (2)(b)- (a) that is a copy of the whole or substantially the whole of a movie or a television drama; or (b) that is a copy of a part of a movie or a television drama if-
(i) all those parts of the movie or television drama copies of which are embodied in the article together constitute the whole or substantially the whole of the movie or television drama; or
(ii) the viewing time of all those parts of the movie or television drama copies of which are embodied in the article is, in the case of a movie, more than 15 minutes in aggregate or, in the case of a television drama, more than 10 minutes in aggregate,
and in paragraphs (a) and (b)(i), reference to a television drama, in the case of a television drama comprising one or more episodes, is reference to an episode of the television drama.
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to any copy of a work described in subsection (2)(b) that is- (a) a copy of a movie or a television drama (other than a copy to which subsection (3) applies); (b) a copy of a musical sound recording or a musical visual recording; or (c) a copy that forms part of an e-book,
(a "specified copy of a work") if the article in which the specified copy is embodied is likely, in being acquired by a person for his own use, to be acquired for the purpose of acquiring the specified copies of works that are embodied in it more so than for the purpose of acquiring the copies of works other than specified copies that are embodied in it.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), in considering the extent to which an article is likely to be acquired for the purpose of acquiring a particular copy of a work that is embodied in it, a copy of those parts of any computer program the function of which is to provide a means of-
(a) viewing or listening to a specified copy of a work that is embodied in the article (or, where that work is in encrypted form, a means of decrypting it so as to enable such viewing or listening); or
(b) searching for any specific part of a specified copy of a work that is embodied in the article, shall be regarded as part of the specified copy of a work.
(6) In this section, "e-book" (電子書) means a combination of copies of works embodied in a single article and comprising-
(a) one or more copies of each of- (i) a computer program; and (ii) a literary work (other than a computer program), a dramatic work, a musical work or an artistic
work ("main work"), so arranged as to provide for the copy of the main work to be presented in the form of an electronic version of a book, magazine or periodical; and
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 16
(b) where a main work is accompanied for illustrative purposes by any copy or copies of films or sound recordings, that copy or those copies.
(7) For the avoidance of doubt, reference in this section, other than subsection (6), to a copy of a work is reference to a copy of the whole or a substantial part of a work.
(Added 27 of 2003 s. 3)
Section: 35B Imported copy not an "infringing copy" for the purposes of section 35(3)
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
118, 118A, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133
(1) A copy of a work to which this subsection applies is not- (a) in relation to the person who imports it into Hong Kong, an infringing copy for the purposes of section
35(3) if- (i) it was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; and (ii) it is not imported with a view to its being dealt in by any person for the purpose of or in the
course of any trade or business; or (b) in relation to the person who possesses it, an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) if-
(i) it was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; and (ii) it is not possessed with a view to its being dealt in by any person for the purpose of or in the
course of any trade or business. (2) Subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work of any description except a copy of a work-
(a) that is- (i) a musical sound recording; (ii) a musical visual recording; (iii) a television drama; or (iv) a movie; and
(b) that is, or is intended to be, played or shown in public. (3) Notwithstanding the exception in subsection (2), subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work that is referred
to in subsection (2)(a) and that is, or is intended to be, played or shown in public- (a) by an educational establishment for the educational purposes of the establishment; or (b) by a specified library for use of the library.
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3)(b), a library is regarded as a specified library if it falls within the description of any library specified under section 46(1)(b).
(5) Where a copy of a work is not an infringing copy by virtue of subsection (1) but is subsequently dealt in for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business-
(a) if that dealing takes place within the period of 15 months referred to in section 35(4)(b), it is, for the purposes of sections 118 to 133 (criminal provisions), to be treated, in relation to that dealing and the person who deals in it, as an infringing copy; and <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 118, 118A, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133 *>
(b) irrespective of the time at which that dealing takes place, it is, for the purposes of any provision of this Ordinance except sections 118 to 133, to be treated, in relation to that dealing and the person who deals in it, as an infringing copy. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 118, 118A, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133 *>
(6) In this section, "deal in" (經銷) means sell, let for hire, offer or expose for sale or hire, or distribute for profit or reward.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 10)
Section: 36 Defences for the purposes of sections 30 and 31 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Defences
(1) For the purposes of sections 30 and 31 and for the avoidance of doubt, it is declared that if in an action for
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 17
infringement of copyright under section 30 or 31 in respect of a copy of a work which is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) and which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made, the defendant proves that- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 11)
(a) he had made reasonable enquiries sufficient to satisfy himself that the copy of the work imported or proposed to be imported into Hong Kong was not an infringing copy of the work;
(b) he had reasonable grounds to be satisfied in the circumstances of the case that the copy was not an infringing copy; and
(c) there were no other circumstances which would have led him reasonably to suspect that the copy was an infringing copy,
he has proved that he did not have reason to believe that the copy was an infringing copy. (2) In determining whether a defendant has proved under subsection (1) that he did not have reason to believe
that the copy was an infringing copy of the work, the court may have regard to, including but not limited to, the following-
(a) whether he had made enquiries with a relevant trade body in respect of that category of work; (b) whether he had given any notice drawing attention of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee to his
interest to import and to sell the copy of the work; (c) whether he had complied with any code of practice that may exist in respect of the supply of that
category of work; (d) whether the response, if any, to those enquiries made by the defendant was reasonable and timely; (e) whether he was provided with the name, address and contact details of the copyright owner or
exclusive licensee (as the case may be); (f) whether he was provided with the date of first day of publication of the work; (g) whether he was provided with proof of any relevant exclusive licence.
(3) In an action against a person for infringement of copyright under section 30 or 31, it is a defence for that person to prove that-
(a) he had placed an order with the copyright owner or the exclusive licensee, as the case may be, for the supply of copies of the work;
(b) the person with whom he placed the order had acted unconscionably by either withholding supply on unreasonable grounds or by agreeing to supply on unreasonable terms; and
(c) the import took place after that unconscionable act by the copyright owner or exclusive licensee and after the expiration of the period referred to in section 35(4)(b).
(4) In determining whether the copyright owner or exclusive licensee had acted unconscionably, the court shall take into consideration the established practices of the particular trade for the orderly distribution of copies of that category of work and, in particular, whether the order, if fulfilled, would conflict with a normal exploitation of the work by the copyright owner or the exclusive licensee, or would unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee.
(5) In determining whether supply is withheld on "unreasonable grounds" or whether the agreement to supply is on "unreasonable terms" the court shall have regard to the reasonable requirements of the particular trade or particular public, including but not limited to price and delivery times, the practice of the trade with existing stocks in Hong Kong, the practice of the trade generally for the product in its particular medium, category or language, the size of the order, enquiries made and whether or not any person has previously had unfulfilled orders with the particular supplier.
Section: 37 Introductory provisions 30/06/1997
DIVISION III
ACTS PERMITTED IN RELATION TO COPYRIGHT WORKS
Introductory
(1) The provisions of this Division specify acts which may be done in relation to copyright works notwithstanding the subsistence of copyright; they relate only to the question of infringement of copyright and do not affect any other right or obligation restricting the doing of any of the specified acts.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 18
(2) Where it is provided by this Division that an act does not infringe copyright, or may be done without infringing copyright, and no particular description of copyright work is mentioned, the act in question does not infringe the copyright in a work of any description.
(3) In determining whether an act specified in this Division may be done in relation to a copyright work notwithstanding the subsistence of copyright, the primary consideration is that the act does not conflict with a normal exploitation of the work by the copyright owner and does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the copyright owner.
(4) No inference is to be drawn from the description of any act which may by virtue of this Division be done without infringing copyright as to the scope of the acts restricted by the copyright in any description of work.
(5) The provisions of this Division are to be construed independently of each other, so that the fact that an act does not fall within one provision does not mean that it is not covered by another provision.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 28 U.K.]
Section: 38 Research and private study 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
General
(1) Fair dealing with a work for the purposes of research or private study does not infringe any copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 12)
(2) Copying by a person other than the researcher or student himself is not fair dealing if- (a) in the case of a librarian, or a person acting on behalf of a librarian, he does anything which regulations
under section 49 would not permit to be done under section 47 or 48 (articles or parts of published works: restriction on multiple copies of same materian( � or
(b) in any other case, the person doing the copying knows or has reason to believe that it will result in copies of substantially the same material being provided to more than one person at substantially the same time and for substantially the same purpose.
(3) In determining whether any dealing with a work is fair dealing under subsection (1), the court shall take into account all the circumstances of the case and, in particular-
(a) the purpose and nature of the dealing, including whether the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;
(b) the nature of the work; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with in relation to the work as a whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or value of the work. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 12)
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 29 U.K.]
Section: 39 Criticism, review and news reporting 30/06/1997
(1) Fair dealing with a work for the purpose of criticism or review, of that or another work or of a performance of a work, if it is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement, does not infringe any copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement.
(2) Fair dealing with a work for the purpose of reporting current events, if (subject to subsection (3)) it is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement, does not infringe any copyright in the work.
(3) No acknowledgement is required in connection with the reporting of current events by means of a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 30 U.K.]
Section: 40 Incidental inclusion of copyright material 30/06/1997
(1) Copyright in a work is not infringed by its incidental inclusion in an artistic work, sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme.
(2) The copyright is also not infringed by the issue or making available to the public of copies, or the playing, showing, broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service, of anything whose making was, by virtue of subsection (1), not an infringement of the copyright.
(3) A musical work, words spoken or sung with music, or so much of a sound recording, broadcast or cable programme as includes a musical work or such words, is not regarded as incidentally included in another work if it is
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 19
deliberately included. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 31 U.K.]
Section: 40A Definitions for sections 40A to 40F 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
40B, 40C, 40D, 40E, 40F
Persons with a print disability
In this section and in sections 40B to 40F- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 40B, 40C, 40D, 40E, 40F *> "accessible copy" (便於閱讀文本), in relation to a copyright work, means a version which provides improved access
to the work for a person with a print disability; "lend" (借出), in relation to a copy, means to make it available for use, otherwise than for direct or indirect economic
or commercial advantage, on terms that it will be returned; "print disability" (閱讀殘障), in relation to a person, means-
(a) blindness; (b) an impairment of his visual function which cannot be improved by the use of corrective lenses to a
level that would normally be acceptable for reading without a special level or kind of light; (c) inability, through physical disability, to hold or manipulate a book; or (d) inability, through physical disability, to focus or move his eyes to the extent that would normally be
acceptable for reading; "specified body" (指明團體) means a body of any of the following descriptions-
(a) an educational establishment specified in section 1 of Schedule 1; (b) an educational establishment exempt from tax under section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap
112); (c) an educational establishment receiving direct recurrent subvention from the Government; or (d) an organization which is not established or conducted for profit and whose main objects are charitable
or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of welfare for persons with a print disability. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)
Section: 40B Making a single accessible copy for a person with a print disability
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) If- (a) a person with a print disability possesses a copy of the whole or part of a literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic work (referred to in this section as "master copy"); and (b) the master copy is not accessible to him because of the disability,
it is not an infringement of copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement, for one accessible copy of the master copy to be made by or on behalf of the person for his personal use.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply- (a) if the master copy is an infringing copy; (b) if the master copy is of a musical work or part of a musical work, and the making of an
accessible copy would involve recording a performance of the work or part of the work; or (c) if the master copy is of a dramatic work or part of a dramatic work, and the making of an
accessible copy would involve recording a performance of the work or part of the work. (3) Subsection (1) does not apply unless, at the time when the accessible copy is made by or on behalf of the
person with a print disability, the maker of the copy is satisfied, after making reasonable enquiries, that copies of the relevant copyright work in a form that is accessible to the person cannot be obtained at a reasonable commercial price.
(4) If a person makes an accessible copy on behalf of a person with a print disability under this section and charges for it, the sum charged must not exceed the cost incurred in making and supplying the copy.
(5) Where an accessible copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is made or supplied in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy-
(a) for the purpose of that dealing; and
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 20
(b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes. (6) In subsection (5), "dealt with" (被用以進行交易) means sold, let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale
or hire. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)
Section: 40C Making multiple accessible copies by specified bodies for persons with a print disability
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) If- (a) a specified body possesses a copy of the whole or part of a commercial publication of a literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work (referred to in this section as "master copy"); and (b) the master copy is not accessible to persons with a print disability,
it is not an infringement of copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement, for the specified body to make for those persons or supply to those persons accessible copies of the master copy for their personal use.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply- (a) if the master copy is an infringing copy; (b) if the master copy is of a musical work or part of a musical work, and the making of an accessible copy
would involve recording a performance of the work or part of the work; or (c) if the master copy is of a dramatic work or part of a dramatic work, and the making of an accessible
copy would involve recording a performance of the work or part of the work. (3) Subsection (1) does not apply unless, at the time when the accessible copies are made, the specified body is
satisfied, after making reasonable enquiries, that copies of the relevant copyright work in a form that is accessible to a person with a print disability cannot be obtained at a reasonable commercial price.
(4) The specified body must- (a) within a reasonable time before making or supplying the accessible copies, notify the relevant
copyright owner of its intention to make or supply the accessible copies; or (b) within a reasonable time after making or supplying the accessible copies, notify the relevant copyright
owner of the fact that it has made or supplied the accessible copies. (5) The requirement under subsection (4) does not apply if the specified body cannot, after making reasonable
enquiries, ascertain the identity and contact details of the relevant copyright owner. (6) If the specified body charges for making and supplying an accessible copy under this section, the sum
charged must not exceed the cost incurred in making and supplying the copy. (7) Where an accessible copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is made or supplied in
accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy- (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.
(8) In subsection (7), "dealt with" (被用以進行交易) means sold, let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)
Section: 40D Intermediate copies 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) A specified body entitled to make accessible copies of a master copy under section 40C may possess an intermediate copy of the master copy which is necessarily created during the production of the accessible copies, but-
(a) the specified body may possess the intermediate copy only for the purpose of the production of further accessible copies; and
(b) the specified body must destroy the intermediate copy within 3 months after it is no longer required for that purpose.
(2) An intermediate copy possessed otherwise than in accordance with subsection (1) is to be treated as an infringing copy.
(3) A specified body may lend or transfer an intermediate copy possessed under subsection (1) to another specified body which is also entitled to make accessible copies of the relevant copyright work under section 40C.
(4) The specified body must-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 21
(a) within a reasonable time before lending or transferring the intermediate copy, notify the relevant copyright owner of its intention to lend or transfer the intermediate copy; or
(b) within a reasonable time after lending or transferring the intermediate copy, notify the relevant copyright owner of the fact that it has lent or transferred the intermediate copy.
(5) The requirement under subsection (4) does not apply if the specified body cannot, after making reasonable enquiries, ascertain the identity and contact details of the relevant copyright owner.
(6) If the specified body charges for lending or transferring an intermediate copy under this section, the sum charged must not exceed the cost incurred in lending or transferring the copy.
(7) Where an intermediate copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is possessed, lent or transferred in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy-
(a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.
(8) In subsection (7), "dealt with" (被用以進行交易) means sold, let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)
Section: 40E Records to be kept by specified bodies 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) A specified body must make a record of any accessible copy made or supplied under section 40C as soon as practicable after it is made or supplied.
(2) The record referred to in subsection (1) must include- (a) the date on which the accessible copy is made or supplied; (b) the form of the accessible copy; (c) the title, publisher and edition of the relevant master copy; (d) where the accessible copy is made for or supplied to a body or a class of persons, the name of the body
or a description of the class of persons; and (e) where more than one copy of the accessible copy is made or supplied, the total number of such copies.
(3) A specified body must make a record of any intermediate copy lent or transferred under section 40D as soon as practicable after it is lent or transferred.
(4) The record referred to in subsection (3) must include- (a) the name of the specified body to which and the date on which the intermediate copy is lent or
transferred; (b) the form of the intermediate copy; and (c) the title, publisher and edition of the relevant master copy.
(5) A specified body must- (a) retain any record made under subsection (1) or (3) for a period of at least 3 years after it is made; and (b) allow the relevant copyright owner or a person acting for him, on giving reasonable notice, to inspect
and make copies of the record at any reasonable time. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)
Section: 40F Supplementary provisions for sections 40A to 40E 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
40A, 40B, 40C, 40D, 40E
(1) This section supplements sections 40A to 40E. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 40A, 40B, 40C, 40D, 40E *>
(2) A copy (other than an accessible copy made under section 40B or 40C) of a copyright work is taken to be accessible to a person with a print disability only if it is as accessible to him as it would be if he were not suffering from the disability.
(3) An accessible copy of a copyright work may be in the form of- (a) a sound recording of the work; (b) a Braille, large-print or electronic version of the work; or (c) any other specialized format of the work.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 22
(4) An accessible copy of a copyright work may include facilities for navigating around the version of the work but must not include-
(a) changes which are not necessary to overcome problems caused by a print disability; or (b) changes which infringe the moral right of the author of the work conferred by section 92 not to have
the work subjected to derogatory treatment. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 13)
Section: 41A Fair dealing for purposes of giving or receiving instruction 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Education
(1) Fair dealing with a work by or on behalf of a teacher or by a pupil for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in a specified course of study provided by an educational establishment does not infringe the copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement.
(2) In determining whether any dealing with a work is fair dealing under subsection (1), the court shall take into account all the circumstances of the case and, in particular-
(a) the purpose and nature of the dealing, including whether the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;
(b) the nature of the work; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with in relation to the work as a whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or value of the work.
(3) Where any dealing with a work involves the inclusion of any passage or excerpt from a published literary or dramatic work in an anthology-
(a) if the inclusion is not accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement, the dealing is not fair dealing under subsection (1); and
(b) if the inclusion is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement, subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1).
(4) Where any dealing with a work involves the making of a recording of a broadcast or cable programme or a copy of such a recording-
(a) if an acknowledgement of authorship or other creative effort contained in the work recorded is not incorporated in the recording, the dealing is not fair dealing under subsection (1); and
(b) if an acknowledgement of authorship or other creative effort contained in the work recorded is incorporated in the recording, subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1).
(5) Where any dealing with a work involves the making available of copies of the work through a wire or wireless network wholly or partly controlled by an educational establishment-
(a) if the educational establishment fails to- (i) adopt technological measures to restrict access to the copies of the work through the network so
that the copies of the work are made available only to persons who need to use the copies of the work for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or for the purposes of maintaining or managing the network; or
(ii) ensure that the copies of the work are not stored in the network for a period longer than is necessary for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or, in any event, for a period longer than 12 consecutive months,
the dealing is not fair dealing under subsection (1); and (b) if the educational establishment-
(i) adopts technological measures to restrict access to the copies of the work through the network so that the copies of the work are made available only to persons who need to use the copies of the work for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or for the purposes of maintaining or managing the network; and
(ii) ensures that the copies of the work are not stored in the network for a period longer than is necessary for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or, in any event, for a period longer than 12 consecutive months,
subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1). (6) Without affecting the generality of section 37(5), where any dealing with a work involves the making of
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 23
reprographic copies, the fact that the making of the copies does not fall within section 45 does not mean that it is not covered by this section, and subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1).
(7) Where a copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy-
(a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.
(8) In subsection (7), "dealt with" (被用以進行交易) means sold, let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 14)
Section: 41 Things done for purposes of instruction or examination 30/06/1997
(1) Copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is not infringed by its being copied, to a reasonable extent, in the course of instruction or of preparation for instruction, if the copying-
(a) is done by a person giving or receiving instruction; and (b) is not by means of a reprographic process.
(2) Copyright in a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme is not infringed by its being copied by making a film or film sound-track in the course of instruction, or of preparation for instruction, in the making of films or film sound-tracks, if the copying is done by a person giving or receiving instruction.
(3) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of an examination by way of setting the questions, communicating the questions to the candidates or answering the questions.
(4) Subsection (3) does not extend to the making of a reprographic copy of a musical work for use by an examination candidate in performing the work.
(5) Where a copy which would otherwise be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, the copy is treated as an infringing copy for the purpose of that dealing and if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.
For this purpose "dealt with" (進行交易) means sold or let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 32 U.K.]
Section: 42 Anthologies for educational use 30/06/1997
(1) The inclusion of a short passage from a published literary or dramatic work in a collection which- (a) is intended for use in educational establishments and is so described in its title, and in any
advertisements issued by or on behalf of the publisher; and (b) consists mainly of material in which no copyright subsists,
does not infringe the copyright in the work if the work itself is not intended for use in such establishments and the inclusion is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement.
(2) Subsection (1) does not authorize the inclusion of more than 2 excerpts from copyright works by the same author in collections published by the same publisher over any period of 5 years.
(3) In relation to any given passage the reference in subsection (2) to excerpts from works by the same author- (a) is taken to include excerpts from works by him in collaboration with another; and (b) if the passage in question is from such a work, is taken to include excerpts from works by any of the
authors, whether alone or in collaboration with another. (4) References in this section to the use of a work in an educational establishment are to any use for the
educational purposes of such an establishment. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 33 U.K.]
Section: 43 Performing, playing or showing work in course of activities of educational establishments
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) The performance of a literary, dramatic or musical work before an audience consisting wholly or mainly of teachers and pupils at an educational establishment, parents or guardians of pupils at the establishment, and other persons directly connected with the activities of the establishment- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 15)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 24
(a) by a teacher or pupil in the course of the activities of the establishment; or (b) at the establishment by any person for the purposes of instruction,
is not a public performance for the purposes of infringement of copyright. (2) The playing or showing of a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme before such audience at
an educational establishment for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction is not a playing or showing of the work in public for the purposes of infringement of copyright. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 15)
(3) (Repealed 15 of 2007 s. 15) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 34 U.K.]
Section: 44 Recording by educational establishments of broadcasts and cable programmes
30/06/1997
(1) A recording of a broadcast or cable programme, or a copy of such a recording may be made by or on behalf of an educational establishment for the educational purposes of that establishment without thereby infringing the copyright in the broadcast or cable programme, or in any work included in it, if-
(a) an acknowledgement of authorship or other creative effort contained in the work recorded is incorporated in the recording made by the establishment; and
(b) it is not made for gain. (2) Recording or copying is not authorized by this section if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing
schemes are available authorizing the recording or copying in question and the person making the recording or copies knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.
(3) Where a recording or copy which would otherwise be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, the copy is treated as an infringing copy for the purposes of that dealing and if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.
For this purpose "dealt with" (進行交易) means sold or let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 35 U.K.]
Section: 45 Reprographic copying made by educational establishments or pupils of passages from published works
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Reprographic copying made by educational establishments or pupils of passages from published works (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 16)
(1) Reprographic copies of artistic works or of passages from published literary, dramatic or musical works may, to a reasonable extent, be made by or on behalf of an educational establishment for the purposes of giving instruction, or by a pupil for the purposes of receiving instruction in a specified course of study provided by an educational establishment, without infringing any copyright in the work, or in the typographical arrangement. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 16)
(2) Copying is not authorized by this section if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available authorizing the copying in question and the person making the copies knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.
(3) Where a copy which would otherwise be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is treated as an infringing copy for the purposes of that dealing, and if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.
For this purpose "dealt with" (進行交易) means sold or let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 36 U.K.]
Section: 46 Libraries and archives: introductory L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 25
Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
Libraries and archives
(1) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may- (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)
(a) by regulations prescribe conditions; and (b) by notice in the Gazette specify libraries or archives,
for the purposes of any provision in sections 47 to 53 (copying by librarians and archivists). <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53 *>
(2) In sections 47 to 53- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53 *> (a) references in any provision to the prescribed conditions are to the conditions prescribed for the
purposes of that provision under subsection (1)(a); and (b) references in any provision to a specified library or archive are to a library or archive of a description
specified for the purposes of that provision under subsection (1)(b). (3) The regulations may-
(a) provide that, where a librarian or archivist is required to be satisfied as to any matter before making or supplying a copy of a work- (i) he may rely on a signed declaration as to that matter by the person requesting the copy, unless he
is aware that it is false in a material particular; and (ii) in such cases as may be prescribed, he shall not make or supply a copy in the absence of a signed
declaration in such form as may be prescribed; (b) make different provisions for different descriptions of libraries or archives and for different purposes.
(4) Where a person requesting a copy makes a declaration which is false in a material particular and is supplied with a copy which would have been an infringing copy if made by him-
(a) he is liable for infringement of copyright as if he had made the copy himself; and (b) the copy is treated as an infringing copy.
(5) References in this section, and in sections 47 to 53, to the librarian or archivist include a person acting on his behalf. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53 *>
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 37 U.K.]
Section: 47 Copying by librarians: articles in periodicals 30/06/1997
(1) The librarian of a specified library may, if the prescribed conditions are complied with, make and supply a copy of an article in a periodical without infringing any copyright in the text, in any illustrations accompanying the text or in the typographical arrangement.
(2) The prescribed conditions must include the following- (a) that copies are supplied only to persons satisfying the librarian that they require them for purposes of
research or private study, and will not use them for any other purpose; (b) that no person is furnished with more than one copy of the same article or with copies of more than
one article contained in the same issue of a periodical; and (c) that persons to whom copies are supplied are required to pay for them a sum not less than the cost
(including a contribution to the general expenses of the library) attributable to their production. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 38 U.K.]
Section: 48 Copying by librarians: parts of published works 30/06/1997
(1) The librarian of a specified library may, if the prescribed conditions are complied with, make and supply from a published edition a copy of part of a literary, dramatic or musical work (other than an article in a periodical) without infringing any copyright in the work, in any illustrations accompanying the work or in the typographical arrangement.
(2) The prescribed conditions must include the following- (a) that copies are supplied only to persons satisfying the librarian that they require them for purposes of
research or private study, and will not use them for any other purpose; (b) that no person is furnished with more than one copy of the same material or with a copy of more than a
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 26
reasonable proportion of any work; and (c) that persons to whom copies are supplied are required to pay for them a sum not less than the cost
(including a contribution to the general expenses of the library) attributable to their production. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 39 U.K.]
Section: 49 Restriction on production of multiple copies of the same material
30/06/1997
(1) Regulations for the purposes of sections 47 and 48 (copying by librarian of article or part of published work) must contain provision to the effect that a copy is supplied only to a person satisfying the librarian that his requirement is not related to any similar requirement of another person.
(2) The regulations may provide- (a) that requirements are regarded as similar if the requirements are for copies of substantially the same
material at substantially the same time and for substantially the same purpose; and (b) that requirements of persons are regarded as related if those persons receive instruction to which the
material is relevant at the same time and place. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 40 U.K.]
Section: 50 Copying by librarians: supply of copies to other libraries 30/06/1997
(1) The librarian of a specified library may, if the prescribed conditions are complied with, make and supply to another specified library a copy of-
(a) an article in a periodical; (b) the whole or part of a published edition of a literary, dramatic or musical work; or (c) a sound recording or film,
without infringing any copyright in the text of the article, in the work, in any illustration accompanying it, in the typographical arrangement, or in the sound recording or film, as the case may be.
(2) Subsection (1)(b) and (c) does not apply if at the time the copy is made the librarian making it knows, or could by reasonable inquiry ascertain, the name and address of a person entitled to authorize the making of the copy.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 41 U.K.]
Section: 51 Copying by librarians or archivists: replacement copies of works
30/06/1997
(1) The librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive may, if the prescribed conditions are complied with, make a copy from any item in the permanent collection of the library or archive-
(a) in order to preserve or replace that item by placing the copy in its permanent collection in addition to or in place of it; or
(b) in order to replace in the permanent collection of another specified library or archive an item which has been lost, destroyed or damaged,
without infringing the copyright in any literary, dramatic or musical work, in any illustrations accompanying such a work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement or, in the case of a sound recording or a film, in the sound recording or film.
(2) The prescribed conditions must include provision for restricting the making of copies to cases where it is not reasonably practicable to purchase a copy of the item in question to fulfill that purpose.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 42 U.K.]
Section: 52 Copying by librarians or archivists: certain unpublished works 30/06/1997
(1) The librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive may, if the prescribed conditions are complied with, make and supply a copy of the whole or part of-
(a) a literary, dramatic or musical work from a document (including a document in electronic form); or (b) a sound recording or film,
in the library or archive without infringing any copyright in the work or any illustrations accompanying it or in the
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 27
sound recording or film. (2) This section does not apply if-
(a) the work had been published before it was deposited in the library or archive; or (b) the copyright owner has prohibited copying of the work,
and at the time the copy is made the librarian or archivist making it is, or ought to be, aware of that fact. (3) The prescribed conditions must include the following-
(a) that copies are supplied only to persons satisfying the librarian or archivist that they require them for purposes of research or private study and will not use them for any other purpose;
(b) that no person is furnished with more than one copy of the same material; and (c) that persons to whom copies are supplied are required to pay for them a sum not less than the cost
(including a contribution to the general expenses of the library or archive) attributable to their production.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 43 U.K.]
Section: 53 Copying by librarians or archivists: articles of cultural or historical importance
30/06/1997
The librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive may make a copy of an article of cultural or historical importance or interest and deposit the copy at the specified library or archive without infringing any copyright in respect of the article if the article is likely to be lost to Hong Kong through sale or export.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 44 U.K.]
Section: 54A Fair dealing for purposes of public administration 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Public administration
(1) Fair dealing with a work by the Government, the Executive Council, the Judiciary or any District Council for the purposes of efficient administration of urgent business does not infringe the copyright in the work or, in the case of a published edition, in the typographical arrangement.
(2) In determining whether any dealing with a work is fair dealing under subsection (1), the court shall take into account all the circumstances of the case and, in particular-
(a) the purpose and nature of the dealing, including whether the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;
(b) the nature of the work; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with in relation to the work as a whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or value of the work.
(3) Where a copy which apart from this section would be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing copy-
(a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes.
(4) In subsection (3), "dealt with" (被用以進行交易) means sold, let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 17)
Section: 54B Legislative Council 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) Copyright is not infringed by- (a) anything done for the purposes of the proceedings of the Legislative Council; or (b) anything done by or on behalf of-
(i) the members of the Legislative Council; or (ii) The Legislative Council Commission, for the purposes of the exercise and discharge by the Legislative Council of its powers and functions.
(2) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of reporting the proceedings of the Legislative Council; but this is not to be construed as authorizing the copying of a work which is itself a published report of the
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 28
proceedings. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 17)
Section: 54 Judicial proceedings 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Judicial proceedings (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 18)
(1) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of judicial proceedings. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 18)
(2) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of reporting such proceedings; but this is not to be construed as authorizing the copying of a work which is itself a published report of the proceedings.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 45 U.K.]
Section: 55 Statutory inquiries 30/06/1997
(1) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of the proceedings of a statutory inquiry. (2) Copyright is not infringed by anything done for the purposes of reporting any such proceedings held in
public; but this is not to be construed as authorizing the copying of a work which is itself a published report of the proceedings.
(3) Copyright in a work is not infringed by the issue or making available to the public of copies of the report of a statutory inquiry containing the work or material from it.
(4) In this section- "statutory inquiry" (法定研訊) means an inquiry held or investigation conducted in pursuance of-
(a) the Commissions of Inquiry Ordinance (Cap 86); or (b) a duty imposed or power conferred by or under an Ordinance.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 46 U.K.]
Section: 56 Material open to public inspection or on official register 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3
(1) Where material is open to public inspection pursuant to a statutory requirement, or is on a statutory register, copyright is not infringed by the copying of so much of the material as contains factual information of any description, by or with the authority of the appropriate person, for a purpose which does not involve the issuing or making available of copies to the public.
(2) Where material is open to public inspection pursuant to a statutory requirement, copyright is not infringed by the copying or issuing or making available to the public of copies of the material, by or with the authority of the appropriate person, for the purpose of enabling the material to be inspected at a more convenient time or place or otherwise facilitating the exercise of any right for the purpose of which the requirement is imposed.
(3) Where material which is open to public inspection pursuant to a statutory requirement, or which is on a statutory register, contains information about matters of general scientific, technical, commercial or economic interest, copyright is not infringed by the copying or issuing or making available to the public of copies of the material, by or with the authority of the appropriate person, for the purpose of disseminating that information.
(4) The Chief Executive may by regulation provide that subsection (1), (2) or (3) applies, in such cases as may be specified in the regulation, only to copies marked in such manner as may be so specified. (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
(5) The Chief Executive may by regulation provide that subsections (1) to (3) apply, to such extent and with such modifications as may be specified in the regulation- (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
(a) to material made open to public inspection by- (i) an international organization specified in the regulation; or (ii) a person so specified who has functions in Hong Kong under an international agreement to which
Hong Kong is a party; or
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 29
(b) to a register maintained by an international organization specified in the regulation, as they apply in relation to material open to public inspection pursuant to a statutory requirement or to a statutory register.
(6) In this section- "appropriate person" (適當的人) means the person required to make the material open to public inspection or, as the
case may be, the person maintaining the statutory register; "statutory register" (法定登記冊) means a register maintained in pursuance of a requirement imposed by or under an
Ordinance; "statutory requirement" (法例規定) means a requirement imposed by or under an Ordinance.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 47 U.K.]
Section: 57 Material communicated to the Government in the course of public business
30/06/1997
(1) This section applies where a work has in the course of public business been communicated to the Government for any purpose, by or with the licence of the copyright owner and a document or other material thing recording or embodying the work is owned by or in the custody or control of the Government.
(2) The Government may, for the purpose for which the work was communicated to it, or any related purpose which could reasonably have been anticipated by the copyright owner, copy the work, or issue or make available copies of the work to the public without infringing any copyright in the work.
(3) The Government may not copy a work, or issue or make available copies of a work to the public, by virtue of this section if the work has previously been published otherwise than by virtue of this section.
(4) In subsection (1) "public business" (公務) includes any activity carried on by the Government. (5) This section has effect subject to any agreement to the contrary between the Government and the copyright
owner. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 48 U.K.]
Section: 58 Public records 30/06/1997
(1) Material which is comprised in public records which are open to public inspection may be copied, and a copy may be supplied to any person without infringement of copyright.
(2) In this section "public records" (公共紀錄) means the records of any nature or description which have been made, received or acquired in the course of proceedings of the Legislative Council, judicial proceedings or executive transaction, together with the exhibits and other material evidence which form part of or are annexed to or are otherwise related to any record, which are or are required to be in the custody of, or which may be transferred to or be acquired by, any department of the Government.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 49 U.K.]
Section: 59 Acts done under statutory authority 30/06/1997
(1) Where the doing of a particular act is specifically authorized by an Ordinance, whenever enacted, then, unless the Ordinance provides otherwise, the doing of that act does not infringe copyright.
(2) Nothing in this section is to be construed as excluding any defence of statutory authority otherwise available under or by virtue of any Ordinance.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 50 U.K.]
Section: 60 Lawful user may make back-up copy of computer program 30/06/1997
Computer programs: Lawful users
(1) A lawful user of a copy of a computer program may make a back-up copy of the program without infringing the copyright in the program if it is necessary for him to have the back-up copy for the purposes of his lawful use.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 30
(2) For the purposes of this section and section 61 a person is a lawful user of a computer program if he has a contractual right to use the program.
(3) This section has effect subject to any agreement to the contrary. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 50A U.K.]
Section: 61 Lawful user may copy or adapt computer program 30/06/1997
(1) A lawful user of a copy of a computer program may copy or adapt the program without infringing the copyright in the program if the copying or adapting is necessary for his lawful use.
(2) A lawful user of a copy of a computer program may, in particular, if it is necessary for the lawful use of the program, copy the program or adapt it for the purpose of correcting errors in it.
(3) This section does not apply to any copying or adapting permitted under section 60. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 50C U.K.]
Section: 62 Use of typeface in ordinary course of printing 30/06/1997
Typefaces
(1) It is not an infringement of copyright in an artistic work consisting of the design of a typeface- (a) to use the typeface in the ordinary course of typing, composing text, typesetting or printing; (b) to possess an article for the purpose of such use; or (c) to do anything in relation to material produced by such use,
and this is so notwithstanding that an article is used which is an infringing copy of the work. (2) However, the following provisions of this Part apply in relation to persons making, importing, exporting or
dealing with articles specifically designed or adapted for producing material in a particular typeface, or possessing such articles for the purpose of dealing with them, as if the production of material as mentioned in subsection (1) did infringe copyright in the artistic work consisting of the design of the typeface-
section 32 (secondary infringement: making, importing, exporting, possessing or dealing with article for making infringing copy);
section 109 (order for delivery up); and section 118(4) (offence of making or possessing such an article). (3) The references in subsection (2) to "dealing with" an article are to selling, letting for hire, or offering or
exposing for sale or hire, exhibiting in public, or distributing. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 54 U.K.]
Section: 63 Articles for producing material in particular typeface 30/06/1997
(1) This section applies to the copyright in an artistic work consisting of the design of a typeface where articles specifically designed or adapted for producing material in that typeface have been marketed by or with the licence of the copyright owner.
(2) After the period of 25 years from the end of the calendar year in which the first such articles are marketed, the work may be copied by making further such articles, or doing anything for the purpose of making such articles, and anything may be done in relation to articles so made, without infringing copyright in the work.
(3) In subsection (1) "marketed" (推出市場) means sold, let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire, in Hong Kong or elsewhere.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 55 U.K.]
Section: 64 Transfers of copies of works in electronic form 30/06/1997
Works in electronic form
(1) This section applies where a copy of a work in electronic form (other than such a copy which was made available to the public) has been purchased on terms which, expressly or impliedly or by virtue of any rule of law, allow the purchaser to copy the work, or to adapt it or make copies of an adaptation, in connection with his use of it.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 31
(2) If there are no express terms- (a) prohibiting the transfer of the copy by the purchaser, imposing obligations which continue after a
transfer, prohibiting the assignment of any licence or terminating any licence on a transfer; or (b) providing for the terms on which a transferee may do the things which the purchaser was permitted to
do, anything which the purchaser was allowed to do may also be done without infringement of copyright by a transferee; but any copy, adaptation or copy of an adaptation made by the purchaser which is not also transferred is to be treated as an infringing copy for all purposes after the transfer.
(3) Subsection (2) also applies where the original purchased copy is no longer usable and what is transferred is a further copy used in its place.
(4) The above provisions also apply on a subsequent transfer, with the substitution for references in subsection (2) to the purchaser of references to the subsequent transferor.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 56 U.K.]
Section: 65 Certain acts permitted where works made available to the public
30/06/1997
Notwithstanding section 23, copyright in a work is not infringed by the making of a transient and incidental copy which is technically required for the viewing or listening of the work by a member of the public to whom a copy of the work is made available.
Section: 66 Anonymous or pseudonymous works: acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright or death of author
30/06/1997
Miscellaneous: Literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
(1) Copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is not infringed by an act done at a time when, or in pursuance of arrangements made at a time when-
(a) it is not possible by reasonable inquiry to ascertain the identity of the author; and (b) it is reasonable to assume-
(i) that copyright has expired; or (ii) that the author died 50 years or more before the beginning of the calendar year in which the act is
done or the arrangements are made. (2) Subsection (1)(b)(ii) does not apply in relation to-
(a) a work in which Government copyright subsists; or (b) a work in which copyright originally vested in an international organization by virtue of section 188
and in respect of which a regulation under that section specifies a copyright period longer than 50 years.
(3) In relation to a work of joint authorship- (a) the reference in subsection (1) to its being not possible to ascertain the identity of the author is to be
construed as a reference to its being not possible to ascertain the identity of all of the authors; and (b) the reference in subsection (1)(b)(ii) to the author having died is to be construed as a reference to all
the authors having died. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 57 U.K.]
Section: 67 Use of notes or recordings of spoken words in certain cases 30/06/1997
(1) Where a record of spoken words is made, in writing or otherwise, for the purpose of- (a) reporting current events; or (b) broadcasting or including in a cable programme service the whole or part of the work,
it is not an infringement of any copyright in the words as a literary work to use the record or material taken from it (or to copy the record, or any such material, and use the copy) for that purpose, if the conditions in subsection (2) are met.
(2) The conditions are that-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 32
(a) the record is a direct record of the spoken words and is not taken from a previous record or from a broadcast or cable programme;
(b) the making of the record was not prohibited by the speaker and, where copyright already subsisted in the work, did not infringe copyright;
(c) the use made of the record or material taken from it is not of a kind prohibited by or on behalf of the speaker or copyright owner before the record was made; and
(d) the use is by or with the authority of a person who is lawfully in possession of the record. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 58 U.K.]
Section: 68 Public reading or recitation 30/06/1997
(1) The reading or recitation in public by one person of a reasonable extract from a published literary or dramatic work does not infringe any copyright in the work if it is accompanied by a sufficient acknowledgement.
(2) Copyright in a work is not infringed by the making of a sound recording, or the broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service, of a reading or recitation which by virtue of subsection (1) does not infringe copyright in the work, if the recording, broadcast or cable programme consists mainly of material in relation to which it is not necessary to rely on that subsection.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 59 U.K.]
Section: 69 Abstracts of scientific or technical articles 30/06/1997
(1) Where an article on a scientific or technical subject is published in a periodical accompanied by an abstract indicating the contents of the article, it is not an infringement of copyright in the abstract, or in the article, to copy the abstract or issue or make available copies of it to the public. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 60(1) U.K.]
(2) This section does not apply if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available authorizing the act in question and the person so acting knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.
Section: 70 Recordings of folksongs L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
(1) A sound recording of a performance of a song may be made for the purpose of including it in an archive maintained by a body designated under subsection (4)(b) without infringing any copyright in the words as a literary work or in the accompanying musical work, if the conditions in subsection (2) below are met.
(2) The conditions are that- (a) the words are unpublished and of unknown authorship at the time the recording is made; (b) the making of the recording does not infringe any other copyright; and (c) its making is not prohibited by any performer.
(3) Copies of a sound recording made in reliance on subsection (1) and included in an archive maintained by a body designated under subsection (4)(b) may, if the conditions prescribed under subsection (4)(a) are met, be made and supplied by the archivist without infringing copyright in the recording or the works included in it.
(4) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may for the purposes of this section by regulation- (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)
(a) prescribe conditions; and (b) designate bodies, and he shall not designate a body unless he is satisfied that the body is not
established or conducted for profit. (5) The conditions prescribed under subsection (4)(a) must include-
(a) that copies are only supplied to persons satisfying the archivist that they require them for the purposes of research or private study and will not use them for any other purpose; and
(b) that no person is furnished with more than one copy of the same recording. (6) In this section, references to the archivist include a person acting on his behalf.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 61 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 33
Section: 71 Representation of certain artistic works on public display 30/06/1997
(1) This section applies to- (a) buildings; and (b) sculptures, models for buildings and works of artistic craftsmanship, if permanently situated in a public
place or in premises open to the public. (2) The copyright in such a work is not infringed by-
(a) making a graphic work representing it; (b) making a photograph or film of it; or (c) broadcasting or including in a cable programme service a visual image of it.
(3) Nor is the copyright infringed by the issue or making available to the public of copies, or the broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service, of anything whose making was, by virtue of this section, not an infringement of the copyright.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 62 U.K.]
Section: 72 Advertisement of sale of artistic work 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) It is not an infringement of copyright in an artistic work to copy it, or to issue or make available copies to the public, for the purpose of advertising the sale of the work.
(2) Where a copy which would otherwise be an infringing copy is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, the copy is treated as an infringing copy for the purposes of that dealing and, if that dealing infringes copyright, for all subsequent purposes. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 20)
For this purpose "dealt with" (進行交易) means sold or let for hire, offered or exposed for sale or hire, exhibited in public or distributed.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 63 U.K.]
Section: 73 Making of subsequent works by same artist 30/06/1997
Where the author of an artistic work is not the copyright owner, he does not infringe the copyright by copying the work in making another artistic work if he does not repeat or imitate the main design of the earlier work.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 64 U.K.]
Section: 74 Reconstruction of buildings 30/06/1997
Anything done for the purposes of reconstructing a building does not infringe any copyright- (a) in the building; or (b) in any drawings or plans in accordance with which the building was, by or with the licence of the
copyright owner, constructed. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 65 U.K.]
Section: 75 Films: acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright, etc.
30/06/1997
Miscellaneous: Films and sound recordings
(1) Copyright in a film is not infringed by an act done at a time when, or in pursuance of arrangements made at a time when-
(a) it is not possible by reasonable inquiry to ascertain the identity of any of the persons referred to in section 19(2)(a) to (d) (persons by reference to whose life the copyright period is ascertained); and
(b) it is reasonable to assume- (i) that copyright has expired; or (ii) that the last to die of those persons died 50 years or more before the beginning of the calendar
year in which the act is done or the arrangements are made. (2) Subsection (1)(b)(ii) does not apply in relation to-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 34
(a) a film in which Government copyright subsists; or (b) a film in which copyright originally vested in an international organization by virtue of section 188 and
in respect of which a regulation under that section specifies a copyright period longer than 50 years. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 66A U.K.]
Section: 76 Performance, showing or playing of works for purposes of club, society, etc.
30/06/1997
(1) It is not an infringement of the copyright in a work (other than a broadcast or a cable programme) to perform, show or play it as part of the activities of, or for the benefit of, a club, society or other organization if the following conditions are met.
(2) The conditions are- (a) that the club, society or organization is not established or conducted for profit and its main objects are
charitable or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of religion, education or social welfare; and
(b) that the proceeds of any charge for admission to the place where the work is to be performed, shown or played are applied solely for the purposes of the club, society or organization.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 67 U.K.]
Section: 77 Incidental recording for purposes of broadcast or cable programme
30/06/1997
Miscellaneous: Broadcasts and cable programmes
(1) This section applies where by virtue of a licence or assignment of copyright a person is authorized to broadcast or include in a cable programme service-
(a) a literary, dramatic or musical work, or an adaptation of such a work; (b) an artistic work; or (c) a sound recording or film.
(2) He is by virtue of this section to be treated as licensed by the owner of the copyright in the work to do or authorize any of the following for the purposes of the broadcast or cable programme-
(a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, or an adaptation of such a work, to make a sound recording or film of the work or adaptation;
(b) in the case of an artistic work, to take a photograph or make a film of the work; (c) in the case of a sound recording or film, to make a copy of it.
(3) That licence is subject to the condition that the sound recording, film, photograph or copy in question- (a) must not be used for any other purposes; (b) must be destroyed within 3 months of being first used for broadcasting the work or, as the case may be,
including it in a cable programme service. (4) A sound recording, film, photograph or copy made in accordance with this section is treated as an
infringing copy- (a) for the purposes of any use in breach of the condition mentioned in subsection (3)(a); and (b) for all purposes after that condition or the condition mentioned in subsection (3)(b) is broken.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 68 U.K.]
Section: 78 Recording for purposes of supervision and control of broadcasts and cable programmes
30/06/1997
(1) Copyright is not infringed by the making or use by Radio Television Hong Kong, for the purposes of maintaining supervision and control over programmes broadcast by them, of recordings of those programmes.
(2) Copyright is not infringed by the making or use of recordings- (a) by the Broadcasting Authority for the performance of its functions mentioned in section 9 of the
Broadcasting Authority Ordinance (Cap 391); or (b) pursuant to the instructions of the Broadcasting Authority in the performance of those functions.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 69 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 35
Section: 79 Recording for purposes of time-shifting 30/06/1997
The making for private and domestic use of a recording of a broadcast or cable programme solely for the purpose of enabling it to be viewed or listened to at a more convenient time does not infringe any copyright in the broadcast or cable programme or in any work included in it.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 70 U.K.]
Section: 80 Photographs of television broadcasts or cable programmes 30/06/1997
The making for private and domestic use of a photograph of the whole or any part of an image forming part of a television broadcast or cable programme, or a copy of such a photograph, does not infringe any copyright in the broadcast or cable programme or in any film included in it.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 71 U.K.]
Section: 81 Free public showing or playing of broadcast or cable programme
30/06/1997
(1) The showing or playing in public of a broadcast or cable programme (other than an encrypted broadcast or cable programme) to an audience who have not paid for admission to the place where the broadcast or programme is to be seen or heard does not infringe any copyright in-
(a) the broadcast or cable programme; or (b) any sound recording or film included in it.
(2) The audience are treated as having paid for admission to a place- (a) if they have paid for admission to a place of which that place forms part; or (b) if goods or services are supplied at that place (or a place of which it forms part)-
(i) at prices which are substantially attributable to the facilities afforded for seeing or hearing the broadcast or programme; or
(ii) at prices exceeding those usually charged there and which are partly attributable to those facilities.
(3) The following are not regarded as having paid for admission to a place- (a) persons admitted as residents or inmates of the place which is operated by a charitable organization
and the facilities therein are not provided for profit; (b) persons admitted as members of a club or society whose main objects are charitable or are otherwise
concerned with the advancement of religion, education or social welfare and where the payment is only for membership of the club or society and the provision of facilities for seeing or hearing broadcasts or programmes is only incidental to the main purposes of the club or society.
(4) Where the making of the broadcast or inclusion of the programme in a cable programme service was an infringement of the copyright in a sound recording or film, the fact that it was heard or seen in public by the reception of the broadcast or programme is to be taken into account in assessing the damages for that infringement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 72 U.K.]
Section: 81A Playing of sound broadcasts inside vehicles 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) The playing of a sound broadcast inside a vehicle primarily for the purpose of affording the driver of the vehicle access to public information (including but not limited to news reports, weather forecasts and information relating to road traffic) does not infringe the copyright in the sound broadcast, any sound recording included in it or any literary, dramatic or musical work included in it.
(2) In subsection (1), "vehicle" (車輛) means any vehicle constructed or adapted for use on roads. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 21)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 36
Section: 82 Reception and re-transmission of broadcast in cable programme service
48 of 2000 07/07/2000
(1) The copyright in a television broadcast or a sound broadcast is not infringed by any person who, by the reception and immediate re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided-
(a) by a communal aerial broadcast distribution system within the scope of section 8(4)(e) of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap 106);
(b) by an interconnection between a communal aerial broadcast distribution system within the scope of section 8(4)(e) of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap 106) and a subscription television network licensed, or deemed to be licensed, under the Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap 106), where the re- transmission is for the reception of the users of the communal aerial broadcast distribution system; or (Amended 48 of 2000 s. 44)
(c) by a system licensed under a broadcast relay station licence issued under the Telecommunications Regulations (Cap 106 sub. leg. A). (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(2) The copyright in a television broadcast which is not encrypted or in a sound broadcast which is not encrypted is not infringed by any person who, by the reception and immediate re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided-
(a) by a system licensed under a satellite master antenna television licence issued under the Telecommunications Regulations (Cap 106 sub. leg. A); or
(b) by an interconnection between a system licensed under a satellite master antenna television licence issued under the Telecommunications Regulations (Cap 106 sub. leg. A) and a subscription television network licensed, or deemed to be licensed, under the Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap 106) and where the re-transmission is for the reception of the users of the satellite master antenna television system, (Amended 48 of 2000 s. 44)
until the expiration of 6 months beginning on the day of publication of the notice in accordance with subsection (5). (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(3) Where a television broadcast or sound broadcast is made or uplinked from a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere, and the broadcast is a lawful broadcast, then any person who, by the reception and immediate re- transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided by a system or an interconnection specified in subsection (1) or (2), being a programme comprising a literary, dramatic or musical work, or an adaptation of such a work, or an artistic work, or a sound recording or film, shall be in a like position, in any proceedings for infringement of the copyright (if any) in the work, recording or film, as if he had been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of that copyright to include the work, adaptation, recording or film in any programme so included in that service.
(4) Where a television broadcast or a sound broadcast is not encrypted, the person who, by the reception and immediate re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided by a system or interconnection specified in subsection (2) is deemed to have been granted an implied licence by the maker of the broadcast to receive and re-transmit the broadcast using the system which is only revocable by notice given in accordance with subsection (5).
(5) The maker of a broadcast in respect of which a licence is deemed to have been granted under subsection (4) may revoke the licence by publishing a notice of revocation in-
(a) 1 Chinese language newspaper circulating in Hong Kong; and (b) 1 English language newspaper circulating in Hong Kong.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 73 U.K.]
Section: 83 Provision of sub-titled copies of broadcast or cable programme L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
(1) A body designated under subsection (3) may, for the purpose of providing people who are deaf or hard of hearing, or physically or mentally handicapped in other ways, with copies which are sub-titled or otherwise modified for their special needs, make copies of television broadcasts or cable programmes and issue and make available copies
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 37
to the public, without infringing any copyright in the broadcasts or cable programmes or works included in them. (2) This section does not apply if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available
authorizing the act in question and the person so acting knew or ought to have been aware of that fact. (3) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice in the Gazette, designate bodies
for the purposes of this section, and the Secretary shall not designate a body unless he is satisfied that it is not established or conducted for profit. (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 74 U.K.]
Section: 84 Recording for archival purposes L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
(1) A recording of a broadcast or cable programme of a class designated under subsection (2), or a copy of such a recording, may be made for the purpose of being placed in an archive maintained by a body designated under subsection (2) without thereby infringing any copyright in the broadcast or cable programme or in any work included in it.
(2) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice in the Gazette, designate any class of broadcast or of cable programme and any body for the purposes of this section, and the Secretary shall not designate a body unless he is satisfied that it is not established or conducted for profit. (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 75 U.K.]
Section: 85 Adaptations 30/06/1997
Adaptations
An act which by virtue of this Division may be done without infringing copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work does not, where that work is an adaptation, infringe any copyright in the work from which the adaptation was made.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 76 U.K.]
Section: 86 Corresponding design 30/06/1997
Designs
In sections 87 and 88, a "corresponding design" (相應外觀設計), in relation to an artistic work, means a design within the meaning of the Registered Designs Ordinance (Cap 522) which if applied to an article would produce something which would be treated for the purposes of this Part as a copy of the artistic work.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 53(2) U.K.]
Section: 87 Effect of exploitation of design derived from artistic work 30/06/1997
(1) This section applies where an artistic work has been exploited, by or with the licence of the copyright owner, by-
(a) making by an industrial process articles falling to be treated for the purposes of this Part as copies of the work; and
(b) marketing such articles, in Hong Kong or elsewhere. (2) After the end of the period of 25 years from the end of the calendar year in which such articles
incorporating a registered corresponding design are first marketed, the work may be copied by making articles of any description, or doing anything for the purpose of making articles of any description, and anything may be done in relation to articles so made, without infringing copyright in the work.
(3) After the end of the period of 15 years from the end of the calendar year in which such articles
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 38
incorporating an unregistered corresponding design are first marketed, the work may be copied by making articles of any description, or doing anything for the purpose of making articles of any description, and anything may be done in relation to articles so made, without infringing copyright in the work.
(4) Where only part of an artistic work is exploited as mentioned in subsection (1), subsection (2) or (3) applies only in relation to that part.
(5) In this section- (a) "registered corresponding design" (經註冊的相應外觀設計) means a corresponding design which
has been registered under the Registered Designs Ordinance (Cap 522); (b) "unregistered corresponding design" (未經註冊的相應外觀設計) means a corresponding design
which has not been registered under the Registered Designs Ordinance (Cap 522), and includes a corresponding design which is not registrable under that Ordinance;
(c) references to articles do not include films; (d) references to the marketing of an article are to its being sold or let for hire or offered or exposed for
sale or hire. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 52 U.K.]
Section: 88 Things done in reliance on registration of design 30/06/1997
The copyright in an artistic work is not infringed by anything done- (a) in pursuance of an assignment or licence made or granted by a person registered under the Registered
Designs Ordinance (Cap. 522) as the registered owner of a corresponding design; and (b) in good faith in reliance on the registration and without notice of any proceedings for the cancellation
of the registration or for rectifying the relevant entry in the register of designs, and this is so notwithstanding that the person registered as the registered owner was not the owner of the design for the purposes of that Ordinance.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 53(1) U.K.]
Section: 89 Right to be identified as author or director 30/06/1997
DIVISION IV
MORAL RIGHTS
Right to be identified as author or director
(1) The author of a copyright literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, and the director of a copyright film, has the right to be identified as the author or director of the work in the circumstances mentioned in this section; but the right is not infringed unless it has been asserted in accordance with section 90.
(2) The author of a literary work (other than words intended to be sung or spoken with music) or a dramatic work has the right to be identified whenever-
(a) the work is published commercially, performed in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service; or
(b) copies of a film or sound recording including the work are issued or made available to the public, and that right includes the right to be identified whenever any of those events occur in relation to an adaptation of the work as the author of the work from which the adaptation was made.
(3) The author of a musical work, or a literary work consisting of words intended to be sung or spoken with music, has the right to be identified whenever-
(a) the work is published commercially, performed in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service;
(b) copies of a sound recording of the work are issued or made available to the public; or (c) a film of which the sound-track includes the work is shown in public or copies of such a film are
issued or made available to the public, and that right includes the right to be identified whenever any of those events occur in relation to an adaptation of the work as the author of the work from which the adaptation was made.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 39
(4) The author of an artistic work has the right to be identified whenever- (a) the work is published commercially or exhibited in public, or a visual image of it is broadcast or
included in a cable programme service; (b) a film including a visual image of the work is shown in public or copies of such a film are issued or
made available to the public; or (c) in the case of a work of architecture in the form of a building or a model for a building, a sculpture or a
work of artistic craftsmanship, copies of a graphic work representing it, or of a photograph of it, are issued or made available to the public.
(5) The author of a work of architecture in the form of a building also has the right to be identified on the building as constructed or, where more than one building is constructed to the design, on the first to be constructed.
(6) The director of a film has the right to be identified whenever the film is shown in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service or copies of the film are issued or made available to the public.
(7) The right of the author or director under this section is- (a) in the case of commercial publication or the issue or making available to the public of copies of a film
or sound recording, to be identified in or on each copy or, if that is not appropriate, in some other manner likely to bring his identity to the notice of a person acquiring a copy;
(b) in the case of identification on a building, to be identified by appropriate means visible to persons entering or approaching the building; and
(c) in any other case, to be identified in a manner likely to bring his identity to the notice of a person seeing or hearing the performance, exhibition, showing, broadcast or cable programme in question,
and the identification must in each case be clear and reasonably prominent. (8) If the author or director in asserting his right to be identified specifies a pseudonym, initials or some other
particular form of identification, that form must be used; otherwise any reasonable form of identification may be used. (9) This section has effect subject to section 91.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 77 U.K.]
Section: 90 Requirement that right be asserted 30/06/1997
(1) A person does not infringe the right conferred by section 89 (right to be identified as author or director) by doing any of the acts mentioned in that section unless the right has been asserted in accordance with the following provisions so as to bind him in relation to that act.
(2) The right may be asserted generally, or in relation to any specified act or description of acts- (a) on an assignment of copyright in the work, by including in the instrument effecting the assignment a
statement that the author or director asserts in relation to that work his right to be identified; or (b) by instrument in writing signed by the author or director.
(3) The right may also be asserted in relation to the public exhibition of an artistic work- (a) by securing that when the author or other first owner of copyright parts with possession of the original,
or of a copy made by him or under his direction or control, the author is identified on the original or copy, or on a frame, mount or other thing to which it is attached; or
(b) by including in a licence by which the author or other first owner of copyright authorizes the making of copies of the work a written statement signed by or on behalf of the person granting the licence that the author asserts his right to be identified in the event of the public exhibition of a copy made in pursuance of the licence.
(4) The persons bound by an assertion of the right under subsection (2) or (3) are- (a) in the case of an assertion under subsection (2)(a), the assignee and anyone claiming through him,
whether or not he has notice of the assertion; (b) in the case of an assertion under subsection (2)(b), anyone to whose notice the assertion is brought; (c) in the case of an assertion under subsection (3)(a), anyone into whose hands that original or copy
comes, whether or not the identification is still present or visible; (d) in the case of an assertion under subsection (3)(b), the licensee and anyone into whose hands a copy
made in pursuance of the licence comes, whether or not he has notice of the assertion. (5) In an action for infringement of the right the court shall, in considering remedies, take into account any
delay in asserting the right. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 78 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 40
Section: 91 Exceptions to right 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) The right conferred by section 89 (right to be identified as author or director) is subject to the following exceptions.
(2) The right does not apply in relation to the following descriptions of work- (a) a computer program; (b) the design of a typeface; (c) any computer-generated work.
(3) The right does not apply to anything done by or with the authority of the copyright owner where copyright in the work originally vested in the author's employer by virtue of section 14(1) (employee works).
(4) The right is not infringed by an act which by virtue of any of the following provisions would not infringe copyright in the work-
(a) section 39 (fair dealing for certain purposes), so far as it relates to the reporting of current events by means of a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme;
(b) section 40 (incidental inclusion of work in an artistic work, sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme);
(c) section 41(3) (examination questions); (ca) section 54B (Legislative Councin( � (Added 15 of 2007 s. 24) (d) section 54 (judicial proceedings); (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 24) (e) section 55(1) or (2) (statutory inquiries); (f) section 66 or 75 (acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright, etc.).
(5) The right does not apply in relation to any work made for the purpose of reporting current events. (6) The right does not apply in relation to the publication in-
(a) a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical; or (b) an encyclopaedia, dictionary, yearbook or other collective work of reference,
of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work made for the purposes of such publication or made available with the consent of the author for the purposes of such publication.
(7) The right does not apply in relation to- (a) a work in which Government copyright or Legislative Council copyright subsists; or (b) a work in which copyright originally vested in an international organization by virtue of section 188,
unless the author or director has previously been identified as such in or on published copies of the work. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 79 U.K.]
Section: 92 Right to object to derogatory treatment of work 30/06/1997
Right to object to derogatory treatment of work
(1) The author of a copyright literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, and the director of a copyright film, has the right in the circumstances mentioned in this section not to have his work subjected to derogatory treatment.
(2) For the purposes of this section- (a) "treatment" (處理) of a work means any addition to, deletion from or alteration to or adaptation of the
work, other than- (i) a translation of a literary or dramatic work; or (ii) an arrangement or transcription of a musical work involving no more than a change of key or
register; and (b) the treatment of a work is derogatory if it amounts to distortion or mutilation of the work or is
otherwise prejudicial to the honour or reputation of the author or director, and in the following provisions of this section references to a derogatory treatment of a work are construed accordingly.
(3) In the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work the right is infringed by a person who- (a) publishes commercially, performs in public, broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service a
derogatory treatment of the work; or (b) issues or makes available to the public copies of a film or sound recording of, or including, a
derogatory treatment of the work.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 41
(4) In the case of an artistic work the right is infringed by a person who- (a) publishes commercially or exhibits in public a derogatory treatment of the work, or broadcasts or
includes in a cable programme service a visual image of a derogatory treatment of the work; (b) shows in public a film including a visual image of a derogatory treatment of the work or issues or
makes available to the public copies of such a film; or (c) in the case of-
(i) a work of architecture in the form of a model for a building; (ii) a sculpture; or (iii) a work of artistic craftsmanship, issues or makes available to the public copies of a graphic work representing, or of a photograph of, a derogatory treatment of the work.
(5) Subsection (4) does not apply to a work of architecture in the form of a building; but where the author of such a work is identified on the building and it is the subject of derogatory treatment he has the right to require the identification to be removed.
(6) In the case of a film, the right is infringed by a person who- (a) shows in public, broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service a derogatory treatment of the
film; or (b) issues or makes available to the public copies of a derogatory treatment of the film.
(7) The right conferred by this section extends to the treatment of parts of a work resulting from a previous treatment by a person other than the author or director, if those parts are attributed to, or are likely to be regarded as the work of, the author or director.
(8) This section has effect subject to sections 93 and 94 (exceptions to and qualifications of right). [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 80 U.K.]
Section: 93 Exceptions to right 30/06/1997
(1) The right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) is subject to the following exceptions.
(2) The right does not apply to a computer program or to any computer-generated work. (3) The right does not apply in relation to any work made for the purpose of reporting current events. (4) The right does not apply in relation to the publication in-
(a) a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical; or (b) an encyclopaedia, dictionary, yearbook or other collective work of reference,
of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work made for the purposes of such publication or made available with the consent of the author for the purposes of such publication.
Nor does the right apply in relation to any subsequent exploitation elsewhere of such a work without any modification of the published version.
(5) The right is not infringed by an act which by virtue of section 66 or 75 (acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright, etc.) would not infringe copyright.
(6) Subject to subsection (7), the right is not infringed by anything done for the purpose of- (a) avoiding the commission of an offence; or (b) complying with a duty imposed by or under an enactment.
(7) Where the author or director is identified at the time of the relevant act under subsection (6) or has previously been identified in or on published copies of the work, subsection (6) has effect only if there is a sufficient disclaimer.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 81 U.K.]
Section: 94 Qualification of right in certain cases 30/06/1997
(1) This section applies to- (a) works in which copyright originally vested in the author's employer by virtue of section 14(1) (works
produced in course of employment); (b) works in which Government copyright or Legislative Council copyright subsists; and (c) works in which copyright originally vested in an international organization by virtue of section 188.
(2) The right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) does not apply to
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 42
anything done in relation to a work referred to in subsection (1) by or with the authority of the copyright owner unless the author or director-
(a) is identified at the time of the relevant act; or (b) has previously been identified in or on published copies of the work,
and where in such a case the right does apply, it is not infringed if there is a sufficient disclaimer. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 82 U.K.]
Section: 95 Infringement of right by possessing or dealing with infringing article
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) The right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) is also infringed by a person who-
(a) possesses for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 4. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 26)
(b) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire; (c) exhibits in public or distributes for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or
(Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 4. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 26) (d) distributes (otherwise than for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business) so as to affect
prejudicially the honour or reputation of the author or director, (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 4; 15 of 2007 s. 26)
an article which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe is, an infringing article. (1A)It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(a) and (c) whether or not the trade or business consists of
dealing in infringing articles. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 4) (2) An "infringing article" (侵犯權利物品) means a work or a copy of a work which-
(a) has been subjected to derogatory treatment within the meaning of section 92; and (b) has been or is likely to be the subject of any of the acts mentioned in that section in circumstances
infringing that right. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 83 U.K.]
Section: 96 False attribution of work 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
False attribution of work
(1) A person has the right in the circumstances mentioned in this section- (a) not to have a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work falsely attributed to him as author; and (b) not to have a film falsely attributed to him as director,
and in this section an "attribution" (署名), in relation to such a work, means a statement (express or implied) as to who is the author or director.
(2) The right is infringed by a person who- (a) issues or makes available to the public copies of a work of any of those descriptions in or on which
there is a false attribution; or (b) exhibits in public an artistic work, or a copy of an artistic work, in or on which there is a false
attribution. (3) The right is also infringed by a person who-
(a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, performs the work in public, broadcasts it or includes it in a cable programme service as being the work of a person; or
(b) in the case of a film, shows it in public, broadcasts it or includes it in a cable programme service as being directed by a person,
knowing or having reason to believe that the attribution is false. (4) The right is also infringed by a person who issues or makes available to the public or displays in public
material containing a false attribution in connection with any of the acts mentioned in subsection (2) or (3). (5) The right is also infringed by a person who for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business-
(Amended 64 of 2000 s. 5; 15 of 2007 s. 27) (a) possesses or deals with a copy of a work of any of the descriptions mentioned in subsection (1) in or
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 43
on which there is a false attribution; or (b) in the case of an artistic work, possesses or deals with the work itself when there is a false attribution
in or on it, knowing or having reason to believe that there is such an attribution and that it is false.
(6) In the case of an artistic work the right is also infringed by a person who for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business- (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 5; 15 of 2007 s. 27)
(a) deals with a work which has been altered after the author parted with possession of it as being the unaltered work of the author; or
(b) deals with a copy of such an altered work as being a copy of the unaltered work of the author, knowing or having reason to believe that that is not the case.
(6A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsections (5) and (6) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in-
(a) works or copies of works in or on which there are false attributions; or (b) altered works or copies of altered works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 5)
(7) References in this section to dealing are to selling or letting for hire, offering or exposing for sale or hire, exhibiting in public, or distributing.
(8) This section applies where, contrary to the fact- (a) a literary, dramatic or musical work is falsely represented as being an adaptation of the work of a
person; or (b) a copy of an artistic work is falsely represented as being a copy made by the author of the artistic work,
as it applies where the work is falsely attributed to a person as author. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 84 U.K.]
Section: 97 Duration of rights 30/06/1997
Supplementary
(1) The rights conferred by section 89 (right to be identified as author or director) and section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) continue to subsist so long as copyright subsists in the work.
(2) The right conferred by section 96 (false attribution) continues to subsist until 20 years after a person's death. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 86 U.K.]
Section: 98 Consent and waiver of rights 30/06/1997
(1) It is not an infringement of any of the rights conferred by this Division to do any act to which the person entitled to the right has consented.
(2) Any of those rights may be waived by instrument in writing signed by the person giving up the right. (3) A waiver-
(a) may relate to a specific work, to works of a specified description or to works generally, and may relate to existing or future works; and
(b) may be conditional or unconditional and may be expressed to be subject to revocation, and if made in favour of the owner or prospective owner of the copyright in the work or works to which it relates, it is presumed to extend to his licensees and successors in title unless a contrary intention is expressed.
(4) Nothing in this Division is to be construed as excluding the operation of the general law of contract or estoppel in relation to an informal waiver or other transaction in relation to any of the rights mentioned in subsection (1).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 87 U.K.]
Section: 99 Application of provisions to joint works 30/06/1997
(1) The right conferred by section 89 (right to be identified as author or director) is, in the case of a work of joint authorship, a right of each joint author to be identified as a joint author and must be asserted in accordance with section 90 by each joint author in relation to himself.
(2) The right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) is, in the case of a work of joint authorship, a right of each joint author and his right is satisfied if he consents to the treatment in question.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 44
(3) A waiver under section 98 of those rights by one joint author does not affect the rights of the other joint authors.
(4) The right conferred by section 96 (false attribution) is infringed, in the circumstances mentioned in that section-
(a) by any false statement as to the authorship of a work of joint authorship; and (b) by the false attribution of joint authorship in relation to a work of sole authorship,
and such a false attribution infringes the right of every person to whom authorship of any description is, whether rightly or wrongly, attributed.
(5) The provisions of this section also apply (with any necessary adaptations) in relation to a film which was, or is alleged to have been, jointly directed, as they apply to a work which is, or is alleged to be, a work of joint authorship.
A film is "jointly directed" if it is made by the collaboration of 2 or more directors and the contribution of each director is not distinct from that of the other director or directors.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 88 U.K.]
Section: 100 Application of provisions to parts of works 30/06/1997
(1) The right conferred by section 89 (right to be identified as author or director) applies in relation to the whole or any substantial part of a work.
(2) The rights conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) and section 96 (false attribution) apply in relation to the whole or any part of a work.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 89 U.K.]
Section: 101 Assignment and licences 30/06/1997
DIVISION V
DEALINGS WITH RIGHTS IN COPYRIGHT WORKS
Copyright
(1) Copyright is transmissible by assignment, by testamentary disposition or by operation of law, as personal or moveable property.
(2) An assignment or other transmission of copyright may be partial, that is, limited so as to apply- (a) to one or more, but not all, of the things the copyright owner has the exclusive right to do; (b) to part, but not the whole, of the period for which the copyright is to subsist.
(3) An assignment of copyright is not effective unless it is in writing signed by or on behalf of the assignor. (4) A licence granted by a copyright owner is binding on every successor in title to his interest in the copyright,
except a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration and without notice (actual or constructive) of the licence or a person deriving title from such a purchaser; and references in this Part to doing anything with, or without, the licence of the copyright owner are construed accordingly.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 90 U.K.]
Section: 102 Prospective ownership of copyright 30/06/1997
(1) Without prejudice to sections 14 and 15, where by an agreement made in relation to future copyright, and signed by or on behalf of the prospective owner of the copyright, the prospective owner purports to assign the future copyright (wholly or partially) to another person, then if, on the copyright coming into existence, the assignee or another person claiming under him would be entitled as against all other persons to require the copyright to be vested in him, the copyright vests in the assignee or his successor in title by virtue of this subsection.
(2) In this Part- "future copyright" (未來版權) means copyright which will or may come into existence in respect of a future work or
class of works or on the occurrence of a future event; and "prospective owner" (準擁有人) is construed accordingly, and includes a person who is prospectively entitled to
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 45
copyright by virtue of such an agreement as is mentioned in subsection (1). (3) A licence granted by a prospective owner of copyright is binding on every successor in title to his interest
(or prospective interest) in the right, except a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration and without notice (actual or constructive) of the licence or a person deriving title from such a purchaser; and references in this Part to doing anything with, or without, the licence of the copyright owner are construed accordingly.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 91 U.K.]
Section: 103 Exclusive licences 30/06/1997
(1) In this Part an "exclusive licence" (專用特許) means a licence in writing signed by or on behalf of the copyright owner authorizing the licensee to the exclusion of all other persons, including the person granting the licence, to exercise a right which would otherwise be exercisable exclusively by the copyright owner.
(2) The licensee under an exclusive licence has the same rights against a successor in title who is bound by the licence as he has against the person granting the licence.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 92 U.K.]
Section: 104 Copyright to pass under will with unpublished work 30/06/1997
Where under a bequest (whether specific or general) a person is entitled, beneficially or otherwise, to- (a) an original document or other material thing recording or embodying a literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic work which was not published before the death of the testator; or (b) an original material thing containing a sound recording or film which was not published before the
death of the testator, then unless a contrary intention is indicated in the testator's will or a codicil to it, the bequest includes the copyright in the work in so far as the testator was the owner of the copyright immediately before his death.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 93 U.K.]
Section: 105 Moral rights not assignable 30/06/1997
Moral rights
The rights conferred by Division IV (moral rights) are not assignable. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 94 U.K.]
Section: 106 Transmission of moral rights on death 30/06/1997
(1) On the death of a person entitled to the right conferred by section 89 (right to identification of author or director) or section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work)-
(a) the right passes to such a person as he may by testamentary disposition specifically direct; (b) if there is no such direction but the copyright in the work in question forms part of his estate, the right
passes to the person to whom the copyright passes; and (c) if or to the extent that the right does not pass under paragraph (a) or (b) it is exercisable by his personal
representatives. (2) Where copyright forming part of a person's estate passes in part to one person and in part to another, as for
example where a bequest is limited so as to apply- (a) to one or more, but not all, of the things the copyright owner has the exclusive right to do or authorize;
or (b) to part, but not the whole, of the period for which the copyright is to subsist,
any right which passes with the copyright by virtue of subsection (1) is correspondingly divided. (3) Where by virtue of subsection (1)(a) or (b) a right becomes exercisable by more than one person-
(a) it may, in the case of the right conferred by section 89 (right to identification of author or director), be asserted by any of them;
(b) it is, in the case of the right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work), a right exercisable by each of them and is satisfied in relation to any of them if he consents to the
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 46
treatment or act in question; and (c) any waiver of the right in accordance with section 98 by one of them does not affect the rights of the
others. (4) A consent or waiver previously given or made binds any person to whom a right passes by virtue of
subsection (1). (5) Any infringement after a person's death of the right conferred by section 96 (false attribution) is actionable
by his personal representatives. (6) Any damages recovered by personal representatives by virtue of this section in respect of an infringement
after a person's death devolve as part of his estate as if the right of action had subsisted and been vested in him immediately before his death.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 95 U.K.]
Section: 107 Infringement actionable by copyright owner 30/06/1997
DIVISION VI
REMEDIES FOR INFRINGEMENT
Rights and remedies of copyright owner
(1) An infringement of copyright is actionable by the copyright owner. (2) In an action for infringement of copyright all such relief by way of damages, injunctions, accounts or
otherwise is available to the plaintiff as is available in respect of the infringement of any other property right. (3) This section has effect subject to the following provisions of this Division.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 96 U.K.]
Section: 108 Provisions as to damages in infringement action 30/06/1997
(1) Where in an action for infringement of copyright it is shown that at the time of the infringement the defendant did not know, and had no reason to believe, that copyright subsisted in the work to which the action relates, the plaintiff is not entitled to damages against him, but without prejudice to any other remedy.
(2) The court may in an action for infringement of copyright having regard to all the circumstances, and in particular to-
(a) the flagrancy of the infringement; (b) any benefit accruing to the defendant by reason of the infringement; and (c) the completeness, accuracy and reliability of the defendant's business accounts and records,
award such additional damages as the justice of the case may require. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 97 U.K.]
Section: 109 Order for delivery up 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) Where a person- (a) has an infringing copy of a work in his possession, custody or control for the purpose of or in the
course of any trade or business; or (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 6; 15 of 2007 s. 30) (b) has in his possession, custody or control an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies
of a particular copyright work, knowing or having reason to believe that it has been or is to be used to make infringing copies,
the owner of the copyright in the work may apply to the court for an order that the infringing copy or article be delivered up to him or to such other person as the court may direct.
(1A)It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(a) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 6)
(2) An application must be made before the end of the period specified in section 110 (period after which remedy of delivery up not available); and the court shall not make an order under this section unless the court also makes, or it appears to the court that there are grounds for making, an order under section 111 (order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article).
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 47
(3) A person to whom an infringing copy or other article is delivered up in pursuance of an order under this section shall, if an order under section 111 is not made, retain it pending the making of an order, or the decision not to make an order, under that section.
(4) Nothing in this section affects any other power of the court. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 99 U.K.]
Section: 110 Period after which remedy of delivery up not available 30/06/1997
(1) An application for an order under section 109 (order for delivery up in civil proceedings) may not be made after the end of the period of 6 years from the date on which the infringing copy or article in question was made, subject to the following provisions of this section.
(2) If during the whole or any part of that period the copyright owner- (a) is under a disability; or (b) is prevented by fraud or concealment from discovering the facts entitling him to apply for an order,
an application may be made at any time before the end of the period of 6 years from the date on which he ceased to be under a disability or, as the case may be, could with reasonable diligence have discovered those facts.
(3) In subsection (2) "disability" (無行為能力) has the same meaning as in the Limitation Ordinance (Cap 347).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 113 U.K.]
Section: 111 Order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) An application may be made to the court for an order that an infringing copy or other article delivered up in pursuance of an order under section 109 should be-
(a) forfeited to the copyright owner; or (b) destroyed or otherwise dealt with as the court may think fit,
or for a decision that no such order should be made. (2) In considering what order (if any) should be made, the court shall consider whether other remedies
available in an action for infringement of copyright would be adequate to compensate the copyright owner and to protect his interests.
(3) The power to make rules of court under section 54 of the High Court Ordinance (Cap 4) includes power to make rules of court for the purposes of this section. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(4) The rules of court made for the purposes of this section may include rules as to the service of notice on persons having an interest in the copy or other articles, and any such person is entitled-
(a) to appear in proceedings for an order under this section, whether or not he was served with notice; and (b) to appeal against any order made, whether or not he appeared.
(5) An order under this section does not take effect until the end of the period within which notice of an appeal may be given or, if before the end of that period notice of appeal is duly given, until the final determination or abandonment of the proceedings on the appeal.
(6) Where there is more than one person interested in a copy or other article, the court may make such order as it thinks just and may (in particular) direct that the copy or article be sold, or otherwise dealt with, and the proceeds divided.
(7) If the court decides that no order should be made under this section, the person in whose possession, custody or control the copy or other article was before being delivered up is entitled to its return.
(8) References in this section to a person having an interest in a copy or other article include any person in whose favour an order could be made in respect of it under this section or under section 231 (which makes similar provision in relation to infringement of rights in performances).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 114 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 48
Section: 112 Rights and remedies of exclusive licensee 30/06/1997
Rights and remedies of exclusive licensee
(1) An exclusive licensee has, except against the copyright owner, the same rights and remedies in respect of matters occurring after the grant of the licence as if the licence had been an assignment.
(2) His rights and remedies are concurrent with those of the copyright owner; and references in the relevant provisions of this Part to the copyright owner shall be construed accordingly.
(3) In an action brought by an exclusive licensee by virtue of this section a defendant may avail himself of any defence which would have been available to him if the action had been brought by the copyright owner.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 101 U.K.]
Section: 113 Exercise of concurrent rights 30/06/1997
(1) Subject to subsection (2), where an action for infringement of copyright brought by the copyright owner or an exclusive licensee relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of which they have concurrent rights of action, the copyright owner or, as the case may be, the exclusive licensee may not, without the leave of the court, proceed with the action unless the other is either joined as a plaintiff or added as a defendant.
(2) Where an action for infringement of copyright brought by an exclusive licensee relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of an infringing copy within the meaning of section 35(3), the exclusive licensee may not, without the leave of the court, proceed with the action unless the copyright owner is joined as a plaintiff.
(3) In an application for leave under subsection (2) to proceed without joining the copyright owner as plaintiff, the court shall not grant leave unless there are exceptional circumstances, other than costs considerations, beyond the control of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee.
(4) A copyright owner or exclusive licensee who is added as a defendant in pursuance of subsection (1) is not liable for any costs in the action unless he takes part in the proceedings.
(5) The provisions of this section do not affect the granting of interlocutory relief on an application by a copyright owner or exclusive licensee alone.
(6) Where an action for infringement of copyright is brought which relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of which the copyright owner and an exclusive licensee have or had concurrent rights of action-
(a) the court shall in assessing damages take into account- (i) the terms of the licence; and (ii) any pecuniary remedy already awarded or available to either of them in respect of the
infringement; (b) the court shall not direct an account of profits if an award of damages has been made, or an account of
profits has been directed, in favour of the other of them in respect of the infringement; and (c) the court shall if an account of profits is directed apportion the profits between them as the court
considers just, subject to any agreement between them, and these provisions apply whether or not the copyright owner and the exclusive licensee are both parties to the action.
(7) The copyright owner shall notify any exclusive licensee having concurrent rights before applying for an order under section 109 (order for delivery up); and the court may on the application of the licensee make such order under section 109 as it thinks fit having regard to the terms of the licence.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 102 U.K.]
Section: 114 Remedies for infringement of moral rights 30/06/1997
Remedies for infringement of moral rights
(1) An infringement of a right conferred by Division IV (moral rights) is actionable as a breach of statutory duty owed to the person entitled to the right.
(2) In proceedings for infringement of the right conferred by section 92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work) the court may, if it thinks it is an adequate remedy in the circumstances, grant an injunction on terms prohibiting the doing of any act unless a disclaimer is made, in such terms and in such manner as may be approved by the court, dissociating the author or director from the treatment of the work.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 49
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 103 U.K.]
Section: 115 Presumptions relevant to literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
30/06/1997
Presumptions
(1) The following presumptions apply in proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work.
(2) Where a name purporting to be that of the author appeared on copies of the work as published or on the work when it was made, the person whose name appeared is presumed, until the contrary is proved-
(a) to be the author of the work; (b) to have made it in circumstances not falling within section 14(1), 182, 184 or 188 (works produced in
course of employment, Government copyright, Legislative Council copyright or copyright of certain international organizations).
(3) In the case of a work alleged to be a work of joint authorship, subsection (2) applies in relation to each person alleged to be one of the authors.
(4) Where no name purporting to be that of the author appeared as mentioned in subsection (2) but a name purporting to be that of the publisher appeared on copies of the work as first published, the person whose name appeared is presumed, until the contrary is proved, to have been the owner of the copyright at the time of publication.
(5) If the author of the work is dead or the identity of the author cannot be ascertained by reasonable inquiry, it is presumed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary-
(a) that the work is an original work; and (b) that the plaintiff's allegations as to what was the first publication of the work and as to the country of
first publication are correct. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 104 U.K.]
Section: 116 Presumptions relevant to sound recordings, films and computer programs
30/06/1997
(1) In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a sound recording, where copies of the recording as issued or made available to the public bear a label or other mark stating-
(a) that a named person was the owner of copyright in the recording at the date of issue or making available of the copies; or
(b) that the recording was first published in a specified year or in a specified country, the label or mark is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved.
(2) In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a film, where copies of the film as issued or made available to the public bear a statement-
(a) that a named person was the director or producer of the film; (b) that a named person was the principal director, the author of the screenplay, the author of the dialogue
or the composer of music specifically created for and used in the film; (c) that a named person was the owner of copyright in the film at the date of issue or making available of
the copies; or (d) that the film was first published in a specified year or in a specified country,
the statement is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved. (3) In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a computer program, where copies of the
program are issued to the public in electronic form or made available to the public bearing a statement- (a) that a named person was the owner of copyright in the program at the date of issue or making available
of the copies; or (b) that the program was first published in a specified country or that copies of it were first issued to the
public in electronic form or made available to the public in a specified year, the statement is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved.
(4) The above presumptions apply equally in proceedings relating to an infringement alleged to have occurred before the date on which the copies were issued or made available to the public.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 50
(5) In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a film, where the film as shown in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service bears a statement-
(a) that a named person was the director or producer of the film; (b) that a named person was the principal director of the film, the author of the screenplay, the author of
the dialogue or the composer of music specifically created for and used in the film; or (c) that a named person was the owner of copyright in the film immediately after it was made,
the statement is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved. This presumption applies equally in proceedings relating to an infringement alleged to have occurred before the
date on which the film was shown in public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service. (6) For the purposes of this section, a statement that a person was the director of a film is to be taken, unless a
contrary indication appears, as meaning that he was the principal director of the film. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 105 U.K.]
Section: 117 Presumptions relevant to works subject to Government copyright
30/06/1997
In proceedings brought by virtue of this Division with respect to a literary, dramatic or musical work in which Government copyright subsists, where there appears on printed copies of the work a statement of the year in which the work was first published commercially, that statement is admissible as evidence of the fact stated and is presumed to be correct in the absence of evidence to the contrary.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 106 U.K.]
Section: 118 Offences in relation to making or dealing with infringing articles, etc.*
L.N. 142 of 2008 11/07/2008
Expanded Cross Reference:
115, 116, 117
Offences
(1) A person commits an offence if he, without the licence of the copyright owner of a copyright work- (a) makes for sale or hire an infringing copy of the work; (b) imports an infringing copy of the work into Hong Kong otherwise than for his private and domestic
use; (c) exports an infringing copy of the work from Hong Kong otherwise than for his private and domestic
use; (d) sells, lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire an infringing copy of the work for the purpose of
or in the course of any trade or business; (e) exhibits in public or distributes an infringing copy of the work for the purpose of or in the course of
any trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works; (f) possesses an infringing copy of the work with a view to-
(i) its being sold or let for hire by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or
(ii) its being exhibited in public or distributed by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works; or
(g) distributes an infringing copy of the work (otherwise than for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works) to such an extent as to affect prejudicially the copyright owner. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(1A)Where- (a) a person exhibits in public or distributes an infringing copy of a copyright work for the purpose of or in
the course of any trade or business; and (b) the circumstances in which the infringing copy is so exhibited or distributed give rise to a reasonable
suspicion that the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works, then, unless there is evidence to the contrary, the trade or business is presumed, for the purposes of any proceedings instituted under subsection (1)(e), to be a trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 51
works. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31) (1B) Where-
(a) a person possesses an infringing copy of a copyright work with a view to its being exhibited in public or distributed by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; and
(b) the circumstances in which the infringing copy is so possessed give rise to a reasonable suspicion that the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works,
then, unless there is evidence to the contrary, the trade or business is presumed, for the purposes of any proceedings instituted under subsection (1)(f)(ii), to be a trade or business which consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(2) Subsections (1)(b) and (c) and (4)(b) and (c) do not apply to an article in transit. (2A) A person commits an offence if he, without the licence of the copyright owner of a copyright work to which
this subsection applies, possesses an infringing copy of the work for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business with a view to its being used by any person for the purpose of or in the course of that trade or business. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(2B) Subsection (2A) applies to a copyright work that is- (a) a computer program; (b) a movie; (c) a television drama; (d) a musical sound recording; or (e) a musical visual recording. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(2C) Subsection (2A) does not apply to an infringing copy of a computer program in a printed form. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(2D) Subsection (2A) does not apply to the possession of an infringing copy of a computer program if- (a) the computer program incorporates the whole or any part of a work that is not a computer program
itself, and the computer program is technically required for the viewing or listening of the work by a member of the public to whom a copy of the work is made available; or
(b) the computer program is incorporated in a work that is not a computer program itself, and the computer program is technically required for the viewing or listening of the work by a member of the public to whom a copy of the work is made available. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(2E) Subsection (2A) does not apply to the possession of an infringing copy of a movie, television drama, musical sound recording or musical visual recording by the Hong Kong Film Archive for the purpose of heritage conservation if-
(a) the infringing copy was donated or given to the Hong Kong Film Archive by the public; or (b) the infringing copy was made by the Hong Kong Film Archive to preserve or replace the infringing
copy referred to in paragraph (a) against loss, deterioration or damage. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31) (2F) Subsection (2A) does not apply to the possession of an infringing copy of a movie, television drama,
musical sound recording or musical visual recording by the Hong Kong Film Archive for the purpose of doing any act in relation to the infringing copy (other than for the purpose referred to in subsection (2E)) if-
(a) the infringing copy was- (i) an infringing copy donated or given to the Hong Kong Film Archive by the public; or (ii) an infringing copy made by the Hong Kong Film Archive to preserve or replace the infringing
copy referred to in subparagraph (i) against loss, deterioration or damage; (b) it is not possible by reasonable enquiry to ascertain the identity and contact details of the copyright
owner of the work in question; and (c) a copy (other than an infringing copy) of the work in question cannot be obtained on reasonable
commercial terms. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31) (2G) Subsection (2A) does not apply if-
(a) the person who possesses an infringing copy does so for the purpose of providing legal service in relation to the infringing copy, and- (i) the person is enrolled on the roll of solicitors or the roll of barristers kept under the Legal
Practitioners Ordinance (Cap 159); or (ii) the person has been admitted as a legal practitioner in a jurisdiction other than Hong Kong;
(b) the person who possesses an infringing copy is serving a pupillage under the Barristers (Qualification for Admission and Pupillage) Rules (Cap 159 sub. leg. AC) and he possesses the infringing copy for the purpose of assisting the barrister with whom he serves the pupillage in providing legal service in
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 52
relation to the infringing copy; (c) the person who possesses an infringing copy does so for the purpose of providing investigation service
in relation to the infringing copy to the copyright owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright work concerned; or
(d) the person who possesses an infringing copy does so on his client's premises and the infringing copy is provided to him by his client. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(2H)Without prejudice to section 125, where a body corporate or a partnership has done an act referred to in subsection (2A), the following person shall, unless there is evidence showing that he did not authorize the act to be done, be presumed also to have done the act-
(a) in the case of the body corporate- (i) any director of the body corporate who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible for
the internal management of the body corporate; or (ii) if there was no such director, any person who, at the time when the act was done, was
responsible under the immediate authority of the directors of the body corporate for the internal management of the body corporate;
(b) in the case of the partnership- (i) any partner in the partnership who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible for the
internal management of the partnership; or (ii) if there was no such partner, any person who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible
under the immediate authority of the partners in the partnership for the internal management of the partnership. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(2I) A defendant charged with an offence under subsection (2A) by virtue of subsection (2H) is taken not to have done the act in question if-
(a) sufficient evidence is adduced to raise an issue that he did not authorize the act to be done; and (b) the contrary is not proved by the prosecution beyond reasonable doubt. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(2J) For the purposes of subsection (2I)(a)- (a) the defendant shall be taken to have adduced sufficient evidence if the court is satisfied that-
(i) the defendant has caused the body corporate or partnership concerned to set aside financial resources, and has directed the use of the resources, for the acquisition of a sufficient number of copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate, which are not infringing copies, for the use of the body corporate or partnership; or
(ii) the body corporate or partnership concerned has incurred expenditure for the acquisition of a sufficient number of copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate, which are not infringing copies, for the use of the body corporate or partnership;
(b) subject to paragraph (a), in determining whether sufficient evidence is adduced, the court may have regard to, including but not limited to, the following- (i) whether the defendant has introduced policies or practices against the use of infringing copies of
copyright works by the body corporate or partnership; (ii) whether the defendant has taken action to prevent the use of infringing copies of copyright works
by the body corporate or partnership. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31) (3) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence under subsection (1) or (2A), to prove that he did not
know and had no reason to believe that the copy in question was an infringing copy of the copyright work. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(3A) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence under subsection (2A) to prove that- (a) he possessed the infringing copy in question in the course of his employment; and (b) the infringing copy in question was provided to him by or on behalf of his employer for use in the
course of his employment. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31) (3B) Subsection (3A) does not apply to an employee-
(a) who, at the time when the infringing copy in question was acquired, was in a position to make or influence a decision regarding the acquisition of the infringing copy; or
(b) who, at the time when the offence in question was committed, was in a position to make or influence a decision regarding the use or removal of the infringing copy in question. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(4) A person commits an offence if he- (a) makes; (b) imports into Hong Kong;
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 53
(c) exports from Hong Kong; (d) possesses; or (e) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire,
an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work which article is used or intended to be used to make infringing copies of the copyright work for sale or hire or for use for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 7; 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(5) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence under subsection (4) to prove that he did not know and had no reason to believe that the article was used or was intended to be used to make the infringing copies for sale or hire or for use for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 7; 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(6) For the purpose of subsections (1)(b) and (3), where a person is charged with an offence under subsection (1) in respect of a copy of a copyright work which is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) and not being excluded under section 35(4) and which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made, if he proves that- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(a) he had made reasonable enquiries sufficient to satisfy himself that the copy in question was not an infringing copy of the work;
(b) he had reasonable grounds to be satisfied in the circumstances of the case that the copy was not an infringing copy;
(c) there were no other circumstances which would have led him reasonably to suspect that the copy was an infringing copy,
he has proved that he had no reason to believe that the copy in question was an infringing copy of the copyright work. (7) In determining whether the person charged has proved under subsection (6) that he had no reason to believe
that the copy in question was an infringing copy of the work, the court may have regard to, including but not limited to, the following-
(a) whether he had made enquiries with a relevant trade body in respect of that category of work; (b) whether he had given any notice drawing attention of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee to his
interest to import and to sell the copy of the work; (c) whether he had complied with any code of practice that may exist in respect of the supply of that
category of work; (d) whether the response, if any, to those enquiries made by the defendant was reasonable and timely; (e) whether he was provided with the name, address and contact details of the copyright owner or
exclusive licensee (as the case may be); (f) whether he was provided with the date of first day of publication of the work; (g) whether he was provided with proof of any relevant exclusive licence.
(8) A person commits an offence if he has in his possession an article knowing or having reason to believe that it is used or is intended to be used to make infringing copies of any copyright work for sale or hire or for use for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 7; 15 of 2007 s. 31)
(8A)(Repealed 15 of 2007 s. 31) (9) Sections 115 to 117 (presumptions as to various matters connected with copyright) do not apply to
proceedings for an offence under this section. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 115, 116, 117 *> (10) In this section, "dealing in" (經銷) means selling, letting for hire, or distributing for profit or reward.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 31) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 107 U.K.]
_________________________________________________________________________________________ Note: * (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 31)
Section: 118A Application of sections 60 and 61 to offences under section 118(1)
L.N. 211 of 2003 28/11/2003
For the purpose of any proceedings for an offence under section 118(1)- (a) a person is a lawful user of a computer program for the purposes of sections 60 and 61 if he has a
contractual right to use the program in any place in or outside Hong Kong, and section 60(2) shall have effect accordingly; and
(b) sections 60 and 61 apply in relation to a copy of a work other than a computer program to which
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 54
section 35A(1) applies as they apply in relation to a copy of a computer program and, accordingly, any act that may under section 60 or 61 be done in relation to a copy of a computer program without infringing the copyright in the program may be done in relation to a copy of a work other than a computer program to which section 35A(1) applies without infringing the copyright in the work.
(Added 27 of 2003 s. 4)
Section: 119 Penalties for offences under section 118 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) A person who commits an offence under section 118(1) or (2A) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine at level 5 in respect of each infringing copy and to imprisonment for 4 years. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 8; 15 of 2007 s. 32)
(2) A person who commits an offence under section 118(4) or (8) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine of $500000 and to imprisonment for 8 years.
Section: 119A Offence in relation to possession of infringing copies in a copying service business
4 of 2004 01/09/2004
(1) In this section- "copying service business" (複製服務業務) means a business, conducted for profit, that includes the offering of
reprographic copying services to the public and, in the case of a business that includes the offering of reprographic copying services to the public at more than one place, means any part of the business carried on at such a place;
"reward" (報酬) means reward other than reward of a nominal value. (2) A person commits an offence if, for the purpose of or in the course of a copying service business, he
possesses a reprographic copy of a copyright work as published in a book, magazine or periodical, being a copy that is an infringing copy of the copyright work.
(3) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), it is a defence for the person charged to prove that the infringing copy of a copyright work in question was not made for the purpose of and was not made in the course of the copying service business.
(4) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), it is a defence for the person charged to prove that the infringing copy of a copyright work in question was not made for profit and was not made for reward.
(5) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), it is a defence for the person charged to prove that he did not know and had no reason to believe that the copy of a copyright work in question was an infringing copy of the copyright work.
(6) A person who commits an offence under subsection (2) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine at level 5 in respect of each infringing copy and to imprisonment for 4 years.
(7) Sections 115, 116 and 117 (presumptions as to various matters connected with copyright) do not apply to proceedings for an offence under subsection (2).
(Added 4 of 2004 s. 3)
Section: 119B Offence in relation to making for distribution or distributing on a regular or frequent basis infringing copies of copyright works in printed form contained in books, etc.
15 of 2009; L.N. 68 of 2010
16/07/2010
(1) A person commits an offence if he does any of the following acts on a regular or frequent basis for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business—
(a) without the licence of the copyright owner of a copyright work described in subsection (2), makes an infringing copy of the work for distribution, resulting in a financial loss to the copyright owner; or
(b) without the licence of the copyright owner of a copyright work described in subsection (2), distributes an infringing copy of the work, resulting in a financial loss to the copyright owner.
(2) The copyright work referred to in subsection (1)(a) and (b) is a copyright work in a printed form that is contained in—
(a) a book; (b) a magazine;
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 55
(c) a periodical; or (d) a newspaper.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in the circumstances described in Schedules 1AA and 1AB. (Replaced 15 of 2009 s. 3)
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to an educational establishment of any of the following descriptions— (a) an educational establishment specified in section 1 of Schedule 1; (b) an educational establishment exempt from tax under section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap
112); or (c) an educational establishment receiving direct recurrent subvention from the Government.
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the distribution through a wire or wireless network of an infringing copy to which access is not restricted by procedures of authentication or identification.
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply if the infringing copy— (a) forms part of the special collection of a library or archive owned by the Government, or a library or
archive designated under subsection (10)(a); and (b) is distributed solely—
(i) for on-the-spot reference use in, or during an activity organized by, a library or archive referred to in paragraph (a); or
(ii) for loan to other libraries or archives for the purpose of exhibition or research. (7) Subsection (1) does not apply to the making or distribution by a library or archive referred to in subsection
(6)(a) of a single copy of any item forming the special collection for the purpose of preserving or replacing the item against loss, deterioration or damage, but the copy may only be distributed for the use referred to in subsection (6)(b).
(8) In subsections (6) and (7), “special collection” (特別收藏品)— (a) in the case of a library or archive owned by the Government, means a collection consisting primarily
of works or articles, or copies of works or articles, donated or given by the public that are, in the opinion of the Director of Leisure and Cultural Services, of cultural, historical or heritage importance or value;
(b) in the case of a library or archive designated under subsection (10)(a), means a collection consisting primarily of works or articles, or copies of works or articles, donated or given by the public that are, in the opinion of the head or controlling body (by whatever name called) of the library or archive, of cultural, historical or heritage importance or value.
(9) For the purposes of the exception under subsections (6) and (7), an archive owned by the Government includes a museum owned by the Government.
(10) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, having regard to the advice of the Director of Leisure and Cultural Services—
(a) by notice published in the Gazette designate for the purposes of subsection (6)(a) any library or archive that is exempt from tax under section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap 112); and
(b) by regulations prescribe the conditions that a library or archive designated under paragraph (a) must comply in order to be eligible for the exemption provided by subsections (6) and (7).
(11) Without prejudice to section 125, where a body corporate or a partnership has done an act referred to in subsection (1), the following person shall, unless there is evidence showing that he did not authorize the act to be done, be presumed also to have done the act—
(a) in the case of the body corporate— (i) any director of the body corporate who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible for
the internal management of the body corporate; or (ii) if there was no such director, any person who, at the time when the act was done, was
responsible under the immediate authority of the directors of the body corporate for the internal management of the body corporate;
(b) in the case of the partnership— (i) any partner in the partnership who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible for the
internal management of the partnership; or (ii) if there was no such partner, any person who, at the time when the act was done, was responsible
under the immediate authority of the partners in the partnership for the internal management of the partnership.
(12) A defendant charged with an offence under subsection (1) by virtue of subsection (11) is taken not to have
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 56
done the act in question if— (a) sufficient evidence is adduced to raise an issue that he did not authorize the act to be done; and (b) the contrary is not proved by the prosecution beyond reasonable doubt.
(13) For the purposes of subsection (12)(a)— (a) the defendant shall be taken to have adduced sufficient evidence if the court is satisfied that—
(i) the defendant has caused the body corporate or partnership concerned to set aside financial resources, and has directed the use of the resources, for the acquisition of appropriate licences, in accordance with the needs of the body corporate or partnership, to make or distribute, or to make and distribute, copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate for the use of the body corporate or partnership;
(ii) the defendant has caused the body corporate or partnership concerned to set aside financial resources, and has directed the use of the resources, for the acquisition of a sufficient number of copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate, which are not infringing copies, for the use of the body corporate or partnership;
(iii) the body corporate or partnership concerned has incurred expenditure for the acquisition of appropriate licences, in accordance with the needs of the body corporate or partnership, to make or distribute, or to make and distribute, copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate for the use of the body corporate or partnership; or
(iv) the body corporate or partnership concerned has incurred expenditure for the acquisition of a sufficient number of copies of the copyright work to which the proceedings relate, which are not infringing copies, for the use of the body corporate or partnership;
(b) subject to paragraph (a), in determining whether sufficient evidence is adduced, the court may have regard to, including but not limited to, the following— (i) whether the defendant has introduced policies or practices against the making and distribution of
infringing copies of copyright works by the body corporate or partnership; (ii) whether the defendant has taken action to prevent the making or distribution of infringing copies
of copyright works by the body corporate or partnership. (14) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence under subsection (1) to prove that—
(a) he has taken adequate and reasonable steps to obtain a licence from the copyright owner in question but failed to get a timely response from the copyright owner;
(b) he has made reasonable efforts but failed to obtain commercially available copies of the copyright work in question and the copyright owner in question has refused to grant him a licence on reasonable commercial terms;
(c) he did not know and had no reason to believe that the copies made or distributed are infringing copies; or
(d) he cannot, after making reasonable enquiries, ascertain the identity and contact details of the copyright owner in question.
(15) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence in respect of an act under subsection (1) to prove that —
(a) he did the act in the course of his employment; and (b) he did the act in accordance with the instruction given to him by or on behalf of his employer in the
course of his employment. (16) Subsection (15) does not apply to an employee who, at the time when the infringing copy in question was
made or distributed, was in a position to make or influence a decision regarding the making or distribution of the infringing copy.
(17) A person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine at level 5 in respect of each infringing copy and to imprisonment for 4 years.
(18) Sections 115 and 117 (presumptions as to various matters connected with copyright) do not apply to proceedings for an offence under subsection (1).
(19)-(21) (Repealed 15 of 2009 s. 3) (22) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice published in the Gazette, amend
Schedules 1AA and 1AB. (Added 15 of 2009 s. 3) (Added 15 of 2007 s. 33)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 57
Section: 120 #Making infringing copies outside Hong Kong, etc. 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
115, 116, 117
(1) A person commits an offence if he makes outside Hong Kong, for export to Hong Kong otherwise than for his private and domestic use, any article that he knows would, if it were made in Hong Kong, constitute an infringing copy of a copyright work.
(2) A person commits an offence if he makes outside Hong Kong an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work knowing or having reason to believe that it is to be used or is intended to be used in Hong Kong for making an infringing copy of the copyright work for sale or hire or for use for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 9; 15 of 2007 s. 34)
(2A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (2) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing copies of copyright works. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 9)
(3) A person commits an offence if he makes outside Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work, knowing or having reason to believe that-
(a) the article is to be used or is intended to be used outside Hong Kong for making another article for export to Hong Kong; and
(b) the latter article mentioned in paragraph (a) would, if it were made in Hong Kong, constitute an infringing copy of the copyright work.
(4) A person who, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, aids, abets, counsels or procures the commission by another person of an offence under subsection (1), (2) or (3) commits that offence as a principal.
(5) The offences under subsections (1), (2) and (3) are without prejudice to the offences under section 118. (6) A person who commits an offence under subsection (1), (2) or (3) is liable on conviction on indictment to a
fine of $500000 and to imprisonment for 8 years. (7) For the purpose of this section, "article" (物品) does not include an article in transit. (8) Sections 115 to 117 (presumptions as to various matters connected with copyright) do not apply to
proceedings for an offence under this section. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 115, 116, 117 *> ____________________________________________________________________ Note: # The Copyright (Suspension of Amendments) Ordinance (Cap 568) provides for the suspension of the
operation of certain amendments in relation to this section effected by the Intellectual Property (Miscellaneous Amendments) Ordinance 2000 (64 of 2000).
Section: 120A Time limit for prosecutions 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
No prosecution for an offence under this Ordinance shall be commenced after the expiration of 3 years from the date of commission of the offence.
(Added 22 of 1998 s. 44. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 35)
Section: 121 Affidavit evidence L.N. 68 of 2010 16/07/2010
Expanded Cross Reference:
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Supplementary
(1) For the purpose of facilitating the proof of subsistence and ownership of copyright, and without prejudice to the operation of sections 11 to 16 (authorship and ownership of copyright) and sections 17 to 21 (duration of copyright), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which states- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 *> (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(a) the date and place that the work was made or first published; (b) the name of the author of the work; (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 36)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 58
(ba) where the author of the work is an individual- (i) the place of domicile of the author; (ii) the place of residence of the author; or (iii) the place where the author has a right of abode; (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(bb) where the author of the work is a body corporate- (i) the place of incorporation of the author; or (ii) the principal place of business of the author; (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(c) the name of the copyright owner; (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36) (d) that copyright subsists in the work; and (e) that a copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit is a true copy of the work,
shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in any proceedings under this Ordinance.
(2) For the purpose of facilitating the proof of subsistence and ownership of copyright, and without prejudice to subsection (1) and the operation of sections 11 to 16 (authorship and ownership of copyright) and sections 17 to 21 (duration of copyright), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 *> (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(a) states- (i) that the copyright work has been registered with a Copyright Register prescribed under
subsection (16); and (Amended L.N. 29 of 2004) (ii) that copyright subsists in the work; and (iii) the name of the copyright owner; and (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(b) has exhibited to it a copy of the certificate of registration of the work issued by the authority in charge of the Copyright Register certified to be a true copy by a person specified in subsection (4)(a),
shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in any proceedings under this Ordinance.
(2A) For the purposes of facilitating the establishment of the matter referred to in section 35(3)(b), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which-
(a) states the name of the copyright owner; (b) states that a copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit is a true copy of the work; (c) states-
(i) that the copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit was made in a place outside Hong Kong by the copyright owner; or
(ii) that the copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit was made in a place outside Hong Kong by a person who has the licence of the copyright owner to make copies of the work in that place, but does not have the licence of the copyright owner to make copies of the work in Hong Kong; and
(d) states the name and address of the person (if any) referred to in paragraph (c)(ii), shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in any proceedings under this Ordinance. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(2B) For the purposes of any proceedings instituted under section 118(1), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which-
(a) states the name of the copyright owner; and (b) states that the person named in the affidavit does not have the licence of the copyright owner to do an
act referred to in section 118(1)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) in respect of the work, shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in those proceedings. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(2C) For the purposes of any proceedings instituted under section 118(2A), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which-
(a) states the name of the copyright owner; and (b) states that the person named in the affidavit does not have the licence of the copyright owner to do an
act referred to in section 118(2A) in respect of the work, shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in those proceedings. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(2D)For the purposes of any proceedings instituted under section 119B(1), an affidavit which purports to have been made by or on behalf of the copyright owner of a copyright work and which—
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 59
(a) states the name of the copyright owner; and (b) states that the person named in the affidavit does not have the licence of the copyright owner to do an
act referred to in section 119B(1) in respect of the work, shall, subject to the conditions contained in subsection (4), be admitted without further proof in those proceedings. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(3) The court before whom an affidavit which complies with the conditions in subsection (4) is produced under subsection (1), (2), (2A), (2B), (2C) or (2D) shall presume, in the absence of evidence to the contrary- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(a) that the statements made in the affidavit are true; and (b) that it was made and authenticated in accordance with subsection (4).
(4) An affidavit may be tendered in evidence under subsection (1), (2), (2A), (2B), (2C) or (2D) if- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(a) it is made on oath- (i) before a solicitor or a commissioner as defined in the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance (Cap.
11), if it is made in Hong Kong; or (ii) before a notary public, if it is made outside Hong Kong;
(b) it is authenticated, so far as relates to the making thereof, by the signature of the solicitor, commissioner or notary public before whom it is made;
(c) it contains a declaration by the deponent to the effect that it is true to the best of his knowledge and belief; and
(d) subject to subsection (6), not less than 10 days before the commencement of the hearing at which the affidavit is tendered in evidence, a copy of the affidavit is served, by or on behalf of the prosecution or plaintiff, on each of the defendants.
(5) Notwithstanding that an affidavit is admissible as evidence by virtue of this section, a defendant or his solicitor may, within 3 days from the service of the copy of the affidavit, serve a notice requiring the attendance of the deponent to the affidavit in court.
(6) The parties may agree before the hearing that the requirements of subsection (4)(d) may be dispensed with. (7) If an affidavit tendered in evidence under subsection (1), (2), (2A), (2B), (2C) or (2D)- (Amended 15 of
2007 s. 36) (a) is made in a language other than English or Chinese, it must be accompanied by an English or Chinese
translation thereof and, unless otherwise agreed by or on behalf of the prosecutor or plaintiff and defendant (or, if more than one, all the defendants), the translation must be certified by the court translator;
(b) refers to any other document as an exhibit, the copy served on any other party to the proceedings under subsection (4)(d) must be accompanied by a copy of that document or by such information as may be necessary in order to enable the party on whom it is served to inspect that document or a copy thereof.
(8) Without prejudice to subsection (5)- (a) the party by whom or on whose behalf the affidavit was served may call the deponent to give evidence;
and (b) the court may of its own motion or, if the defendant who has served a notice under subsection (5) in
relation to an affidavit satisfies the court- (i) that the ownership or subsistence of the copyright in a work is, insofar as that matter is stated in
the affidavit, genuinely in issue; (ii) that whether a person has the licence of the copyright owner of a copyright work to do a
particular act is, insofar as that matter is stated in the affidavit, genuinely in issue; or (iii) where the affidavit is made under subsection (2A), that any matter stated in the affidavit, other
than those referred to in subparagraphs (i) and (ii), is genuinely in issue, either before or during the hearing, require the deponent to the affidavit to attend before the court and give evidence. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(9) Without prejudice to subsection (8)(a), a deponent of an affidavit which is admissible under this section shall attend before the court and give evidence if, and only if, the court so requires under subsection (8)(b).
(10) So much of an affidavit as is admitted in evidence by virtue of this section is, unless the court otherwise directs, to be read aloud at the hearing and where the court so directs an account is to be given orally of so much of any affidavit as is not read aloud.
(11) Any document or object referred to as an exhibit and identified in an affidavit admitted in evidence under
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 60
this section is treated as if it had been produced as an exhibit and identified in court by the deponent. (12) A document required by this section to be served on any person may be served-
(a) by delivering it to him or to his solicitor; or (b) in the case of a body corporate, by delivering it to the secretary or clerk of the body at its registered or
principal office or by sending it by registered post addressed to the secretary or clerk of that body at that office.
(13) Without prejudice to the powers of the court to award costs, the court may award costs against a defendant who-
(a) was served with an affidavit described in subsection (1), (2), (2A), (2B), (2C) or (2D); (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 36)
(b) by himself or through his solicitor served a notice under subsection (5); and (c) was subsequently convicted of the relevant offence or found liable for the infringement, as the case
may be. (14) In awarding awards under subsection (13), the court shall have regard to the actual costs incurred by the
prosecution or plaintiff as a result of the notice under subsection (5) served by the defendant and the court may award costs under subsection (13) exceeding the limit of costs, if any, which that court may award.
(15) For the purpose of subsection (1)(e), where the work is a computer program, whether in source codes or object codes, a copy of the program only in the form of object codes is also regarded as a true copy of the program.
(16) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may by regulation prescribe the Copyright Registers for the purpose of subsection (2). (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)
(17) In this section, "court" (法院) includes a magistrate.
Section: 122 Powers of investigating officers L.N. 235 of 1998 29/05/1998
(1) An authorized officer may- (a) (i) subject to section 123, enter and search any place; (Amended 22 of 1998 s. 45)
(ii) stop, board and search any vessel (other than a ship of war) or any aircraft (other than a military aircraft); or
(iii) stop and search any vehicle (other than a military vehicle), in which he reasonably suspects that there is- (A) an article which is an infringing copy of a copyright work; (B) an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work
which article is used or intended to be used for making infringing copies of any such work; or (C) anything which appears to him to be or to contain, or to be likely to be or to contain, evidence of
an offence under this Part; and (b) seize, remove or detain-
(i) any article which appears to him to be an infringing copy of a copyright work or an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work which appears to him to be intended for use for making infringing copies of any such work;
(ii) anything which appears to him to be or to contain, or to be likely to be or to contain, evidence of an offence under this Part; and
(iii) any vessel, aircraft or vehicle (other than a ship of war or a military aircraft or vehicle) which he reasonably suspects to be or, has been used in connection with an offence under this Part.
(2) An authorized officer may- (a) break into and forcibly enter any place which he is empowered or authorized by this Part to enter and
search; (Amended 22 of 1998 s. 45) (b) forcibly board any vessel, aircraft or vehicle which he is empowered by this Part to stop, board and
search; (c) remove by force any person or thing obstructing him in the exercise of any power conferred on him by
this Part; (d) detain any person found in any place which he is empowered or authorized by this Part to search until
such place has been searched; (e) prevent any person from approaching or boarding any vessel, aircraft or vehicle which he is
empowered by this Part to stop, board and search until it has been searched. (3) An authorized officer may call upon any authorized officer to assist him in the exercise of any of his powers
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 61
under this section. (Added 22 of 1998 s. 45)
Section: 123 Authority to issue warrant for entry and search L.N. 235 of 1998 29/05/1998
(1) A magistrate may, if he is satisfied by information on oath that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that there is in any place any article or thing which may be seized, removed or detained under section 122(1)(b), issue a warrant authorizing an authorized officer to enter and search the place.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), an authorized officer shall not enter and search any place under section 122(1)(a)(i) except under the authority of a warrant issued under this section.
(3) An authorized officer may enter and search any place under section 122(1)(a)(i) without a warrant issued under this section if the delay necessary to obtain a warrant could result in the loss or destruction of evidence or for any other reason it would not be reasonably practicable to obtain a warrant.
(Replaced 22 of 1998 s. 46)
Section: 124 Obstruction of investigating officers 30/06/1997
(1) Without prejudice to any other Ordinance, any person who- (a) wilfully obstructs an authorized officer in the exercise of his powers or the performance of his duties
under this Ordinance; (b) wilfully fails to comply with any requirement properly made to him by any such authorized officer; or (c) without reasonable excuse, fails to give such authorized officer any other assistance which he may
reasonably require to be given for the purpose of exercising his powers or performing his duties under this Ordinance,
is guilty of an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine at level 4 and to imprisonment for 3 months. (2) Any person who, when required to give information to an authorized officer in the exercise of his powers or
the performance of his duties under this Ordinance, knowingly gives false or misleading information to any such authorized officer is guilty of an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine at level 4 and to imprisonment for 3 months.
(3) Nothing in this section requires any person to give any information which may incriminate him.
Section: 125 Liability of persons other than principal offender 30/06/1997
(1) Where a body corporate commits an offence under this Ordinance in respect of any act which is shown to have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be attributable to any act on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other similar officer of the body corporate or any person purporting to act in any such capacity he, as well as the body corporate, commits the offence.
(2) Where the affairs of a body corporate are managed by its members, subsection (1) applies in relation to the acts of a member in connection with his functions of management as if he were a director of the body corporate.
(3) Where an offence under this Ordinance committed by a partner in a partnership is proved to have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be attributable to any act on the part of, any other partner of the partnership or any person concerned in the management of the partnership, that other partner or the person concerned in the management of the partnership commits the like offence.
Section: 126 Disclosure of information, etc. 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Where any article seized or detained under section 122 is, or is reasonably suspected by the Commissioner to be-
(a) an infringing copy of a copyright work; or (b) an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work which has
been used, or is intended to be used, for the making of infringing copies of any such work, the Commissioner shall, wherever reasonably practicable, notify the owner of the copyright in question or his authorized agent of the seizure or detention, as the case may be.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 62
(2) In the circumstances specified in subsection (1), the Commissioner may disclose to the owner of the copyright or to his authorized agent-
(a) the time, and the address or place, of seizure or detention of the article; (b) the name and address of the person from whom the article has been seized or detained; (c) the nature and quantity of articles seized or detained; (d) any statement made to the Commissioner or an authorized officer by the person in connection with the
seizure or detention, either with the prior consent in writing of that person or without such consent where the person is dead or cannot after reasonable enquiries by the Commissioner as to his whereabouts be found by the Commissioner; and
(e) any other information or document relating to the article seized or detained which the Commissioner thinks fit to disclose.
(3) The owner of the copyright or his authorized agent- (a) where he seeks disclosure of any information or document that is not referred to in subsection (2); or (b) where information or a document that is referred to in subsection (2) is not disclosed by the
Commissioner, may apply to the Court of First Instance for an order requiring the Commissioner to disclose such information or document and the Court of First Instance may on such an application make such order for disclosure as it thinks fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(4) An application under subsection (3) may be begun by motion with previous notice to the Commissioner.
Section: 127 Protection of informers in criminal proceedings 30/06/1997
(1) Save where, in the opinion of the court, justice so requires, the name or identity of any informer and the information given by such informer shall not be disclosed in any criminal proceedings under this Part.
(2) The court may make any order and adopt any procedure necessary to prevent any such disclosure.
Section: 128 Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc. 30/06/1997
(1) Where an article seized or detained under section 122 is, or is reasonably suspected by the Commissioner to be-
(a) an infringing copy of a copyright work; or (b) an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work which has
been used, or is intended to be used, for the making of infringing copies of any such work, the Commissioner or an authorized officer may give the owner of the copyright work in question or his authorized agent or the person from whom the article was seized sufficient opportunity to inspect the article for the purposes of ascertaining whether the article is an infringing copy of the copyright work or is an article specifically designed or adapted for making infringing copies of the copyright work.
(2) Where more than one article is seized or detained under section 122, the Commissioner or an authorized officer may permit the owner of the copyright or his authorized agent or the person from whom the articles were seized or detained to remove samples of the seized or detained articles if the Commissioner or authorized officer considers it necessary for the purpose of ascertaining whether the articles are infringing copies of the copyright work or are articles specifically designed or adapted for making copies of the copyright work on condition that the owner or agent or person, as the case may be, gives the Commissioner or authorized officer the requisite undertakings.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the requisite undertakings are undertakings in writing that the person giving the undertaking will-
(a) return the samples to the Commissioner or authorized officer at a specified time that is satisfactory to the Commissioner or authorized officer; and
(b) take reasonable care to prevent unnecessary damage to the samples. (4) If the Commissioner or an authorized officer permits the inspection of any seized or detained article, or the
removal of a sample, by the copyright owner or his agent or the person from whom the article was seized in accordance with this section, the Government is not liable to the person from whom the article was seized or detained for any loss or damage suffered by him arising out of-
(a) damage to any article incurred during the inspection; or (b) anything done by the copyright owner or any other person to, or in relation to, a sample removed by
the copyright owner, his agent or the person or any use made by the owner or the person of such
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 63
sample.
Section: 129 Multilateral co-operation 30/06/1997
The Commissioner may, for the purpose of promoting multi-lateral co-operation in the protection of intellectual property rights, disclose information obtained in pursuance of this Ordinance to the customs authorities or other authorities responsible for the enforcement of intellectual property rights of-
(a) any country, territory or area which is, at the relevant time, a member of the World Trade Organization; or
(b) such other country, territory or area as the Commissioner thinks fit.
Section: 130 Offences relating to disclosure of information 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Subject to subsection (2), any person who discloses to any other person any information obtained by him in pursuance of this Ordinance commits an offence unless the disclosure was made-
(a) for the purpose of the performance by him or any other person of functions under this Ordinance; or (b) under the direction or order of a court.
(2) A person does not commit an offence under subsection (1) by- (a) disclosing information under section 126(1) or (2) or under an order of the Court of First Instance
under section 126(3); (b) disclosing information under section 129; (c) disclosing information under section 140(1) or under an order of the Court of First Instance made
under section 140(2); or (d) disclosing information under section 267(1) or under an order of the Court of First Instance made
under section 267(2). (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2) (3) Any person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on conviction to a fine at level 4 and to
imprisonment for 1 year.
Section: 131 Seized articles, etc. liable to forfeiture L.N. 68 of 2010 16/07/2010
(1) Any article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing seized or detained by an authorized officer under section 122 is liable to forfeiture in accordance with the following provisions whether or not any person has been charged of an offence under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120. (Amended 4 of 2004 s. 4; 15 of 2007 s. 37)
(2) The Commissioner shall, subject to subsection (3) and not later than 30 days beginning on the date of the seizure or detention of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing serve notice of the seizure or detention on a person who was to the knowledge of the Commissioner at the time of, or immediately after seizure or detention, an owner of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply if the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing was seized or detained in the presence of-
(a) an owner, or an employee or agent of the owner, of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing; (b) the person whose offence or suspected offence gave rise to the seizure or detention; or (c) in the case of a vessel, aircraft or vehicle, the master or person in charge.
(4) A notice given under subsection (2) is deemed to have been duly served if- (a) it is delivered to the person on whom it is served; (b) it is sent by registered post addressed to such person at the place of residence or business of such
person, if any, known to the Commissioner; or (c) where it cannot be served in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b), the notice is exhibited at the
Customs and Excise Department, in a place to which the public have access, for a period of not less than 7 days commencing within 30 days from the date of the seizure or detention of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing.
(5) If an article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing is liable to forfeiture under subsection (1), the owner or the authorized agent of the owner thereof, or a person who was in possession thereof at the time of seizure or detention, or
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 64
a person who has a legal or equitable interest in it, may within 30 days beginning- (a) on the date of the seizure or detention; or (b) where the notice under subsection (2) is-
(i) served by delivery to the person to be served, on the date of service; or (ii) sent by registered post, 2 days after the date of posting; or (iii) exhibited as described in subsection (4)(c), on the first day it is so exhibited,
give notice in writing to the Commissioner of his full name and address for service in Hong Kong and claim that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing is not liable to forfeiture.
(6) A claimant may withdraw a notice of a claim at any time by notice in writing to the Commissioner. (7) Except where a person is charged with an offence under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120 in connection with
the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing, if on the date of the expiration of the appropriate period of time specified in subsection (5) for the giving of a notice of claim no such notice has been given in writing to the Commissioner, the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing is forfeited forthwith to the Government. (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3; 4 of 2004 s. 4; 15 of 2007 s. 37)
Section: 132 Disposal of articles, etc. where a person is charged L.N. 68 of 2010 16/07/2010
Without prejudice to section 131, where a person is charged with an offence under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120 the court may, if it is satisfied that any article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing seized or detained by an authorized officer under section 122 in connection with the offence- (Amended 4 of 2004 s. 5; 15 of 2007 s. 38)
(a) is an infringing copy of a copyright work; (b) is an article specifically designed or adapted for making copies of a particular copyright work which
article has been used, or is intended to be used, for making infringing copies of any such work; or (c) has been used in connection with any offence under this Ordinance,
order that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing be- (i) forfeited to the Government; (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) (ii) delivered up to the person who appears to the court to be the owner of the copyright concerned; or (iii) disposed of in such other way as the court may think fit,
whether or not the person charged is convicted of the offence with which he was charged.
Section: 133 Determination of application for forfeiture L.N. 68 of 2010 16/07/2010
(1) Where a notice of claim is given under section 131, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall apply to a magistrate, the District Court or the Court of First Instance for the forfeiture of the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing unless the Commissioner is satisfied, within a reasonable period after the receipt of the notice of claim, that, on the basis of the evidence of the case, the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing concerned should be delivered to the claimant. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(2) The Commissioner or authorized officer shall state in the application the name and address of the claimant. (3) Where an application under subsection (1) is made to a magistrate, the magistrate shall issue a summons to
the claimant, requiring him to appear before a magistrate upon the hearing of the application, and shall cause a copy of such summons to be served upon the Commissioner.
(4) Where an application under subsection (1) is made to the District Court or the Court of First Instance, it may be begun by motion. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(5) Where the claimant is the defendant in criminal proceedings under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120 in connection with the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing and there is no other claimant, on an application made in that behalf by the Commissioner, the court may hear the forfeiture application immediately following the criminal proceedings and for the purposes of a hearing under this subsection, any requirement in respect of the issue or service of a summons or any notice of the hearing under or by virtue of subsection (3) or (4), as the case may be, does not apply. (Amended 4 of 2004 s. 6; 15 of 2007 s. 39)
(6) Where there is more than one claimant and one of them is the defendant in criminal proceedings under section 118, 119A, 119B or 120 in connection with the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing, on an application made in that behalf by the Commissioner, the court may hear the forfeiture application immediately following the criminal proceedings. (Amended 4 of 2004 s. 6; 15 of 2007 s. 39)
(7) If, upon the hearing of an application under subsection (1), the claimant or some other person who, though not the claimant, was, or would have been, entitled to make a claim under section 131(5), appears before a court, the
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 65
court shall hear the application. (8) A court may, at the hearing of a forfeiture application, or at an adjourned hearing, hear a person-
(a) who has not been served with a notice of seizure or detention and was not present when an article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing, was seized or detained or whose identity was not known to the Commissioner at the time of, or immediately after, seizure or detention; and
(b) who appears to the court to have a right to claim ownership of, or a legal or equitable interest in, the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing,
on his claim as to why it should not be forfeited. (9) If, upon the hearing of an application under subsection (1), neither the claimant nor any person who, though
not the claimant, was, or would have been, entitled to make a claim under section 131(5), appears before a court and the court is satisfied-
(a) that the summons or the notice of the hearing (if any) required to be served under subsection (3) or (4), as the case may be, was served;
(b) that a person at the address for service or a solicitor nominated to accept service on behalf of a claimant has refused to accept service of the summons or notice of the hearing referred to in paragraph (a); or
(c) that the address for service given to the Commissioner is inadequate for the purpose of effecting service of the summons or the notice of hearing referred to in paragraph (a),
the court shall hear and determine the application without requiring further inquiry as to the whereabouts of the claimant.
(10) An application under subsection (1) to a magistrate is deemed to be a complaint for the purposes of section 8 of the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap 227).
(11) Without prejudice to section 132, upon the hearing of an application under subsection (1) a court shall order that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing, as the case may be, be forfeited to the Government where the court is satisfied that it is liable to forfeiture, and, if appropriate, that- (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
(a) the person who appears before the court fails to satisfy the court that he was, or would have been, entitled to make a claim under section 131(5) in respect of the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing; and
(b) no other person appears before the court and satisfies that he was, or would have been, entitled to make such claim.
(12) Without prejudice to section 132, upon the hearing of an application under subsection (1), in any case other than a case referred to in subsection (11) a court may, if it is satisfied-
(a) that a person is, or would have been, entitled to make a claim under section 131(5) in respect of the seized or detained article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing; and
(b) that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing is liable to forfeiture, order that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing-
(i) be forfeited to the Government; (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) (ii) subject to subsection (13), be delivered to the claimant subject to any condition which it may specify in
the order; or (iii) be disposed of in such manner and subject to such condition as it may specify in the order.
(13) The court shall not make an order under subsection (12)(ii) in respect of an article unless the claimant satisfies the court that the article is not an infringing copy of any copyright work or, as the case may be, is not an article specifically designed or adapted to make copies of any particular copyright work which article is used or is intended to be used, for making infringing copies of any such work.
(14) If, after a court has ordered that an article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing be delivered to a person, that person cannot be found or refuses to accept it, the Commissioner may apply to a court which may-
(a) order that the article, vessel, aircraft, vehicle or thing be forfeited to the Government; or (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
(b) make any such other order as the court considers fit in the circumstances. (15) Unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a court in this section or section 132 includes a
reference to a magistrate.
Section: 134 Jurisdiction of District Court L.N. 247 of 2000 01/09/2000
(1) The District Court may entertain proceedings under-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 66
(a) section 109 (order for delivery up of infringing copy or other article); (b) section 111 (order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article); or (c) section 113(7) (order as to exercise of rights by copyright owner where exclusive licensee has
concurrent rights), where the value of the infringing copies, or the alleged infringing copies, and other articles in question does not exceed the limit for actions in tort set out in section 32(1) of the District Court Ordinance (Cap 336). (Amended 28 of 2000 s. 45)
(2) Nothing in this section affects the jurisdiction of the Court of First Instance. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 115 U.K.]
Section: 135 Definitions 30/06/1997
DIVISION VII
PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO IMPORTATION OF INFRINGING ARTICLES
In this Division- "detention order" (扣留令) means an order made under section 137(1); "right holder" (權利持有人) means the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright that subsists in a work under this
Ordinance.
Section: 136 Application for detention order 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) A right holder may apply to the Court of First Instance for an order under section 137(1) where he has reasonable grounds for suspecting that the importation of an article that constitutes an infringing copy of the work in respect of which he is a right holder may take place. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(2) An application under subsection (1) may be made ex parte but with previous notice to the Commissioner. (3) An application under subsection (1) must be in such form as is prescribed by rules of court and must be
supported by an affidavit of the right holder which- (a) states that at the time the application is made copyright subsists under this Part in the work in question; (b) states whether the deponent is the owner or the exclusive licensee of the copyright; (c) where the deponent purports to be the exclusive licensee, states the facts and exhibits such documents
relied upon by the deponent to establish that he is the exclusive licensee; (d) states that a copy of the work exhibited to the affidavit is an authorized copy of the work; (e) states the grounds for the application, including the facts relied upon by the deponent as showing that
the article in question is prima facie an infringing copy; (f) sets out a sufficiently detailed description of the article in question to make it readily recognizable by
the Commissioner; (g) sets out particulars regarding the expected mode of transportation and the expected date of importation
and, if available, particulars identifying the importer; and (h) sets out such other information and exhibits such other documents as may be prescribed by rules of
court. (4) No application may be made under subsection (1) with respect to an article in transit. (5) No application may be made under subsection (1) with respect to the importation by a person of an article
for his private and domestic use. (6) Section 121 applies in respect of an affidavit made in accordance with subsection (3) by the exclusive
licensee of the copyright that subsists in a work under this Part in the same manner as it would apply if the affidavit were made by the owner of the copyright.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 67
Section: 137 Issuance of detention order 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Where, on the hearing of an application made under section 136, the right holder presents adequate evidence to satisfy the Court of First Instance that the article in question is prima facie an infringing copy, the Court of First Instance may make an order directing the Commissioner or an authorized officer to take reasonable measures to seize or detain the article on or after its importation.
(2) The Court of First Instance may require the right holder to provide security or an equivalent assurance in an amount sufficient to protect the importer and any other person having an interest in the article to be seized or detained, including the consignee and the owner of the article, from any loss or damage that may be incurred in the event that the seizure or detention is wrongful or the article is released to the importer under section 138(6).
(3) A detention order may contain such terms and conditions as the Court of First Instance considers appropriate.
(4) The Court of First Instance shall not make a detention order with respect to any article that has been seized or detained by, and that is in the custody of, the Commissioner or an authorized officer pursuant to any law.
(5) Where the Commissioner or an authorized officer seizes or detains an article pursuant to any law, other than this Division or Division III of Part III, any detention order made with respect to that article ceases to have effect.
(6) Where the Court of First Instance makes a detention order, the right holder shall forthwith serve a copy of the order on the Commissioner.
(7) A detention order has effect from the date on which it is made or such later date as may be specified by the Court of First Instance and ceases to have effect 60 days from that date unless the Commissioner or an authorized officer has, pursuant to the order and within that period, seized or detained any article to which the order applies.
(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
Section: 138 Enforcement of detention order L.N. 362 of 1997; 25 of 1998
01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Where a detention order is served on the Commissioner, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the order, seize or detain any article to which the order applies.
(2) The right holder shall- (a) supply to the Commissioner or an authorized officer sufficient information on the article and the
particular importation to render the article recognizable and the shipment or particular importation identifiable and any other information the Commissioner or an authorized officer may reasonably require for the purpose of carrying out the detention order;
(b) deposit with the Commissioner an amount that is, in the opinion of the Commissioner, sufficient to reimburse the Government for the costs likely to be incurred in connection with the carrying out of the detention order; and
(c) upon notification in writing by the Commissioner or an authorized officer of the seizure or detention of the article, provide such storage space and other facilities as he may require.
(3) The Commissioner or an authorized officer may refuse to carry out the detention order if the right holder fails to comply with subsection (2).
(4) The Commissioner may, after giving written notice to the right holder, apply to the Court of First Instance for directions in carrying out the detention order, and the Court of First Instance may, after giving the right holder an opportunity to be heard, give such directions as it thinks fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(5) The Commissioner or an authorized officer shall forthwith after an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, give written notice of the seizure or detention to-
(a) the right holder; (b) the importer; and (c) any other person to whom notice is required to be given by the terms of the order.
(6) Subject to subsection (7) and to any law authorizing the Commissioner or an authorized officer to seize or
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 68
detain articles, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall release any article that has been seized or detained pursuant to a detention order to the importer if the right holder has not, within a period of 10 days after notice of the seizure or detention is given to the right holder, notified the Commissioner in writing that an action for infringement in respect of the article has been brought under this Part.
(7) The Court of First Instance may, on application by the right holder, after giving the Commissioner and each person to whom notice is required to be given under subsection (5) an opportunity to be heard, extend the period referred to in subsection (6) by a period not exceeding an additional 10 days if it is satisfied that the request for the extension is reasonable. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(8) In proceedings under subsection (7), the Court of First Instance may require the right holder to provide security or an equivalent assurance in addition to that provided in accordance with section 137(2). (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(9) Where the right holder has, within the period referred to in subsection (6), as may be extended under subsection (7), notified the Commissioner in writing that an action for infringement in respect of the article has been brought under this Part, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall retain custody of the article subject to the direction of the court in the infringement proceedings.
(10) No public holiday, gale warning day or black rainstorm warning day is reckoned in the computation of the period referred to in subsection (6), as may be extended under subsection (7).
(11) In this section- "black rainstorm warning day" (黑色暴雨警告日) means any day throughout or for part of which a black rainstorm
warning is in force, and "black rainstorm warning" (黑色暴雨警告) means a warning issued by the Director of the Hong Kong Observatory of a heavy rainstorm in, or in the vicinity of, Hong Kong by the use of the heavy rainstorm signal commonly referred to as Black; (Amended L.N. 362 of 1997)
"gale warning day" (烈風警告日) means any day throughout or for part of which a gale warning is in force, and "gale warning" (烈風警告 ) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the Judicial Proceedings (Adjournment During Gale Warnings) Ordinance (Cap 62).
Section: 139 Variation or setting aside of detention order 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) The Commissioner or the right holder may at any time apply to the Court of First Instance to vary the detention order.
(2) The importer or any other person affected by the detention order may at any time apply to the Court of First Instance to vary or set aside the order.
(3) A person who makes an application under subsection (1) or (2) shall give to the other parties such notice of the day fixed for the hearing of the application as a judge of the Court of First Instance may order.
(4) On the hearing of an application under subsection (1) or (2) to vary the detention order, the Court of First Instance may vary the order in such manner as it thinks just.
(5) On the hearing of an application under subsection (2) to set aside the detention order, the Court of First Instance may set aside the order on such terms and conditions as it thinks just.
(6) For the purposes of subsection (3)- (a) the parties to an application under subsection (1) are the Commissioner, the right holder and, if the
article in question has been seized or detained pursuant to the detention order, the importer and any other person to whom notice is required to be given under section 138(5); and
(b) the parties to an application under subsection (2) are the Commissioner, the right holder, the applicant and the importer, if the importer is not the applicant.
(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
Section: 140 Disclosure of information 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 69
(1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, the Commissioner may disclose to the right holder-
(a) the names and addresses of the importer, the consignor and the consignee; (b) the nature and quantity of articles seized or detained pursuant to the order; (c) any statement made to the Commissioner or an authorized officer by any person in connection with the
seizure or detention, either with the prior consent in writing of that person or without such consent where the person is dead or cannot after reasonable enquiries by the Commissioner as to his whereabouts be found by the Commissioner; and
(d) any other information or document relating to any article seized or detained pursuant to the order which the Commissioner thinks fit to disclose.
(2) Where the right holder seeks disclosure of- (a) any information or document that is not referred to in subsection (1); or (b) any information or document that is referred to in subsection (1) but which the Commissioner has not
disclosed, he may apply to the Court of First Instance for an order requiring the Commissioner to disclose such information or document and the Court of First Instance may on such an application make such order for disclosure as it deems fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(3) An application under subsection (2) may be begun by motion with previous notice to the Commissioner.
Section: 141 Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc. L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall-
(a) give the right holder sufficient opportunity to inspect the article for the purpose of substantiating his claim; and
(b) give the importer an equivalent opportunity to inspect the article for the purpose of refuting the right holder's claim.
(2) Where more than one article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, the Commissioner or an authorized officer may permit the right holder or the importer to remove samples of the seized or detained articles if the right holder or the importer, as the case may be, gives the Commissioner or authorized officer the requisite undertakings.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the requisite undertakings are undertakings in writing that the person giving the undertaking will-
(a) return the samples to the Commissioner or authorized officer at a specified time that is satisfactory to the Commissioner or authorized officer; and
(b) take reasonable care to prevent unnecessary damage to the samples. (4) If the Commissioner or an authorized officer permits the inspection of any seized or detained article, or the
removal of a sample, by the right holder in accordance with this section, the Government is not liable to the importer for any loss or damage suffered by the importer arising out of-
(a) damage to any article incurred during the inspection; or (b) anything done by the right holder or any other person to, or in relation to, a sample removed by the
right holder or any use made by the right holder of such sample.
Section: 142 Costs payable L.N. 406 of 1997 25/07/1997
(1) The Commissioner may assess the costs incurred by the Government in connection with the carrying out of a detention order and may deduct those costs from the amount paid as a deposit by the right holder under section 138(2).
(2) Any costs assessed under subsection (1) shall be payable by the right holder to the Government and recoverable as a civil debt.
Section: 143 Compensation payable to importer, etc. L.N. 406 of 1997 25/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 70
(1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order and the article is released pursuant to section 138(6), the importer, the consignee or the owner of the article may, within 6 months after the date on which the order is made, apply to the Court of First Instance for compensation for any loss or damage suffered by him by reason of the seizure or detention.
(2) Where- (a) an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order; (b) an action for infringement is brought under this Part in respect of the article within the period referred
to in section 138(6), as may be extended under section 138(7); and (c) the action is discontinued, the claim of infringement is withdrawn or the court in the infringement
proceedings determines that the infringement is not proved, the importer, the consignee or the owner of the article may, within 6 months after the date on which the action is discontinued, the claim is withdrawn or the court renders its determination, as the case may be, apply to the Court of First Instance for compensation for any loss or damage suffered by him by reason of the seizure or detention.
(3) On an application under subsection (1) or (2), the Court of First Instance may make such order for compensation as it deems fit.
(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
Section: 144 Rules L.N. 406 of 1997 25/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
The power to make rules of court under section 54 of the High Court Ordinance (Cap 4) includes power to make rules of court regulating and prescribing the procedure and the practice to be followed in the Court of First Instance under this Division, and any matter incidental to or relating to that procedure or practice, including rules prescribing any matter or thing that under this Division is to be or may be prescribed by rules of court.
(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
Section: 145 Licensing schemes and licensing bodies L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
DIVISION VIII
COPYRIGHT LICENSING
(1) In this Part a "licensing scheme" (特許計劃) means a scheme setting out- (a) the classes of case in which the operator of the scheme, or the person on whose behalf he acts, is
willing to grant copyright licences; and (b) the terms on which licences would be granted in those classes of case,
and for this purpose a "scheme" (計劃) includes anything in the nature of a scheme, whether described as a scheme or as a tariff or by any other name.
(2) In this section "copyright licences" (版權特許) means licences to do, or authorize the doing of, any of the acts restricted by copyright.
(3) References in this Division to licences or licensing schemes covering works of more than one author do not include licences or schemes covering only-
(a) a single collective work or collective works of which the authors are the same; or (b) works made or distributed by, or by employees of or commissioned by, a single individual, firm,
company or group of companies, and for this purpose a "group of companies" (公司集團) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap 32).
(4) In this Division- "licensing body" (特許機構) means a society or other organization, whether registered under section 149 or not,
which has as its main object, or one of its main objects, the negotiation or granting, either as owner or prospective owner of copyright or as agent for him, of copyright licences, and whose objects include the
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 71
granting of licences covering works of more than one author; "register" (註冊紀錄冊) means the register of copyright licensing bodies established under section 147; "Registrar" (處長) means the Registrar of Copyright Licensing Bodies specified in section 146; "registration" (註冊) means the entry of the name of a licensing body in the register in accordance with section 149
and "registered" (註冊) is construed accordingly. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 116 U.K.]
Section: 146 Registrar of Copyright Licensing Bodies L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
Registration of licensing bodies
The Director of Intellectual Property is the Registrar of Copyright Licensing Bodies.
Section: 147 Maintenance of register and inspection L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) The Registrar shall establish and maintain a register of copyright licensing bodies in such form and manner as he determines and containing such particulars as he thinks fit.
(2) The register is to be open for inspection in such place and in such manner and subject to the payment of such appropriate fee as may be specified by the Registrar by notice in the Gazette.
Section: 148 Application for registration and renewal L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) A licensing body may apply for registration or renewal of registration in such form and manner as may be specified by the Registrar.
(2) An application must be accompanied by- (a) the appropriate prescribed fee; and (b) a statement in writing containing such particulars as may be specified by the Registrar either generally
or in respect of the application. (3) An application by a body corporate may be signed by any person authorized in that behalf by such body
corporate and the Registrar may require such proof of that authorization as he considers necessary. (4) An application by a partnership must be signed by each partner. (5) A fee paid under this section is not refundable whether the application is approved or not.
Section: 149 Registration, issue of certificate of registration L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) The Registrar may approve an application for registration and enter the name of the applicant in the register if the Registrar is satisfied-
(a) that the applicant is a fit and proper person to be registered; and (b) with respect to the future, with the availability to the public of information relating to the scales of
copyright royalty charges by the applicant for different uses, at least by the following means- (i) by setting the scales out in its brochures and licence application forms; (ii) by exhibiting the scales in the registered office and places of business of the applicant
conspicuously to the public; and (iii) by publishing the scales in an English language newspaper and a Chinese language newspaper in
Hong Kong on a day within the 2 weeks after the issue of the certificate of registration. (2) Upon entry of the name of the applicant in the register, the Registrar shall issue to the applicant a certificate
of registration in such form as the Registrar determines specifying the requirements with respect to- (a) the publication of scales of copyright royalty charges; and (b) the charging of copyright royalty charges not exceeding the scales published,
which the licensing body must comply with.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 72
Section: 150 Change of royalty charges during currency of certificate 30/06/1997
(1) A registered licensing body which proposes to charge copyright royalty charges otherwise than in accordance with the scales last published on registration or on renewal of registration shall notify the Registrar in writing together with sufficient particulars of the proposed new scales of charges at least one month before the new scales come into effect.
(2) The licensing body shall make available to the public the information relating to the new scales of copyright royalty charges for different uses at least by the means specified in section 149(1)(b) at least 14 days before the new scales come into effect.
(3) The registration of a licensing body which fails to comply with subsection (1) or (2) or both subsections is deemed to be cancelled from the date when the new scales come into effect.
Section: 151 Duration of registration, renewal and cancellation 30/06/1997
(1) A certificate of registration is valid for a period of 12 months, or such lesser period as may be specified in the certificate, from the date on which it is granted.
(2) A registered licensing body may apply for the renewal of its registration for a period not exceeding 12 months.
(3) An application for the renewal of registration must be made at least one month before the expiry of the current registration.
(4) The Registrar may decline an application for renewal of registration by a licensing body or cancel the registration of a licensing body if-
(a) the licensing body is no longer a fit and proper person to be registered; or (b) any of the requirements of the Registrar specified under subsection (5) or section 149(2) in relation to
the licensing body is not complied with. (5) On a renewal of registration, the Registrar shall issue to the licensing body a new certificate in such form as
the Registrar determines specifying the requirements with respect to- (a) the publication of scales of copyright royalty charges; and (b) the charging of copyright royalty charges not exceeding the scales published.
(6) The Registrar shall remove the name of the licensing body from the register if its application for renewal of registration is declined or its registration is cancelled.
Section: 152 Regulations L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may by regulation- (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)
(a) prescribe the fees for the application for registration and for renewal of registration; and (b) provide for the better carrying into effect of this system of registration.
Section: 153 No liability in the case of the bona fide exercise of functions under this Division
30/06/1997
(1) No liability is incurred by the Registrar in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by him bona fide in the exercise or purported exercise of any functions conferred or imposed by or under this Division.
(2) In this section "functions" (職能) includes powers and duties.
Section: 154 Licensing schemes to which sections 155 to 160 apply 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 73
References and applications with respect to licensing schemes
Sections 155 to 160 (references and applications with respect to licensing schemes) apply to licensing schemes operated by licensing bodies which cover works of more than one author, so far as they relate to licences for- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160 *>
(a) copying the work; (b) where the work is a work referred to in section 25(1)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f), the rental of copies of
the work to the public; (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 40) (c) performing, playing or showing the work in public; (d) broadcasting the work or including it in a cable programme service; (e) issuing or making available copies of the work to the public; (f) making adaptations of the work; or (g) any other act restricted by the copyright in the work,
and references in those sections to a licensing scheme are to be construed accordingly. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 117 U.K.]
Section: 155 Reference of proposed licensing scheme to Tribunal 30/06/1997
(1) An organization claiming to be representative of persons claiming that they require licences in cases of a description to which the scheme would apply, either generally or in relation to any description of case, may refer the terms of a licensing scheme proposed to be operated by a licensing body to the Copyright Tribunal.
(2) The Tribunal shall first decide whether to entertain the reference, and may decline to do so on the ground that the reference is premature.
(3) If the Tribunal decides to entertain the reference it shall consider the matter referred and make such order, either confirming or varying the proposed scheme, either generally or so far as it relates to cases of the description to which the reference relates, as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.
(4) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 118 U.K.]
Section: 156 Reference of licensing scheme to Tribunal 30/06/1997
(1) If while a licensing scheme is in operation a dispute arises between the operator of the scheme and- (a) a person claiming that he requires a licence in a case of a description to which the scheme applies; or (b) an organization claiming to be representative of such persons,
that person or organization may refer the scheme to the Copyright Tribunal in so far as it relates to cases of that description.
(2) A scheme which has been referred to the Tribunal under this section remains in operation until proceedings on the reference are concluded.
(3) The Tribunal shall consider the matter in dispute and make such order, either confirming or varying the scheme so far as it relates to cases of the description to which the reference relates, as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.
(4) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 119 U.K.]
Section: 157 Further reference of scheme to Tribunal 30/06/1997
(1) Where the Copyright Tribunal has on a previous reference of a licensing scheme under section 155 or 156, or under this section, made an order with respect to the scheme, then, while the order remains in force-
(a) the operator of the scheme; (b) a person claiming that he requires a licence in a case of the description to which the order applies; or (c) an organization claiming to be representative of such persons,
may refer the scheme again to the Tribunal so far as it relates to cases of that description. (2) A licensing scheme may not, except with the special leave of the Tribunal, be referred again to the Tribunal
in respect of the same description of cases-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 74
(a) within 12 months from the date of the order on the previous reference; or (b) if the order was made so as to be in force for 15 months or less, until the last 3 months before the
expiry of the order. (3) A scheme which has been referred to the Tribunal under this section and which is in operation remains in
operation until proceedings on the reference are concluded. (4) The Tribunal shall consider the matter in dispute and make such order, either confirming, varying or further
varying the scheme so far as it relates to cases of the description to which the reference relates, as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.
(5) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 120 U.K.]
Section: 158 Application for grant of licence in connection with licensing scheme
30/06/1997
(1) A person who claims, in a case covered by a licensing scheme, that the operator of the scheme has refused to grant him or procure the grant to him of a licence in accordance with the scheme, or has failed to do so within a reasonable time after being asked, may apply to the Copyright Tribunal for an order under this section.
(2) A person who claims, in a case excluded from a licensing scheme, that the operator of the scheme either- (a) has refused to grant him a licence or procure the grant to him of a licence, or has failed to do so within
a reasonable time of being asked, and that in the circumstances it is unreasonable that a licence should not be granted; or
(b) proposes terms for a licence which are unreasonable, may apply to the Tribunal for an order under this section.
(3) A case is regarded as excluded from a licensing scheme for the purposes of subsection (2) if- (a) the scheme provides for the grant of licences subject to terms excepting matters from the licence and
the case falls within such an exception; or (b) the case is so similar to those in which licences are granted under the scheme that it is unreasonable
that it should not be dealt with in the same way. (4) If the Tribunal is satisfied that the claim is well-founded, it shall make an order declaring that, in respect of
the matters specified in the order, the applicant is entitled to a licence on such terms as the Tribunal may determine to be applicable in accordance with the scheme or, as the case may be, to be reasonable in the circumstances.
(5) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 121 U.K.]
Section: 159 Application for review of order as to entitlement to licence 30/06/1997
(1) Where the Copyright Tribunal has made an order under section 158 that a person is entitled to a licence under a licensing scheme, the operator of the scheme or the original applicant may apply to the Tribunal to review its order.
(2) An application may not be made, except with the special leave of the Tribunal- (a) within 12 months from the date of the order, or of the decision on a previous application under this
section; or (b) if the order was made so as to be in force for 15 months or less, or as a result of the decision on a
previous application under this section is due to expire within 15 months of that decision, until the last 3 months before the expiry date.
(3) The Tribunal shall on an application for review confirm or vary its order as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable having regard to the terms applicable in accordance with the licensing scheme or, as the case may be, the circumstances of the case.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 122 U.K.]
Section: 160 Effect of order of Tribunal as to licensing scheme 30/06/1997
(1) A licensing scheme which has been confirmed or varied by the Copyright Tribunal- (a) under section 155 (reference of terms of proposed scheme); or (b) under section 156 or 157 (reference of existing scheme to Tribunal),
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 75
is in force or, as the case may be, remains in operation, so far as it relates to the description of case in respect of which the order was made, so long as the order remains in force.
(2) While the order is in force a person who in a case of a class to which the order applies- (a) pays to the operator of the scheme any charges payable under the scheme in respect of a licence
covering the case in question or, if the amount cannot be ascertained, gives an undertaking to the operator to pay them when ascertained; and
(b) complies with the other terms applicable to such a licence under the scheme, is in the same position as regards infringement of copyright as if he had at all material times been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of the copyright in question in accordance with the scheme.
(3) The Tribunal may direct that the order, so far as it varies the amount of charges payable, has effect from a date before that on which it is made, but not earlier than the date on which the reference was made or, if later, on which the scheme came into operation.
If such a direction is made- (a) any necessary repayments, or further payments, must be made in respect of charges already paid; and (b) the reference in subsection (2)(a) to the charges payable under the scheme is to be construed as a
reference to the charges so payable by virtue of the order. (4) Where the Tribunal has made an order under section 158 (order as to entitlement to licence under licensing
scheme) and the order remains in force, the person in whose favour the order is made, if he- (a) pays to the operator of the scheme any charges payable in accordance with the order or, if the amount
cannot be ascertained, gives an undertaking to pay the charges when ascertained; and (b) complies with the other terms specified in the order,
is in the same position as regards infringement of copyright as if he had at all material times been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of the copyright in question on the terms specified in the order.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 123 U.K.]
Section: 161 Licences to which sections 162 to 166 apply 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
162, 163, 164, 165, 166
References and applications with respect to licensing by licensing bodies
Sections 162 to 166 (references and applications with respect to licensing by licensing bodies) apply to licences which are granted by a licensing body otherwise than in pursuance of a licensing scheme and which cover works of more than one author, so far as they authorize- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 162, 163, 164, 165, 166 *>
(a) copying the work; (b) where the work is a work referred to in section 25(1)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f), the rental of copies of
the work to the public; (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 41) (c) performing, playing or showing the work in public; (d) broadcasting the work or including it in a cable programme service; (e) issuing or making available copies of the work to the public; (f) making adaptations of the work; or (g) any other act restricted by the copyright in the work,
and references in those sections to a licence are to be construed accordingly. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 124 U.K.]
Section: 162 Reference to Tribunal of proposed licence 30/06/1997
(1) A prospective licensee may refer the terms on which a licensing body proposes to grant a licence to the Copyright Tribunal.
(2) The Tribunal shall first decide whether to entertain the reference, and may decline to do so on the ground that the reference is premature.
(3) If the Tribunal decides to entertain the reference it shall consider the terms of the proposed licence and make such order, either confirming or varying the terms, as it may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 76
(4) The order may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 125 U.K.]
Section: 163 Reference to Tribunal of expiring licence 30/06/1997
(1) A licensee under a licence which is due to expire, by effluxion of time or as a result of notice given by the licensing body, may apply to the Copyright Tribunal on the ground that it is unreasonable in the circumstances that the licence should cease to be in force.
(2) Such an application may not be made until the last 3 months before the licence is due to expire. (3) A licence in respect of which a reference has been made to the Tribunal remains in operation until
proceedings on the reference are concluded. (4) If the Tribunal finds the application well-founded, it shall make an order declaring that the licensee
continues to be entitled to the benefit of the licence on such terms as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.
(5) An order of the Tribunal under this section may be made so as to be in force indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal may determine.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 126 U.K.]
Section: 164 Tribunal may award interim payment and restrict application for interlocutory injunction
30/06/1997
(1) Where an application has been made to the Copyright Tribunal under section 162 or 163, the Tribunal may of its own motion or on the application of the licensing body order the licensee to make such interim payment of such royalty as the Tribunal thinks just to the licensing body.
(2) Where a reference or an application has been made to the Tribunal under section 162 or 163, the Tribunal may of its own motion or on the application of the prospective licensee or licensee make an order that pending the final determination of the reference or application or until further order by the Tribunal, the licensing body shall not apply for any interlocutory injunction against the prospective licensee (in the case of a reference under section 162) or the licensee (in the case of an application under section 163).
(3) Where the Tribunal has made an order under subsection (2), any application for an interlocutory injunction in any court by the licensing body against the prospective licensee or licensee, as the case may be, shall not be entertained or, if it has been entertained, shall be stayed until the final determination of the reference or application or further order by the Tribunal.
(4) Subject to any earlier termination of the order, an order under subsection (2) ceases to have effect on the final determination of the reference or application, as the case may be.
Section: 165 Application for review of order as to licence 30/06/1997
(1) Where the Copyright Tribunal has made an order under section 162 or 163, the licensing body or the person entitled to the benefit of the order may apply to the Tribunal to review its order.
(2) An application may not be made, except with the special leave of the Tribunal- (a) within 12 months from the date of the order or of the decision on a previous application under this
section; or (b) if the order was made so as to be in force for 15 months or less, or as a result of the decision on a
previous application under this section is due to expire within 15 months of that decision, until the last 3 months before the expiry date.
(3) The Tribunal shall on an application for review confirm or vary its order as the Tribunal may determine to be reasonable in the circumstances.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 127 U.K.]
Section: 166 Effect of order of Tribunal as to licence 30/06/1997
(1) Where the Copyright Tribunal has made an order under section 162 or 163 and the order remains in force, the person entitled to the benefit of the order shall if he-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 77
(a) pays to the licensing body any charges payable in accordance with the order or, if the amount cannot be ascertained, gives an undertaking to pay the charges when ascertained; and
(b) complies with the other terms specified in the order, be in the same position as regards infringement of copyright as if he had at all material times been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of the copyright in question on the terms specified in the order.
(2) The benefit of the order may be assigned- (a) in the case of an order under section 162, if assignment is not prohibited under the terms of the
Tribunal's order; and (b) in the case of an order under section 163, if assignment was not prohibited under the terms of the
original licence. (3) The Tribunal may direct that an order under section 162 or 163, or an order under section 165 varying such
an order, so far as it varies the amount of charges payable, has effect from a date before that on which it is made, but not earlier than the date on which the reference or application was made or, if later, on which the licence was granted or, as the case may be, was due to expire.
(4) If such a direction is made- (a) any necessary repayments, or further payments, must be made in respect of charges already paid; and (b) the reference in subsection (1)(a) to the charges payable in accordance with the order is to be
construed, where the order is varied by a later order, as a reference to the charges so payable by virtue of the later order.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 128 U.K.]
Section: 167 General considerations: unreasonable discrimination 30/06/1997
Factors to be taken into account in certain classes of case
(1) The Copyright Tribunal shall, in every case before it, have regard to public interest, and in determining what is reasonable on a reference or application under this Division relating to a licensing scheme or licence, the Tribunal shall have regard to-
(a) the availability of other schemes, or the granting of other licences, to other persons in similar circumstances;
(b) the terms of those schemes for licences; (c) the nature of the work concerned; (d) the relative bargaining power of the parties concerned; and (e) the availability to the licensees or prospective licensees of relevant information relating to the terms of
the licensing scheme or licence in question. (2) The Copyright Tribunal shall exercise its powers so as to secure that there is no unreasonable discrimination
between licensees, or prospective licensees, under the scheme or licence to which the reference or application relates and licensees under other schemes operated by, or other licences granted by, the same person or any other person.
(3) The mention in subsections (1) and (2) of specific matters to which the Tribunal is to have regard does not affect the general obligation of the Tribunal to have regard to all relevant considerations and in particular, to whether the exercise of its power will result in a conflict with a normal exploitation of the work or will unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the copyright owner.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 ss. 129 & 135 U.K.]
Section: 168 Implied indemnity in certain schemes and licences 30/06/1997
Implied indemnity in schemes or licences
(1) This section applies to- (a) schemes for licensing restricted acts in relation to copyright works; and (b) licences granted by licensing bodies,
where the scheme or licence does not specify the works to which it applies with such particularity as to enable licensees to determine whether a work falls within the scheme or licence by inspection of the scheme or licence and the work.
(2) There is implied-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 78
(a) in every scheme to which this section applies an undertaking by the operator of the scheme to indemnify a person granted a licence under the scheme; and
(b) in every licence to which this section applies an undertaking by the licensing body to indemnify the licensee,
against any liability incurred by him by reason of his having infringed copyright by making or authorizing an act restricted by the copyright in a work in circumstances within the apparent scope of his licence.
(3) The circumstances of a case are within the apparent scope of a licence if- (a) it is not apparent from inspection of the licence and the work that it does not fall within the description
of works to which the licence applies; and (b) the licence does not expressly provide that it does not extend to copyright to the description infringed.
(4) In this section "liability" (法律責任) includes liability to pay costs; and this section applies in relation to costs reasonably incurred by a licensee in connection with actual or contemplated proceedings against him for infringement of copyright as it applies to sums which he is liable to pay in respect of such infringement.
(5) A scheme or licence to which this section applies may contain reasonable provision- (a) with respect to the manner in which, and time within which, claims under the undertaking implied by
this section are to be made; (b) enabling the operator of the scheme or, as the case may be, the licensing body to take over the conduct
of any proceedings affecting the amount of his liability to indemnify. (6) When an indemnity is implied under subsection (2), subject to subsection (7), the amount of damages which
a court may award in favour of the owner of the copyright of a work who is not a member of the scheme or, as the case may be, the licensing body for infringement of the copyright must not exceed the amount that owner would receive if he was a member of the scheme or the licensing body.
(7) The court shall not award damages at an amount that will result in a conflict with a normal exploitation of the work or will unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interest of the copyright owner.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 136 U.K.]
Section: 169 The Copyright Tribunal 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3
DIVISION IX
THE COPYRIGHT TRIBUNAL
The Tribunal
(1) There is established a tribunal called the Copyright Tribunal. (2) The Tribunal shall consist of the following members all of whom shall be appointed by the Chief
Executive- (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) (a) one Chairman and one Deputy Chairman each of whom must be qualified for appointment as a District
Judge under section 5 of the District Court Ordinance (Cap 336); and (b) 7 ordinary members each of whom is to be appointed in his personal capacity.
Section: 170 Membership of Tribunal 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3
(1) The members of the Copyright Tribunal shall hold and vacate office in accordance with their terms of appointment, subject to the following provisions.
(2) A member of the Tribunal may resign his office by notice in writing to the Chief Executive. (3) The Chief Executive may by notice in writing to the member concerned remove him from office if-
(a) he has become bankrupt or made an arrangement with his creditors; (b) he is incapacitated by physical or mental illness; or
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 79
(c) he is in the opinion of the Chief Executive otherwise unable or unfit to perform his duties as member. (4) If a member of the Tribunal is by reason of illness, absence or other reasonable cause for the time being
unable to perform the duties of his office, either generally or in relation to particular proceedings, the Chief Executive may appoint a person who would be eligible for appointment to that office to discharge his duties for a period not exceeding 6 months at one time or, as the case may be, in relation to those proceedings.
(5) A person appointed under subsection (4) shall have during the period of his appointment, or in relation to the proceedings in question, the same powers as the person in whose place he is appointed.
(Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 146 U.K.]
Section: 171 Financial provisions L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
(1) There shall be paid to the members of the Copyright Tribunal who are not public officers such remuneration (whether by way of salaries or fees), and such allowances, as the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may determine.
(2) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may appoint such number of staff for the Tribunal and at such remuneration as he may determine.
(3) The remuneration and allowances of members of the Tribunal, the remuneration of any staff and such other expenses of the Tribunal as the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may determine shall be paid out of the general revenue.
(Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 147 U.K.]
Section: 172 Constitution for purposes of proceedings 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) For the purposes of any proceedings the Copyright Tribunal shall consist of- (a) a chairman, who is either the Chairman or the Deputy Chairman of the Tribunal; and (b) 2 or more ordinary members.
(1A)Notwithstanding subsection (1), any proceedings specified for the purposes of this subsection in rules made under section 174 (general procedures rules) may be heard and determined by any of the following persons sitting alone-
(a) the Chairman of the Tribunal; (b) the Deputy Chairman of the Tribunal; or (c) a suitably qualified ordinary member of the Tribunal appointed by the Chairman of the Tribunal.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 42) (2) If the members of the Tribunal dealing with any matter are not unanimous, the decision shall be taken by
majority vote; and if, in such a case, the votes are equal the chairman shall have a further, casting vote. (3) Where part of any proceedings before the Tribunal has been heard and one or more members of the
Tribunal are unable to continue, the Tribunal remains duly constituted for the purpose of those proceedings so long as the number of members is not reduced to less than 3.
(4) If the chairman is unable to continue, the Chairman of the Tribunal shall- (a) appoint one of the remaining members to act as chairman; and (b) appoint a suitably qualified person to attend the proceedings and advise the members on any questions
of law arising. (5) A person is "suitably qualified" for the purposes of subsection (1A) or (4)(b) if he is, or is eligible for
appointment as, a Deputy Chairman of the Tribunal. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 42) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 148 U.K.]
Section: 173 Jurisdiction of Tribunal 30/06/1997
Jurisdiction and procedure
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 80
The Copyright Tribunal has jurisdiction under this Part to hear and determine proceedings under- (a) section 14 (determination of award to employee for use of work outside reasonable contemplation); (b) section 155, 156 or 157 (reference of licensing scheme); (c) section 158 or 159 (application with respect to entitlement to licence under licensing scheme); (d) section 162, 163 or 165 (reference or application with respect to licensing by licensing body); (e) paragraph 6 of Schedule 2 (contrary rights); (f) paragraph 14(3) of Schedule 2 (acts infringing copyright).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 149 U.K.]
Section: 174 General power to make rules L.N. 38 of 2011 01/06/2011
(1) The Chief Justice may make rules for regulating proceedings before the Copyright Tribunal, as to the fees chargeable in respect of such proceedings, and as to the enforcement of orders made by the Tribunal.
(2) The rules may apply in relation to the Tribunal any of the provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance (Cap 609) and any provisions so applied must be set out in or scheduled to the rules. (Amended 17 of 2010 s. 112)
(3) The rules may- (a) prohibit the Tribunal from entertaining a reference under section 155, 156 or 157 by a representative
organization unless the Tribunal is satisfied that the organization is reasonably representative of the class of persons which it claims to represent;
(b) specify the parties to any proceedings and enabling the Tribunal to make a party to the proceedings any person or organization satisfying the Tribunal that they have a substantial interest in the matter;
(c) require the Tribunal to give the parties to proceedings an opportunity to state their case, in writing or orally as the rules may provide.
(4) The rules may make provision for regulating or prescribing any matter incidental to or consequential upon any appeal from the Tribunal under section 176 (appeal to the court on point of law).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 150 U.K.]
Section: 175 Costs, proof of orders, etc. 30/06/1997
(1) The Copyright Tribunal may, in special circumstances, order that the costs of a party to proceedings before it shall be paid by such other party as the Tribunal may direct; and the Tribunal may tax or settle the amount of the costs, or direct in what manner they are to be taxed.
(2) The Chief Justice may by rules prescribe the special circumstances for the purpose of subsection (1). (3) A document purporting to be a copy of an order of the Tribunal and to be certified by the chairman to be a
true copy is, in any proceedings, sufficient evidence of the order unless the contrary is proved. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 151 U.K.]
Section: 176 Appeal to court on point of law 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
Appeals
(1) An appeal lies on any point of law arising from a decision of the Copyright Tribunal to the Court of First Instance. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(2) The rules made under section 174 may limit the time within which an appeal may be brought. (3) The rules made under that section may provide-
(a) for suspending, or authorizing or requiring the Tribunal to suspend, the operation of orders of the Tribunal in cases where its decision is appealed against;
(b) for modifying in relation to an order of the Tribunal whose operation is suspended the operation of any provision of this Part as to the effect of the order;
(c) for the publication of notices or the taking of other steps for securing that persons affected by the suspension of an order of the Tribunal will be informed of its suspension.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 81
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 152 U.K.]
Section: 177 Qualification for copyright protection 30/06/1997
DIVISION X
QUALIFICATION FOR COPYRIGHT PROTECTION
(1) Copyright subsists in a work if- (a) the author satisfies the qualification requirements set out in section 178; or (b) it is published in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or (c) in the case of a broadcast or cable programme, it is made or sent from Hong Kong or elsewhere.
(2) If the qualification requirements of this Division, or section 182, 184 or 188 (Government copyright, Legislative Council copyright or copyright of certain international organizations) are once satisfied in respect of a work, copyright does not cease to subsist by reason of any subsequent event.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 153 U.K.]
Section: 178 Qualification by reference to author 30/06/1997
(1) A work qualifies for copyright protection if the author was at the material time- (a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or (b) a body incorporated under the law of any country, territory or area.
(2) A work of joint authorship qualifies for copyright protection if at the material time any of the authors satisfies the requirements of subsection (1); but where a work qualifies for copyright protection only under this section, only those authors who satisfy those requirements are taken into account for the purposes of-
sections 13 and 14(1) (first ownership of copyright; entitlement of author or author's employer); sections 17 and 19 (duration of copyright) and section 11(4) (meaning of "unknown authorship") so far as it
applies for the purposes of sections 17 and 19; and sections 66 and 75 (acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright, etc.).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 154 U.K.]
Section: 179 Ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong 30/06/1997
This Part applies to things done on a ship, aircraft or hovercraft registered under the law of Hong Kong as it applies to things done in Hong Kong.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 162 U.K.]
Section: 180 Denial of copyright protection to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong works
22 of 1999 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3
(1) Subject to subsection (4), if it appears to the Chief Executive in Council that Hong Kong works or one or more classes of those works are not adequately protected in a country, territory or area as a result of any prejudicial treatment given to those works by that country, territory or area, the Chief Executive in Council may by regulation in accordance with this section restrict the rights conferred by this Part in relation to works of authors connected with that country, territory or area.
(2) The Chief Executive in Council shall designate in the regulation the country, territory or area concerned and provide that, for the purposes specified in the regulation, a work first published in that country, territory or area after a date specified in the regulation does not qualify for copyright protection by virtue of such publication if at the time of that publication the author is-
(a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in that country, territory or area (and not at the same time domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong); or
(b) a body incorporated under the law of that country, territory or area,
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 82
and the regulation may make such provision for all the purposes of this Part or for such purposes as are specified in the regulation, and either generally or in relation to such class of cases as are specified in the regulation, having regard to the nature and extent of that prejudicial treatment referred to in subsection (1).
(3) In this section "Hong Kong works" (香港作品) means copyright works of which the author was at the material time-
(a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong; or (b) a body incorporated under the law of Hong Kong.
(4) The Chief Executive in Council shall not exercise his power under this section in relation to a country, territory or area which is a party to a bilateral or multilateral copyright or related right convention to which Hong Kong is also a party or the application of which has been extended to Hong Kong.
(Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 160 U.K.]
Section: 181 Meaning of first publication and material time 30/06/1997
(1) For the purposes of section 180, publication in one country, territory or area is still regarded as first publication if simultaneous publication occurs elsewhere; and for this purpose publication elsewhere within the previous 30 days is treated as simultaneous.
(2) For the purposes of sections 178 and 180, the material time in relation to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is-
(a) in the case of an unpublished work, when the work was made or, if the making of the work extended over a period, a substantial part of that period;
(b) in the case of a published work, when the work was first published or, if the author had died before that time, immediately before his death.
(3) For the purposes of sections 178 and 180, the material time in relation to other descriptions of work is as follows-
(a) in the case of a sound recording or film, when it was made; (b) in the case of a broadcast, when the broadcast was made; (c) in the case of a cable programme, when the programme was included in a cable programme service; (d) in the case of the typographical arrangement of a published edition, when the edition was first
published. [cf. 1988 c. 48 ss. 154 & 155 U.K.]
Section: 182 Government copyright 30/06/1997
DIVISION XI
MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL
Government and Legislative Council copyright
(1) Where a work is made by an officer of the Government in the course of his duties- (a) the work qualifies for copyright protection notwithstanding section 177 (ordinary requirement as to
qualification for copyright protection); and (b) the Government is the first owner of any copyright in the work.
(2) Copyright in such a work is referred to in this Part as "Government copyright", notwithstanding that it may be, or have been, assigned to another person.
(3) Government copyright in a work continues to subsist- (a) until the end of the period of 125 years from the end of the calendar year in which the work was made;
or (b) if the work is published commercially before the end of the period of 75 years from the end of the
calendar year in which it was made, until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it was first so published.
(4) In the case of a work of joint authorship where one or more but not all of the authors are persons falling
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 83
within subsection (1), this section applies only in relation to those authors and the copyright subsisting by virtue of their contribution to the work.
(5) Except as mentioned above, and subject to any express exclusion elsewhere in this Part, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to Government copyright as to other copyright.
(6) This section does not apply to a work if, or to the extent that, Legislative Council copyright subsists in the work (see sections 184 and 185).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 163 U.K.]
Section: 183 Copyright in Ordinances 30/06/1997
(1) The Government is entitled to copyright in every Ordinance. (2) The copyright subsists from the date of publication in the Gazette until the end of the period of 50 years
from the end of the calendar year of publication. (3) References in this Part to Government copyright (except in section 182) include copyright under this
section; and, except as mentioned above, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to copyright under this section as to other Government copyright.
(4) No other copyright, or right in the nature of copyright, subsists in an Ordinance. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 164 U.K.]
Section: 184 Legislative Council copyright 30/06/1997
(1) Where a work is made by or under the direction or control of the Legislative Council- (a) the work qualifies for copyright protection notwithstanding section 177 (ordinary requirement as to
qualification for copyright protection); and (b) the Legislative Council is the first owner of any copyright in the work.
(2) Copyright in such a work is referred to in this Part as "Legislative Council copyright", notwithstanding that it may be, or have been, assigned to another person.
(3) Legislative Council copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the work was made.
(4) For the purposes of this section, works made by or under the direction or control of the Legislative Council include-
(a) any work made by an officer or employee of the Legislative Council in the course of his duties; and (b) any sound recording, film, live broadcast or live cable programme of the proceedings of the Legislative
Council, but a work is not regarded as made by or under the direction or control of the Legislative Council by reason only of its being commissioned by or on behalf of the Legislative Council.
(5) In the case of a work of joint authorship where one or more but not all of the authors are acting on behalf of, or under the direction or control of the Legislative Council, this section applies only in relation to those authors and the copyright subsisting by virtue of their contribution to the work.
(6) Except as mentioned above, and subject to any express exclusion elsewhere in this Part, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to Legislative Council copyright as to other copyright.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 165 U.K.]
Section: 185 Copyright in bills 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3
(1) Copyright in every bill, other than a member's bill, introduced into the Legislative Council belongs, in accordance with the following provisions, to the Government.
(2) Copyright in a member's bill belongs to the Legislative Council. (3) Copyright under this section subsists from the date of the first publication of a bill in the Gazette until-
(a) in the case of a bill which was published in the Gazette before 1 July 1997- (i) the bill received assent; or (ii) if the bill did not receive assent, the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 84
year of the first publication; and (b) in the case of a bill which is published in the Gazette on or after 1 July 1997-
(i) the bill is signed by the Chief Executive; or (ii) if the bill is not signed by the Chief Executive, the end of the period of 50 years from the end of
the calendar year of the first publication. (Replaced 22 of 1999 s. 3) (4) References in this Part to Government copyright (except in section 182) include copyright under subsection
(1); and, except as mentioned above, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to copyright under subsection (1) as to other Government copyright.
(5) References in this Part to Legislative Council copyright (except in section 184) include copyright under subsection (2); and, except as mentioned above, the provisions of this Part apply in relation to copyright under subsection (2) as to other Legislative Council copyright.
(6) No other copyright, or right in the nature of copyright, subsists in a bill after copyright has once subsisted under this section; but without prejudice to the subsequent operation of this section in relation to a bill which, not having passed in one session, is reintroduced in a subsequent session.
(7) In this section "member's bill" (議員條例草案) means a bill, other than a Government measure, which is to be presented by a Member of the Legislative Council.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 166 U.K.]
Section: 186 Legislative Council: supplementary provisions with respect to copyright
30/06/1997
(1) For the purposes of holding, dealing with and enforcing copyright, and in connection with all legal proceedings relating to copyright, the Legislative Council is to be treated as having the legal capacities of a body corporate, which is not affected by a dissolution of the Legislative Council.
(2) The functions of the Legislative Council as owner of copyright are exercisable by the President on behalf of the Legislative Council; and if so authorized by the President, or in case of a vacancy in the office of President, those functions may be discharged by the Secretary General of the Legislative Council Secretariat.
(3) For this purpose a person who on the dissolution of the Legislative Council was President of the Legislative Council may continue to act until the corresponding appointment is made in the next session of the Legislative Council.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 167 U.K.]
Section: 187 Groundless threat of proceedings in relation to “parallel- imported” copies of works
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Other miscellaneous provisions
Groundless threat of proceedings in relation to “parallel-imported” copies of works (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 43)
(1) Where a person threatens another person with proceedings for infringement of copyright under sections 30 and 31 in respect of a copy of a work which is alleged to be an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) and which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made, the person aggrieved by the threats may apply to the court for any one or more of the following reliefs- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 43)
(a) a declaration to the effect that the threats are unjustifiable; (b) an injunction against the continuance of the threats; (c) damages in respect of any loss which he had sustained by the threats.
(2) If the person proves that the threats were made and that he is a person aggrieved by them, he is entitled to the relief claimed unless the defendant shows that the acts in respect of which proceedings were threatened did constitute, or if done would have constituted, an infringement of copyright under that section.
(3) The mere notification of the existence of a copyright does not constitute a threat of proceedings for the purposes of this section.
(4) Nothing in this section makes a barrister or solicitor liable to an action under this section in respect of an act done by him in his professional capacity on behalf of his client.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 85
(5) The defendant in an action under this section may apply, by way of counterclaim, for relief to which he would be entitled in a separate action in respect of an infringement by the plaintiff of the copyright to which the threats relate and, in any such case, the provisions of this Ordinance with respect to an action for infringement of copyright are, mutatis mutandis, applicable in relation to the action.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 253 U.K.]
Section: 188 Copyright vesting in international organizations 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3
(1) Where an original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work- (a) is made by an officer or employee of, or is published by, any international organization; and (b) does not qualify for copyright protection under section 178 (qualification by reference to author),
copyright nevertheless subsists in the work by virtue of this section and the organization is the first owner of that copyright.
(2) Copyright of which an international organization is first owner by virtue of this section continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the work was made or such longer period as may be specified by the Chief Executive by regulation under subsection (4). (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
(3) An international organization is deemed to have, and to have had at all material times, the legal capacities of a body corporate for the purpose of holding, dealing with and enforcing copyright, and in connection with all legal proceedings relating to copyright.
(4) The Chief Executive may, for the purpose of complying with the international obligations applicable to Hong Kong make regulation specifying a period longer than 50 years for the purposes of this section in relation to any international organization. (Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 168 U.K.]
Section: 189 Folklore, etc.: anonymous unpublished works L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
(1) Where in the case of an unpublished literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work of unknown authorship there is evidence that the author (or, in the case of a joint work, any of the authors) was a qualifying individual by connection with a country, territory or area outside Hong Kong, it is presumed, until the contrary is proved, that he was such a qualifying individual and that copyright accordingly subsists in the work, subject to the provisions of this Part.
(2) If under the law of that country, territory or area a body is appointed to protect and enforce copyright in such works, the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may by regulation designate that body for the purposes of this section. (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007)
(3) A body so designated is recognized in Hong Kong as having authority to do in place of the copyright owner anything, other than assign copyright, which it is empowered to do under the law of that country; and it may, in particular, bring proceedings in its own name.
(4) In subsection (1) a "qualifying individual" (合資格的個人) means an individual who at the material time (within the meaning of section 178) was a person whose works qualified under that section for copyright protection.
(5) This section does not apply if there has been an assignment of copyright in the work by the author of which notice has been given to the designated body; and nothing in this section affects the validity of an assignment of copyright made, or licence granted, by the author or a person lawfully claiming under him.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 169 U.K.]
Section: 190 Protection of Commissioner and authorized officers 30/06/1997
(1) The Commissioner and authorized officers are not liable for any loss or damage suffered by any person as a
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 86
result of any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with the carrying out of any of their duties under this Part.
(2) The protection conferred by subsection (1) on the Commissioner and authorized officers in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with the carrying out of those duties shall not affect in any manner any liability of the Government for that action taken or omitted to be taken.
Section: 191 Transitional provisions and savings 30/06/1997
Transitional provisions and savings
Schedule 2 contains transitional provisions and savings relating to works made, and acts or events occurring, before the commencement of this Part, and otherwise with respect to the operation of the provisions of this Part.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 170 U.K.]
Section: 192 Rights and privileges under other enactments or the common law
30/06/1997
(1) Nothing in this Part affects- (a) any right or privilege of any person under any enactment (except where the enactment is expressly
repealed, amended or modified by this Ordinance); (b) any right or privilege of the Government subsisting otherwise than under an enactment; (c) any right or privilege of the Legislative Council; (d) the right of the Government or any person deriving title from the Government to sell, use or otherwise
deal with the articles forfeited under the law of Hong Kong; (e) the operation of any rule of equity relating to breaches of trust or confidence.
(2) Subject to those savings, no copyright or right in the nature of copyright subsists otherwise than by virtue of this Part or some other enactment in that behalf.
(3) Nothing in this Part affects any rule of law preventing or restricting the enforcement of copyright, on grounds of public interest or otherwise.
(4) Nothing in this Part affects any right of action or other remedy, whether civil or criminal, available otherwise than under this Part in respect of acts infringing any of the rights conferred by Division IV (moral rights).
(5) The savings in subsection (1) have effect subject to sections 183(4) and 185(6) (copyright in Ordinances and bills: exclusion of other rights in the nature of copyright).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 171 U.K.]
Section: 193 General provisions as to construction 30/06/1997
Interpretation
(1) This Part restates and amends the law of copyright, that is, the provisions of the Copyright Act 1956 (1956 c. 74 U.K.) as amended and extended to Hong Kong and the provisions of the Copyright Ordinance (Cap 39), as amended.
(2) A provision of this Part which corresponds to a provision of the previous law shall not be construed as departing from the previous law merely because of a change of expression.
(3) Decisions under the previous law may be referred to for the purpose of establishing whether a provision of this Part departs from the previous law, or otherwise for establishing the true construction of this Part.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 172 U.K.]
Section: 194 Construction of references to copyright owner 30/06/1997
(1) Where different persons are (whether in consequence of a partial assignment or otherwise) entitled to different aspects of copyright in a work, the copyright owner for any purpose of this Part is the person who is entitled to the aspect of copyright relevant for that purpose.
(2) Where copyright (or any aspect of copyright) is owned by more than one person jointly, references in this
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 87
Part to the copyright owner are to all the owners, so that, in particular, any requirement of the licence of the copyright owner requires the licence of all of them.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 173 U.K.]
Section: 195 Meaning of "educational establishment" and related expressions
L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
(1) The expression "educational establishment" (教育機構) means an educational establishment specified in Schedule 1.
(2) In relation to an educational establishment the expressions "teacher" (教師) and "pupil" (學生) in this Part include, respectively, any person who gives and any person who receives instruction.
(3) References in this Part to anything being done "on behalf of" an educational establishment are to its being done for the purposes of that establishment by any person.
(4) The Secretary for Education may, by notice in the Gazette, amend Schedule 1. (Amended L.N. 130 of 2007)
■[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 174 U.K.]
Section: 196 Meaning of "publication" and "commercial publication" 30/06/1997
(1) In this Part "publication" (發表), in relation to a work, means the issue or making available of copies of the work to the public; and related expressions are construed accordingly.
(2) In this Part "commercial publication" (商業發表), in relation to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work means issuing or making available copies of the work to the public at a time when copies made in advance of the receipt of orders are generally available to the public, and related expressions are construed accordingly.
(3) In the case of a work of architecture in the form of a building, or an artistic work incorporated in a building, construction of the building is treated as equivalent to publication of the work.
(4) The following do not constitute publication for the purposes of this Part and references to commercial publication are construed accordingly-
(a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work- (i) the performance of the work; or (ii) the broadcasting of the work or its inclusion in a cable programme service;
(b) in the case of an artistic work- (i) the exhibition of the work; (ii) the issue or making available to the public of copies of a graphic work representing, or of
photographs of, a work of architecture in the form of a building or a model for a building, a sculpture or a work of artistic craftsmanship;
(iii) the issue or making available to the public of copies of a film including the work; or (iv) the broadcasting of the work or its inclusion in a cable programme service ;
(c) in the case of a sound recording or film- (i) the work being played or shown in public; or (ii) the broadcasting of the work or its inclusion in a cable programme service.
(5) References in this Part to publication or commercial publication do not include publication which is merely colourable and not intended to satisfy the reasonable requirements of the public.
(6) No account is taken for the purposes of this section of any unauthorized act. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 175 U.K.]
Section: 197 Requirement of signature: application in relation to body corporate
30/06/1997
(1) The requirement in the following provisions that an instrument be signed by or on behalf of a person is also
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 88
satisfied in the case of a body corporate by the affixing of its seal- section 90(3)(b) (assertion by licensor of right to identification of author in case of public exhibition of copy
made in pursuance of the licence); section 101(3) (assignment of copyright); section 102(1) (assignment of future copyright); section 103(1) (grant of exclusive licence). (2) The requirement in the following provisions that an instrument be signed by a person is satisfied in the case
of a body corporate by signature on behalf of the body or by the affixing of its seal- section 90(2)(b) (assertion by instrument in writing of right to have author identified); section 98(2) (waiver of moral rights).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 176 U.K.]
Section: 198 Minor definitions L.N. 47 of 2008; L.N. 48 of 2008
25/04/2008
Remarks: * Italicized part is not yet in operation.
(1) In this Part- (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 10) "article" (文章), in the context of an article in a periodical, includes an item of any description; "article in transit" (過境物品) means an article which-
(a) is brought into Hong Kong solely for the purpose of taking it out of Hong Kong; and (b) remains at all times in or on the vessel or aircraft in or on which it is brought into Hong Kong;
"authorized officer" (獲授權人員) means any public officer authorized in writing by the Commissioner to exercise any of the powers and perform any of the duties conferred or imposed on an authorized officer under this Ordinance;
"business" (業務) includes- (a) a trade or profession; and (b) business conducted otherwise than for profit; (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 47)
"collective work" (匯集作品) means- (a) a work of joint authorship; or (b) a work in which there are distinct contributions by different authors or in which works or parts of
works of different authors are incorporated; "Commissioner" (關長) means the Commissioner of Customs and Excise and any Deputy or Assistant Commissioner
of Customs and Excise; (Replaced 22 of 1999 s. 3) "computer-generated" (電腦產生 ), in relation to a work, means that the work is generated by computer in
circumstances such that there is no human author of the work; "electronic" (電子) means actuated by electric, magnetic, electro-magnetic, electro-chemical or electro-mechanical
energy, and "in electronic form" (電子形式) means in a form usable only by electronic means; "employed" (受僱), "employee" (僱員), "employer" (僱主) and "employment" (僱用) refer to employment under a
contract of service or of apprenticeship; "export" (輸出) means to take, or cause to be taken, out of Hong Kong any article; "facsimile copy" (精確複製品) includes a copy which is reduced or enlarged in scale; "import" (輸入) means to bring, or cause to be brought, into Hong Kong any article; "international organization" (國際組織) means an organization the members of which include one or more countries,
territories or areas; "judicial proceedings" (司法程序) includes proceedings before any court, tribunal or person having authority to
decide any matter affecting a person's legal rights or liabilities; "movie" (電影) means a film of the kind commonly known as a movie; (Added 27 of 2003 s. 5) "musical sound recording" (音樂聲音紀錄) means a sound recording the whole or a predominant part of which
consists of the whole or any part of a musical work or a musical work and a related literary work; (Added 27 of
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 89
2003 s. 5) "musical visual recording" (音樂視像紀錄) means a film with an accompanying sound-track, the whole or a
predominant part of which sound-track consists of the whole or any part of a musical work or a musical work and a related literary work; (Added 27 of 2003 s. 5)
"producer" (製作人), in relation to a sound recording or a film, means the person by whom the arrangements necessary for the making of the sound recording or film are undertaken;
"rental right" (租賃權) means the right of a copyright owner to authorize or prohibit the rental of copies of any of the following works-
(a) a computer program; (b) a sound recording; (c) a film; (d) a literary, dramatic or musical work included in a sound recording;
*[(e) a literary or artistic work included in a comic book; or (f) the typographical arrangement of a published edition of a comic book;] (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 47)
"reprographic copy" (翻印複製品) refers to a copy made by means of a reprographic process; "reprographic process" (翻印程序) means a process-
(a) for making facsimile copies; or (b) involving the use of an appliance for making multiple copies,
and includes, in relation to a work held in electronic form, any copying by electronic means, but does not include the making of a sound recording or film;
"specified course of study" (指明課程) means a course of study of any of the following descriptions- (a) a course of study which is provided for the delivery of a curriculum (however described) developed on
the basis of curriculum guidelines issued or endorsed by a body or authority specified in Schedule 1A; or
(b) a course of study which consists of an assessment of a pupil's competence in the area covered by the course, and leads to the award of a qualification; (Added 15 of 2007 s. 47)
"sufficient acknowledgement" (足夠的確認聲明) means an acknowledgement identifying the work in question by its title or other description, and identifying the author unless-
(a) in the case of a published work, it is published anonymously; (b) in the case of an unpublished work, it is not possible for a person to ascertain the identity of the author
by reasonable inquiry; "sufficient disclaimer" (足夠的卸責聲明), in relation to an act capable of infringing the right conferred by section
92 (right to object to derogatory treatment of work), means a clear and reasonably prominent indication- (a) given at the time of the act; and (b) if the author or director is then identified, appearing along with the identification,
that the work has been subjected to treatment to which the author or director has not consented; "telecommunications system" (電訊系統) means a system for transmitting visual images, sounds or other information
by electronic means; "television drama" (電視劇或電視電影) means a film of the kind commonly known as a television drama; (Added
27 of 2003 s. 5) "typeface" (字體) includes an ornamental motif used in printing; "unauthorized" (未經授權), as regards anything done in relation to a work, means done otherwise than-
(a) by or with the licence of the copyright owner; (b) if copyright does not subsist in the work, by or with the licence of the author or, in a case where
section 14(1) would have applied, the author's employer or, in either case, persons lawfully claiming under him; or
(c) in pursuance of section 57 (copying, etc. of certain material by the Government); "wireless telegraphy" (無線電訊) means the sending of electro-magnetic energy over paths which are not provided
by any material substance constructed or arranged for that purpose; "writing" (書面) includes any form of notation or code, whether by hand or otherwise and regardless of the method by
which, or medium in or on which, it is recorded, and "written" (寫出) is construed accordingly.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 90
(2) In sections 31(2), 32(3), 95(1A), 96(6A), 109(1A) and 120(2A), "dealing in" (經營) includes buying, selling, letting for hire, importing, exporting and distributing. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 10. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 47)
(3) In this Part, "lawfully made" (合法地製作), in relation to a copy of a work made in a country, territory or area-
(a) means that the copy was made by- (i) a person who is entitled to the copyright in the work in the country, territory or area, as the case
may be; or (ii) a person who is licensed by the person referred to in subparagraph (i) to make the copy in the
country, territory or area, as the case may be; but (b) does not include a copy that was made in a country, territory or area where there is no law protecting
copyright in the work or where the copyright in the work has expired. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 47) (4) The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice published in the Gazette, amend
Schedule 1A. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 47) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 178 U.K.]
Section: 199 Index of defined expressions 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
The following Table shows provisions defining or otherwise explaining expressions used in this Part (other than provisions defining or explaining an expression used only in the same section)- acts restricted by copyright section 22(1) adaptation section 29(3) archivist (in sections 46 to 53) section 46(5) article (in a periodical) section 198(1) article in transit section 198(1) artistic work section 5 author sections 11 and 12(4) authorized officer section 198(1) broadcast (and related expressions) section 8 building section 5 business section 198(1) cable programme, cable programme service (and related
expressions) section 9
collective work section 198(1) commencement (in Schedule 2) paragraph 1(2) of that Schedule commercial publication section 196 Commissioner section 198(1) computer-generated section 198(1) copy and copying section 23 copyright (generally) section 2 copyright (in Schedule 2) paragraph 2(2) of that Schedule copyright owner sections 112(2) and 194 Copyright Tribunal section 169 copyright work section 2(2) dealing in (Added 64 of 2000 s. 11) section 198(2) detention order section 135 dramatic work section 4(1) educational establishment section 195(1) electronic and electronic form section 198(1) employed, employee, employer and employment section 198(1) exclusive licence section 103(1) export section 198(1) facsimile copy section 198(1) film section 7 future copyright section 102(2)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 91
Government copyright sections 182(2) and 183(3) graphic work section 5 import section 198(1) infringing copy section 35 international organization section 198(1) issue of copies to the public section 24 joint authorship (work of) section 12 judicial proceedings section 198(1) lawfully made (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6) section 198(3) Legislative Council copyright sections 184(2) and 185(5) librarian (in sections 45 to 52) section 46(5) licence (in sections 158 to 162) section 161 licence of copyright owner sections 101(4), 102(3) and 194 licensing body (in Division VIII) section 145(2) licensing scheme (generally) section 145(1) licensing scheme (in sections 151 to 156) section 154 literary work section 4(1) made (in relation to a literary, dramatic or musical work) section 4(2) make available copies to the public section 26 movie (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6) section 198(1) musical sound recording (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6) section 198(1) musical visual recording (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6) section 198(1) musical work section 4(1) on behalf of (in relation to an educational establishment) section 195(3) performance section 27(2) photograph section 5 prescribed conditions (in sections 46 to 52) section 46(2)(a) producer (in relation to a sound recording or film) section 198(1) programme (in the context of broadcasting) section 8(3) prospective owner (of copyright) section 102(2) publication and related expressions section 196 published edition (in the context of copyright in the
typographical arrangement) section 10
pupil section 195(2) rental right section 198(1) reprographic copies and reprographic copying section 198(1) reprographic process section 198(1) right holder section 135 sculpture section 5 signed section 197 sound recording section 6 specified course of study (Added 15 of 2007 s. 48) section 198(1) specified library or archive (in sections 46 to 52) section 46(2)(b) sufficient acknowledgement section 198(1) sufficient disclaimer section 198(1) teacher section 195(2) telecommunications system section 198(1) television drama (Added 27 of 2003 s. 6) section 198(1) typeface section 198(1) unauthorized (as regards things done in relation to a work) section 198(1) unknown (in relation to the author of a work) section 11(5) unknown authorship (work of) section 11(4) wireless telegraphy section 198(1) work (in Schedule 2) paragraph 2(1) of that Schedule work of more than one author (in Division VIII) section 145(3)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 92
writing and written section 198(1) (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 11) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 179 U.K.]
Section: 200 Rights conferred on performers and persons having fixation rights
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
Expanded Cross Reference:
201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 207A, 208, 209, 210, 211
PART III
RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCES
DIVISION I
THE RIGHTS, INFRINGEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES FOR INFRINGEMENT
Introductory
(1) This Part confers rights- (a) on a performer, by requiring his consent to the exploitation of his performances and thus enabling him
to prohibit such exploitation without his consent (see sections 201 to 207A); and <* Note - Exp. X- Ref.: Sections 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 207A *> (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 49)
(b) on a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance, in relation to fixations made without his consent or that of the performer (see sections 208 to 211). <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 208, 209, 210, 211 *>
(2) In this Part- "fixation" (錄製品、錄製), in relation to a performance, means a film or sound recording-
(a) made directly from the unfixed performance; (b) made from a broadcast of, or cable programme including, the performance; or (c) made, directly or indirectly, from another fixation of the performance;
"performance" (表演) means- (a) a dramatic performance (which includes dance and mime); (b) a musical performance; (c) a reading or recitation of a literary work; (ca) a performance of an artistic work; (Added 15 of 2007 s. 49) (cb) an expression of folklore; or (Added 15 of 2007 s. 49) (d) a performance of a variety act or any similar presentation,
which is, or so far as it is, an unfixed performance given by one or more individuals; "performer" (表演者) means an actor, singer, musician, dancer or any other person who acts, sings, delivers,
declaims, plays in, interprets, or otherwise performs a performance. (3) The rights conferred by this Part are independent of-
(a) any copyright in, or moral rights relating to, any work performed or any film or sound recording of, or broadcast or cable programme including, the performance; and
(b) any other right or obligation arising otherwise than under this Part. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 180 U.K.]
Section: 201 Qualifying performances 30/06/1997
Performers' rights
A performance is a qualifying performance for the purposes of the provisions of this Part relating to performers'
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 93
rights if it is given in Hong Kong or elsewhere by an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong or elsewhere.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 181 U.K.]
Section: 202 Consent required for fixation, etc. of unfixed performance 30/06/1997
(1) A performer's rights are infringed by a person who, without the performer's consent- (a) makes a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance directly from the
unfixed performance; (b) broadcasts live, or includes live in a cable programme service, or makes available to the public live,
the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance; or (c) makes a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance directly from a
broadcast of, or cable programme including, the unfixed performance or directly from the unfixed performance which is made available to the public live.
(2) A performer's rights are not infringed by the making of any such fixation by a person for his private and domestic use.
(3) In an action for infringement of a performer's rights brought by virtue of this section damages shall not be awarded against a defendant who shows that at the time of the infringement he believed on reasonable grounds that consent had been given.
(4) In this section "makes available to the public live" (即場向公眾提供), in relation to a performance, means the making available of the unfixed performance, by wire or wireless means, in such a way that members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere may access the performance from a place individually chosen by them.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 182 U.K.]
Section: 203 Consent required for copying of fixation 30/06/1997
(1) A performer's rights are infringed by a person who, without the performer's consent, makes, otherwise than for his private and domestic use, a copy of a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance; and references in this Part to copying and copies are construed as follows.
(2) It is immaterial whether the copy is made directly or indirectly. (3) Making of a copy of a fixation means reproducing the fixation in any material form. This includes storing
the fixation in any medium by electronic means. (4) The right of a performer under this section to authorize or prohibit the making of such copies is referred to
in this Part as "the right of reproduction". [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 182A U.K.]
Section: 204 Consent required for issue of copies to public 30/06/1997
(1) A performer's rights are infringed by a person who, without the performer's consent, issues to the public copies of a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance.
(2) References in this Part to the issue to the public of copies of a fixation are to the act of putting into circulation copies not previously put into circulation, in Hong Kong or elsewhere, by or with the consent of the performer.
(3) References in this Part to the issue to the public of copies of a fixation do not include- (a) any subsequent distribution, sale, hiring or loan of copies previously put into circulation; or (b) any subsequent importation of such copies into Hong Kong.
(4) References in this Part to the issue of copies of a fixation of a performance include the issue of the original fixation of the unfixed performance.
(5) The right of a performer under this section to authorize or prohibit the issue of copies to the public is referred to in this Part as "the right of distribution".
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 182B U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 94
Section: 205 Consent required for making available of copies to public 30/06/1997
(1) A performer's rights are infringed by a person who, without the performer's consent, makes available to the public copies of a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance.
(2) References in this Part to the making available to the public of copies of a fixation of a performance are to the making available of copies of the fixation, by wire or wireless means, in such a way that members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere may access the fixation from a place and at a time individually chosen by them (such as the making available of copies of works through the service commonly known as the INTERNET).
(3) References in this Part to the making available of copies of a fixation of a performance include the making available of the original fixation of the unfixed performance.
(4) The mere provision of physical facilities for enabling the making available to the public of copies of a fixation of a performance does not of itself constitute an act of making available to the public of copies of the fixations.
(5) The right of a performer under this section to authorize or prohibit the making available of copies of a fixation to the public is referred to in this Part as "the right of making available to the public".
Section: 206 Infringement of performer's rights by use of fixation made without consent
30/06/1997
(1) A performer's rights are infringed by a person who, without the performer's consent- (a) shows or plays in public the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance; or (b) broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying
performance, by means of a fixation which was, and which that person knows or has reason to believe was, made without the performer's consent.
(2) A performer's rights are also infringed by a person who, without the performer's consent, shows or plays the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance in the course of making available to the public a fixation which was, and which that person knows or has reason to believe was, made without the performer's consent.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 183 U.K.]
Section: 207 Infringement of performer's rights by importing, exporting, possessing or dealing with infringing fixation
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) A performer's rights are infringed by a person who, without the performer's consent- (a) imports into Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong, otherwise than for his private and domestic use;
or (b) for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 50)
(i) possesses; (ii) makes available to the public; (iii) sells or lets for hire; (iv) offers or exposes for sale or hire; or (v) distributes, (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 12)
a fixation of a qualifying performance which is, and which that person knows or has reason to believe is, an infringing fixation.
(1A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(b) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing fixations. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 12)
(2) Where in an action for infringement of a performer's rights brought by virtue of this section a defendant shows that the infringing fixation was innocently acquired by him or a predecessor in title of his, the only remedy available against him in respect of the infringement is damages not exceeding a reasonable payment in respect of the act complained of.
(3) In subsection (2) "innocently acquired" (不知情地取得) means that the person acquiring the fixation did not know and had no reason to believe that it was an infringing fixation.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 184 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 95
Section: 207A Infringement of performers' rights by renting copies to the public without consent
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) A performer's rights are infringed by a person who, without the performer's consent, rents to the public copies of a sound recording in which the whole or any substantial part of a qualifying performance is fixed.
(2) In this Part, "rent" (租賃), in relation to a sound recording- (a) subject to paragraph (b), means making a copy of the sound recording available for use, on terms that
it will or may be returned, for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage; (b) does not include-
(i) making a copy of the sound recording available for the purpose of public performance, playing or showing in public, broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service;
(ii) making a copy of the sound recording available for the purpose of exhibition in public; or (iii) making a copy of the sound recording available for on-the-spot reference use.
(3) A reference in this Part to the renting of copies of a sound recording includes the renting of the original. (4) The right of a performer under this section to rent copies of a sound recording to the public is referred to in
this Part as "rental right". (Added 15 of 2007 s. 51)
Section: 208 Exclusive fixation contracts and persons having fixation rights 30/06/1997
Rights of person having fixation rights
(1) In this Part an "exclusive fixation contract" (獨有錄製合約) means a contract between a performer and another person under which that person is entitled to the exclusion of all other persons (including the performer) to make fixations of one or more of the performer's performances with a view to their commercial exploitation.
(2) References in this Part to a "person having fixation rights", in relation to a performance, are (subject to subsection (3)) to a person-
(a) who is a party to and has the benefit of an exclusive fixation contract to which the performance is subject; or
(b) to whom the benefit of such a contract has been assigned, and who is a qualifying person.
(3) If a performance is subject to an exclusive fixation contract but the person mentioned in subsection (2) is not a qualifying person, references in this Part to a "person having fixation rights" in relation to the performance are to any person-
(a) who is licensed by such a person to make fixations of the performance with a view to their commercial exploitation; or
(b) to whom the benefit of such a licence has been assigned, and who is a qualifying person.
(4) In this section "with a view to commercial exploitation" (以期作商業利用) means with a view to the fixations being sold or let for hire, or shown or played in public, or issued or made available to the public.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 185 U.K.]
Section: 209 Consent required for fixation of performance subject to exclusive contract
30/06/1997
(1) A person infringes the rights of a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance who, without the latter's consent or that of the performer, makes a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of the performance, otherwise than for his private and domestic use.
(2) In an action for infringement of those rights brought by virtue of this section damages shall not be awarded against a defendant who shows that at the time of the infringement he believed on reasonable grounds that consent had been given.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 186 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 96
Section: 210 Infringement of fixation rights by use of fixation made without consent
30/06/1997
(1) A person infringes the rights of a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance who, without the latter's consent or, in the case of a qualifying performance, that of the performer-
(a) shows or plays in public the whole or any substantial part of the performance; or (b) broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service the whole or any substantial part of the
performance, by means of a fixation which was, and which that person knows or has reason to believe was, made without the appropriate consent.
(2) A person infringes the rights of a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance who, without the latter's consent or, in the case of a qualifying performance, that of the performer, shows or plays the whole or any substantial part of the performance in the course of making available to the public a fixation which was, and which that person knows or has reason to believe was, made without the appropriate consent.
(3) The reference in subsection (1) or (2) to "the appropriate consent" is to the consent of- (a) the performer; or (b) the person who at the time the consent was given had fixation rights in relation to the performance (or,
if there was more than one such person, of all of them). [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 187 U.K.]
Section: 211 Infringement of fixation rights by importing, exporting, possessing or dealing with infringing fixation
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) A person infringes the rights of a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance who, without the latter's consent or, in the case of a qualifying performance, that of the performer-
(a) imports into Hong Kong or exports from Hong Kong, otherwise than for his private and domestic use; or
(b) for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 52) (i) possesses; (ii) makes available to the public; (iii) sells or lets for hire; (iv) offers or exposes for sale or hire; or (v) distributes, (Replaced 64 of 2000 s. 13)
a fixation of the performance which is, and which that person knows or has reason to believe is, an infringing fixation. (1A) It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1)(b) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing
in infringing fixations. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 13) (2) Where in an action for infringement of those rights brought by virtue of this section a defendant shows that
the infringing fixation was innocently acquired by him or a predecessor in title of his, the only remedy available against him in respect of the infringement is damages not exceeding a reasonable payment in respect of the act complained of.
(3) In subsection (2) "innocently acquired" (不知情地取得) means that the person acquiring the fixation did not know and had no reason to believe that it was an infringing fixation.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 188 U.K.]
Section: 212 Acts permitted notwithstanding rights conferred by this Division
30/06/1997
Exceptions to rights conferred
The provisions of Division II specify acts which may be done notwithstanding the rights conferred by this Part, being acts which correspond broadly to certain of those specified in Division III of Part II (acts permitted notwithstanding copyright).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 189 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 97
Section: 213 Power of Tribunal to give consent on behalf of owner of right of reproduction in certain cases
30/06/1997
(1) The Copyright Tribunal may, on the application of a person wishing to make a copy of a fixation of a performance, give consent in a case where the identity or whereabouts of the person entitled to the right of reproduction cannot be ascertained by reasonable inquiry.
(2) Consent given by the Tribunal has effect as consent of the person entitled to the right of reproduction for the purposes of the provision of this Part relating to performers' rights and may be given subject to any conditions specified in the Tribunal's order.
(3) The Tribunal shall not give consent under subsection (1) except after the service of such notices as may be required by rules made under section 174 (general procedural rules) or as the Tribunal may in any particular case direct.
(4) In any case the Tribunal shall take into account the following factors- (a) whether the original fixation was made with the performer's consent and is lawfully in the possession
or control of the person proposing to make the further fixation; (b) whether the making of the further fixation is consistent with the obligations of the parties to the
arrangements under which, or is otherwise consistent with the purposes for which, the original fixation was made.
(5) Where the Tribunal gives consent under this section it shall, in default of agreement between the applicant and the person entitled to the right of reproduction, make such order as it thinks fit as to the payment to be made to that person in consideration of consent being given.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 190 U.K.]
Section: 213A Power of Tribunal to give consent on behalf of owners of performers' rental right in certain cases
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) The Copyright Tribunal may, on the application of a person wishing to rent a copy of a sound recording in which a performance is fixed, give consent in a case where that person cannot, after making reasonable enquiries, ascertain the identity or whereabouts of the person entitled to the rental right.
(2) Consent given by the Tribunal has effect as consent of the person entitled to the rental right for the purposes of the provision of this Part relating to performers' rental right and may be given subject to any conditions specified in the Tribunal's order.
(3) The Tribunal shall not give consent under subsection (1) except after the service of such notices as may be required by rules made under section 174 (general procedural rules) or as the Tribunal may in any particular case direct.
(4) Where the Tribunal gives consent under this section, it shall, in default of agreement between the applicant and the person entitled to the rental right, make such order as it thinks fit as to the payment to be made to that person in consideration of consent being given.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 53)
Section: 214 Duration of rights 30/06/1997
Duration of rights
(1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of the rights conferred by this Part. (2) The rights conferred by this Part in relation to a performance expire-
(a) at the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the performance takes place; or
(b) if during that period a fixation of the performance is released, 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is released,
subject as follows. (3) For the purposes of subsection (2) a fixation is "released" when it is first published, played or shown in
public, broadcast, included in a cable programme service or made available to the public; but in determining whether a fixation has been released no account shall be taken of any unauthorized act.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 98
Section: 215 Performers' economic rights L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
Performers' economic rights
(1) The following rights conferred by this Part on a performer are property rights ("a performer's economic rights”)-
(a) the right of reproduction (section 203); (b) the right of distribution (section 204); (c) the right of making available to the public (section 205); (d) the rental right (section 207A). (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 54)
(2) References in this Part to the consent of the performer are to be construed in relation to a performer's economic rights as references to the consent of the rights owner.
(3) Where different persons are (whether in consequence of a partial assignment or otherwise) entitled to different aspects of a performer's economic rights in relation to a performance, the rights owner for any purpose of this Part is the person who is entitled to the aspect of those rights relevant for that purpose.
(4) Where a performer's economic rights (or any aspect of them) is owned by more than one person jointly, references in this Part to the rights owner are to all the owners, so that, in particular, any requirement of the licence of the rights owner requires the licence of all of them.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191A U.K.]
Section: 216 Assignment and licences 30/06/1997
(1) A performer's economic rights are transmissible by assignment, by testamentary disposition or by operation of law, as personal or moveable property.
(2) An assignment or other transmission of a performer's economic rights may be partial, that is, limited so as to apply-
(a) to one or more, but not all, of the things requiring the consent of the rights owner; (b) to part, but not the whole, of the period for which the rights are to subsist.
(3) An assignment of a performer's economic rights is not effective unless it is in writing signed by or on behalf of the assignor.
(4) A licence granted by the owner of a performer's economic rights is binding on every successor in title to his interest in the rights, except a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration and without notice (actual or constructive) of the licence or a person deriving title from such a purchaser; and references in this Part to doing anything with, or without, the licence of the rights owner are to be construed accordingly.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191B U.K.]
Section: 217 Prospective ownership of a performer's economic rights 30/06/1997
(1) This section applies where by an agreement made in relation to a future fixation of a performance, and signed by or on behalf of the performer, the performer purports to assign his performer's economic rights (wholly or partially) to another person.
(2) If on the rights coming into existence the assignee or another person claiming under him would be entitled as against all other persons to require the rights to be vested in him, they shall vest in the assignee or his successor in title by virtue of this subsection.
(3) A licence granted by a prospective owner of a performer's economic rights is binding on every successor in title to his interest (or prospective interest) in the rights, except a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration and without notice (actual or constructive) of the licence or a person deriving title from such a purchaser.
References in this Part to doing anything with, or without, the licence of the rights owner are to be construed accordingly.
(4) In subsection (3) "prospective owner" (準擁有人), in relation to a performer's economic rights, means a person who is prospectively entitled to those rights, by virtue of such an agreement as is mentioned in subsection (1).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191C U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 99
Section: 218 Exclusive licences 30/06/1997
(1) In this Part an "exclusive licence" (專用特許) means a licence in writing signed by or on behalf of the owner of a performer's economic rights authorizing the licensee to the exclusion of all other persons, including the person granting the licence, to do anything requiring the consent of the rights owner.
(2) The licensee under an exclusive licence has the same rights against a successor in title who is bound by the licence as he has against the person granting the licence.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191D U.K.]
Section: 219 Performer's economic right to pass under will with unpublished original fixation
30/06/1997
Where under a bequest (whether general or specific) a person is entitled beneficially or otherwise to any material thing containing an original fixation of a performance which was not published before the death of the testator, the bequest is, unless a contrary intention is indicated in the testator's will or a codicil to it, to be construed as including any performer's rights in relation to the fixation to which the testator was entitled immediately before his death.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191E U.K.]
Section: 220 Infringement actionable by rights owner 30/06/1997
(1) An infringement of a performer's economic rights or of any right conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights is actionable by the rights owner.
(2) In an action for infringement of a performer's economic rights or of any right conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights all such relief by way of damages, injunctions, accounts or otherwise is available to the plaintiff as is available in respect of the infringement of any other property right.
(3) This section has effect subject to the following provisions of this Part. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191I U.K.]
Section: 221 Provisions as to damages in infringement action 30/06/1997
(1) Where in an action for infringement of a performer's economic rights or of any right conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights it is shown that at the time of the infringement the defendant did not know, and had no reason to believe, that the rights subsisted in the fixation to which the action relates, the plaintiff is not entitled to damages against him, but without prejudice to any other remedy.
(2) The court may in an action for infringement of a performer's economic rights or of any right conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights having regard to all the circumstances, and in particular to-
(a) the flagrancy of the infringement; (b) any benefit accruing to the defendant by reason of the infringement; and (c) the completeness, accuracy and reliability of the defendant's business accounts and records,
award such additional damages as the justice of the case may require. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191J U.K.]
Section: 222 Right and remedies for exclusive licensee 30/06/1997
(1) An exclusive licensee has, except against the owner of a performer's economic rights, the same rights and remedies in respect of matters occurring after the grant of the licence as if the licence had been an assignment.
(2) His rights and remedies are concurrent with those of the rights owner; and references in the relevant provisions of this Part to the rights owner are to be construed accordingly.
(3) In an action brought by an exclusive licensee by virtue of this section a defendant may avail himself of any defence which would have been available to him if the action had been brought by the rights owner.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191L U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 100
Section: 223 Exercise of concurrent rights 30/06/1997
(1) Where an action for infringement of a performer's economic rights brought by the rights owner or an exclusive licensee relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of which they have concurrent rights of action, the rights owner or, as the case may be, the exclusive licensee may not, without the leave of the court, proceed with the action unless the other is either joined as plaintiff or added as a defendant.
(2) A rights owner or exclusive licensee who is added as a defendant in pursuance of subsection (1) is not liable for any costs in the action unless he takes part in the proceedings.
(3) The above provisions do not affect the granting of interlocutory relief on an application by the rights owner or exclusive licensee alone.
(4) Where an action for infringement of a performer's economic rights is brought which relates (wholly or partly) to an infringement in respect of which the rights owner and an exclusive licensee have or had concurrent rights of action-
(a) the court shall in assessing damages take into account- (i) the terms of the licence; and (ii) any pecuniary remedy already awarded or available to either of them in respect of the
infringement; (b) no account of profits shall be directed if an award of damages has been made, or an account of profits
has been directed, in favour of the other of them in respect of the infringement; and (c) the court shall if an account of profits is directed apportion the profits between them as the court
considers just, subject to any agreement between them, and these provisions apply whether or not the rights owner and the exclusive licensee are both parties to the action.
(5) The owner of a performer's economic rights shall notify any exclusive licensee having concurrent rights before applying for an order under section 228 (order for delivery up); and the court may on the application of the licensee make such order under section 228 as it thinks fit having regard to the terms of the licence.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 191M U.K.]
Section: 224 Performers' non-economic rights 30/06/1997
Non-economic rights
(1) The rights conferred on a performer by- section 202 (consent required for fixation, etc. of unfixed performance); section 206 (infringement of performer's rights by use of fixation made without consent); and section 207 (infringement of performer's rights by importing, exporting, possessing or dealing with infringing
fixation), are not assignable or transmissible, except to the following extent.
They are referred to in this Part as "a performer's non-economic rights". (2) On the death of a person entitled to any such right-
(a) the right passes to such person as he may by testamentary disposition specifically direct; and (b) if or to the extent that there is no such direction, the right is exercisable by his personal representatives.
(3) References in this Part to the performer, in the context of the person having any such right, are to be construed as references to the person for the time being entitled to exercise those rights.
(4) Where by virtue of subsection (2)(a) a right becomes exercisable by more than one person, it is exercisable by each of them independently of the other or others.
(5) Any damages recovered by personal representatives by virtue of this section in respect of an infringement after a person's death devolves as part of his estate as if the right of action had subsisted and been vested in him immediately before his death.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 192A U.K.]
Section: 225 Transmissibility of rights of person having fixation rights 30/06/1997
(1) The rights conferred by this Part on a person having fixation rights are not assignable or transmissible. (2) This does not affect section 208(2)(b) or (3)(b), so far as those provisions confer rights under this Part on a
person to whom the benefit of a contract or licence is assigned.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 101
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 192B U.K.]
Section: 226 Consent 30/06/1997
(1) Consent for the purposes of this Part by a person having a performer's non-economic rights, or by a person having fixation rights, may be given in relation to a specific performance, to a specified description of performances or to performances generally, and may relate to past or future performances.
(2) A person having fixation rights in a performance is bound by any consent given by a person through whom he derives his rights under the exclusive fixation contract or licence in question, in the same way as if the consent had been given by him.
(3) Where a performer's non-economic right passes to another person, any consent binding on the person previously entitled binds the person to whom the right passes in the same way as if the consent had been given by him.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 193 U.K.]
Section: 227 Infringement actionable 30/06/1997
Remedies for infringement
An infringement of a performer's non-economic rights is actionable as a breach of statutory duty owed to the person entitled to the rights.
Section: 228 Order for delivery up 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Delivery up of infringing fixation
(1) Where a person has in his possession, custody or control for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business an infringing fixation of a performance, a person having performer's rights or fixation rights in relation to the performance under this Part may apply to the court for an order that the fixation be delivered up to him or to such other person as the court may direct. (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 14; 15 of 2007 s. 55)
(1A)It is immaterial for the purpose of subsection (1) whether or not the trade or business consists of dealing in infringing fixations. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 14)
(2) An application may not be made after the end of the period specified in section 230; and the court shall not make an order unless the court also makes, or it appears to the court that there are grounds for making, an order under section 231 (order as to disposal of infringing fixation).
(3) A person to whom a fixation is delivered up in pursuance of an order under this section shall, if an order under section 231 is not made, retain it pending the making of an order, or the decision not to make an order, under that section.
(4) Nothing in this section affects any other power of the court. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 195 U.K.]
Section: 229 Meaning of "infringing fixation" 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) In this Part "infringing fixation" (侵犯權利的錄製品), in relation to a performance, is to be construed in accordance with this section.
(2) For the purposes of a performer's rights, a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a performance of his is an infringing fixation if it is made, otherwise than for private purposes, without his consent.
(3) For the purposes of the rights of a person having fixation rights, a fixation of the whole or any substantial part of a performance subject to the exclusive fixation contract is an infringing fixation if it is made, otherwise than for private purposes, without his consent or that of the performer.
(4) Except as provided in section 229A, a fixation of a performance is also an infringing fixation if- (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 56)
(a) it has been or is proposed to be imported into Hong Kong; and (b) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part in
the performance in question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 102
performance. (5) For the purposes of Division III (proceedings relating to importation of infringing fixations) "infringing
fixation" (侵犯權利的錄製品) does not include a fixation of a performance- (a) that was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; (b) that has been or is proposed to be imported into Hong Kong; and (c) its making in Hong Kong would have constituted an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part in
the performance in question, or a breach of an exclusive licence agreement relating to that performance.
(6) Where in any proceedings the question arises whether a fixation is an infringing fixation and it is shown- (a) that the fixation is a fixation of the unfixed performance; and (b) that rights conferred by this Part subsist in the performance or have subsisted at any time,
it shall be presumed until the contrary is proved that the fixation was made at a time when rights conferred by this Part subsisted in the performance.
(7) In this Part, "infringing fixation" (侵犯權利的錄製品) includes a fixation which is to be treated as an infringing fixation by virtue of any of the following provisions-
(a) section 229A(5) (imported fixation not an “infringing fixation” for purposes of section 229(4)); (b) section 242A(3) (fixations made for purposes of giving or receiving instruction); (c) section 243(3) (fixations made for purposes of instruction or examination); (d) section 245(3) (fixations made by educational establishments for educational purposes); (e) section 246A(3) (fixations made for purposes of public administration); (f) section 251(2) (fixations of performance in electronic form retained on transfer of principal fixation);
or (g) section 256(3) (fixations made for purposes of broadcast or cable programme). (Replaced 15 of 2007
s. 56) (8) In subsection (5)(a), "lawfully made" (合法地製作), in relation to a fixation of a performance made in a
country, territory or area- (a) means that the fixation was made by-
(i) the performer; (ii) a person having fixation rights in relation to the performance in the country, territory or area, as
the case may be; or (iii) a person having the consent of the performer or the person referred to in subparagraph (ii) to
make the fixation in the country, territory or area, as the case may be; but (b) does not include a fixation that was made in a country, territory or area where there is no law
protecting rights in performances in the performance or where the rights in performances in the performance has expired. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 56)
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 197 U.K.]
Section: 229A Imported fixation not an "infringing fixation" for the purposes of section 229(4)
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) A fixation of a performance to which this subsection applies is not- (a) in relation to the person who imports it into Hong Kong, an infringing fixation for the purposes of
section 229(4) if- (i) it was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; and (ii) it is not imported with a view to its being dealt in by any person for the purpose of or in the
course of any trade or business; or (b) in relation to the person who possesses it, an infringing fixation for the purposes of section 229(4) if-
(i) it was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; and (ii) it is not possessed with a view to its being dealt in by any person for the purpose of or in the
course of any trade or business. (2) Subsection (1) applies to a fixation of any performance except a fixation of a performance-
(a) that is- (i) a musical sound recording; (ii) a musical visual recording;
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 103
(iii) a television drama; or (iv) a movie; and
(b) that is, or is intended to be, played or shown in public. (3) Notwithstanding the exception in subsection (2), subsection (1) applies to a fixation of a performance that is
referred to in subsection (2)(a) and that is, or is intended to be, played or shown in public- (a) by an educational establishment for the educational purposes of the establishment; or (b) by a specified library for use of the library.
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3)(b), a library is regarded as a specified library if it falls within the description of any library specified under section 46(1)(b).
(5) Where a fixation of a performance which is not an infringing fixation by virtue of subsection (1) is subsequently dealt in for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business, it is to be treated, in relation to that dealing and the person who deals in it, as an infringing fixation.
(6) In this section, "lawfully made" (合法地製作), in relation to a fixation of a performance made in a country, territory or area-
(a) means that the fixation was made by- (i) the performer; (ii) a person having fixation rights in relation to the performance in the country, territory or area, as
the case may be; or (iii) a person having the consent of the performer or the person referred to in subparagraph (ii) to
make the fixation in the country, territory or area, as the case may be; but (b) does not include a fixation that was made in a country, territory or area where there is no law
protecting rights in performances in the performance or where the rights in performances in the performance has expired.
(7) Subject to subsection (6), expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 35B. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 57)
Section: 230 Period after which remedy of delivery up not available 30/06/1997
Supplementary provisions with respect to delivery up
(1) An application for an order under section 228 (order for delivery up in civil proceedings) may not be made after the end of the period of 6 years from the date on which the infringing fixation in question was made, subject to the following provisions of this section.
(2) If during the whole or any part of that period a person entitled to apply for an order- (a) is under a disability; or (b) is prevented by fraud or concealment from discovering the facts entitling him to apply,
an application may be made by him at any time before the end of the period of 6 years from the date on which he ceased to be under a disability or, as the case may be, could with reasonable diligence have discovered those facts.
(3) In subsection (2) "disability" (無行為能力) has the same meaning as in the Limitation Ordinance (Cap 347).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 203 U.K.]
Section: 231 Order as to disposal of infringing fixation 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) An application may be made to the court for an order that an infringing fixation of a performance delivered up in pursuance of an order under section 228 should be-
(a) forfeited to such person having performer's rights or fixation rights in relation to the performance as the court may direct; or
(b) destroyed or otherwise dealt with as the court may think fit, or for a decision that no such order should be made.
(2) In considering what order (if any) should be made, the court shall consider whether other remedies
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 104
available in an action for infringement of the rights conferred by this Part would be adequate to compensate the person or persons entitled to the rights and to protect their interests.
(3) The power to make rules of court under section 54 of the High Court Ordinance (Cap 4) includes power to make rules of court for the purposes of this section. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(4) The rules of court for the purposes of this section may include rules as to the service of notice on persons having an interest in the fixation, and any such person is entitled-
(a) to appear in proceedings for an order under this section, whether or not he was served with notice; and (b) to appeal against any order made, whether or not he appeared.
(5) An order under this section does not take effect until the end of the period within which notice of an appeal may be given or, if before the end of that period notice of appeal is duly given, until the final determination or abandonment of the proceedings on the appeal.
(6) Where there is more than one person interested in a fixation, the court shall make such order as it thinks just and may (in particular) direct that the fixation be sold, or otherwise dealt with, and the proceeds divided.
(7) If the court decides that no order should be made under this section, the person in whose possession, custody or control the fixation was before being delivered up is entitled to its return.
(8) References in this section to a person having an interest in a fixation include any person in whose favour an order could be made in respect of the fixation under this section or under section 111 (which makes similar provision in relation to infringement of copyright).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 204 U.K.]
Section: 232 Jurisdiction of District Court L.N. 247 of 2000 01/09/2000
(1) The District Court may entertain proceedings under- (a) section 228 (order for delivery up of infringing fixation); or (b) section 231 (order as to disposal of infringing fixation),
where the value of the infringing fixation in question does not exceed the limit for actions in tort set out in section 32(1) of the District Court Ordinance (Cap 336). (Amended 28 of 2000 s. 45)
(2) Nothing in this section affects the jurisdiction of the Court of First Instance. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 205 U.K.]
Section: 233 Jurisdiction of Copyright Tribunal L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
Jurisdiction of Copyright Tribunal
(1) The Copyright Tribunal has jurisdiction under this Part to hear and determine proceedings under- (a) section 213 (application to give consent on behalf of owner of the right of reproduction); (aa) section 213A (application to give consent on behalf of owners of performers' rental right); (Added 15
of 2007 s. 58) (b) paragraph 6 of Schedule 3 (contrary rights).
(2) The provisions of Division IX of Part II (general provisions relating to the Copyright Tribunal) apply in relation to the Tribunal when exercising any jurisdiction under this Part.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 205B U.K.]
Section: 234 Qualifying person 30/06/1997
In this Part "qualifying person" (合資格的人) means- (a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or (b) a body incorporated under the law of any country, territory or area,
subject to section 236. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 206 U.K.]
Section: 235 Ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong 30/06/1997
This Part applies to things done on a ship, aircraft or hovercraft registered under the law of Hong Kong as it
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 105
applies to things done in Hong Kong. [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 210 U.K.]
Section: 236 Denial of protection to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong performers
22 of 1999 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3
(1) Subject to subsection (5), if it appears to the Chief Executive in Council that performer's rights of Hong Kong performers or fixation rights of Hong Kong qualifying persons are not adequately protected in a country, territory or area as a result of any prejudicial treatment given to those performers or qualifying persons by that country, territory or area, the Chief Executive in Council may by regulation in accordance with this section restrict the rights conferred by this Part in relation to the performances of the performers connected with that country, territory or area or in relation to fixations made by qualifying persons connected with that country, territory or area.
(2) The Chief Executive in Council shall designate in the regulation the country, territory or area concerned and provide that, for the purposes specified in the regulation, a performance given or a fixation made after a date specified in the regulation does not qualify for protection under this Part-
(a) in the case of a performance, if at the time of the performance the performer is an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in that country, territory or area (and not at the same time domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong); or
(b) in the case of a fixation, if at the time of the making of the fixation, the maker is- (i) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in that country, territory or area
(and not at the same time domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong); or (ii) a body incorporated under the law of that country, territory or area,
and the regulation may make such provision for all the purposes of this Part or for such purposes as are specified in the regulation, and either generally or in relation to such class of cases as are specified in the regulation, having regard to the nature and extent of that prejudicial treatment referred to in subsection (1).
(3) In this section "Hong Kong performers" (香港表演者) means a performer who is an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong.
(4) In this section "Hong Kong qualifying persons" (香港合資格的人) means a qualifying person who is- (a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong; or (b) a body incorporated under the law of Hong Kong.
(5) The Chief Executive in Council shall not exercise his power under this section in relation to a country, territory or area which is a party to a bilateral or multilateral copyright or related right convention to which Hong Kong is also a party or the application of which has been extended to Hong Kong.
(Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
Section: 237 Transitional provisions and savings 30/06/1997
Schedule 3 contains transitional provisions and savings relating to performances given and acts or events occurring, before the commencement of this Part, and otherwise with respect to the operation of the provisions of this Part.
Section: 238 Expressions having same meaning as in copyright provisions 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Interpretation
(1) The following expressions have the same meaning in this Part as in Part II (copyright)- article in transit; artistic work; (Added 15 of 2007 s. 59) authorized officer; broadcast; business;
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 106
cable programme; cable programme service; Commissioner; Copyright Tribunal; export; film; import; literary work; published; and sound recording. (1A) In sections 207(1A), 211(1A) and 228(1A), "dealing in" (經營) includes buying, selling, letting for hire,
importing, exporting and distributing. (Added 64 of 2000 s. 15) (2) The provisions of section 8(3) to (5), sections 9(4) and 27(4) (supplementary provisions relating to
broadcasting and cable programme services) apply for the purposes of this Part, and in relation to an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part, as they apply for the purposes of Part II and in relation to an infringement of copyright.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 211 U.K.]
Section: 239 Index of defined expressions L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
The following Table shows provisions defining or otherwise explaining expressions used in this Part (other than provisions defining or explaining an expression used only in the same section)-
artistic work (Added 15 of 2007 s. 60) section 238(1) (and section 5) broadcast (and related expressions) section 238 (and section 8) business (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 16) section 238(1) (and section 198(1)) cable programme, cable programme service
(and related expressions) section 238 (and section 9)
consent of performer (in relation to performer's economic rights)
section 215(2)
copy and copying section 203 dealing in (Added 64 of 2000 s. 16) section 238(1A) exclusive fixation contract section 208(1) exclusive licence section 218 film section 238(1) (and section 7) fixation (of a performance) section 200(2) fixation rights (person having) section 208(2) and (3) infringing fixation section 229 literary work section 238(1) (and section 4(1)) performance section 200(2) performer section 200(2) performer's economic rights section 215(1) performer's non-economic rights section 224(1) published section 238(1) (and section 196) qualifying performance section 201 qualifying person section 234 rental right (Added 15 of 2007 s. 60) section 207A(4) right of distribution section 204(5) right of making available to the public section 205(5) right of reproduction section 203(4) rights owner (in relation to performer's
economic rights) section 215(3) and (4)
sound recording section 238(1) (and section 6) [cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 212 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 107
Section: 240 Introductory 30/06/1997
DIVISION II
RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCES: PERMITTED ACTS
(1) The provisions of this Division specify acts which may be done in relation to a performance or fixation notwithstanding the rights conferred by this Part; they relate only to the question of infringement of those rights and do not affect any other right or obligation restricting the doing of any of the specified acts.
(2) In determining whether an act specified in this Division may be done in relation to a performance or fixation notwithstanding the rights conferred by this Part, the primary consideration is that the act does not conflict with a normal exploitation of the performance or fixation by the rights owner of the rights conferred by this Part and does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the rights owner of those rights.
(3) No inference is to be drawn from the description of any act which may by virtue of this Division be done without infringing the rights conferred by this Part as to the scope of those rights.
(4) The provisions of this Division are to be construed independently of each other, so that the fact that an act does not fall within one provision does not mean that it is not covered by another provision.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 1 U.K.]
Section: 241 Criticism, reviews and news reporting 30/06/1997
(1) Fair dealing with a performance or fixation- (a) for the purpose of criticism or review, of that or another performance or fixation, or of a work; or (b) for the purpose of reporting current events,
does not infringe any of the rights conferred by this Part. (2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 39.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 2 U.K.]
Section: 242 Incidental inclusion of performance or fixation 30/06/1997
(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the incidental inclusion of a performance or fixation in a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme.
(2) Those rights are also not infringed by anything done in relation to copies of, or the playing, showing, broadcasting or inclusion in a cable programme service of, anything whose making was, by virtue of subsection (1), not an infringement of those rights.
(3) A performance or fixation so far as it consists of music, or words spoken or sung with music, is not regarded as incidentally included in a sound recording, broadcast or cable programme if it is deliberately included.
(4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 40. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 3 U.K.]
Section: 242A Fair dealing for purposes of giving or receiving instruction 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) Fair dealing with a performance or fixation by or on behalf of a teacher or by a pupil for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in a specified course of study provided by an educational establishment does not infringe any of the rights conferred by this Part.
(2) In determining whether any dealing with a performance or fixation is fair dealing under subsection (1), the court shall take into account all the circumstances of the case and, in particular-
(a) the purpose and nature of the dealing, including whether the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;
(b) the nature of the performance or fixation; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with in relation to the performance or fixation as a
whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or value of the performance or fixation.
(3) Where a fixation which apart from this section would be an infringing fixation is made in accordance with
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 108
this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing fixation- (a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes any of the rights conferred by this Part, for all subsequent purposes.
(4) Where any dealing with a fixation involves the making available of copies of the fixation through a wire or wireless network wholly or partly controlled by an educational establishment-
(a) if the educational establishment fails to- (i) adopt technological measures to restrict access to the copies of the fixation through the network
so that the copies of the fixation are made available only to persons who need to use the copies of the fixation for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or for the purposes of maintaining or managing the network; or
(ii) ensure that the copies of the fixation are not stored in the network for a period longer than is necessary for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or, in any event, for a period longer than 12 consecutive months,
the dealing is not fair dealing under subsection (1); and (b) if the educational establishment-
(i) adopts technological measures to restrict access to the copies of the fixation through the network so that the copies of the fixation are made available only to persons who need to use the copies of the fixation for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or for the purposes of maintaining or managing the network; and
(ii) ensures that the copies of the fixation are not stored in the network for a period longer than is necessary for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in the specified course of study in question or, in any event, for a period longer than 12 consecutive months,
subsection (2) applies in determining whether the dealing is fair dealing under subsection (1). (5) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 41A.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 61)
Section: 243 Things done for purposes of instruction or examination 30/06/1997
(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the copying of a fixation of a performance, to a reasonable extent, in the course of instruction, or of preparation for instruction, in the making of films or film sound- tracks, if the copying is done by a person giving or receiving instruction.
(2) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed- (a) by the copying of a fixation of a performance for the purposes of setting or answering the questions in
an examination; or (b) by anything done for the purposes of an examination by way of communicating the questions to the
candidates. (3) Where a fixation which would otherwise be an infringing fixation is made in accordance with this section
but is subsequently dealt with, it is treated as an infringing fixation for the purposes of that dealing, and if that dealing infringes any right conferred by this Part, for all subsequent purposes.
For this purpose "dealt with" (進行交易) means sold or let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire. (4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 41.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 4 U.K.]
Section: 244 Playing or showing sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme at educational establishment
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) The playing or showing of a sound recording, film, broadcast or cable programme at an educational establishment for the purposes of instruction before an audience consisting wholly or mainly of teachers and pupils at the establishment, parents or guardians of pupils at the establishment, and other persons directly connected with the activities of the establishment is not a playing or showing of a performance in public for the purposes of infringement of the rights conferred by this Part. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 62)
(2) (Repealed 15 of 2007 s. 62) (3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 43.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 5 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 109
Section: 245 Recording of broadcasts and cable programmes by educational establishments
30/06/1997
(1) A recording of a broadcast or cable programme, or a copy of such a recording, may be made by or on behalf of an educational establishment for the educational purposes of that establishment without thereby infringing any of the rights conferred by this Part in relation to any performance or fixation included in it.
(2) Recording or copying is not authorized by this section if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available authorizing the recording or copying in question and the person making the recordings or copies knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.
(3) Where a recording or copy which would otherwise be an infringing fixation is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is treated as an infringing fixation for the purposes of that dealing, and if that dealing infringes any right conferred by this Part, for all subsequent purposes.
For this purpose "dealt with" (進行交易) means sold or let for hire, or offered or exposed for sale or hire. (4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 44.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 6 U.K.]
Section: 246 Copying by librarians or archivists: articles of cultural or historical importance
30/06/1997
(1) The librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive may make a copy of an article of cultural or historical importance or interest and deposit the copy at the library or archive without infringing any right conferred by this Part in respect of that article if the article is likely to be lost to Hong Kong through sale or export.
(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 53. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 7 U.K.]
Section: 246A Fair dealing for purposes of public administration 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) Fair dealing with a performance or fixation by the Government, the Executive Council, the Judiciary or any District Council for the purposes of efficient administration of urgent business does not infringe any of the rights conferred by this Part.
(2) In determining whether any dealing with a performance or fixation is fair dealing under subsection (1), the court shall take into account all the circumstances of the case and, in particular-
(a) the purpose and nature of the dealing, including whether the dealing is for a non-profit-making purpose and whether the dealing is of a commercial nature;
(b) the nature of the performance or fixation; (c) the amount and substantiality of the portion dealt with in relation to the performance or fixation as a
whole; and (d) the effect of the dealing on the potential market for or value of the performance or fixation.
(3) Where a fixation which apart from this section would be an infringing fixation is made in accordance with this section but is subsequently dealt with, it is to be treated as an infringing fixation-
(a) for the purpose of that dealing; and (b) if that dealing infringes any of the rights conferred by this Part, for all subsequent purposes.
(4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 54A. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 63)
Section: 246B Legislative Council 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by- (a) anything done for the purposes of the proceedings of the Legislative Council or for the purposes of
reporting such proceedings; or (b) anything done by or on behalf of-
(i) the members of the Legislative Council; or (ii) The Legislative Council Commission,
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 110
for the purposes of the exercise and discharge by the Legislative Council of its powers and functions. (2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 54B.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 63)
Section: 247 Judicial proceedings 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Judicial proceedings (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 64)
(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by anything done for the purposes of judicial proceedings or for the purpose of reporting such proceedings. (Amended 15 of 2007 s. 64)
(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 54. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 8 U.K.]
Section: 248 Statutory inquiries 30/06/1997
(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by anything done for the purposes of the proceedings of a statutory inquiry or for the purpose of reporting any such proceedings held in public.
(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 55. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 9 U.K.]
Section: 249 Public records 30/06/1997
(1) Material which is comprised in public records which are open to public inspection may be copied, and a copy may be supplied to any person without infringing any right conferred by this Part.
(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 58. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 10 U.K.]
Section: 250 Acts done under statutory authority 30/06/1997
(1) Where the doing of a particular act is specifically authorized by an Ordinance, whenever enacted, then, unless the Ordinance provides otherwise, the doing of that act does not infringe the rights conferred by this Part.
(2) Nothing in this section is to be construed as excluding any defence of statutory authority otherwise available under or by virtue of any Ordinance.
(3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 59. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 11 U.K.]
Section: 251 Transfer of fixations of performances in electronic form 30/06/1997
(1) This section applies where a fixation of a performance in electronic form (other than such a fixation which was made available to the public) has been purchased on terms which, expressly or impliedly or by virtue of any rule of law, allow the purchaser to make further fixations in connection with his use of the fixation.
(2) If there are no express terms- (a) prohibiting the transfer of the fixation by the purchaser, imposing obligations which continue after a
transfer, prohibiting the assignment of any consent or terminating any consent on a transfer; or (b) providing for the terms on which a transferee may do the things which the purchaser was permitted to
do, anything which the purchaser was allowed to do may also be done by a transferee without infringement of the rights conferred by this Part, but any fixation made by the purchaser which is not also transferred is to be treated as an infringing fixation for all purposes after the transfer.
(3) Subsection (2) applies where the original purchased fixation is no longer usable and what is transferred is a further copy used in its place.
(4) The above provisions also apply on a subsequent transfer, with the substitution for references in subsection (2) to the purchaser of references to the subsequent transferor.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 111
(5) This section does not apply in relation to a fixation purchased before the commencement of this Part. (6) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 64.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 12 U.K.]
Section: 252 Certain copying permitted when performances made available to the public
30/06/1997
The rights conferred by this Part in a fixed performance are not infringed by the copying of a fixation which is reasonably required for the viewing or listening of the fixation by a member of the public to whom the fixation is made available (within the meaning of section 205) provided that such act does not conflict with a normal exploitation of the fixation and does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the performer or the person who has fixation rights in relation to the performance.
Section: 253 Use of fixations of spoken words in certain cases 30/06/1997
(1) Where a fixation of the reading or recitation of a literary work is made for the purpose- (a) of reporting current events; or (b) of broadcasting or including in a cable programme service the whole or part of the reading or
recitation, it is not an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part to use the fixation (or to copy the fixation and use the copy) for that purpose, if the conditions in subsection (2) are met.
(2) The conditions are that- (a) the fixation is a direct fixation of the reading or recitation and is not taken from a previous fixation or
from a broadcast or cable programme; (b) the making of the fixation was not prohibited by or on behalf of the person giving the reading or
recitation; (c) the use made of the fixation is not of a kind prohibited by or on behalf of that person before the
fixation was made; and (d) the use is by or with the authority of a person who is lawfully in possession of the fixation.
(3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 67. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 13 U.K.]
Section: 254 Fixations of folksongs 30/06/1997
(1) A fixation of a performance of a song may be made for the purpose of including it in an archive maintained by a designated body without infringing any of the rights conferred by this Part, if the conditions in subsection (2) are met.
(2) The conditions are that- (a) the words are unpublished and of unknown authorship at the time the fixation is made; (b) the making of the fixation does not infringe any copyright; and (c) its making is not prohibited by any performer.
(3) Copies of a fixation made in reliance on subsection (1) and included in an archive maintained by a designated body may, if the prescribed conditions are met, be made and supplied by the archivist without infringing any of the rights conferred by this Part.
(4) In this section- "designated body" (指定機構) means a body designated for the purposes of section 70; and "the prescribed conditions" (訂明條件) means the conditions prescribed for the purposes of that section, and other expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in that section.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 14 U.K.]
Section: 255 Performance, showing or playing of works for purposes of club, society, etc.
30/06/1997
(1) It is not an infringement of any right conferred by this Part to perform, show or play a work (other than a
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 112
broadcast or a cable programme) as part of the activities of, or for the benefit of, a club, society or other organization if the following conditions are met.
(2) The conditions are- (a) that the club, society or organization is not established or conducted for profit and its main objects are
charitable or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of religion, education or social welfare; and
(b) that the proceeds of any charge for admission to the place where the work is to be performed, shown or played are applied solely for the purposes of the club, society or organization.
(3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 76. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 15 U.K.]
Section: 256 Incidental fixation for purposes of broadcast or cable programme
30/06/1997
(1) A person who proposes to broadcast a fixation of a performance, or include a fixation of a performance in a cable programme service, in circumstances not infringing the rights conferred by this Part is to be treated as having consent for the purposes of this Part for the making of a further fixation for the purposes of the broadcast or cable programme.
(2) That consent is subject to the condition that the further fixation- (a) must not be used for any other purpose; and (b) must be destroyed within 3 months of being first used for broadcasting the performance or including it
in a cable programme service. (3) A fixation made in accordance with this section is treated as an infringing fixation-
(a) for the purposes of any use in breach of the condition mentioned in subsection (2)(a); and (b) for all purposes after that condition or the condition mentioned in subsection (2)(b) is broken.
(4) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 77. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 16 U.K.]
Section: 257 Recordings for purposes of supervision and control of broadcasts and cable programmes
30/06/1997
(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the making or use by Radio Television Hong Kong for the purpose of maintaining supervision and control over programmes broadcast by them, of recordings of those programmes.
(2) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the making or use of recordings- (a) by the Broadcasting Authority for the performance of its functions mentioned in section 9 of the
Broadcasting Authority Ordinance (Cap 391); or (b) pursuant to the instructions of the Broadcasting Authority in the performance of those functions.
(3) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 78. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 17 U.K.]
Section: 258 Free public showing or playing of broadcast or cable programme
30/06/1997
(1) The showing or playing in public of a broadcast or cable programme (other than an encrypted broadcast or cable programme) to an audience who have not paid for admission to the place where the broadcast or programme is to be seen or heard does not infringe any right conferred by this Part in relation to a performance or fixation included in-
(a) the broadcast or cable programme; or (b) any sound recording or film which is played or shown in public by reception of the broadcast or cable
programme. (2) The audience are treated as having paid for admission to a place-
(a) if they have paid for admission to a place of which that place forms part; or (b) if goods or services are supplied at that place (or a place of which it forms part)-
(i) at prices which are substantially attributable to the facilities afforded for seeing or hearing the
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 113
broadcast or programme; or (ii) at prices exceeding those usually charged there and which are partly attributable to those
facilities. (3) The following are not regarded as having paid for admission to a place-
(a) persons admitted as residents or inmates of the place which is operated by a charitable organization and the facilities therein are provided not for profit;
(b) persons admitted as members of a club or society whose main objects are charitable or are otherwise concerned with the advancement of religion, education or social welfare and where the payment is only for membership of the club or society and the provision of facilities for seeing or hearing broadcasts or programmes is only incidental to the main purposes of the club or society.
(4) Where the making of the broadcast or inclusion of the programme in a cable programme service was an infringement of the rights conferred by this Part in relation to a performance or fixation, the fact that it was heard or seen in public by the reception of the broadcast or programme is to be taken into account in assessing the damages for that infringement.
(5) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 81. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 18 U.K.]
Section: 258A Playing of sound broadcasts inside vehicles 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) The playing of a sound broadcast inside a vehicle primarily for the purpose of affording the driver of the vehicle access to public information (including but not limited to news reports, weather forecasts and information relating to road traffic) does not infringe any of the rights conferred by this Part.
(2) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 81A. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 65)
Section: 259 Reception and re-transmission of broadcast in cable programme service
48 of 2000 07/07/2000
(1) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the inclusion of a performance or fixation in a television broadcast or a sound broadcast that is, by reception and immediate re-transmission without any alteration, included in a service provided by-
(a) a communal aerial broadcast distribution system within the scope of section 8(4)(e) of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap 106);
(b) an interconnection between a communal aerial broadcast distribution system within the scope of section 8(4)(e) of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap 106) and a subscription television network licensed, or deemed to be licensed, under the Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap 106), where the re- transmission is for the reception of the users of the communal aerial broadcast distribution system; or (Amended 48 of 2000 s. 44)
(c) a system licensed under a broadcast relay station licence issued under the Telecommunications Regulations (Cap 106 sub. leg. A). (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(2) The rights conferred by this Part are not infringed by the inclusion of a performance or fixation in a television broadcast or sound broadcast that is not encrypted and that is, by reception and immediate re-transmission without any alteration, included in a service provided-
(a) by a system licensed under a satellite master antenna television licence issued under the Telecommunications Regulations (Cap 106 sub. leg. A); or
(b) by an interconnection between a system licensed under a satellite master antenna television licence issued under the Telecommunications Regulations (Cap 106 sub. leg. A) and a subscription television network licensed, or deemed to be licensed, under the Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap 106) and where the re-transmission is for the reception of the users of the satellite master antenna television system, (Amended 48 of 2000 s. 44)
until the expiration of 6 months beginning on the day of publication of the notice in accordance with subsection (6). (Amended 36 of 2000 s. 28)
(3) Where a television broadcast or sound broadcast is made or uplinked from a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere, and the broadcast is a lawful broadcast, then any person who, by the reception and immediate re- transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided by a system or an
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 114
interconnection specified in subsection (1) or (2), being a programme comprising a performance, shall be in a like position, in any proceedings for infringement of the performer's right (if any) in the performance, as if he had been the holder of a licence granted by the performer to include the performance in any programme so included in that service.
(4) Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2), where the making of the broadcast was in infringement of those rights, the fact that the broadcast was re-transmitted as a programme in a cable programme service is to be taken into account in assessing the damages for that infringement.
(5) Where a television broadcast or a sound broadcast is not encrypted, the person who, by the reception and immediate re-transmission of the broadcast without any alteration, includes a programme in a service provided by a system or interconnection specified in subsection (2) is deemed to have been granted an implied licence by the maker of the broadcast to receive and re-transmit the broadcast using the system which is only revocable by notice given in accordance with subsection (6).
(6) The maker of a broadcast in respect of which a licence is deemed to have been granted under subsection (5) may revoke the licence by publishing a notice of revocation in-
(a) 1 Chinese language newspaper circulating in Hong Kong; and (b) 1 English language newspaper circulating in Hong Kong.
(7) Expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in section 82. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 19 U.K.]
Section: 260 Provision of sub-titled copies of broadcast or cable programme 30/06/1997
(1) A designated body may, for the purpose of providing people who are deaf or hard of hearing, or physically or mentally handicapped in other ways, with copies which are sub-titled or otherwise modified for their special needs, make recordings of television broadcasts or cable programmes without infringing any right conferred by this Part in relation to a performance or fixation included in the broadcast or cable programme.
(2) Recording is not authorized by this section if, or to the extent that, licences under licensing schemes are available authorizing the recording in question and the person making the recordings knew or ought to have been aware of that fact.
(3) In this section "designated body" (指定機構) means a body designated for the purposes of section 83 and other expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in that section.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 20 U.K.]
Section: 261 Recording of broadcast or cable programme for archival purposes
30/06/1997
(1) A recording of a broadcast or cable programme of a designated class, or a copy of such a recording, may be made for the purpose of being placed in an archive maintained by a designated body without thereby infringing any right conferred by this Part in relation to a performance or fixation included in the broadcast or cable programme.
(2) In this section "designated class" (指定類別) and "designated body" (指定機構) mean a class and a body respectively designated for the purposes of section 84 and other expressions used in this section have the same meaning as in that section.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 21 U.K.]
Section: 262 Definitions 30/06/1997
DIVISION III
PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO IMPORTATION OF INFRINGING FIXATIONS
In this Division- "detention order" (扣留令) means an order made under section 264(1); "right holder" (權利持有人) means-
(a) the performer of a performance in which performer's rights subsist under this Part or the exclusive
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 115
licensee of the performer's economic rights in such a performance; or (b) the person who has fixation rights in relation to the performance.
Section: 263 Application for detention order 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) A right holder may apply to the Court of First Instance for an order under section 264(1) where he has reasonable grounds for suspecting that the importation of an article that constitutes an infringing fixation of the performance in respect of which he is a right holder may take place. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(2) An application under subsection (1) may be made ex parte but with previous notice to the Commissioner. (3) An application under subsection (1) must be in such form as is prescribed by rules of court and must be
supported by an affidavit of the right holder which- (a) states that at the time the application is made rights in performances subsist under this Part in the
performance in question; (b) states whether the deponent is the owner or the exclusive licensee of the rights in performances
conferred by this Part; (c) where the deponent purports to be the exclusive licensee, states the facts and exhibits such documents
relied upon by the deponent to establish that he is the exclusive licensee; (d) states that a copy of the fixation of the performance exhibited to the affidavit is an authorized copy of
the fixation; (e) states the grounds for the application, including the facts relied upon by the deponent as showing that
the article in question is prima facie an infringing fixation; (f) sets out a sufficiently detailed description of the article in question to make it readily recognizable by
the Commissioner; (g) sets out particulars regarding the expected mode of transportation and the expected date of importation
and, if available, particulars identifying the importer; and (h) sets out such other information and exhibits such other documents as may be prescribed by rules of
court. (4) No application may be made under subsection (1) with respect to an article in transit. (5) No application may be made under subsection (1) with respect to the importation by a person of an article
for his private and domestic use. (6) Section 121 applies in respect of an affidavit made in accordance with subsection (3) by the exclusive
licensee of the performer's economic rights that subsist in a qualifying performance under this Part in the same manner as it would apply if the affidavit were made by the owner of those rights.
Section: 264 Issuance of detention order 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Where, on the hearing of an application made under section 263, the right holder presents adequate evidence to satisfy the Court of First Instance that the article in question is prima facie an infringing fixation, the Court of First Instance may make an order directing the Commissioner or an authorized officer to take reasonable measures to seize or detain the article on or after its importation.
(2) The Court of First Instance may require the right holder to provide security or an equivalent assurance in an amount sufficient to protect the importer and any other person having an interest in the article to be seized or detained, including the consignee and the owner of the article, from any loss or damage that may be incurred in the event that the seizure or detention is wrongful or the article is released to the importer under section 265(6).
(3) A detention order may contain such terms and conditions as the Court of First Instance considers appropriate.
(4) The Court of First Instance shall not make a detention order with respect to any article that has been seized or detained by, and that is in the custody of, the Commissioner or an authorized officer pursuant to any law.
(5) Where the Commissioner or an authorized officer seizes or detains an article pursuant to any law, other than
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 116
this Division or Division VII of Part II, any detention order made with respect to that article ceases to have effect. (6) Where the Court of First Instance makes a detention order, the right holder shall forthwith serve a copy of
the order on the Commissioner. (7) A detention order has effect from the date on which it is made or such later date as may be specified by the
Court of First Instance and ceases to have effect 60 days from that date unless the Commissioner or an authorized officer has, pursuant to the order and within that period, seized or detained any article to which the order applies.
(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
Section: 265 Enforcement of detention order L.N. 362 of 1997; 25 of 1998
01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Where a detention order is served on the Commissioner, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the order, seize or detain any article to which the order applies.
(2) The right holder shall- (a) supply to the Commissioner or an authorized officer sufficient information on the article and the
particular importation to render the article recognizable and the shipment or particular importation identifiable and any other information the Commissioner or an authorized officer may reasonably require for the purpose of carrying out the detention order;
(b) deposit with the Commissioner an amount that is, in the opinion of the Commissioner, sufficient to reimburse the Government for the costs likely to be incurred in connection with the carrying out of the detention order; and
(c) upon notification in writing by the Commissioner or an authorized officer of the seizure or detention of the article, provide such storage space and other facilities as he may require.
(3) The Commissioner or an authorized officer may refuse to carry out the detention order if the right holder fails to comply with subsection (2).
(4) The Commissioner may, after giving written notice to the right holder, apply to the Court of First Instance for directions in carrying out the detention order, and the Court of First Instance may, after giving the right holder an opportunity to be heard, give such directions as it thinks fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(5) The Commissioner or an authorized officer shall forthwith after an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, give written notice of the seizure or detention to-
(a) the right holder; (b) the importer; and (c) any other person to whom notice is required to be given by the terms of the order.
(6) Subject to subsection (7) and to any law authorizing the Commissioner or an authorized officer to seize or detain articles, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall release any article that has been seized or detained pursuant to a detention order to the importer if the right holder has not, within a period of 10 days after notice of the seizure or detention is given to the right holder, notified the Commissioner in writing that an action for infringement in respect of the article has been brought under this Part.
(7) The Court of First Instance may, on application by the right holder, after giving the Commissioner and each person to whom notice is required to be given under subsection (5) an opportunity to be heard, extend the period referred to in subsection (6) by a period not exceeding an additional 10 days if it is satisfied that the request for the extension is reasonable. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(8) In proceedings under subsection (7), the Court of First Instance may require the right holder to provide security or an equivalent assurance in addition to that provided in accordance with section 264(2). (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(9) Where the right holder has, within the period referred to in subsection (6), as may be extended under subsection (7), notified the Commissioner in writing that an action for infringement in respect of the article has been brought under this Part, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall retain custody of the article subject to the direction of the court in the infringement proceedings.
(10) No public holiday, gale warning day or black rainstorm warning day is reckoned in the computation of the period referred to in subsection (6), as may be extended under subsection (7).
(11) In this section-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 117
"black rainstorm warning day" (黑色暴雨警告日) means any day throughout or for part of which a black rainstorm warning is in force, and "black rainstorm warning" (黑色暴雨警告) means a warning issued by the Director of the Hong Kong Observatory of a heavy rainstorm in, or in the vicinity of, Hong Kong by the use of the heavy rainstorm signal commonly referred to as Black; (Amended L.N. 362 of 1997)
"gale warning day" (烈風警告日) means any day throughout or for part of which a gale warning is in force, and "gale warning" (烈風警告 ) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the Judicial Proceedings (Adjournment During Gale Warnings) Ordinance (Cap 62).
Section: 266 Variation or setting aside of detention order 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) The Commissioner or the right holder may at any time apply to the Court of First Instance to vary the detention order.
(2) The importer or any other person affected by the detention order may at any time apply to the Court of First Instance to vary or set aside the order.
(3) A person who makes an application under subsection (1) or (2) shall give to the other parties such notice of the day fixed for the hearing of the application as a judge of the Court of First Instance may order.
(4) On the hearing of an application under subsection (1) or (2) to vary the detention order, the Court of First Instance may vary the order in such manner as it thinks just.
(5) On the hearing of an application under subsection (2) to set aside the detention order, the Court of First Instance may set aside the order on such terms and conditions as it thinks just.
(6) For the purposes of subsection (3)- (a) the parties to an application under subsection (1) are the Commissioner, the right holder and, if the
article in question has been seized or detained pursuant to the detention order, the importer and any other person to whom notice is required to be given under section 265(5); and
(b) the parties to an application under subsection (2) are the Commissioner, the right holder, the applicant and the importer, if the importer is not the applicant.
(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
Section: 267 Disclosure of information 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, the Commissioner may disclose to the right holder-
(a) the names and addresses of the importer, the consignor and the consignee; (b) the nature and quantity of articles seized or detained pursuant to the order; (c) any statement made to the Commissioner or an authorized officer by any person in connection with the
seizure or detention, either with the prior consent in writing of that person or without such consent where the person is dead or cannot after reasonable enquiries by the Commissioner as to his whereabouts be found by the Commissioner; and
(d) any other information or document relating to any article seized or detained pursuant to the order which the Commissioner thinks fit to disclose.
(2) Where the right holder seeks disclosure of- (a) any information or document that is not referred to in subsection (1); or (b) any information or document that is referred to in subsection (1) but which the Commissioner has not
disclosed, he may apply to the Court of First Instance for an order requiring the Commissioner to disclose such information or document and the Court of First Instance may on such an application make such order for disclosure as it deems fit. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
(3) An application under subsection (2) may be begun by motion with previous notice to the Commissioner.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 118
Section: 268 Inspection of articles, release of samples, etc. 30/06/1997
(1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, the Commissioner or an authorized officer shall-
(a) give the right holder sufficient opportunity to inspect the article for the purpose of substantiating his claim; and
(b) give the importer an equivalent opportunity to inspect the article for the purpose of refuting the right holder's claim.
(2) Where more than one article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order, the Commissioner or an authorized officer may permit the right holder or the importer to remove samples of the seized or detained articles if the right holder or the importer, as the case may be, gives the Commissioner or authorized officer the requisite undertakings.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the requisite undertakings are undertakings in writing that the person giving the undertaking will-
(a) return the samples to the Commissioner or authorized officer at a specified time that is satisfactory to the Commissioner or authorized officer; and
(b) take reasonable care to prevent unnecessary damage to the samples. (4) If the Commissioner or an authorized officer permits the inspection of any seized or detained article, or the
removal of a sample, by the right holder in accordance with this section, the Government is not liable to the importer for any loss or damage suffered by the importer arising out of-
(a) damage to any article incurred during the inspection; or (b) anything done by the right holder or any other person to, or in relation to, a sample removed by the
right holder or any use made by the right holder of such sample.
Section: 269 Costs payable 30/06/1997
(1) The Commissioner may assess the costs incurred by the Government in connection with the carrying out of a detention order and may deduct those costs from the amount paid as a deposit by the right holder under section 265(2).
(2) Any costs assessed under subsection (1) shall be payable by the right holder to the Government and recoverable as a civil debt.
Section: 270 Compensation payable to importer, etc. 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Where an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order and the article is released pursuant to section 265(6), the importer, the consignee or the owner of the article may, within 6 months after the date on which the order is made, apply to the Court of First Instance for compensation for any loss or damage suffered by him by reason of the seizure or detention.
(2) Where- (a) an article is seized or detained pursuant to a detention order; (b) an action for infringement is brought under this Part in respect of the article within the period referred
to in section 265(6), as may be extended under section 265(7); and (c) the action is discontinued, the claim of infringement is withdrawn or the court in the infringement
proceedings determines that the infringement is not proved, the importer, the consignee or the owner of the article may, within 6 months after the date on which the action is discontinued, the claim is withdrawn or the court renders its determination, as the case may be, apply to the Court of First Instance for compensation for any loss or damage suffered by him by reason of the seizure or detention.
(3) On an application under subsection (1) or (2), the Court of First Instance may make such order for compensation as it deems fit.
(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 119
Section: 271 Rules 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 25 of 1998 s. 2
The power to make rules of court under section 54 of the High Court Ordinance (Cap 4) includes power to make rules of court regulating and prescribing the procedure and the practice to be followed in the Court of First Instance under this Division, and any matter incidental to or relating to that procedure or practice, including rules prescribing any matter or thing that under this Division is to be or may be prescribed by rules of court.
(Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
Section: 272 Protection of Commissioner and authorized officers 30/06/1997
(1) The Commissioner and authorized officers are not liable for any loss or damage suffered by any person as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with the carrying out of a detention order.
(2) The protection conferred by subsection (1) on the Commissioner and authorized officers in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with the carrying out of those duties shall not affect in any manner any liability of the Government for that action taken or omitted to be taken.
Section: 272A Moral rights conferred on certain performers L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
PART IIIA
PERFORMERS' MORAL RIGHTS
Introductory
(1) This part confers the following moral rights on a performer of a live aural performance or a performer whose performance is fixed in a sound recording-
(a) the right to be identified as a performer (section 272B); and (b) the right not to have his performance subjected to derogatory treatment (section 272F).
(2) The moral rights are conferred on the performer only if the performance is a qualifying performance. (3) The moral rights conferred on the performer are in addition to any other rights in relation to the
performance that the performer or any other person may have under this Ordinance. (4) In this Part-
"aural performance" (聲藝表演)- (a) means a performance which may be perceived by the human ear; or (b) where part of a performance may be perceived by the human ear, means that part of the performance,
and includes a musical performance, a spoken performance and a performance in any intermediate forms between singing and speaking;
"make available to the public live" (即場向公眾提供), in relation to a performance, means to make available of the unfixed performance, by wire or wireless means, in such a way that members of the public in Hong Kong or elsewhere may access the performance from a place individually chosen by them;
"performership" (演出) means participation in a performance, as the performer or one of the performers; "sound recording" (聲音紀錄)-
(a) subject to paragraph (b), has the same meaning as in Part II (copyright); (b) does not include a film sound-track which accompanies a film within the meaning of Part II.
(5) The following expressions have the same meaning in this Part as in Part II (copyright)- broadcast; business; cable programme; cable programme service; and published. (6) The following expressions have the same meaning in this Part as in Part III (rights in performances)-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 120
fixation; performance; performer; and qualifying performance. (7) For the purposes of this Part, if a performance of a musical work is conducted by a conductor, the sounds of
the performance are treated as having been made by the conductor and the person who actually made those sounds, and a reference to a performer includes a reference to the conductor.
(8) Section 204(2), (3) and (4) applies, with the necessary modifications, to references in this Part to the issue to the public of copies of a sound recording, as it applies to references in Part III to the issue to the public of copies of a fixation.
(9) Section 205(2), (3) and (4) applies, with the necessary modifications, to references in this Part to the making available to the public of copies of a sound recording, as it applies to references in Part III to the making available to the public of copies of a fixation.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272B Right to be identified as performer L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
Right to be identified as performer
(1) A performer of a live aural performance or a performer whose performance is fixed in a sound recording has the right to be identified as a performer in the performance whenever-
(a) the performance is staged in public, made available to the public live, broadcast live or included live in a cable programme service; or
(b) copies of the sound recording in which the performance is fixed are issued or made available to the public, broadcast or included in a cable programme service.
(2) The right of the performer under this section is, in the case of the issue or making available to the public of copies of a sound recording in which the performance is fixed, the right to be identified in or on each copy or, if that is not appropriate, in some other manner likely to bring his identity to the notice of a person acquiring a copy.
(3) The right of the performer under this section is, in any case other than the case referred to in subsection (2), the right to be identified in a manner likely to bring his identity to the notice of a person hearing the performance, broadcast or cable programme in question.
(4) The rights of the performer referred to in subsections (2) and (3) include the right to be identified in a clear and reasonably prominent or audible manner.
(5) If the performer in asserting his right to be identified specifies a pseudonym, initials or some other particular form of identification, that form must be used; otherwise any reasonable form of identification may be used.
(6) If a performance is presented by performers who use a group name, identification by using the group name is sufficient identification of the performers in the group.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272C Requirement that right under section 272B be asserted L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) A person does not infringe the right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) by doing any of the acts referred to in that section unless the right has been asserted in accordance with the following provisions so as to bind him in relation to that act.
(2) The right may be asserted generally, or in relation to any specified act or description of acts- (a) on an assignment of a performer's economic rights conferred by Part III in a live aural performance
that has taken place or is to take place or in a performance that has been fixed or is to be fixed in a sound recording, by including in the instrument effecting the assignment a statement that the performer asserts in relation to that performance or that performance fixed in the sound recording his right to be identified; or
(b) by instrument in writing signed by the performer. (3) The persons bound by an assertion of the right under subsection (2) are-
(a) in the case of an assertion under subsection (2)(a), the assignee and anyone claiming through him, whether he has notice of the assertion;
(b) in the case of an assertion under subsection (2)(b), anyone to whose notice the assertion is brought.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 121
(4) In an action for infringement of the right the court shall, in considering remedies, take into account any delay in asserting the right.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272D Exceptions to right under section 272B L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) The right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) does not apply where it is not reasonably practicable to identify the performer.
(2) The right does not apply in relation to a performance given for the purposes of reporting current events. (3) The right does not apply in relation to a performance given for the purposes of advertising any goods or
services or making announcements of matters of public interest. (4) The right is not infringed by an act which by virtue of any of the following provisions would not infringe
any right conferred by Part III- (a) section 241 (fair dealing for certain purposes), insofar as it relates to the reporting of current events by
means of a sound recording, broadcast or cable programme; (b) section 242 (incidental inclusion of performance or fixation); (c) section 243(2) (examination questions); (d) section 246B (Legislative Councin( � (e) section 247 (judicial proceedings); (f) section 248 (statutory inquiries).
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272E Right to object to derogatory treatment L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
Right to object to derogatory treatment
(1) A performer of a live aural performance or a performer whose performance is fixed in a sound recording has the right not to have his performance subjected to derogatory treatment.
(2) The right is infringed by a person who does any of the following acts- (a) in relation to a live aural performance, subjects the performance, or causes the performance to be
subjected, to derogatory treatment when the performance is caused to be heard in public, broadcasted, included in a cable programme service or made available to the public live;
(b) in relation to a performance fixed in a sound recording- (i) causes to be heard in public, broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service the
performance by means of the sound recording in a manner which subjects the performance to derogatory treatment; or
(ii) makes available to the public copies of the sound recording in a manner which subjects the performance to derogatory treatment; or
(c) in relation to a performance which has been subjected to derogatory treatment and is fixed in a sound recording- (i) causes to be heard in public, broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service the sounding
recording; or (ii) makes available to the public copies of the sound recording.
(3) For the purposes of this section- (a) "treatment" (處理)-
(i) in relation to a live aural performance, means any addition to, deletion from, alteration to or adaptation of the performance; or
(ii) in relation to a performance fixed in a sound recording, means any addition to, deletion from, alteration to or adaptation of the sound recording; and
(b) the treatment of a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording is derogatory if it amounts to distortion, mutilation or other modification that is prejudicial to the reputation of the performer.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 122
Section: 272F Infringing of right under section 272E by possessing or dealing with infringing articles
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) The right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) is also infringed by a person who-
(a) possesses for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or (b) sells or lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire, or distributes,
an article which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe is, an infringing article. (2) In this section-
"infringing article" (侵犯權利物品) means a performance fixed in a sound recording which- (a) has been subjected to derogatory treatment within the meaning of section 272E; and (b) has been or is likely to be the subject of any of the acts referred to in that section in circumstances
infringing that right. (Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272G Exceptions to right under section 272E L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) The right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) does not apply in relation to any performance given for the purposes of reporting current events.
(2) The right is not infringed by modifications made to a performance which are consistent with normal editorial or production practice.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), the right is not infringed by an act done for the purpose of- (a) avoiding the commission of an offence; or (b) complying with a duty imposed by or under an enactment.
(4) Where a performer is identified at the time of the relevant act under subsection (3) or has previously been identified in or on published copies of sound recordings in which the relevant performance is fixed, subsection (3) has effect only if there is a sufficient disclaimer.
(5) In subsection (4), "sufficient disclaimer" (足夠的卸責聲明) means a clear and reasonably prominent indication-
(a) given at the time of the relevant act under subsection (3); and (b) if the performer is then identified, appearing along with the identification,
that the live aural performance or the performance fixed in a sound recording has been subjected to treatment to which the performer has not consented.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272H Duration of rights L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
Supplementary
The rights conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) and section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) continue to subsist so long as the performer's rights conferred by Part III subsist in the sound recording in which the performance is fixed.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272I Consent and waiver of rights L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) It is not an infringement of any of the rights conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) and section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) to do any act to which the person entitled to the right has consented.
(2) Any of the rights referred to in subsection (1) may be waived by instrument in writing signed by the person giving up the right.
(3) A waiver may relate to a specific performance, to performances of a specified description or to performances generally, and may relate to existing or future performances.
(4) A waiver may be conditional or unconditional, and may be expressed to be subject to revocation.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 123
(5) If a waiver is made in favour of the owner or prospective owner of the right in the performance, it is presumed to extend to his licensees and successors in title unless a contrary intention is expressed.
(6) Nothing in this Part is to be construed as excluding the operation of the general law of contract or estoppel in relation to an informal waiver or other transaction in relation to any of the rights referred to in subsection (1).
(7) In this section, "performance" (表演) means a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272J Application of provisions to joint performers L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) The right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) is, in the case of joint performership, a right of each joint performer to be identified as a joint performer and must be asserted in accordance with section 272C by each joint performer in relation to himself.
(2) The right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) is, in the case of joint performership, a right of each joint performer and his right is satisfied if he consents to the treatment in question.
(3) A waiver under section 272I of those rights by one joint performer does not affect the rights of the other joint performer or performers.
(4) If there are 2 or more performers in a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording, the performers may enter into a joint performership agreement in writing by which each of them agrees not to exercise his right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) in respect of the live aural performance or the performance fixed in a sound recording, as the case may be, except jointly with the other performer or performers.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272K Application of provisions to part of performance L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) The right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) applies in relation to the whole or any substantial part of a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording.
(2) The right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) applies in relation to the whole or any part of a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272L Moral rights not assignable L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
The rights conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) and section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) are not assignable.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272M Transmission of moral rights on death L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) On the death of a person entitled to the right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) or section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment)-
(a) the right passes to such person as he may by testamentary disposition specifically direct; (b) if there is no such direction but the performer's economic rights conferred by Part III in respect of the
performance in question form part of his estate, the right passes to the person to whom the economic rights pass; and
(c) if or to the extent that the right does not pass under paragraph (a) or (b), the right is exercisable by his personal representatives.
(2) Where a performer's economic rights conferred by Part III and forming part of his estate pass in part to one person and in part to another, as for example where a bequest is limited so as to apply-
(a) to one or more, but not all, of the things the owner has the exclusive right to do or consent; or (b) to part, but not the whole, of the period for which the rights subsist,
any right which passes with the performer's economic rights by virtue of subsection (1)(b) is correspondingly divided. (3) Where by virtue of subsection (1)(a) or (b) a right becomes exercisable by more than one person, the
following provisions have effect with respect to the right-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 124
(a) it may, in the case of the right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer), be asserted by any of them;
(b) it is, in the case of the right conferred by section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment), a right exercisable by each of them and is satisfied in relation to any of them if he consents to the treatment or act in question; and
(c) any waiver of the right in accordance with section 272I by any of them does not affect the rights of the others.
(4) A consent or waiver previously given or made binds any person to whom a right passes by virtue of subsection (1).
(5) Any damages recovered by personal representatives by virtue of this section in respect of an infringement after a person's death devolve as part of his estate as if the right of action had subsisted and been vested in him immediately before his death.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272N Remedies for infringement of performers' moral rights L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) An infringement of the right conferred by section 272B (right to be identified as performer) or section 272E (right to object to derogatory treatment) is actionable as a breach of statutory duty owed to the person entitled to the right.
(2) In proceedings for infringement of the right conferred by section 272E, the court may, if it thinks it is an adequate remedy in the circumstances, grant an injunction on terms prohibiting the doing of any act unless a disclaimer is made, in such terms and in such manner as may be approved by the court, dissociating a performer from the treatment of a live aural performance or a performance fixed in a sound recording.
(Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 272O Presumptions relevant to sound recordings in which performances are fixed
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
In proceedings brought by virtue of this Part with respect to a sound recording in which a performance is fixed, where copies of the sound recording as issued or made available to the public bear a statement-
(a) that a named person was a performer in the performance; or (b) that a named group of performers were the performers in the performance,
the statement is admissible as evidence of the facts stated and is presumed to be correct until the contrary is proved. (Part IIIA added 15 of 2007 s. 66)
Section: 273 Interpretation of sections 273 to 273H L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
Expanded Cross Reference:
273A, 273B, 273C, 273D, 273E, 273F, 273G, 273H
PART IV
TECHNOLOGICAL MEASURES AND GENERAL
Circumvention of effective technological measures (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 67)
(1) In sections 273A to 273H, "circumvent" (規避), in relation to an effective technological measure which has been applied in relation to a copyright work- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 273A, 273B, 273C, 273D, 273E, 273F, 273G, 273H *>
(a) where the use of the work is controlled through the measure by the copyright owner of the work, means to circumvent the measure without the authority of the copyright owner;
(b) where the use of the work is controlled through the measure by an exclusive licensee of the copyright owner of the work, means to circumvent the measure without the authority of the exclusive licensee; or
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 125
(c) where the use of the work is controlled through the measure by any other person who, with the licence of the copyright owner of the copyright work- (i) issues to the public copies of the work; (ii) makes available to the public copies of the work; or (iii) broadcasts the work, or includes the work in a cable programme service, means to circumvent the measure without the authority of that other person.
(2) For the purposes of this section and sections 273A to 273H, where a technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work, the measure is referred to as an effective technological measure if the use of the work is controlled by any person referred to in subsection (1)(a), (b) or (c) through- <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 273A, 273B, 273C, 273D, 273E, 273F, 273G, 273H *>
(a) an access control or protection process (including the encryption, scrambling and any other transformation of the work) which achieves the intended protection of the work in the normal course of its operation; or
(b) a copy control mechanism which achieves the intended protection of the work in the normal course of its operation.
(3) In subsection (2)- (a) "technological measure" (科技措施) means any technology, device, component or means which is
designed, in the normal course of its operation, to protect any description of copyright work; (b) the reference to protection of a copyright work is to the prevention or restriction of acts which are done
without the licence of the copyright owner of the work and are restricted by the copyright in the work; (c) the reference to use of a copyright work does not extend to any use of the work which is outside the
scope of the acts restricted by the copyright in the work. (Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 68)
Section: 273A Rights and remedies in respect of circumvention of effective technological measures
L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
(1) Subject to sections 273D and 273H, this section applies where an effective technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work, and a person does any act which circumvents the measure, knowing, or having reason to believe, that he is doing an act which circumvents the measure.
(2) The following persons have the same rights and remedies against the person referred to in subsection (1) as a copyright owner has in respect of an infringement of copyright-
(a) the copyright owner of the work; (b) an exclusive licensee of the copyright owner of the work; and (c) any other person who, with the licence of the copyright owner of the work-
(i) issues to the public copies of the work; (ii) makes available to the public copies of the work; or (iii) broadcasts the work, or includes the work in a cable programme service.
(3) The rights and remedies conferred by subsection (2) on the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (2)(c) are concurrent.
(4) Sections 112(3) and 113(1), (4), (5) and (6) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings in relation to the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (2)(c), as they apply in proceedings in relation to a copyright owner and an exclusive licensee with concurrent rights and remedies.
(5) Sections 115, 116 and 117 (presumptions as to certain matters relating to copyright) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings instituted under this section, as they apply in proceedings instituted under Part II (copyright).
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)
Section: 273B Rights and remedies in respect of devices and services designed to circumvent effective technological measures
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) Subject to sections 273E and 273H, this section applies where an effective technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work, and a person-
(a) makes, imports, exports, sells or lets for hire, offers or exposes for sale or hire, or advertises for sale or
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 126
hire, any relevant device; (b) exhibits in public, possesses or distributes any relevant device for the purpose of or in the course of
any trade or business; (c) distributes (otherwise than for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business) any relevant
device to such an extent as to affect prejudicially the owner of the copyright; or (d) provides any relevant service.
(2) In subsection (1)- "relevant device" (有關器件), in relation to the effective technological measure referred to in that subsection, means
any device, product, component or means- (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of the measure; (b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent the
measure; or (c) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the
circumvention of the measure; "relevant service" (有關服務), in relation to the effective technological measure referred to in that subsection, means
any service- (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of the measure; (b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent the
measure; or (c) which is performed for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of the measure.
(3) The following persons have the same rights and remedies against the person referred to in subsection (1) as a copyright owner has in respect of an infringement of copyright-
(a) the copyright owner of the work; (b) an exclusive licensee of the copyright owner of the work; and (c) any other person who, with the licence of the copyright owner of the work-
(i) issues to the public copies of the work; (ii) makes available to the public copies of the work; or (iii) broadcasts the work, or includes the work in a cable programme service.
(4) The rights and remedies conferred by subsection (3) on the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c) are concurrent.
(5) Sections 112(3) and 113(1), (4), (5) and (6) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings in relation to the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c), as they apply in proceedings in relation to a copyright owner and an exclusive licensee with concurrent rights and remedies.
(6) The copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c) have the same rights and remedies under section 109 (order for delivery up) in relation to any device, product, component or means which a person has in his possession, custody or control with the intention that it is to be used to circumvent effective technological measures, as a copyright owner has in relation to an infringing copy.
(7) The rights and remedies conferred by subsection (6) on the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c) are concurrent.
(8) Section 113(7) (order as to exercise of rights by copyright owner where exclusive licensee has concurrent rights) applies, with the necessary modifications, in respect of anything done under section 109 by virtue of subsection (6), in relation to the copyright owner, the exclusive licensee and the person referred to in subsection (3)(c), as it applies, in respect of anything done under section 109, in relation to a copyright owner and an exclusive licensee with concurrent rights and remedies.
(9) Section 111 (order as to disposal of infringing copy or other article) applies, with the necessary modifications, in relation to the disposal of anything delivered up under section 109 by virtue of subsection (6).
(10) Sections 115, 116 and 117 (presumptions as to certain matters relating to copyright) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings instituted under this section, as they apply in proceedings instituted under Part II (copyright).
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 127
Section: 273C Offences in relation to circumvention of effective technological measures
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) Subject to sections 273F and 273H, where an effective technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work, a person commits an offence if he-
(a) makes for sale or hire any relevant device; (b) imports into Hong Kong for sale or hire any relevant device; (c) exports from Hong Kong for sale or hire any relevant device; (d) sells, lets for hire, or offers or exposes for sale or hire any relevant device for the purpose of or in the
course of any trade or business; (e) exhibits in public or distributes any relevant device for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or
business which consists of dealing in circumvention devices; (f) possesses any relevant device with a view to-
(i) its being sold or let for hire by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business; or
(ii) its being exhibited in public or distributed by any person for the purpose of or in the course of any trade or business which consists of dealing in circumvention devices; or
(g) provides any relevant service for the purpose of or in the course of a circumvention business. (2) In subsection (1)-
"circumvention business" (規避業務) means a business, conducted for profit, which includes the offering to the public of services which enable or facilitate the circumvention of effective technological measures;
"circumvention device" (規避器件) means any device, product, component or means- (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of effective
technological measures; (b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective
technological measures; or (c) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the
circumvention of effective technological measures; "dealing in" (經銷) means selling, letting for hire, or distributing for profit or reward; "relevant device" (有關器件), in relation to the effective technological measure referred to in that subsection-
(a) subject to paragraph (b), means any device, product, component or means- (i) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of the measure; (ii) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent the
measure; or (iii) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the
circumvention of the measure; (b) does not include any unauthorized decoder referred to in section 6, or any decoder referred to in
section 7, of the Broadcasting Ordinance (Cap 562); "relevant service" (有關服務), in relation to the effective technological measure referred to in that subsection, means
any service- (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of the measure; (b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent the
measure; or (c) which is performed for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of the measure.
(3) A person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on conviction on indictment to a fine of $500000 and to imprisonment for 4 years.
(4) It is a defence for the person charged with an offence in respect of an effective technological measure under subsection (1) to prove that he did not know and had no reason to believe that the relevant device or relevant service which is the subject of the offence enabled or facilitated the circumvention of the measure.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 128
Section: 273D Exceptions to section 273A L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
(1) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if- (a) the measure has been applied in relation to a computer program; (b) the act is done with respect to the identification or analysis of particular elements of the computer
program that are not readily available to the person who does the act; (c) the act is done for the sole purpose of achieving interoperability of an independently created computer
program with the computer program or another computer program; (d) the copy of computer program in relation to which the act is done is not an infringing copy; and (e) the act of identification or analysis referred to in paragraph (b) does not constitute an infringement of
copyright. (2) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if-
(a) the act is done by or under the authority of the owner or operator of a computer, computer system or computer network; and
(b) the act is done for the sole purpose of testing, investigating or correcting a security flaw or vulnerability of the computer, computer system or computer network, as the case may be.
(3) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if the act is done for the sole purpose of research into cryptography and-
(a) where the research is conducted by or on behalf of a specified educational establishment, or for the purposes of giving or receiving instruction in a specified course of study in the field of cryptography provided by a specified educational establishment- (i) the research does not constitute an infringement of copyright; (ii) it is necessary for the act to be done in order to conduct the research; and (iii) the information derived from the research is not disseminated to the public except in a specified
manner; or (b) in any other case-
(i) the research does not constitute an infringement of copyright; (ii) it is necessary for the act to be done in order to conduct the research; and (iii) the act or the dissemination to the public of information derived from the research does not affect
prejudicially the copyright owner. (4) In subsection (3)-
"specified educational establishment" (指明教育機構) means- (a) an educational establishment specified in section 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14 or 15 of Schedule 1; or (b) Hong Kong Shue Yan University registered under the Post Secondary Colleges Ordinance (Cap 320);
"specified manner" (指明方式), in relation to the dissemination to the public of information derived from a research into cryptography-
(a) means a manner which is reasonably calculated to advance the state of knowledge or development of cryptography or related technology; and
(b) includes dissemination of the information in a journal or at a conference the target readers or audiences of which are primarily persons engaged in, or pursuing a course of study in, the field of cryptography or related technology.
(5) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if- (a) the measure, or the copyright work in relation to which the measure has been applied, has the
capability to collect or disseminate personally identifying information which tracks and records the manner of a person's use of a computer network without providing conspicuous notice of such collection or dissemination to the person;
(b) the act is done for the sole purpose of identifying or disabling the function of the measure or work, as the case may be, in collecting or disseminating personally identifying information; and
(c) the act does not affect the ability of any person to gain access to any work. (6) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if-
(a) a person does the act when using a technology, product or device; and (b) the sole purpose of the technology, product or device, as the case may be, is to prevent access of
minors to harmful materials on the Internet. (7) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 129
(a) the measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work of any description issued to the public in a physical article;
(b) the measure contains regional coding or any other technology, device, component or means which has the effect of preventing or restricting access to the work for the purpose of controlling market segmentation on a geographical basis;
(c) the act is done for the sole purpose of overcoming the regional coding, technology, device, component or means, as the case may be, contained in the measure so as to gain access to the work; and
(d) the copy of the work in relation to which the act is done- (i) is not an infringing copy; or (ii) if it is an infringing copy, is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) and was lawfully
made in the country, territory or area where it was made. (8) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if-
(a) the measure has been applied in relation to a copy of any description mentioned in section 50(1), 51(1) or 53;
(b) the act of circumvention is done by the librarian or archivist of a specified library or archive; and (c) the act is done for the sole purpose of the doing of any of the acts permitted under sections 50, 51 and
53. (9) Section 273A does not apply to an act which circumvents an effective technological measure if the act is
done by, or on behalf of, law enforcement agencies for the purpose of the prevention, detection or investigation of an offence, or the conduct of a prosecution.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)
Section: 273E Exceptions to section 273B L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) In this section- "relevant device" (有關器件) means any device, product, component or means-
(a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of effective technological measures;
(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective technological measures; or
(c) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of effective technological measures;
"relevant service" (有關服務) means any service- (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of effective
technological measures; (b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective
technological measures; or (c) which is performed for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of effective
technological measures. (2) Section 273B does not apply if-
(a) a person works collaboratively with another person to identify or analyse particular elements of a computer program for the sole purpose of achieving interoperability of an independently created computer program with the computer program or another computer program; and
(b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act- (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.
(3) In subsection (2), "relevant act" (有關作為) means- (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not
apply by virtue of section 273D(1); or (b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in
paragraph (a). (4) Section 273B does not apply if-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 130
(a) a person works collaboratively with another person to test, investigate or correct a security flaw or vulnerability of a computer, computer system or computer network under the authority of the owner or operator of the computer, computer system or computer network, as the case may be; and
(b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act- (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.
(5) In subsection (4), "relevant act" (有關作為) means- (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not
apply by virtue of section 273D(2); or (b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in
paragraph (a). (6) Section 273B does not apply if-
(a) a person works collaboratively with another person to conduct research into cryptography; and (b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act-
(i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.
(7) In subsection (6), "relevant act" (有關作為) means- (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not
apply by virtue of section 273D(3); or (b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in
paragraph (a). (8) Section 273B does not apply to a relevant device or relevant service if-
(a) an effective technological measure, or a copyright work in relation to which an effective technological measure has been applied, has a function in collecting or disseminating personally identifying information which tracks and records the manner of a person's use of a computer network; and
(b) the sole purpose of the device or service, as the case may be, is to identify or disable that function of the measure or work, as the case may be.
(9) Section 273B does not apply to a relevant device if- (a) the relevant device is incorporated, or is intended to be incorporated, into a technology, product or
device; and (b) the sole purpose of the technology, product or device, as the case may be, is to prevent access of
minors to harmful materials on the Internet. (10) Section 273B does not apply to a relevant service if the sole purpose of the service is to prevent access of
minors to harmful materials on the Internet. (11) Section 273B does not apply to a relevant device or relevant service if-
(a) an effective technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work issued to the public in a physical article;
(b) the measure contains regional coding or any other technology, device, component or means which has the effect of preventing or restricting access to the work for the purpose of controlling market segmentation on a geographical basis; and
(c) the sole purpose of the relevant device or relevant service, as the case may be, is to overcome the regional coding, technology, device, component or means, as the case may be, contained in the measure.
(12) Section 273B does not apply to an act done by, or on behalf of, law enforcement agencies for the purpose of the prevention, detection or investigation of an offence, or the conduct of a prosecution.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)
Section: 273F Exceptions to section 273C L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) In this section-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 131
"relevant device" (有關器件) means any device, product, component or means- (a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of effective
technological measures; (b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective
technological measures; or (c) which is primarily designed, produced or adapted for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the
circumvention of effective technological measures; "relevant service" (有關服務) means any service-
(a) which is promoted, advertised or marketed for the purpose of the circumvention of effective technological measures;
(b) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent effective technological measures; or
(c) which is performed for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of effective technological measures.
(2) Section 273C does not apply if- (a) a person works collaboratively with another person to identify or analyse particular elements of a
computer program for the sole purpose of achieving interoperability of an independently created computer program with the computer program or another computer program; and
(b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act- (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device with a view to selling, letting for hire or distributing the device to
that other person; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.
(3) In subsection (2), "relevant act" (有關作為) means- (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not
apply by virtue of section 273D(1); or (b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in
paragraph (a). (4) Section 273C does not apply if-
(a) a person works collaboratively with another person to test, investigate or correct a security flaw or vulnerability of a computer, computer system or computer network under the authority of the owner or operator of the computer, computer system or computer network, as the case may be; and
(b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act- (i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device with a view to selling, letting for hire or distributing the device to
that other person; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.
(5) In subsection (4), "relevant act" (有關作為) means- (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not
apply by virtue of section 273D(2); or (b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in
paragraph (a). (6) Section 273C does not apply if-
(a) a person works collaboratively with another person to conduct research into cryptography; and (b) that person, for the purpose of enabling that other person to do any relevant act-
(i) makes or imports any relevant device for that other person; (ii) sells, lets for hire, exports or distributes any relevant device to that other person; (iii) possesses any relevant device with a view to selling, letting for hire or distributing the device to
that other person; or (iv) provides any relevant service to that other person.
(7) In subsection (6), "relevant act" (有關作為) means- (a) an act which circumvents an effective technological measure and to which section 273A does not
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 132
apply by virtue of section 273D(3); or (b) an act done outside Hong Kong which, if done in Hong Kong, would constitute an act referred to in
paragraph (a). (8) Section 273C does not apply to a relevant device or relevant service if-
(a) an effective technological measure, or a copyright work in relation to which an effective technological measure has been applied, has a function in collecting or disseminating personally identifying information which tracks and records the manner of a person's use of a computer network; and
(b) the sole purpose of the device or service, as the case may be, is to identify or disable that function of the measure or work, as the case may be.
(9) Section 273C does not apply to a relevant device if- (a) the relevant device is incorporated, or is intended to be incorporated, into a technology, product or
device; and (b) the sole purpose of the technology, product or device, as the case may be, is to prevent access of
minors to harmful materials on the Internet. (10) Section 273C does not apply to a relevant service if the sole purpose of the service is to prevent access of
minors to harmful materials on the Internet. (11) Section 273C does not apply to a relevant device or relevant service if-
(a) an effective technological measure has been applied in relation to a copyright work issued to the public in a physical article;
(b) the measure contains regional coding or any other technology, device, component or means which has the effect of preventing or restricting access to the work for the purpose of controlling market segmentation on a geographical basis; and
(c) the sole purpose of the relevant device or relevant service, as the case may be, is to overcome the regional coding, technology, device, component or means, as the case may be, contained in the measure.
(12) Section 273C does not apply to an act done by, or on behalf of, law enforcement agencies for the purpose of the prevention, detection or investigation of an offence, or the conduct of a prosecution.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)
Section: 273G Application of sections 273, 273A, 273B, 273D and 273E to performances
L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
Sections 273, 273A(1), (2), (3) and (4), 273B(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (9), 273D and 273E apply, with the necessary modifications, in relation to-
(a) an unfixed performance or a fixation of a performance; (b) a performer or a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance; and (c) the rights conferred by Part III on a performer or a person having fixation rights in relation to a
performance. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)
Section: 273H Exceptions to sections 273A, 273B, 273C and 273G L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
The Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development may, by notice published in the Gazette, exclude from the application of any provisions of sections 273A, 273B, 273C and 273G any work or performance, class of works or performances or class of devices, products, components, means or services if he is satisfied-
(a) that any use of or dealing with the work or performance, class of works or performances or class of devices, products, components, means or services, as the case may be, does not constitute or lead to an infringement of copyright or the rights conferred by Part III (rights in performances); and
(b) that any such use or dealing has been, or is likely to be, adversely impaired or affected as a result of the application of the provisions.
(Added 15 of 2007 s. 69)
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 133
Section: 274 Rights and remedies in respect of unlawful acts to interfere with rights management information
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
Rights management information
(1) A person who provides rights management information is entitled to the following rights and remedies. (2) He has the same rights and remedies against a person who-
(a) removes or alters any electronic rights management information provided by him without his authority; or
(b) issues or makes available to the public, sells or lets for hire, imports into or exports from Hong Kong, broadcasts or includes in a cable programme service, without his authority, works or copies of works, performances, fixations of performances to which the electronic rights management information is attached knowing that the electronic rights management information has been removed or altered without his authority,
as a copyright owner has in respect of an infringement of copyright. (2A)The person who provides rights management information does not have the rights and remedies against the
person referred to in subsection (2) unless the second-mentioned person, when doing an act referred to in subsection (2)(a) or (b), knows or has reason to believe that by doing the act he is inducing, enabling, facilitating or concealing an infringement of copyright or an infringement of rights conferred by Part III (rights in performances). (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)
(2B) If the copyright owner of a work to which rights management information is attached, or the copyright owner's exclusive licensee, is not the person who provides the rights management information, the copyright owner or the exclusive licensee, as the case may be, has the same rights and remedies as the person who provides the rights management information has against the person referred to in subsection (2). (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)
(2C) The rights and remedies conferred by subsection (1) on the person who provides rights management information and the rights and remedies conferred by subsection (2B) on the copyright owner and his exclusive licensee are concurrent. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)
(2D)Sections 112(3) and 113(1), (4), (5) and (6) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings in relation to the person who provides rights management information, the copyright owner and the exclusive licensee, as they apply in proceedings in relation to a copyright owner and an exclusive licensee with concurrent rights and remedies. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)
(2E) Sections 115, 116 and 117 (presumptions as to certain matters relating to copyright) apply, with the necessary modifications, in proceedings instituted under this section, as they apply in proceedings instituted under Part II (copyright). (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70)
(2F) This section, except subsection (2E), applies, with the necessary modifications, in relation to- (a) a fixation of a performance; (b) a performer or a person having fixation rights in relation to a performance; and (c) the rights conferred by Part III on a performer or a person having fixation rights in relation to a
performance. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 70) (3) References in this section to rights management information means-
(a) information which identifies the work, the author of the work, the owner of any right in the work, the performer, or the performance of the performer;
(b) information about the terms and conditions of use of the work, the person having fixation rights in relation to the performance, or the performance; or
(c) any numbers or codes that represent such information, when any of these items of information is attached to a copy of a work or a fixed performance or appears in connection with the making available of a work or a fixed performance to the public.
Section: 275 Rights and remedies in respect of apparatus, etc. for unauthorized reception of transmissions
30/06/1997
Fraudulent reception of transmissions
(1) A person who- (a) makes charges for the reception of programmes included in a broadcasting or cable programme service
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 134
provided from a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere; or (b) sends encrypted transmissions of any other description from a place in Hong Kong or elsewhere,
is entitled to the following rights and remedies. (2) He has the same rights and remedies against a person who-
(a) makes, imports, exports or sells or lets for hire any apparatus or device designed or adapted to enable or assist persons to receive the programmes or other transmissions when they are not entitled to do so; or
(b) publishes any information which is calculated to enable or assist persons to receive the programmes or other transmissions when they are not entitled to do so,
as a copyright owner has in respect of an infringement of copyright. (3) Further, he has the same rights and remedies under section 109 (delivery up) in relation to any such
apparatus or device as a copyright owner has in relation to an infringing copy. (4) In section 108(1) (innocent infringement of copyright) as it applies to proceedings for infringement of the
rights conferred by this section, the reference to the defendant not knowing or having reason to believe that copyright subsisted in the work is construed as a reference to his not knowing or having reason to believe that his acts infringed the rights conferred by this section.
(5) Section 111 applies, with the necessary modifications, in relation to the disposal of anything delivered up by virtue of subsection (3).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 298 U.K.]
Section: 276 Denial of rights under section 275 to people of countries, etc. not giving adequate protection to Hong Kong broadcasts, cable programmes and encrypted transmissions
22 of 1999 01/07/1997
Remarks: Adaptation amendments retroactively made - see 22 of 1999 s. 3
(1) Subject to subsection (3), if it appears to the Chief Executive in Council that broadcasts made or cable programmes or encrypted transmissions sent from Hong Kong are not adequately protected in a country, territory or area as a result of any prejudicial treatment given to those broadcasts, cable programmes or transmissions by that country, territory or area, the Chief Executive in Council may by regulation in accordance with this section restrict the rights conferred by section 275 in relation to broadcasters or providers of cable programme services or encrypted transmissions of that country, territory or area.
(2) The Chief Executive in Council shall designate in the regulation the country, territory or area concerned and provide that, for the purposes specified in the regulation, a broadcast made or a cable programme or encrypted transmission sent after a date specified in the regulation does not qualify for protection conferred by section 275 if at the time of that making or sending the maker or sender is-
(a) an individual domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in that country, territory or area (and not at the same time domiciled or resident or having a right of abode in Hong Kong); or
(b) a body incorporated under the law of that country, territory or area, and the regulation may make such provision for all the purposes of section 275 or for such purposes as are specified in the regulation, and either generally or in relation to such class of cases as are specified in the regulation, having regard to the nature and extent of that prejudicial treatment referred to in subsection (1).
(3) The Chief Executive in Council shall not exercise his power under this section in relation to a country, territory or area which is a party to a bilateral or multilateral copyright or related right convention to which Hong Kong is also a party or the application of which has been extended to Hong Kong.
(Amended 22 of 1999 s. 3)
Section: 277 Supplementary provisions as to fraudulent reception 30/06/1997
Where section 275 applies in relation to a broadcasting service or cable programme service, it also applies to any service run for the person providing that service, or a person providing programmes for that service, which consists wholly or mainly in the sending by means of a telecommunications system of sounds or visual images, or both.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 s. 299 U.K.]
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 135
Section: 278 Commissioner may authorize officers 30/06/1997
General
The Commissioner may authorize any public officer to exercise any of the powers and perform any of the duties conferred or imposed on an authorized officer under this Ordinance.
Section: 279 Interpretation 30/06/1997
Expressions used in this Part which are defined for the purposes of Parts II (copyright) and III (rights in performances) have the same meaning as in those Parts.
Section: 280 (Omitted as spent) L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(Omitted as spent)
Section: 281 Repeals 30/06/1997
The enactments specified in Schedule 5 are repealed to the extent specified.
Section: 282 Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003
(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 71)
Schedule 6 contains transitional provisions and savings in relation to certain amendments made to this Ordinance by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003 (27 of 2003).
(Added 27 of 2003 s. 8. Amended 15 of 2007 s. 71)
Section: 283 Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) In this section, "2007 Amendment Ordinance" (《 2007年修訂條例》 ) means the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007 (15 of 2007).
(2) Schedule 7 contains transitional provisions and savings in relation to certain amendments made to this Ordinance by the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.
(3) The Chief Executive in Council may make regulations containing transitional provisions and savings consequent on the enactment of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.
(4) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (3), the regulations may in particular provide for- (a) the application of provisions of this Ordinance as amended by the 2007 Amendment Ordinance; or (b) the continued application of provisions of this Ordinance as in force immediately before the
commencement of any provisions of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, in connection with any matter specified in the regulations.
(5) Regulations made under this section may, if they so provide, be deemed to have come into operation on a date earlier than the date on which they are published in the Gazette but not earlier than the date on which the 2007 Amendment Ordinance is published in the Gazette.
(6) To the extent that any regulations come into operation on a date earlier than the date on which they are published in the Gazette, those regulations shall be construed so as not to-
(a) affect, in a manner prejudicial to any person, the rights of that person existing before the date on which the regulations are published in the Gazette; or
(b) impose liabilities on any person in respect of anything done, or omitted to be done, before that date. (7) In the event of an inconsistency between any regulations made under this section and the provisions of
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 136
Schedule 7, Schedule 7 shall prevail to the extent of the inconsistency. (Added 15 of 2007 s. 72)
Schedule: 1 EDUCATIONAL ESTABLISHMENTS 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
[sections 40A, 119B, 195 & 273D & Schedules 2 & 3]
(Amended 15 of 2007 s. 73)
1. Any school, within the meaning of section 3 of the Education Ordinance (Cap 279), entirely maintained and controlled by the Government.
2. Any school which is registered or provisionally registered under the Education Ordinance (Cap 279). 3. Any post secondary college registered under the Post Secondary Colleges Ordinance (Cap 320). 4. Lingnan University established by the Lingnan University Ordinance (Cap 1165). (Replaced 54 of 1999 s. 36) 5. The Hong Kong Institute of Education established by The Hong Kong Institute of Education Ordinance (Cap
444). 6. University of Hong Kong established by the University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap 1053). 7. The Hong Kong Polytechnic University established by The Hong Kong Polytechnic University Ordinance (Cap
1075). 8. The Chinese University of Hong Kong established by The Chinese University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap
1109). 9. Hong Kong Baptist University established by the Hong Kong Baptist University Ordinance (Cap 1126). 10. Any industrial training centre or skills centre defined in section 2 of the Vocational Training Council Ordinance
(Cap 1130). 11. Any technical college or technical institute defined in section 2 of the Vocational Training Council Ordinance
(Cap 1130). 12. City University of Hong Kong established by the City University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap 1132). 13. The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts established by The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts
Ordinance (Cap 1135). 14. The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology established by The Hong Kong University of Science
and Technology Ordinance (Cap 1141). 15. The Open University of Hong Kong established by The Open University of Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap 1145).
(Replaced 15 of 2007 s. 73)
Schedule: 1AA CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SECTION 119B(1) OF THIS ORDINANCE DOES NOT APPLY (EXTENT OF MAKING OR DISTRIBUTION OF INFRINGING COPIES)
15 of 2009; L.N. 68 of 2010
16/07/2010
[section 119B]
PART 1
INTRODUCTORY
1. Interpretation
(1) In this Schedule— “A4 size” (A4尺寸) means a size measuring 29.7 cm × 21 cm; “infringing page” (侵犯版權頁) means a page that embodies, whether in whole or in part, an infringing copy of
any copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a magazine, periodical (other than a specified journal) or newspaper;
“marked retail price” (標示零售價)— (a) in relation to a copy of a book, means its retail price as printed in or on it by the publisher; (b) in relation to a copy of a publication series or multi-volume set of books, means its retail price as
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 137
printed in or on it by the publisher; or (c) in relation to a copy of an issue of a specified journal, means its retail price as printed in or on it by the
publisher; “marked subscription price” (標示訂閱價), in relation to a specified journal, means the subscription price of the
journal as printed in or on a copy of an issue of the journal by the publisher; “qualifying copy” (限定複製品)—
(a) in relation to a book, means a set of pages, whether in a printed or electronic form, that embodies, whether in whole or in part, an infringing copy of any copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a copy of the book, and corresponds to more than 25% of the printed pages of that copy of the book; or
(b) in relation to a specified journal, means— (i) a set of pages, whether in a printed or electronic form, that embodies, whether in whole or in
part, an infringing copy of any copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a copy of an issue of the journal, and corresponds to more than 25% of the printed pages of that copy of the issue; or
(ii) a set of pages, whether in a printed or electronic form, that embodies an infringing copy made from the whole of an article in a printed copy of an issue of the journal, and corresponds to not more than 25% of the printed pages of that copy of the issue;
“recommended retail price” (建議零售價)— (a) in relation to a copy of a book, means its retail price as recommended by the publisher before any
discount is given to traders or consumers; (b) in relation to a copy of a publication series or multi-volume set of books, means its retail price as
recommended by the publisher before any discount is given to traders or consumers; or (c) in relation to a copy of an article in an issue of a specified journal, means its retail price as
recommended by the publisher before any discount is given to traders or consumers; “recommended subscription price” (建議訂閱價), in relation to a specified journal, means its subscription price as
recommended by the publisher before any discount is given to traders or consumers; “specified journal” (指明期刊) means a periodical that contains scholarly articles relating to a discipline, normally
at least one of which in an issue has been peer-reviewed by one or more than one expert or scholar in the discipline. (2) Expressions used in this Schedule that are defined for the purposes of Part II (copyright) of this Ordinance
have the same meaning as in that Part.
2. Currency conversion
For the purposes of converting into Hong Kong dollars a marked retail price, marked subscription price, recommended retail price, recommended subscription price or market value that is denominated in a currency other than the Hong Kong dollar, reference is to be made to—
(a) the opening indicative counter exchange selling rate published by The Hong Kong Association of Banks in respect of that other currency; or
(b) if no such rate is published, the representative exchange rate published by the International Monetary Fund in respect of that other currency.
PART 2
EXTENT OF MAKING OR DISTRIBUTION OF INFRINGING COPIES
3. Magazines, periodicals (other than specified journals) and newspapers
(1) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the making for distribution by a person, within any period of 14 days, of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in magazines, periodicals (other than specified journals) or newspapers if the total number of infringing pages made by
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 138
the person within that period does not exceed 500. (2) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution by a person, within any period of 14
days, of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in magazines, periodicals (other than specified journals) or newspapers if the total number of infringing pages distributed by the person within that period does not exceed 500.
(3) Part 3 of this Schedule sets out provisions relating to the calculation of the total number of infringing pages for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2).
4. Books and specified journals
(1) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the making for distribution by a person, within any period of 180 days, of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in books or specified journals if the total value of qualifying copies made by the person within that period does not exceed $6000.
(2) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution by a person, within any period of 180 days, of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in books or specified journals if the total value of qualifying copies distributed by the person within that period does not exceed $6000.
(3) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the making for distribution by a person of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a book if the set of pages embodying such infringing copies made by the person does not fall within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.
(4) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the making for distribution by a person of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a specified journal if the set of pages embodying such infringing copies made by the person does not fall within the meaning of paragraph (b) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.
(5) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution by a person of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a book if the set of pages embodying such infringing copies distributed by the person does not fall within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.
(6) Section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution by a person of infringing copies of one or more than one copyright work in a printed form that is contained in a specified journal if the set of pages embodying such infringing copies distributed by the person does not fall within the meaning of paragraph (b) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.
(7) Part 4 of this Schedule sets out provisions relating to the determination of the value of qualifying copies for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2).
PART 3
CALCULATION OF TOTAL NUMBER OF INFRINGING PAGES
5. Calculation of total number of infringing pages
(1) This section applies to the calculation of the total number of infringing pages for the purposes of section 3(1) and (2) of this Schedule.
(2) In calculating the total number of infringing pages, the following formula is to be used—
A = B + C + D
where— A means the total number of infringing pages; B means the number of infringing pages of A4 size, as adjusted in accordance with subsections (3) and
(4), if applicable; C means the number of infringing pages smaller than A4 size, as adjusted in accordance with subsections
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 139
(3) and (4), if applicable; D means the number of infringing pages larger than A4 size, as adjusted in accordance with subsections
(3) and (4), if applicable. (3) In calculating the total number of infringing pages made or distributed in a printed form—
(a) if any of the infringing pages are smaller than A4 size, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted downward in proportion to the difference between the size of those infringing pages and an infringing page of A4 size, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off;
(b) if any of the infringing pages are larger than A4 size, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted upward in proportion to the difference between the size of those infringing pages and an infringing page of A4 size, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off;
(c) if any of the infringing pages embody, whether in whole or in part, an image (referred to in this paragraph as “the reduced image”) of an infringing copy that has been reduced in size from the image (referred to in this paragraph as “the original image”) of the work from which the infringing copy was made, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted upward in proportion to the difference between the size of the reduced image and that of the original image, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off; and
(d) if any of the infringing pages embody, whether in whole or in part, an image (referred to in this paragraph as “the enlarged image”) of an infringing copy that has been enlarged in size from the image (referred to in this paragraph as “the original image”) of the work from which the infringing copy was made, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted downward in proportion to the difference between the size of the enlarged image and that of the original image, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off.
(4) In calculating the total number of infringing pages made or distributed in electronic form— (a) all images of infringing copies embodied in the documents so made or distributed shall be printed on
paper of A4 size and each side of such printout is taken to be one infringing page; (b) if any of the infringing pages so printed embody, whether in whole or in part, an image (referred to in
this paragraph as “the reduced image”) of an infringing copy that has been reduced in size from the image (referred to in this paragraph as “the original image”) of the work from which the infringing copy was made, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted upward in proportion to the difference between the size of the reduced image and that of the original image, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off; and
(c) if any of the infringing pages so printed embody, whether in whole or in part, an image (referred to in this paragraph as “the enlarged image”) of an infringing copy that has been enlarged in size from the image (referred to in this paragraph as “the original image”) of the work from which the infringing copy was made, the number of those infringing pages shall be adjusted downward in proportion to the difference between the size of the enlarged image and that of the original image, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off.
PART 4
DETERMINATION OF VALUE OF QUALIFYING COPIES
6. Determination of value of qualifying copies made from books
(1) This section applies to the determination, for the purposes of section 4(1) and (2) of this Schedule, of the value of qualifying copies within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.
(2) A qualifying copy is taken to have the same value as a copy of a book (referred to in this section as a “comparable copy”) that—
(a) is not an infringing copy; and (b) contains the copyright work that is the subject of the qualifying copy.
(3) The value of a comparable copy is taken to be— (a) the marked retail price of the comparable copy;
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 140
(b) if the comparable copy has no marked retail price, the recommended retail price of the comparable copy; or
(c) if the comparable copy has neither a marked retail price nor a recommended retail price, subject to subsection (4), the market value of the comparable copy in so far as it is readily ascertainable.
(4) If the comparable copy forms one of the volumes in a copy of a publication series or multi-volume set (referred to in this section as a “comparable set”), and the comparable copy has neither a marked retail price nor a recommended retail price, the value of the comparable copy is taken to be—
(a) a fraction of the marked retail price of the comparable set in which the denominator is the total number of printed pages of the comparable set and the numerator is the number of printed pages of the comparable copy, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off; or
(b) if the comparable set has no marked retail price, a fraction of the recommended retail price of the comparable set in which the denominator is the total number of printed pages of the comparable set and the numerator is the number of printed pages of the comparable copy, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (3)(a), if the comparable copy has 2 or more than 2 marked retail prices denominated in different currencies, the currency by reference to which the value of the comparable copy is to be calculated shall be determined in accordance with the following order—
(a) firstly, Hong Kong dollar; (b) secondly, United States dollar; and (c) thirdly, the currency in which the first marked retail price as printed in or on the comparable copy is
denominated. (6) For the purposes of subsection (4)(a), if the comparable set has 2 or more than 2 marked retail prices
denominated in different currencies, the currency by reference to which the value of the comparable copy is to be calculated shall be determined in accordance with the following order—
(a) firstly, Hong Kong dollar; (b) secondly, United States dollar; and (c) thirdly, the currency in which the first marked retail price as printed in or on the comparable set is
denominated. (7) If the marked retail price, recommended retail price or market value referred to in subsection (3) or (4) is
denominated in a currency other than the Hong Kong dollar, section 2 of this Schedule applies to the conversion of that price or value into Hong Kong dollars.
7. Determination of value of qualifying copies made from specified journals (general provisions)
(1) This section applies to the determination, for the purposes of section 4(1) and (2) of this Schedule, of the value of qualifying copies within the meaning of paragraph (b) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.
(2) If— (a) a qualifying copy within the meaning of paragraph (b)(i) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in
section 1(1) of this Schedule is made from a copy of an issue of a specified journal; and (b) that qualifying copy consists of one or more than one qualifying copy within the meaning of paragraph
(b)(ii) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule, in determining the total value of the qualifying copies referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), only the value of the qualifying copy referred to in paragraph (a) is to be taken into account.
8. Determination of value of qualifying copies made from specified journals (issues)
(1) This section applies to the determination, for the purposes of section 4(1) and (2) of this Schedule, of the value of qualifying copies within the meaning of paragraph (b)(i) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.
(2) A qualifying copy is taken to have the same value as a copy of an issue of a specified journal (referred to in this section as a “comparable copy”) that—
(a) is not an infringing copy; and (b) contains the copyright work that is the subject of the qualifying copy.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 141
(3) The value of a comparable copy is taken to be— (a) the marked retail price of the comparable copy; (b) if the comparable copy has no marked retail price, the marked subscription price of the specified
journal concerned as printed in or on the comparable copy divided by the number of issues covered in the subscription, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off; or
(c) if the comparable copy has no marked retail price and the specified journal concerned has no marked subscription price as printed in or on the comparable copy, the recommended subscription price of the specified journal concerned divided by the number of issues covered in the subscription, with the result expressed to 2 decimal places without rounding off.
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3)(a), if the comparable copy has 2 or more than 2 marked retail prices denominated in different currencies, the currency by reference to which the value of the comparable copy is to be calculated shall be determined in accordance with the following order—
(a) firstly, Hong Kong dollar; (b) secondly, United States dollar; and (c) thirdly, the currency in which the first marked retail price as printed in or on the comparable copy is
denominated. (5) For the purposes of subsection (3)(b), if the specified journal concerned has 2 or more than 2 marked
subscription prices, as printed in or on the comparable copy, denominated in different currencies, the currency by reference to which the value of the comparable copy is to be calculated shall be determined in accordance with the following order—
(a) firstly, Hong Kong dollar; (b) secondly, United States dollar; and (c) thirdly, the currency in which the first marked subscription price as printed in or on the comparable
copy is denominated. (6) If the marked retail price, marked subscription price or recommended subscription price referred to in
subsection (3) is denominated in a currency other than the Hong Kong dollar, section 2 of this Schedule applies to the conversion of that price into Hong Kong dollars.
9. Determination of value of qualifying copies made from specified journals (articles)
(1) This section applies to the determination, for the purposes of section 4(1) and (2) of this Schedule, of the value of qualifying copies within the meaning of paragraph (b)(ii) of the definition of “qualifying copy” in section 1(1) of this Schedule.
(2) A qualifying copy is taken to have the same value as a copy of an article in an issue of a specified journal (referred to in this section as a “comparable copy”) that—
(a) is not an infringing copy; and (b) contains the copyright work that is the subject of the qualifying copy.
(3) The value of a comparable copy is taken to be its recommended retail price. (4) If the recommended retail price referred to in subsection (3) is denominated in a currency other than the
Hong Kong dollar, section 2 of this Schedule applies to the conversion of that price into Hong Kong dollars. (Schedule 1AA added 15 of 2009 s. 4)
Schedule: 1AB CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SECTION 119B(1) OF THIS ORDINANCE DOES NOT APPLY (MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION OF INFRINGING COPIES)
15 of 2009; L.N. 68 of 2010
16/07/2010
[section 119B]
1. Interpretation
Expressions used in this Schedule that are defined for the purposes of Part II (copyright) of this Ordinance have the same meaning as in that Part.
2. Manner of distribution of infringing copies
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 142
(1) Subject to subsection (2), section 119B(1) of this Ordinance does not apply to the distribution through a wire or wireless network of an infringing copy to which access is restricted by procedures of authentication or identification.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an infringing copy embodied in a document that is distributed to an electronic mail address or facsimile number.
(Schedule 1AB added 15 of 2009 s. 4)
Schedule: 1A BODIES AND AUTHORITIES SPECIFIED FOR PURPOSES OF DEFINITION OF "SPECIFIED COURSE OF STUDY"
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
[section 198]
1. Curriculum Development Council the members of which are appointed by the Chief Executive. (Schedule 1A added 15 of 2007 s. 74)
Schedule: 2 COPYRIGHT: TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS
L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
Expanded Cross Reference:
17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 107, 108, 109, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128,
129, 130, 131, 132, 133
Remarks: For the saving and transitional provisions relating to the amendments made by the Resolution of the Legislative Council (L.N. 130 of 2007), see paragraph (12) of that Resolution.
[sections 173, 191 & 199]
Introductory
1. (1) In this Schedule- "the 1911 Act" (1911年法令) means the Copyright Act 1911 (1911 c. 46 U.K.) as extended to Hong Kong by
Proclamation No. 3 of 1912 published in the Gazette of 28 June 1912; "the 1956 Act" (1956年法令) means the Copyright Act 1956 (1956 c. 74 U.K.) as extended to Hong Kong by the
Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 to 1990 (App. III, p. DD1); "the Copyright Ordinance" (版權條例) means the Copyright Ordinance (Cap 39) in force immediately before the
commencement of Part II of this Ordinance; "the new copyright provisions" (新的版權條文) means the provisions of this Ordinance relating to copyright, that is,
Part II (including this Schedule and Schedule 1) and Schedules 4 and 5 so far as they make amendments or repeals consequential on the provisions of Part II;
"the WTO Ordinance" (世界貿易組織條例 ) means the Intellectual Property (World Trade Organization Amendments) Ordinance 1996 (11 of 1996). (2) References in this Schedule to "commencement", without more, are to the date on which this Ordinance
(other than the provisions specified in section 1(2) of this Ordinance) comes into force. (3) References in this Schedule to "existing works" are to works made before commencement; and for this
purpose a work of which the making extended over a period is to be taken to have been made when its making was completed.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 1 U.K.]
2. (1) In relation to the 1956 Act, references in this Schedule to a work include any work or other subject-matter within the meaning of that Act.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 143
(2) In relation to the 1911 Act- (a) references in this Schedule to "copyright" include the right conferred by section 24 of that Act in
substitution for a right subsisting immediately before the commencement of that Act; (b) references in this Schedule to "copyright in a sound recording" are to the copyright under that Act in
records embodying the recording; and (c) references in this Schedule to "copyright in a film" are to any copyright under that Act in the film (so
far as it constituted a dramatic work for the purposes of that Act) or in photographs forming part of the film.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 2 U.K.]
General principles: continuity of the law
3. The new copyright provisions apply in relation to things existing at commencement as they apply in relation to things coming into existence after commencement, subject to any express provision to the contrary.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 3 U.K.]
4. (1) The provisions of this paragraph have effect for securing the continuity of the law so far as the new copyright provisions re-enact (with or without modification) earlier provisions.
(2) A reference in an enactment, instrument or other document to copyright, or to a work or other subject- matter in which copyright subsists, which apart from this Ordinance would be construed as referring to copyright under the 1956 Act is to be construed, so far as may be required for continuing its effect, as being, or as the case may require, including, a reference to copyright under this Ordinance or to works in which copyright subsists under this Ordinance.
(3) Anything done (including subsidiary legislation made), or having effect as done, under or for the purposes of a provision repealed by this Ordinance has effect as if done under or for the purposes of the corresponding provision of the new copyright provisions.
(4) References (expressed or implied) in this Ordinance or any other enactment, instrument or document to any of the new copyright provisions are, so far as the context permits, to be construed as including, in relation to times, circumstances and purposes before commencement, a reference to corresponding earlier provisions.
(5) A reference (expressed or implied) in an enactment, instrument or other document to a provision repealed by this Ordinance is to be construed, so far as may be required for continuing its effect, as a reference to the corresponding provision of this Ordinance.
(6) The provisions of this paragraph have effect subject to any specific transitional provision or saving and to any express amendment made by this Ordinance.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 4 U.K.]
Subsistence of copyright: general
5. (1) Copyright subsists in an existing work after commencement if copyright subsisted in it immediately before commencement.
(2) Copyright subsists in an existing work after commencement if- (a) it would qualify for copyright protection under section 177 or 188 of this Ordinance-
(i) had it been made after commencement; (ii) had it been published after commencement; or (iii) in the case of a broadcast or cable programme, had it been made or sent after commencement;
and (b) copyright under the 1956 Act in the work would not have expired had copyright subsisted in it under
that Act. (3) Copyright in an existing work qualifying for copyright protection under subparagraph (2) expires at the
time when copyright in the work would expire under the following provisions had copyright subsisted in it immediately before commencement.
Contrary rights
6. Where any person has before commencement incurred any significant expenditure or liability in connection with
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 144
the reproduction or performance of a work or other subject-matter in a manner that at the time was lawful, or for the purpose of or with a view to the reproduction or performance of a work at a time when it would have been lawful but for the commencement, nothing in this Ordinance diminishes or prejudices any right or interest arising from or in connection with such action that is subsisting and valuable immediately before commencement unless the person who by virtue of paragraph 5(2) becomes entitled to restrain the reproduction or performances agrees to pay such compensation as the parties agree, or failing such agreement, as the Copyright Tribunal may determine.
Subsistence of copyright: films, broadcasts and cable programmes
7. (1) No copyright subsists in a film, as such, made before 12 December 1972. (2) Where a film made before that date was an original dramatic work within the meaning of the 1911 Act, the
new copyright provisions have effect in relation to the film as if it was an original dramatic work within the meaning of Part II.
(3) The new copyright provisions have effect in relation to photographs forming part of a film made before 12 December 1972 as they have effect in relation to photographs not forming part of a film.
(4) In relation to a film in which copyright does not or did not subsist as such but which is or was protected- (a) as an original dramatic works; or (b) by virtue of the protection of the photographs forming part of the film,
references in the new copyright provisions, and in this Schedule, to copyright in a film are to any copyright in the film as an original dramatic work or, as the case may be, in photographs forming part of the film.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 7 U.K.]
8. No copyright subsists in- (a) a broadcast made before 12 December 1972; or (b) a cable programme included in a cable programme service before 11 March 1994,
and any such broadcast or cable programme is to be disregarded for the purposes of section 20(3) of this Ordinance (duration of copyright in repeats).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 9 U.K.]
Authorship of work
9. The question who was the author of an existing work is to be determined in accordance with the new copyright provisions for the purposes of the rights conferred by Division IV of Part II (moral rights), and for all other purposes is to be determined in accordance with the law in force at the time the work was made.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 10 U.K.]
First ownership of copyright
10. (1) The question who was the first owner of copyright in an existing work is to be determined in accordance with the law in force at the time the work was made.
(2) Where before commencement a person commissioned the making of a work in circumstances falling within-
(a) section 4(3) of the 1956 Act or paragraph (a) of the proviso to section 5(1) of the 1911 Act (engravings, photographs and portraits); or
(b) the proviso to section 12(4) of the 1956 Act (sound recordings), those provisions apply to determine first ownership of copyright in any work made in pursuance of the commission after commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 11 U.K.]
Employee works
11. Section 14(2) of this Ordinance does not apply to an existing work.
Commissioned works
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 145
12. Section 15 of this Ordinance does not apply to an existing work.
Duration of copyright in existing works
13. (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of copyright in existing works. The question which provision applies to a work is to be determined by reference to the facts immediately before
commencement; and expressions used in this paragraph which were defined for the purposes of the 1956 Act have the same meaning as in that Act.
(2) Copyright in the following descriptions of work continues to subsist until the date on which it would have expired under the 1956 Act-
(a) literary, dramatic or musical works in relation to which the period of 50 years mentioned in the proviso to section 2(3) of the 1956 Act (duration of copyright in works made available to the public after the death of the author) has begun to run;
(b) engravings in relation to which the period of 50 years mentioned in paragraph (a) of the proviso to section 3(4) of the 1956 Act (duration of copyright in works published after the death of the author) has begun to run;
(c) published photographs and photographs taken before 12 December 1972; (d) published sound recordings and sound recordings made before 12 December 1972; (e) published films.
(3) Copyright in anonymous or pseudonymous literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works (other than photographs) or films continues to subsist-
(a) if the work is published, until the date on which it would have expired in accordance with the 1956 Act; and
(b) if the work is unpublished, until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force or, if during that period the work is first made available to the public within the meaning of section 17(5) or 19(6) of this Ordinance (duration of copyright in works of unknown authorship), the date on which copyright expires in accordance with that provision,
unless, in any case, the identity of the author becomes known before that date, in which case section 17(2) or 19(2) of this Ordinance applies (general rule: life of the author plus 50 years).
(4) Copyright in the following descriptions of work continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force-
(a) literary, dramatic and musical works of which the author has died and in relation to which none of the acts mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (e) of the proviso to section 2(3) of the 1956 Act has been done;
(b) unpublished engravings of which the author has died; (c) unpublished photographs taken on or after 12 December 1972; (d) unpublished films of which the person by whom the arrangements necessary for the making of the film
were undertaken has died. (5) Copyright in an unpublished sound recordings made on or after 12 December 1972 continues to subsist
until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force unless the recording is published before the end of that period in which case copyright in it continues until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the recording is published.
(6) Copyright in any other description of existing work continues to subsist until the date on which copyright in that description of work expires in accordance with sections 17 to 21 of this Ordinance. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 17, 18, 19 , 20, 21 *>
(7) The above provisions do not apply to works subject to Government or Legislative Council copyright (see paragraphs 32 to 34 below).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 12 U.K.]
Acts infringing copyright
14. (1) The provisions of Divisions II and III of Part II as to the acts constituting an infringement of copyright apply only in relation to acts done after commencement; the provisions of the 1956 Act and the Copyright Ordinance continue to apply in relation to acts done before commencement.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 146
(2) Section 25 of this Ordinance does not apply in relation to a copy of a sound recording or computer program acquired by any person before 10 May 1996 for the purpose of renting it to the public.
(3) Where any person has before 1 January 1995 incurred any significant expenditure or liability in connection with the rental of any copy of a work or subject-matter in a manner that at the time was lawful, or for the purpose of or with a view to such a rental at a time when it would have been lawful but for the commencement of section 10 of the WTO Ordinance, nothing in that Ordinance shall diminish or prejudice any right or interest arising from or in connection with such action that is subsisting and valuable immediately before the commencement of that section if that person pays to the person who by virtue of the commencement of that section becomes entitled to restrain the rental such equitable remuneration as the parties agree, or failing such agreement, as the Copyright Tribunal may determine.
(4) For the purposes of section 35 of this Ordinance (meaning of "infringing copy") the question whether the making of an article constituted an infringement of copyright, or would have done if the article had been made in Hong Kong, is to be determined-
(a) in relation to an article made on or after 10 May 1996 and before commencement, by reference to the 1956 Act as amended by the WTO Ordinance;
(b) in relation to an article made on or after 12 December 1972 and before 10 May 1996, by reference to the 1956 Act immediately before it was amended by the WTO Ordinance; and
(c) in relation to an article made before 12 December 1972, by reference to the 1911 Act. (5) For the purposes of section 35 of the Ordinance (meaning of "infringing copy"), if an article has been
imported before commencement without infringing copyright under the law existing at the time of importation, the terms of any exclusive licence agreement relating to that article are to be disregarded and, for the avoidance of doubt, any possession or dealing in the article which takes place after commencement shall not infringe copyright within the terms of sections 31 and 118 to 133 of the Ordinance. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133 *>
(6) For the purposes of the application of sections 40(2) and 71(3) of this Ordinance (subsequent exploitation of things whose making was, by virtue of an earlier provision of the section, not an infringement of copyright) to things made before commencement, it is to be assumed that the new copyright provisions were in force at all material times.
(7) Section 63 of this Ordinance (articles for producing material in a particular typeface) applies where articles have been marketed as mentioned in subsection (1) of that section before commencement with the substitution for the period mentioned in subsection (2) of that section of the period of 25 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force.
(8) Section 64 of this Ordinance (transfer of copies, adaptations, &c. of work in electronic form) does not apply in relation to a copy purchased before commencement.
(9) In section 74 of this Ordinance (reconstruction of buildings) the reference to the owner of the copyright in the drawings or plans is, in relation to buildings constructed before commencement, to the person who at the time of the construction was the owner of the copyright in the drawings or plans under the 1956 Act or the 1911 Act.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 14 U.K.]
15. (1) Sections 66 and 75 of this Ordinance (anonymous or pseudonymous works: acts permitted on assumptions as to expiry of copyright or death of author) has effect in relation to existing works subject to the following provisions.
(2) Subsection (1)(b)(i) of section 66 (assumption as to expiry of copyright) does not apply in relation to photographs.
(3) Subsection (1)(b)(ii) of the sections (assumption as to death of author) applies only- (a) where paragraph 11(3)(b) applies (unpublished anonymous or pseudonymous works), after the end of
the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force; or
(b) where paragraph 11(6) applies (cases in which the duration of copyright is the same under the new copyright provisions as under the previous law).
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 15 U.K.]
16. The following provisions of section 7 of the 1956 Act continue to apply in relation to existing works- (a) subsection (6) (copying of unpublished works from manuscript or copy in library, museum or other
institution); (b) subsection (7) (publication of work containing material to which subsection (6) applies), except
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 147
paragraph (a) (duty to give notice of intended publication); (c) subsection (8) (subsequent broadcasting, performance, etc. of material published in accordance with
subsection (7)), and subsection (9)(d) (illustrations) continues to apply for the purposes of those provisions.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 16 U.K.]
17. Where in the case of a dramatic or musical work made before 1 July 1912, the right conferred by the 1911 Act did not include the sole right to perform the work in public, the acts restricted by the copyright are to be treated as not including-
(a) performing the work in public; (b) broadcasting the work or including it in a cable programme service; or (c) doing any of the above in relation to an adaptation of the work,
and where the right conferred by the 1911 Act consisted only of the sole right to perform the work in public, the acts restricted by the copyright are to be treated as consisting only of those acts.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 17 U.K.]
18. Where a work made before 1 July 1912 consists of an essay, article or portion forming part of and first published in a review, magazine or their periodical or work of a like nature, the copyright is subject to any right of publishing the essay, article, or portion in a separate form to which the author was entitled at the commencement of the 1911 Act.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 18 U.K.]
Enforcement of copyright in registrable design
19. (1) Where section 10 of the 1956 Act (effect of industrial application of design corresponding to artistic work) applied in relation to an artistic work at any time before 1 August 1989, section 87(3) of this Ordinance applies and the period of 15 years mentioned there is to be calculated from the end of the calendar year in which the articles were first marketed.
(2) Where section 10 of the 1956 Act (effect of industrial application of design corresponding to artistic work) applied in relation to an artistic work at any time on or after 1 August 1989 and before commencement, section 87(3) of this Ordinance applies with the substitution for the period of 15 years mentioned there of the period of 25 years and the period of 25 years is to be calculated from the end of the calendar year in which the articles were first marketed.
(3) Except as provided in subparagraphs (1) and (2), section 87 of this Ordinance applies only where articles are marketed as mentioned in section 87(1)(b) of this Ordinance after commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 20 U.K.]
Abolition of statutory recording licence
20. Section 8 of the 1956 Act (statutory licence to copy records sold by retail) and the Copyright Royalty System (Records) Regulations (App. I, p. AL1) continue to apply where notice under subsection (1)(b) of section 8 was given before the repeal of that section by this Ordinance, but only in respect of the making of records-
(a) within one year of the repeal coming into force; and (b) up to the number stated in the notice as intended to be sold.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 21 U.K.]
Moral rights
21. (1) No act done before commencement is actionable by virtue of any provision of Division IV of Part II (moral rights).
(2) Section 43 of the 1956 Act (false attribution of authorship) continues to apply in relation to acts done before commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 22 U.K.]
22. (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the rights conferred by-
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 148
(a) section 89 of this Ordinance (right to be identified as author or director); and (b) section 92 of this Ordinance (right to object to derogatory treatment of work).
(2) The rights do not apply- (a) in relation to a literary, dramatic, musical and artistic work of which the author died before
commencement; or (b) in relation to a film made before commencement.
(3) The rights in relation to an existing literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work do not apply- (a) where copyright first vested in the author, to anything which by virtue of an assignment of copyright
made or licence granted before commencement may be done without infringing copyright; (b) where copyright first vested in a person other than the author, to anything done by or with the licence
of the copyright owner. (4) The rights do not apply to anything done in relation to a record made in pursuance of section 8 of the 1956
Act (statutory recording licence). [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 23 U.K.]
Certification of rental to the public of copies of computer programs or sound recordings
23. The repeal by this Ordinance of sections 41A (special provisions as to rental of computer programs and sound recordings) and 41B (application to settle royalty or other sum payable for rental of computer programs or sound recordings) of the Copyright Ordinance does not affect the operation of those sections in relation to any certification made by the Secretary for Trade and Industry under section 41A(4) of the Copyright Ordinance before commencement.
Assignments and licences
24. (1) Any document made or event occurring before commencement which had any operation- (a) affecting the ownership of the copyright in an existing work; or (b) creating, transferring or terminating an interest, right or licence in respect of the copyright in an
existing work, has the corresponding operation in relation to copyright in the work under this Ordinance.
(2) Expressions used in such a document are to be construed in accordance with their effect immediately before commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 25 U.K.]
25. (1) Section 102(1) of this Ordinance (assignment of future copyright: statutory vesting of legal interest on copyright coming into existence) does not apply in relation to an agreement made before 12 December 1972.
(2) The repeal by this Ordinance of section 37(2) of the 1956 Act (assignment of future copyright: devolution of right where assignee dies before copyright comes into existence) does not affect the operation of that provision in relation to an agreement made before commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 26 U.K.]
26. (1) Where the author of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work was the first owner of the copyright in it, no assignment of the copyright and no grant of any interest in it, made by him (otherwise than by will) on or after 1 July 1912 and before 12 December 1972, shall operate to vest in the assignee or grantee any rights with respect to the copyright in the work beyond the expiration of 25 years from the death of the author.
(2) The reversionary interest in the copyright expectant on the termination of that period may after commencement be assigned by the author during his life but in the absence of any assignment, on his death, devolves on his legal personal representatives as part of his estate.
(3) Nothing in this paragraph affects- (a) an assignment of the reversionary interest by a person to whom it has been assigned; (b) an assignment of the reversionary interest after the death of the author by his personal representatives
or any person becoming entitled to it; or (c) any assignment of the copyright after the reversionary interest has fallen in.
(4) Nothing in this paragraph applies to the assignment of the copyright in a collective work or a licence to
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 149
publish a work or part of a work as part of a collective work. (5) In subparagraph (4) "collective work" (匯集作品) means-
(a) any encyclopaedia, dictionary, yearbook, or similar work; (b) a newspaper, review, magazine, or similar periodical; and (c) any work written in distinct parts by different authors, or in which works or parts of works of different
authors are incorporated. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 27 U.K.]
27. (1) This paragraph applies where copyright subsists in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work made before 1 July 1912 in relation to which the author, before the commencement of the 1911 Act, made such an assignment or grant as was mentioned in paragraph (a) of the proviso to section 24(1) of that Act (assignment or grant of copyright or performing right for full term of the right under the previous law).
(2) If before commencement any event has occurred or notice has been given which by virtue of paragraph 38 of the Seventh Schedule to the 1956 Act had any operation in relation to copyright in the work under that Act, the event or notice has the corresponding operation in relation to copyright under this Ordinance.
(3) Any right which immediately before commencement would by virtue of paragraph 38(3) of that Schedule have been exercisable in relation to the work, or copyright in it, is exercisable in relation to the work or copyright in it under this Ordinance.
(4) If in accordance with paragraph 38(4) of that Schedule copyright would, on a date on or after 12 December 1972, have reverted to the author or his personal representatives and that date falls after the commencement of the new copyright provisions-
(a) the copyright in the work reverts to the author or his personal representatives, as the case may be; and (b) any interest of any other person in the copyright which subsists on that date by virtue of any document
made before 1 July 1912 thereupon determines. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 28 U.K.]
28. Section 103(2) of this Ordinance (rights of exclusive licensee against successors in title of person granting licence) does not apply in relation to an exclusive licence granted before commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 29 U.K.]
Bequests
29. (1) Section 104 of this Ordinance (copyright to pass under will with original document or other material thing embodying unpublished work)-
(a) does not apply where the testator died before 12 December 1972; and (b) where the testator died on or after that date and before commencement, applies only in relation to an
original document embodying a work. (2) In the case of an author who died before 12 December 1972, the ownership after his death of a manuscript
of his, where such ownership has been acquired under a testamentary disposition made by him and the manuscript is of a work which has not been published or performed in public, is prima facie proof of the copyright being with the owner of the manuscript.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 30 U.K.]
Remedies for infringement
30. (1) Sections 107 and 108 of this Ordinance (remedies for infringement) apply only in relation to an infringement of copyright committed after commencement; section 17 of the 1956 Act continues to apply in relation to infringements committed before commencement.
(2) Section 109 of this Ordinance (delivery up of infringing copies) applies to infringing copies and other articles made before or after commencement; section 18 of the 1956 Act, and section 7 of the 1911 Act, (conversion damages, etc.), do not apply after commencement except for the purposes of proceedings begun before commencement.
(3) Sections 112 and 113 of this Ordinance (rights and remedies of exclusive licensee) apply where sections 107 to 109 of this Ordinance apply; section 19 of the 1956 Act continues to apply where section 17 or 18 of that Act applies. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 107, 108, 109 *>
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 150
(4) Sections 115 to 117 of this Ordinance (presumptions) apply only in proceedings brought by virtue of this Ordinance; section 20 of the 1956 Act continues to apply in proceedings brought by virtue of that Act. <* Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 115, 116, 117 *>
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 31 U.K.]
31. Sections 112 and 113 of this Ordinance (rights and remedies of exclusive licensee) do not apply to a licence granted before 12 December 1972.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 32 U.K.]
32. The provisions of section 118 of this Ordinance (criminal liability for making or dealing with infringing articles, etc.) apply only in relation to acts done after commencement; section 21 of the 1956 Act (penalties and summary proceedings in respect of dealings which infringe copyright) and sections 5 and 5A of the Copyright Ordinance (offences in connection with infringing copies and making infringing copies outside Hong Kong, etc.) continue to apply in relation to acts done before commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 33 U.K.]
Ships, aircraft and hovercraft
33. Section 179 of this Ordinance (ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong) does not apply in relation to anything done before commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 39 U.K.]
Government copyright
34. (1) Section 182 of this Ordinance (general provisions as to Government copyright) applies to an existing work if-
(a) it was made, before commencement, by or under the direction or control of- (i) Her Majesty in right of the Government of Hong Kong; or (ii) a department of that Government; or
(b) it was first published, before commencement, by or under such direction or control, in Hong Kong, and the work is not one to which section 183, 184 or 185 of this Ordinance applies (copyright in Ordinances, Bills and Legislative Council copyright: see paragraphs 36 and 37 below).
(2) Section 182(1)(b) of this Ordinance (first ownership of copyright) has effect subject to any agreement entered into before commencement under section 39(6) of the 1956 Act.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 40 U.K.]
35. (1) The following provisions have effect with respect to the duration of copyright in existing works to which section 182 of this Ordinance (Government copyright) applies.
The question which provision applies to a work is to be determined by reference to the facts immediately before commencement; and expressions used in this paragraph which were defined for the purposes of the 1956 Act have the same meaning as in that Act.
(2) Copyright in the following descriptions of work continues to subsist until the date on which it would have expired in accordance with the 1956 Act-
(a) published literary, dramatic or musical works; (b) artistic works other than engravings or photographs; (c) published engravings; (d) published photographs and photographs taken before 12 December 1972; (e) published sound recordings and sound recordings made before 12 December 1972; (f) published films.
(3) Copyright in unpublished literary, dramatic or musical works or films continues to subsist until- (a) the date on which copyright expires in accordance with section 182(3) of this Ordinance; or (b) the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright
provisions come into force, whichever is the later.
(4) Copyright in the following descriptions of work continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 151
from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force- (a) unpublished engravings; (b) unpublished photographs taken on or after 12 December 1972.
(5) Copyright in a sound recording not falling within subparagraph (2) above continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force, unless the recording is published before the end of that period, in which case copyright expires 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which it is published.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 41 U.K.]
36. Section 183 of this Ordinance (copyright in Ordinance) applies to existing Ordinances. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 42 U.K.]
Legislative Council copyright
37. (1) Section 184 of this Ordinance (general provisions as to Legislative Council copyright) applies to existing unpublished literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works, but does not otherwise apply to existing works.
(2) Section 185 of this Ordinance (copyright in Bills) does not apply to a Bill which was presented to the Legislative Council and published before commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 43 U.K.]
Copyright vesting in certain international organizations
38. (1) Any work in which immediately before commencement copyright subsisted by virtue of section 33 of the 1956 Act is deemed to satisfy the requirements of section 188(1) of this Ordinance.
(2) Copyright in any such work which is unpublished continues to subsist until the date on which it would have expired in accordance with the 1956 Act, or the end of the period of 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the new copyright provisions come into force, whichever is the earlier.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 44 U.K.]
Meaning of "publication"
39. Section 196(3) of this Ordinance (construction of building treated as equivalent to publication) applies only where the construction of the building began after commencement.
[cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 45 U.K.]
Meaning of "unauthorized"
40. For the purposes of the application of the definition in section 198(1) of this Ordinance (minor definitions) of the expression "unauthorized" in relation to things done before commencement- (Amended 64 of 2000 s. 18)
(a) paragraph (a) applies in relation to things done before 12 December 1972 as if the reference to the licence of the copyright owner were a reference to his consent or acquiescence;
(b) paragraph (b) applies with the substitution for the words from "or, in a case" to the end of the words "or any person lawfully claiming under him"; and
(c) paragraph (c) is disregarded. [cf. 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 46 U.K.]
Saving of subsidiary legislation
41. Until rules are made by the Chief Justice under section 174 of this Ordinance, the Copyright Tribunal Rules (App. I, p. BF1)+ in force immediately before commencement, so far as they are not inconsistent with this Ordinance, continue in force and have effect for all purposes as if made under this Ordinance, subject to such necessary adaptations and modifications as may be necessary for their having effect under this Ordinance.
42. Until rules of court under the High Court Ordinance (Cap 4) are made for the purposes of sections 144 and 271 of this Ordinance, the Copyright (Border Measures) Rules (L.N. 482 of 1996), so far as they are not inconsistent with
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 152
this Ordinance, continue in force and have effect as if made for the purposes of those sections subject to such necessary adaptations and modifications as may be necessary for those rules to have effect under the appropriate Part of this Ordinance. (Amended 25 of 1998 s. 2)
43. Until regulations are made by the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development under section 46 of this Ordinance, the Copyright (Libraries) Regulations (App. I, p. AJ1) as amended and in force immediately before commencement, so far as they are not inconsistent with this Ordinance, continue in force and have effect for all purposes as if made under this Ordinance, subject to such necessary adaptations and modifications as may be necessary for their having effect under this Ordinance. (Amended L.N. 173 of 2000; L.N. 106 of 2002; L.N. 130 of 2007) _________________________________________________________________________________ Note: + Please also see L.N. 5 of 1997.
Schedule: 3 RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCE: TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS
30/06/1997
[sections 233 & 237]
Introductory
1. (1) In this Schedule- "the Copyright Ordinance" (《版權條例》) means the Copyright Ordinance (Cap 39) in force immediately before
the commencement of Part III of this Ordinance; "the new performance rights provisions" (新的表演權利條文) means the provisions of this Ordinance relating to
rights in performances, that is, Part III (including this Schedule and Schedule 1), Schedules 4 and 5 and so far as they make amendments or repeals consequential on the provisions of Part III. (2) References in this Schedule to "commencement", without more, are to the date on which the new
performance rights provisions come into force. (3) References in this Schedule to "existing performances" (現存的表演) are to performances given before
commencement; and for this purpose a performance which extended over a period is to be taken to have been given when the performance was completed.
2. In relation to the Copyright Ordinance, "performance" (表演) means- (a) a dramatic performance; (b) a musical performance; or (c) a reading or recitation of a literary work,
that is, or so far as it is, an acoustic presentation of an unfixed or live performance given by one or more individual persons.
General principles: continuity of the law
3. The new performance rights provisions apply in relation to performances given before commencement as they apply in relation to performances given after commencement, subject to any express provision to the contrary.
4. (1) The provisions of this paragraph have effect for securing the continuity of the law so far as the new performance rights provisions re-enact (with or without modification) earlier provisions.
(2) A reference in an enactment, instrument or other document to performer's rights, or to a performance in which rights subsists, which apart from this Ordinance would be construed as referring to performers' rights under the Copyright Ordinance is to be construed, so far as may be required for continuing its effect, as being, or as the case may require, including, a reference to performers' rights under this Ordinance or to performances in which rights subsist under this Ordinance.
(3) Anything done (including subsidiary legislation made), or having effect as done, under or for the purposes of a provision repealed by this Ordinance has effect as if done under or for the purposes of the corresponding
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 153
provision of the new performance rights provisions. (4) References (expressed or implied) in this Ordinance or any other enactment, instrument or document to any
of the new performance rights provisions are, so far as the context permits, to be construed as including, in relation to times, circumstances and purposes before commencement, a reference to corresponding earlier provisions.
(5) A reference (expressed or implied) in an enactment, instrument or other document to a provision repealed by this Ordinance is to be construed, so far as may be required for continuing its effect, as a reference to the corresponding provision of this Ordinance.
(6) The provisions of this paragraph have effect subject to any specific transitional provision or saving and to any express amendment made by this Ordinance.
Subsistence of rights in performances
5. (1) The rights conferred by Part III subsist in an existing performance after commencement if- (a) the performance was a qualifying performance within the meaning of the Copyright Ordinance or
would be a qualifying performance had it been given after commencement; and (b) either-
(i) the performance was given not earlier than 50 years before the first day of the calendar year in which the new performance rights provisions commence; or
(ii) if the fixation of the performance was released within 50 years from the end of the calendar year in which the performance was given, the release took place not earlier than 50 years before the first day of the calendar year in which the new performance rights provisions commence.
(2) The rights conferred by Part III in an existing performance continue to subsist until the date on which those rights in that performance expire in accordance with section 214 of this Ordinance.
Contrary rights
6. Where any person has before commencement incurred any significant expenditure or liability in connection with the fixation of a performance or reproduction of a fixation in a manner that at the time was lawful, or for the purpose of or with a view to the fixation of a performance or reproduction of a fixation at a time when it would have been lawful but for the commencement, nothing in this Ordinance diminishes or prejudices any right or interest arising from or in connection with such action that is subsisting and valuable immediately before the commencement unless the person who by virtue of the commencement becomes entitled to restrain the fixation or reproduction of the performances agrees to pay such compensation as the parties agree, or failing such agreement, as the Copyright Tribunal may determine.
Acts infringing rights in performances
7. (1) The provisions of Part III as to the acts constituting an infringement of the rights conferred by that Part apply only in relation to acts done after commencement; the provisions of the Copyright Ordinance continue to apply in relation to acts done on or after 20 December 1996 and before commencement.
(2) For the purposes of section 229 of this Ordinance (meaning of "infringing fixation") the question whether the fixation constituted an infringement of performers' rights, or would have done if the performance had been given in Hong Kong, is to be determined, in relation to a performance given on or after 20 December 1996 and before commencement, by reference to the Copyright Ordinance.
Remedies for infringement
8. Section 228 of this Ordinance (delivery up of infringing fixations) applies to infringing fixations made before and after commencement; section 32 of the Copyright Ordinance does not apply after commencement except for the purposes of proceedings begun before commencement.
Ships, aircraft and hovercraft
9. Section 235 of this Ordinance (ships, aircraft and hovercraft registered in Hong Kong) does not apply in relation to anything done before commencement.
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 154
Schedule: 4 (Omitted as spent) L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(Omitted as spent)
Schedule: 5 REPEALS 30/06/1997
[section 281 & Schedules 2 & 3]
Enactment Extent of repeal
1. Copyright Ordinance (Cap 39) The whole Ordinance 2. Copyright (Notice of Publication)
Regulations (App. I, p. AK1) The whole Regulations
3. Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 to 1990 (App. III, p. DD1)
All the Orders
4. Copyright (International Organizations) Order, 1957 (S.I. 1957 No. 1524 U.K.)
In so far as the Order forms part of the law of Hong Kong
5. Copyright (Broadcasting Organizations) Order, 1961 (S.I. 1961 No. 2460 U.K.)
In so far as the Order forms part of the law of Hong Kong
6. Copyright (Computer Software) (Extension to Territories) Order 1987 (S.I. 1987 No. 2200 U.K.)
In so far as the Order forms part of the law of Hong Kong
7. Copyright (Taiwan) Order 1990 (L.N. 205 of 1990)
The whole Order
8. Copyright (Application to Other Countries, Territories or Areas) Regulation (Cap 39 sub. leg. A)
The whole Regulation
9. Copyright (Designation of Qualifying Countries, Territories or Areas) Regulation (Cap 39 sub. leg. B)
The whole Regulation
Schedule: 6 TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS L.N. 211 of 2003 28/11/2003
[section 282]
Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by
the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003
(27 of 2003)
1. Interpretation
(1) In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires- "amendment Ordinance of 2003" (《2003年修訂條例》) means the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2003 (27 of
2003); "Suspension Ordinance" (《暫停條例》) means the Copyright (Suspension of Amendments) Ordinance 2001 (Cap
568). (2) In this Schedule, a reference to this Ordinance as it applied immediately before the commencement* of the
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 155
amendment Ordinance of 2003 is a reference to this Ordinance as read together with the Suspension Ordinance, as those Ordinances applied immediately before that commencement.
2. Application of section 35A of this Ordinance to previously imported copies
(1) This section applies to a copy of a work that is an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as it applied immediately before the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003, and is such an infringing copy by virtue only of an importation or proposed importation into Hong Kong that occurred before that commencement.
(2) For the purpose of any act done after the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003 in relation to a copy of a work to which this section applies (including any act alleged to constitute an infringement of copyright or an offence under this Ordinance), section 35A of this Ordinance shall have effect as if it had been enacted before the occurrence of the importation or proposed importation referred to in subsection (1) and, accordingly, the copy is not to be regarded as an infringing copy unless, having regard to section 35A of this Ordinance, it would also be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance if the importation or proposed importation into Hong Kong had occurred immediately after that commencement.
(3) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this section or in the amendment Ordinance of 2003 affects any right of action in relation to an infringement of copyright that occurred before the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003.
3. Exemption from criminal liability previously incurred in respect of "parallel-imported" copies of works to which section 35A of this Ordinance applies
(1) This section applies to a copy of a work that is an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as it applied immediately before the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003, and is such an infringing copy by virtue only of an importation or proposed importation into Hong Kong that occurred before that commencement.
(2) As from the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003, a person shall not be liable to conviction for an offence under section 118(1) of this Ordinance, as that section applied immediately before that commencement, in respect of an act done before that commencement in relation to a copy of a work to which this section applies unless, having regard to section 35A of this Ordinance, the copy would also be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance if the importation or proposed importation into Hong Kong had occurred immediately after that commencement.
4. Exemption from criminal liability previously incurred in respect of a back-up copy of, or necessary copying or adapting of, a copy of a work to which section 35A of this Ordinance applies
(1) This section applies to a copy of a work to which section 35A of this Ordinance applies, where the copy- (a) was made before the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003; and (b) is an infringing copy by virtue only of the fact that it was made by a person who did not have a
contractual right to use the work for the purposes of sections 60 and 61 of this Ordinance. (2) As from the commencement of the amendment Ordinance of 2003, no person shall be liable to conviction
for an offence under section 118(1) of this Ordinance, as that section applied immediately before that commencement, in respect of a copy of a work to which this section applies unless, for the purposes of proceedings for an offence under section 118(1) of this Ordinance, and having regard to section 118A of this Ordinance, the same copy made
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 156
immediately after that commencement would be a copy made by a person who did not have a contractual right to use the work for the purposes of sections 60 and 61 of this Ordinance.
(Schedule 6 added 27 of 2003 s. 9) __________________________________________________________________________ Note: * Commencement date: 28 November 2003.
Schedule: 7 TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND SAVINGS IN RELATION TO AMENDMENTS EFFECTED BY THE COPYRIGHT (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 2007 (15 OF 2007)
L.N. 47 of 2008; L.N. 48 of 2008
25/04/2008
Expanded Cross Reference:
118, 118A, 119, 119A, 119B, 120, 120A, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133
Remarks: 1. Part 3 of this Schedule (but only to the extent that Part 3 relates to the transitional provisions and savings in relation to the amendments effected by sections 6 (insofar as it relates to the new section 25(1)(c)&(d) of this Ordinance) and 51 of the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007 (15 of 2007)) and Part 4 of this Schedule came into operation on 25 April 2008-see paragraph (c) of L.N. 47 of 2008 and paragraph (n) of L.N. 48 of 2008.
Paragraph (c) of L.N. 47 of 2008 is reproduced as follows:
"(c) section 75 (insofar as it relates to Part 3 of the new Schedule 7 but only to the extent that Part 3 of the new Schedule 7 relates to the transitional provisions and savings in relation to the amendments effected by section 6 (insofar as it relates to the new section 25(1)(c)))." .
Paragraph (n) of L.N. 48 of 2008 is reproduced as follows: "(n) section 75 insofar as it relates to-
(i) Part 3 of the new Schedule 7 but only to the extent that Part 3 of the new Schedule 7 relates to the transitional provisions and savings in relation to the amendments effected by- (A) section 6 (insofar as it relates to the new section 25(1)(d)); and (B) section 51; and
(ii) Part 4 of the new Schedule 7.".
2. Remaining provisions of Part 3 of this Schedule have not yet come into operation.
[section 283]
PART 1
INTRODUCTORY
1. Interpretation
(1) In this Schedule- "2007 Amendment Ordinance" (《2007年修訂條例》) means the Copyright (Amendment) Ordinance 2007 (15 of
2007); "Suspension Ordinance" (《暫停條例》) means the Copyright (Suspension of Amendments) Ordinance 2001 (Cap
568). (2) Expressions used in this Schedule which are defined for the purposes of Part II (copyright) and Part IIIA
(performers' moral rights) of this Ordinance have the same meaning as in those Parts.
PART 2
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 157
ACTS PERMITTED IN RELATION TO COPYRIGHT WORKS AND PERFORMANCES
2. Savings for certain existing agreements
Nothing in section 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 61, 62, 63 or 65 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance affects a licence or agreement made before the commencement date* of that section.
PART 3
RENTAL RIGHT OF COPYRIGHT OWNERS AND PERFORMERS
Division 1—Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as
it relates to section 25(1)(c), (e) and (f) of this Ordinance)
3. General provisions
(1) Subject to sections 4 and 5 of this Schedule, section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c), (e) and (f) of this Ordinance) applies to copyright works made before, on or after the commencement date# of that section.
(2) No act done before the commencement date of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c), (e) and (f) of this Ordinance) shall be regarded as an infringement of any new right arising by virtue of that section.
4. New rental right: effect of pre-commencement authorization of copying
Where- (a) the owner or prospective owner of copyright in any work has, before the commencement date# of
section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c), (e) and (f) of this Ordinance), authorized a person to make a copy of the work; and
(b) a new right arises by virtue of that section in relation to that copy, the new right shall vest on the commencement date of that section in the person so authorized, subject to any agreement to the contrary.
5. Savings for existing stocks
(1) Any new right arising by virtue of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c) of this Ordinance) does not apply to a copy of a film acquired by a person before the commencement date# of that section for the purpose of renting it to the public.
(2) Any new right arising by virtue of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(e) and (f) of this Ordinance) does not apply to a copy of a comic book acquired by a person before the commencement date of that section for the purpose of renting it to the public.
Division 2—Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as
it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance)
6. General provisions
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 158
(1) Subject to sections 7 and 8 of this Schedule, section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance) applies to copyright works made before, on or after the commencement date# of that section.
(2) No act done before the commencement date of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance) shall be regarded as an infringement of any new right arising by virtue of that section.
7. New rental right: effect of pre-commencement authorization of copying
Where- (a) the owner or prospective owner of copyright in any work has, before the commencement date# of
section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance), authorized a person to make a copy of the work; and
(b) a new right arises by virtue of that section in relation to that copy, the new right shall vest on the commencement date of that section in the person so authorized, subject to any agreement to the contrary.
8. Savings for existing stocks
Any new right arising by virtue of section 6 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(d) of this Ordinance) does not apply to a copy of a sound recording acquired by a person before the commencement date# of that section for the purpose of renting it to the public.
Division 3—Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section 51 of the
2007 Amendment Ordinance
9. General provisions
(1) Subject to sections 10 and 11 of this Schedule, section 51 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance applies to qualifying performances that take place before, on or after the commencement date@ of that section.
(2) No act done before the commencement date of section 51 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance shall be regarded as an infringement of any new right arising by virtue of that section.
10. New rental right: effect of pre-commencement authorization of copying
Where- (a) the owner or prospective owner of a performer's rights in a qualifying performance has, before the
commencement date@ of section 51 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, authorized a person to make a copy of a recording of the performance; and
(b) a new right arises by virtue of that section in relation to that copy, the new right shall vest on the commencement date of that section in the person so authorized, subject to any agreement to the contrary.
11. Savings for existing stocks
Any new right arising by virtue of section 51 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance does not apply to a copy of a sound recording of a qualifying performance acquired by a person before the commencement date@ of that section for the purpose of renting it to the public.
PART 4
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 159
MORAL RIGHTS OF PERFORMERS
Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section 66 of the
2007 Amendment Ordinance
12. General provisions
No act done before the commencement date@ of section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance shall be regarded as an infringement of any new rights of performers arising by virtue of that section.
13. Savings for certain existing agreements
(1) Except as otherwise expressly provided, nothing in section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance affects an agreement made before the commencement date@ of that section.
(2) No act done in pursuance of an agreement referred to in subsection (1) on or after the commencement date of section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance shall be regarded as an infringement of any new rights of performers arising by virtue of that section.
14. New moral rights of performers of live aural performances
(1) Any new rights of performers arising by virtue of section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance in respect of a live aural performance only subsist in a live aural performance that takes place on or after the commencement date@ of that section.
(2) Any new rights of performers arising by virtue of section 66 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance in respect of a performance fixed in a sound recording only subsist if the performance concerned takes place on or after the commencement date of that section.
PART 5
INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT IN WORKS AND RIGHTS IN PERFORMANCES
Division 1—Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section
9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance
15. Exemption from criminal liability incurred in respect of copies of works imported before commencement of section 9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance
(1) As from the commencement date* of section 9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, a person shall not be liable to conviction for an offence under section 118 of this Ordinance in respect of an act done before, on or after that commencement date in relation to a copy of a work to which this subsection applies.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work imported into Hong Kong before the commencement date of section 9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance-
(a) which is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date;
(b) which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made; and (c) which, if imported into Hong Kong on or after that commencement date, would, by virtue of section
35(4) of this Ordinance as amended by section 9(2) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, not be an infringing copy for the purposes of sections 118 to 133 (criminal provisions) of this Ordinance. <*
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 160
Note - Exp. X-Ref.: Sections 118, 118A, 119, 119A, 119B, 120, 120A, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133 *>
Division 2—Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section 10
of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance
16. Application of section 35B of this Ordinance to previously imported copies
(1) For the purpose of any act done on or after the commencement date* of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance in relation to a copy of a work to which this subsection applies (including any act alleged to constitute an infringement of copyright or an offence under this Ordinance)-
(a) section 35B of this Ordinance shall have effect as if it had been enacted before the copy is imported into Hong Kong or acquired; and
(b) the copy is, by virtue of paragraph (a), not an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance unless, having regard to section 35B of this Ordinance, it would also be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance if it were imported into Hong Kong or acquired on or after that commencement date.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work imported into Hong Kong before the commencement date of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance-
(a) which is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date; and
(b) which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made. (3) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this section or in the 2007 Amendment Ordinance relieves any
person from liability to civil action in relation to an infringement of copyright which occurred before the commencement date of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.
17. Exemption from criminal liability previously incurred in respect of "parallel-imported" copies of works to which section 35B of this Ordinance applies
(1) As from the commencement date* of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance, a person shall not be liable to conviction for an offence under section 118(1) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date and read together with the Suspension Ordinance, in respect of an act done before that commencement date in relation to a copy of a work to which this subsection applies unless, having regard to section 35B of this Ordinance, the copy would also be an infringing copy for the purposes of section 35(3) of this Ordinance if it were imported into Hong Kong or acquired on or after that commencement date.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to a copy of a work imported into Hong Kong before the commencement date of section 10 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance-
(a) which is an infringing copy by virtue only of section 35(3) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date; and
(b) which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made.
Division 3—Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section 31 of the
2007 Amendment Ordinance
18. Application of section 118(2H) of this Ordinance
Cap 528 - COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE 161
For the avoidance of doubt, section 118(2H) of this Ordinance does not apply in relation to any act referred to in section 118(2A) of this Ordinance and done by a body corporate or a partnership before the commencement date* of section 31(4) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.
19. Retrospective application of the exemption and defence provided by section 118(2E), (2F), (2G), (3A) and (3B) of this Ordinance
(1) Section 118(2E), (2F), (2G), (3A) and (3B) of this Ordinance applies in proceedings to which this subsection applies, in the same manner as it applies in proceedings for an offence under section 118(2A) of this Ordinance.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to proceedings for an offence under section 118(1)(d) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before the commencement date* of section 31(4) of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance and read together with the Suspension Ordinance, in a case where the infringing copy to which the charge relates is an infringing copy of the kind described in section 2(2), (3), (4) or (5) of the Suspension Ordinance.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to proceedings for an offence committed before 1 April 2001.
Division 4—Transitional provisions and savings in relation to amendments effected by section 57 of the
2007 Amendment Ordinance
20. Application of section 229A of this Ordinance to previously imported fixations
(1) For the purpose of any act done on or after the commencement date* of section 57 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance in relation to a fixation of a performance to which this subsection applies (including any act alleged to constitute an infringement of any of the rights conferred by Part III of this Ordinance)-
(a) section 229A of this Ordinance shall have effect as if it had been enacted before the fixation is imported into Hong Kong or acquired; and
(b) the fixation is, by virtue of paragraph (a), not an infringing fixation for the purposes of section 229(4) of this Ordinance unless, having regard to section 229A of this Ordinance, it would also be an infringing fixation for the purposes of section 229(4) of this Ordinance if it were imported into Hong Kong or acquired on or after that commencement date.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to a fixation of a performance imported into Hong Kong before the commencement date of section 57 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance-
(a) which is an infringing fixation by virtue only of section 229(4) of this Ordinance as in force immediately before that commencement date; and
(b) which was lawfully made in the country, territory or area where it was made. (3) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this section or in the 2007 Amendment Ordinance relieves any
person from liability to civil action in relation to an infringement of any of the rights conferred by Part III of this Ordinance which occurred before the commencement date of section 57 of the 2007 Amendment Ordinance.
(Schedule 7 added 15 of 2007 s. 75) _________________________________________________________________________________________ Note: * Commencement date: 6 July 2007. # Commencement date: 25 April 2008 (insofar as it relates to section 25(1)(c) and (d) of this Ordinance). @ Commencement date: 25 April 2008.
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 1
章： 528 《版權條例》 憲報編號 版本日期
詳題 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
本條例旨在就版權及有關權利，以及就相關事宜訂定條文。
(由2007年第15號第3條修訂)
[本條例，但第142至149條及附表4第5
段除外 }
1997年6月27日 1997年第92號
第142至144條 } 1997年7月25日 1997年第406號法律公告 第145至149條及附表4第5段 } 2001年7月13日 2001年第127號法律公告]
(本為1997年第92號)
部： I 導言 30/06/1997
條： 1 簡稱及釋義 L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) 本條例可引稱為《版權條例》。
(2) (已失時效而略去)
(3) 顯示界定第II部及第III部使用的詞句的條文的表分別在第199及239條列明。
部： II 版權 30/06/1997
部：
分部：
II
I
版權的存在、擁有權及期限 30/06/1997
條： 2 版權及版權作品 30/06/1997
引言
(1) 版權是按照本部而存在於下列類別的作品的產權─
(a) 原創的文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品；
(b) 聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播節目；及
(c) 已發表版本的排印編排。
(2) 在本部中，“版權作品”(copyright work) 指有版權存在的該等類別作品中的任何作品。
(3) 除非本部中關於享有版權保護所須具備的資格的規定均已獲符合(參閱第177條及該條所提
述的條文)，否則版權並不存在於任何作品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 1 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 2
條： 3 存在於版權作品的權利 30/06/1997
(1) 某類別作品的版權的擁有人具有作出第II分部中指明的作為的獨有權利，亦即該類別作品的
版權所限制的作為。
(2) 就某些類別的版權作品而言，第IV分部(精神權利)所賦予的下列權利惠及作品的作者或導演
(無論他是否版權擁有人)而存在─
(a) 第89條(作者或導演的被識別權利)；及
(b) 第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 2 U.K.]
條： 4 文學作品、戲劇作品及音樂作品 30/06/1997
作品類別及有關條文
(1) 在本部中─
“文學作品”(literary work) 指除戲劇作品或音樂作品外的任何寫出、講出或唱出的作品，並據此包
括─
(a) 資料或其他材料的任何形式的編彙，且因其內容的選取或編排而構成智力創作，並包
括(但不限於)列表；
(b) 電腦程式；及
(c) 為電腦程式而備的預備設計材料；
“音樂作品”(musical work) 指由音樂構成的作品，但不包括擬伴隨該等音樂而唱出或講出的文字或
表演的動作；
“戲劇作品”(dramatic work) 包括舞蹈作品或默劇作品。
(2) 除非文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品以書面或其他方式記錄，否則版權並不存在於該等作
品，而在該等作品經如此記錄之前，其版權亦不存在；在本部中，凡提述該等作品的製作時間，即
提述該等作品經如此記錄的時間。
(3) 就第(2)款而言，作品是否由作者記錄或是否經作者的允許而記錄並不具關鍵性；如作品並
非由作者記錄，則第(2)款對版權是否在獨立於經記錄的作品的情況下存在於紀錄本身此一問題，並
無影響。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 3 U.K.]
條： 5 藝術作品 30/06/1997
在本部中─
“平面美術作品”(graphic work) 包括─
(a) 任何髹掃畫、繪畫、圖形、地圖、圖表或圖則；及
(b) 任何雕刻、蝕刻、版畫、木刻或相類的作品；
“建築物”(building) 包括固定的構築物以及建築物或固定構築物的部分；
“照片”(photograph) 指藉著把光或其他放射物記錄在任何媒體上而在該媒體上產生影像或藉任何方
法從該媒體產生影像的紀錄，但該紀錄不構成影片的一部分；
“雕塑品”(sculpture) 包括為製作雕塑品而製作的鑄模或模型；
“藝術作品”(artistic work) 指─
(a) 平面美術作品、照片、雕塑品或拼圖(不論其藝術質量)；
(b) 屬建築物或建築物模型的建築作品；或
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 3
(c) 美術工藝作品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 4 U.K.]
條： 6 聲音紀錄 30/06/1997
(1) 在本部中，“聲音紀錄”(sound recording) 指─
(a) 聲音的紀錄，而該聲音可從該紀錄重播；或
(b) 記錄一項文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的整項或任何部分的紀錄，而重現該作品或
部分的聲音可從該紀錄產生，
不論該紀錄是記錄在甚麼媒體上，亦不論該聲音以甚麼方法重播或產生。
(2) 如某一聲音紀錄是以前的聲音紀錄的複製品，則版權並不存在於該某一聲音紀錄；如某一
聲音紀錄在某程度上是以前的聲音紀錄的複製品，則版權在該程度上並不存在於該某一聲音紀錄。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 5A U.K.]
條： 7 影片 30/06/1997
(1) 在本部中，“影片”(film) 指紀錄在任何媒體上的紀錄，而活動影像可藉任何方法自該紀錄
產生。
(2) 就本部而言，一部影片所附同的聲帶須視作該影片的一部分。
(3) 在不損害第(2)款的一般性的原則下，凡該款適用，則─
(a) 在本部中，凡提述放映一部影片，包括播放該影片所附同的影片聲帶；及
(b) 提述播放聲音紀錄，並不包括播放影片所附同的影片聲帶。
(4) 如某一影片是以前的影片的複製品，則版權並不存在於該某一影片；如某一影片在某程度
上是以前的影片的複製品，則版權在該程度上並不存在於該某一影片。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 5B U.K.]
條： 8 廣播 30/06/1997
(1) 在本部中，“廣播”(broadcast) 指藉無線電訊傳送─
(a) 能夠被在香港或其他地方的公眾人士合法地接收的聲音或影像及聲音或表述聲音或影
像及聲音的東西；或
(b) 為向在香港或其他地方的公眾人士播送而傳送的聲音或影像及聲音或表述聲音或影像
及聲音的東西，
但傳送方法並非透過向公眾提供作品的複製品或表演的錄製品的服務。
(2) 經編碼處理的傳送只有在傳送人或提供該傳送的內容的人將或授權將解碼器提供予在香港
或其他地方的公眾人士的情況下，才可視為能夠被在香港或其他地方的公眾人士合法地接收。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述作出廣播的人、廣播某作品的人或將某作品包括在廣播內的人，即提述
─
(a) 傳送有關節目的人(如該人對廣播內容負有任何程度的責任)；及
(b) 任何提供有關節目的人，而該人與傳送該節目的人作出該節目的傳送所需的安排，
而在本部中，在廣播方面提述節目，即提述廣播所包括的任何項目。
(4) 將凡載有節目的信號在作出廣播的人的控制與責任下，於某地點進入一項無間斷的連鎖傳
訊程序(以衞星傳送而言，包括將廣播信號傳送往衞星然後送返地球的連鎖程序)，則就本部而言，
廣播即屬自該地點作出。
(5) 在本部中，凡提述接收廣播，即包括接收藉電訊系統轉播的廣播。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 4
(6) 如某項廣播侵犯另一廣播或有線傳播節目的版權，則版權並不存在於該某項廣播或，如某
項廣播在某程度上侵犯另一廣播或有線傳播節目的版權，則版權在該程度上並不存在於該某項廣
播。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 6 U.K.]
條： 9 有線傳播節目 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 在本部中─
“互相連接”(interconnection) 包括涉及更改技術特質、形式或系數的互相連接；
“有線傳播節目”(cable programme) 指包括在有線傳播節目服務內的項目；
“有線傳播節目服務”(cable programme service) 指全部或主要由任何人為下述目的而藉電訊系統(不
論是否由該人或任何其他人營運)合法地發送聲音、影像、其他資料或該等項目的任何組合所構
成的服務─
(a) 供在香港或其他地方的2個或多於2個地點藉無線電訊以外的方法合法地接收(不論該等
聲音、影像、其他資料或該等項目的組合是否以供同時接收或應該服務的不同使用者
的要求而供在不同時間接收)；或
(b) 供在香港或其他地方的某地點為於該地點向公眾人士或任何群體播送該等聲音、影
像，資料或該等項目的組合而合法地接收(不論以任何方法接收)，
並包括有多點式微波傳輸系統作為組成部分的服務，但不包括根據第(2)款列為例外項目的服
務；
“影像”(visual images) 就第(2)(a)款中的例外項目而言，指可被看成活動圖像的一連串影像；
“聲音”(sounds) 就第(2)(a)款中的例外項目而言，指語音或音樂或語音及音樂，但就任何電訊系統
而言，則不包括為利便使用藉該系統提供的電訊服務而提供資料的語音。
(2) 以下為“有線傳播節目服務”的定義的例外項目─
(a) 全部或主要由任何人傳送聲音或影像或聲音及影像所構成的服務(例如一般稱為視像會
議及視像電話的服務)，但該服務的一項基本特點須為在傳送聲音或影像或聲音及影像
之時，在每個接收的地點將會或可能藉賴以傳送該等聲音或影像或聲音及影像的電訊
系統或其部分(視屬何情況而定)，將聲音或影像或聲音及影像傳送供該人接收；
(b) 向公眾提供作品的複製品或表演的錄製品的服務，但不包括以傳送活動影像的表述為
一項基本特點的服務(例如一般稱為自選影像服務的服務)；
(c) 由作出廣播的人營運的某一電訊系統，而該系統作出的每項傳送均屬以下傳送─
(i) 自傳送站藉無線電訊傳送聲音、影像或用作傳達(不論是在人與人之間、物與物之
間或人與物之間)任何並非聲音或影像形式的事物的信號供大眾接收；或
(ii) 在單一組處所內傳送將如此傳送或已如此傳送的聲音、影像或該等信號；
(d) 營運以光為唯一涉及傳送某些事物的媒介的電訊系統，而藉光傳送的該等事物的傳送
方式，是使該等事物無須其他東西而能夠用眼睛接收或看見的；
(e) 由某人營運並非與另一電訊系統連接的某一電訊系統，而組成該某一系統的器具均位
於─
(i) 單一佔用的單一組處所(但作為的提供予以商業方式營運的處所的居民或住客的休
憩設施的一部分而運作的服務則除外)；或
(ii) 車輛、船隻、航空器或氣墊船或以機械方式連在一起的數量為2或以上的車輛、船
隻、航空器或氣墊船；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 5
(f) 由個人單獨營運的並非與另一電訊系統連接的某一電訊系統，而─
(i) 組成該某一電訊系統的所有器具均由該人所控制；及
(ii) 其所傳送的所有事物凡屬語音、音樂及其他聲音、影像、用作傳達(不論是在人與
人之間、物與物之間或人與物之間)任何並非聲音或影像形式的事物的信號，或用
作驅動或操控機械或器具的信號，均純粹為該人的家居用途而傳送，
而在(e)段及本段中提述另一電訊系統，並不包括提述(c)段提及的電訊系統(不論是否由
作出廣播的人或任何其他人所營運)；或
(g) 就某人所經營的業務而言，為該業務而營運並非與另一電訊系統連接的某一電訊系
統，而以下條件就該某一電訊系統而獲符合─
(i) 除經營該業務的人外，並沒有其他人涉及控制組成該系統的器具；
(ii) 並沒有語音、音樂及其他聲音、影像、用作傳達(不論是在人與人之間、物與物之
間或人與物之間)任何並非聲音或影像形式的事物的信號，或用作驅動或操控機械
或器具的信號以為另一人提供服務的方式而藉該系統傳送；
(iii) 如該系統傳送的東西屬聲音或影像，該等聲音或影像並沒有為了供經營該業務的
人或其從事該業務的運作的僱員以外的人聆聽或觀看而傳送；
(iv) 如該系統傳送的東西屬用作傳達(不論是在人與人之間、物與物之間或人與物之間)
任何並非聲音或影像形式的事物的信號，該等信號並沒有為傳達事物予經營該業
務的人、其從事該業務的運作的僱員或在業務過程中使用並且由經營該業務的人
控制的東西以外的人或東西而傳送；及
(v) 如該系統傳送的東西屬語音、音樂及其他聲音，該等語音、音樂及聲音並沒有為
驅動或操控並非用於業務過程中的機械或器具而傳送。
(3) 行政長官會同行政會議可在其覺得適當的過渡性條文的規限下，藉命令修訂第(2)款以刪除
例外項目。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(4) 在本部中，凡提述將有線傳播節目或作品包括在有線傳播節目服務中，即提述將該等節目
或作品作為該服務的一部分而傳送；而凡提述將有線傳播節目或作品包括在該服務中的人，即提述
提供該服務的人。
(5) 如某一有線傳播節目─
(a) 藉某廣播的接收和即時再傳送而包括在有線傳播節目服務內，版權並不存在於該某一
有線傳播節目；或
(b) 侵犯另一有線傳播節目或某廣播的版權，版權並不存在於該某一有線傳播節目，如某
一有線傳播節目在某程度上侵犯該等版權，版權在該程度上並不存在於該某一有線傳
播節目。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 7 U.K. & 1956 c. 74 s. 14A U.K.]
條： 10 已發表版本 30/06/1997
(1) 在本部中，“已發表版本”(published edition) 就其排印編排的版權而言，指一項或多於一項
文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的整項或部分的已發表版本。
(2) 如已發表版本的排印編排重覆以前版本的排印編排，則版權並不存在於該已發表版本的排
印編排；如已發表版本的排印編排在某程度上重覆以前版本的排印編排，則版權在該程度上並不存
在於該已發表版本的排印編排。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 8 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 6
條： 11 作品的作者 30/06/1997
作者及版權的擁有權
(1) 在本部中，“作者”(author) 就作品而言，指創作該作品的人。
(2) 以下的人視為創作作品的人─
(a) 就聲音紀錄而言，指製作人；
(b) 就影片而言，指製作人及主要導演；
(c) 就某一廣播而言，指作出廣播的人(參看第8(3)條)；就藉接收和即時再傳送而轉播另一
廣播的廣播而言，指作出該另一廣播的人；
(d) 就有線傳播節目而言，指提供包括該節目在內的有線傳播節目服務的人；
(e) 就已發表版本的排印編排而言，指發表人。
(3) 如文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品是電腦產生的，作出創作該作品所需的安排
的人視為作者。
(4) 就本部而言，如作品的作者的身分不為人知，該作品屬“作者不為人知”的作品；如作品
是合作作品而所有合作作者的身分均不為人知，該作品屬“作者不為人知”的作品。
(5) 就本部而言，如不能藉合理查究而確定作者的身分，則該作者的身分須視為不為人知；但
如該作者的身分一旦為人所知，則該作者的身分此後即不得視為不為人知。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 9 U.K.]
條： 12 合作作品 30/06/1997
(1) 在本部中，“合作作品”(work of joint authorship) 指2名或多於2名作者合作製作的作品，而
各名作者的貢獻是不能明顯地與另一或其他作者的貢獻分開的。
(2) 除非任何影片的製作人和主要導演均屬同一人，否則該影片須視為合作作品。
(3) 如某廣播是視為由多於一人作出的，則該廣播須視為合作作品(第8(3)條)。
(4) 在本部中，凡提述作品的作者，則就合作作品而言，須解釋為提述該作品的全部作者，但
另有規定的除外。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 10 U.K.]
條： 13 版權的第一擁有權 30/06/1997
除第14、15及16條另有規定外，作品的作者是該作品的任何版權的第一擁有人。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 11(1) U.K.]
條： 14 僱員的作品 30/06/1997
(1) 凡文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品、藝術作品或影片是由僱員在受僱工作期間製作的，則
─
(a) 除任何協議有相反的規定外；及
(b) 在符合第(2)款的規定下，
該僱員的僱主是該作品的版權的第一擁有人。
(2) 除任何協議有相反的規定外，如有關僱主利用該等作品或在其允許下由他人利用該等作
品，而利用的方式在該等作品創作當時是該僱主及有關僱員均不能合理地預料的，則僱主須就該項
利用支付一筆償金予該僱員，款額由該僱主及該僱員議定，如沒有協議則由版權審裁處裁定。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 7
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 11(2) U.K.]
條： 15 委託作品 30/06/1997
(1) 凡作品是某人委託製作的，而作者與委託人之間訂有就版權的享有權作出明確的規定的協
議，則委託作品的版權屬於根據該協議享有版權的人。
(2) 儘管有第(1)款及第13及103條的規定，委託製作作品的人─
(a) 具有專用特許，可為作者及該委託製作作品的人在委託製作作品時可合理地預料的目
的，利用該委託作品；及
(b) 有權制止為任何他可合理地提出反對的目的而利用委託作品。
條： 16 政府版權等 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
第13、14及15條不適用於政府版權或立法會版權(參看第182及184條)，亦不適用於憑藉第188條
而存在的版權(某些國際組織的版權)。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 17 文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的版權期限 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
182、183、184
版權的期限
(1) 以下條文就文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的版權期限而具有效力。
(2) 除以下條文另有規定外，如有關作者於某公曆年死亡，版權在自該年年終起計的50年期間
完結時屆滿。
(3) 除以下條文另有規定外，如屬作者不為人知的作品，則─
(a) 凡作品於某公曆年首次製作，其版權自該年年終起計的50年期間完結時屆滿；或
(b) 如該作品在該期間內某公曆年首次向公眾提供，其版權在自該年年終起計的50年期間
完結時屆滿。
(4) 如第(3)(a)或(b)款段所指明的期間完結前，作者的身分變成為人所知，則第(2)款適用。
(5) 為施行第(3)款，“向公眾提供”(making available to the public)─
(a) 就文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品而言，包括─
(i) 公開表演；或
(ii) 將作品廣播或將其包括在有線傳播節目服務內；
(b) 就藝術作品而言，包括─
(i) 公開陳列； (由2007年第15號第4條修訂)
(ii) 公開放映包括該作品的影片；或
(iii) 將該作品包括在廣播或有線傳播節目服務內；
(c) 作品的複製品如第26條所指而向公眾提供，
但在為施行該款而就一般情況決定作品是否已向公眾提供時，不得考慮任何未經授權的作為。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 8
(6) 如作品是由電腦產生而於某公曆年製作的，則上述條文並不適用，而版權在自該年年終起
計的50年期間完結時屆滿。
(7) 就合作的作品而言，本條條文須如以下般予以修改─
(a) 在第(2)款中，凡提述作者死亡須按以下規定解釋─
(i) 如所有作者的身分均為人所知，該提述即提述他們當中最後死亡的人的死亡；及
(ii) 如其中一名或多於一名作者的身分為人所知，但其他的一名或多於一名作者的身
分不為人知，該提述即指為人所知的作者中最後死亡的人的死亡；及
(b) 在第(4)款中，凡提述作者的身分變成為人所知，須解釋為提述任何一個作者的身分變
成為人所知。
(8) 本條不適用於政府版權或立法會版權(參看第182至184條)或憑藉第188條而存在的版權(某些
國際組織的版權)。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第182、183、184條 *〉 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 12 U.K.]
條： 18 聲音紀錄的版權期限 30/06/1997
(1) 以下條文就聲音紀錄的版權期限而具有效力。
(2) 除以下條文另有規定外─
(a) 凡聲音紀錄於某公曆年製作，該聲音紀錄的版權在自該年年終起計的50年期間完結時
屆滿；或
(b) 如聲音紀錄在該期間內於某公曆年發行，則該紀錄的版權在自該年年終起計的50年期
間完結時屆滿。
(3) 為施行第(2)款，當聲音紀錄首次發表、公開播放、廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內時，
即屬“發行”，但在決定任何聲音紀錄是否屬已發行時，不得考慮任何未經授權的作為。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 13A U.K.]
條： 19 影片的版權期限 30/06/1997
(1) 以下條文就影片的版權期限而具有效力。
(2) 除以下條文另有規定外，如以下人士中最後死亡的人的死亡在某公曆年發生，版權在自該
年年終起計的50年期間完結時屆滿─
(a) 主要導演；
(b) 劇本的作者；
(c) 對白的作者；或
(d) 特別為影片創作並用於影片中的音樂的創作人。
(3) 如一名或多於一名第(2)(a)至(d)款所提述的人士的身分為人所知，但其餘的一名或多於一名
該等人士的身分不為人知，則在該款中提述該等人士中最後死亡的人的死亡，須解釋為提述身分為
人所知的人士中最後死亡的人的死亡。
(4) 倘若第(2)(a)至(d)款所提述的人士的身分不為人知─
(a) 如影片於某公曆年製作，該影片的版權自該年年終起計的50年期間完結時屆滿；或
(b) 如影片在該期間於某公曆年首次向公眾提供，則該影片的版權在自該年年終起計的50
年期間完結時屆滿。
(5) 如在第(4)(a)或(b)款所指明的期間完結前上述人士的身分變成為人所知，則第(2)及(3)款適
用。
(6) 為施行第(4)款，“向公眾提供”(making available to the public) 包括─
(a) 公開放映；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 9
(b) 作品的複製品如第26條所指而向公眾提供；或
(c) 廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內，
但在為施行該款而就一般情況決定影片是否已向公眾提供時，不得考慮任何未經授權的作為。
(7) 如在任何個案中，無人屬第(2)(a)至(d)段所指的人士，則上述條文並不適用，而如影片於某
公曆年製作，該影片的版權在自該年年終起計的50年期間完結時屆滿。
(8) 就本條而言，如不能藉合理查究而確定第(2)(a)至(d)款所提述的人士的身分，則該等人士的
身分須視為不為人知；但如任何該等人士的身分一旦為人所知，則該人的身分此後即不得視為不為
人知。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 13B U.K.]
條： 20 廣播及有線傳播節目的版權期限 30/06/1997
(1) 以下條文就廣播或有線傳播節目的版權期限而具有效力。
(2) 除以下條文另有規定外，於某公曆年作出的廣播的版權，在自該年年終起計的50年期間完
結時屆滿；於某公曆年包括在有線傳播節目服務內的有線傳播節目的版權，在自該年年終起計的50
年期間完結時屆滿。
(3) 重播的廣播或有線傳播節目的版權與原本的廣播或有線傳播節目的版權同時屆滿，因此，
在原本的廣播或有線傳播節目的版權屆滿後，廣播某重播的廣播或將重播的有線傳播節目包括在有
線傳播節目服務內，版權不會就該重播的廣播或有線傳播節目而產生。
(4) 重播的廣播或有線傳播節目指重播以前作出的廣播或以前包括在有線傳播節目服務內的有
線傳播節目。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 14 U.K.]
條： 21 已發表版本的排印編排的版權期限 30/06/1997
於某公曆年首次發表的已發表版本的排印編排的版權，在自該年年終起計的25年期間完結時屆
滿。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 15 U.K.]
部：
分部：
II
II
版權擁有人的權利 30/06/1997
條： 22 作品的版權所限制的作為 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
受版權所限制的作為
(1) 作品的版權的擁有人按照本分部的以下條文，具有在香港作出以下作為的獨有權利─
(a) 複製該作品(參閱第23條)；
(b) 向公眾發放該作品的複製品(參閱第24條)；
(c) 租賃該作品的複製品予公眾(參閱第25條)； (由2007年第15號第5條代替)
(d) 向公眾提供該作品的複製品(參閱第26條)；
(e) 公開表演、放映或播放該作品(參閱第27條)；
(f) 將該作品廣播或將該作品包括在有線傳播節目服務內(參閱第28條)；
(g) 製作該作品的改編本，或就該等改編本而作出任何上述作為(參閱第29條)，
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 10
而上述作為在本部中稱為“受版權所限制的作為”。
(2) 任何人未獲作品的版權擁有人的特許，而自行或授權他人作出任何受版權所限制的作為，
即屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述作出受作品版權所限制的作為，即提述─
(a) 就該作品的整項或其任何實質部分；及
(b) 直接或間接地，
作出該作為，而任何介入作為本身是否侵犯版權則不具關鍵性。
(4) 本分部在下列條文的規限下有效─
(a) 第III分部的條文(就版權作品而允許的作為)；及
(b) 第VIII分部的條文(與版權的特許有關的條文)。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 16 U.K.]
條： 23 因複製而侵犯版權 30/06/1997
(1) 複製有關作品是受任何類別的版權作品的版權所限制的作為；在本部中，凡提述複製及複
製品，均按以下條文解釋。
(2) 複製任何作品指以任何實質形式複製該作品，並包括藉電子方法將作品貯存於任何媒體。
(3) 就藝術作品而言，複製包括將平面作品製成立體的複製品以及將立體作品製成平面的複製
品。
(4) 就影片、電視廣播或有線傳播節目而言，複製包括製作的構成該影片、廣播或有線傳播節
目的全部或任何實質部分的任何影像的照片。
(5) 就已發表版本的排印編排而言，複製指製作該編排的精確複製品。
(6) 就任何類別的作品而言，複製包括製作該等作品的短暫存在的複製品或為該等作品的其他
用途而附帶製作複製品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 17 U.K.]
條： 24 以向公眾發放複製品方式侵犯版權 30/06/1997
(1) 向公眾發放有關作品的複製品，是受任何類別的版權作品的版權所限制的作為。
(2) 在本部中，凡提述向公眾發放作品的複製品，即提述由版權擁有人或在其同意下將以前從
未在香港或其他地方發行的複製品發行的作為。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述向公眾發放作品的複製品，並不包括─
(a) 以前曾發行的複製品的任何其後的分發、售賣、租賃或借出(但參閱第25條︰以租賃而
侵犯版權)；或
(b) 該等複製品其後輸入香港。
(4) 在本部中，凡提述發放作品的複製品，包括發放原本的作品及發放電子形式的複製品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 18 U.K.]
條： 25 以租賃作品予公眾方式侵犯版權 L.N. 47 of 2008; L.N. 48 of 2008
25/04/2008
附註：
* 斜體部分尚未實施。
(1) 租賃任何以下作品的複製品予公眾，是受該作品的版權所限制的作為—
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 11
(a) 電腦程式；
(b) 聲音紀錄；
(c) 影片；
(d) 收錄在聲音紀錄內的文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品；
*[(e) 載於連環圖冊內的文學作品或藝術作品；或 (f) 連環圖冊的已發表版本的排印編排。] (由2007年第15號第6條代替)
(2) 在本部中，除本條以下條文另有規定外，“租賃”(rental) 指為直接或間接的經濟或商業利
益，而令作品的複製品在該複製品將予或可予歸還的條款下供人使用。
(3) “租賃”(rental) 一詞不包括─
(a) 提供作公開表演、播放或放映之用或作廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內之用；
(b) 提供作公開陳列之用；或 (由2007年第15號第6條修訂)
(c) 提供作即場參考之用。
(4) 在本部中，凡提述租賃作品的複製品，包括租賃原本的作品。
[比照 1988 c .48 s. 18A U.K.]
條： 26 以向公眾提供複製品方式侵犯版權 30/06/1997
(1) 向公眾提供有關作品的複製品是受任何類別的版權作品的版權所限制的作為。
(2) 在本部中，凡提述向公眾提供作品的複製品，即提述藉有線或無線的方式提供，而如此提
供的方法使公眾人士可從其各自選擇的地點及於其各自選擇的時間觀看或收聽該作品(例如透過一般
稱為電腦互聯網服務的服務而提供作品的複製品)。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述向公眾提供作品的複製品，包括提供原本的作品。
(4) 僅提供使作品的複製品能夠向公眾提供的實物設施本身並不構成向公眾提供作品的複製品
的作為。
條： 27 以公開表演、放映或播放作品方式侵犯版權 30/06/1997
(1) 公開表演有關作品是受文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的版權所限制的作為。
(2) 在本部中，就作品而言，“表演”(performance)─
(a) 包括講課、講話、演說或講道；及
(b) 一般而言，包括藉任何視像或有聲方式表達，並包括藉聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線
傳播節目表達。
(3) 公開播放或放映有關作品，是受聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播節目的版權所限制的作
為。
(4) 如以器具接收藉電子方法傳送的影像或聲音而將作品公開表演、播放或放映，因而侵犯該
作品的版權，則發送影像或聲音的人及(如屬表演)表演者，均不視為對侵犯版權負責。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 19 U.K.]
條： 28 以廣播作品或將作品包括在有線傳播節目服務內的方式侵
犯版權
30/06/1997
廣播有關作品或將其包括在有線傳播節目服務內，是受以下作品的版權所限制的作為─
(a) 文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品；
(b) 聲音紀錄或影片；或
(c) 廣播或有線傳播節目。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 12
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 20 U.K.]
條： 29 以改編或作出與改編有關的作為的方式侵犯版權 30/06/1997
詳列交互參照：
23、24、25、26、27、28
(1) 製作有關作品的改編本，是受文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的版權所限制的作為。就此
而言，當以書面或其他方式記錄該等作品，即為製作改編本。
(2) 就文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的改編本而作出第23至28條或第(1)款所指明的作為中的
任何作為，亦屬受該等作品的版權所限制的作為。就此而言，在作出該作為時該改編本是否已經以
書面或其他方式記錄，並不具關鍵性。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第23、24、25、26、27、28條 *〉
(3) 在本部中“改編本”(adaptation)─
(a) 就文學作品(電腦程式除外)或戲劇作品而言，指─
(i) 該作品的翻譯本；
(ii) 由戲劇作品轉為非戲劇作品的戲劇作品的版本，或由非戲劇作品轉為戲劇作品的
非戲劇作品的版本(視屬何情況而定)；
(iii) 全部或主要藉圖畫表達故事或動作的該作品的任何版本，而該等圖畫是適宜在書
本或在報章、雜誌或相類期刊上複製的；
(b) 就電腦程式而言，指該程式的編排版本或經更改的版本，或其翻譯本；
(c) 就音樂作品而言，指該作品的樂曲編排或改編譜。
(4) 就電腦程式而言，“翻譯本”(translation) 包括由電腦程式轉為電腦語言或代碼的電腦程式
的版本或由電腦語言或代碼轉為電腦程式的電腦程式的版本，或由一種電腦語言或代碼轉為另一種
電腦語言或代碼的電腦程式的版本。
(5) 不得自本條而推論甚麼構成或並不構成複製某作品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 21 U.K.]
條： 30 間接侵犯版權︰輸入或輸出侵犯版權複製品 30/06/1997
間接侵犯版權
任何人未獲作品的版權擁有人的特許，將該作品的複製品輸入或輸出香港，而他知道或有理由
相信該複製是該作品的侵犯版權複製品，而且他輸入或輸出該複製品並非供自己私人和家居使用，
即屬侵犯該作品的版權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 22 U.K.]
條： 31 間接侵犯版權︰管有侵犯版權複製品或進行侵犯版權複製
品交易
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 任何人未獲作品的版權擁有人的特許，就該作品的複製品作出以下作為，而他知道或有理
由相信該複製品是該作品的侵犯版權複製品，即屬侵犯該作品的版權─ (由2000年第64號第2條修訂)
(a) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，管有該複製品； (由2000年第
64號第2條代替。由2007年第15號第7條修訂)
(b) 將該複製品出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租而展示該複製品；
(c) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，公開陳列或分發該複製品；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 13
或 (由2000年第64號第2條代替。由2007年第15號第7條修訂)
(d) 並非為任何貿易或業務的目的，亦並非在任何貿易或業務的過程中，分發該複製品並
達到損害版權擁有人的程度。 (由2000年第64號第2條修訂；由2007年第15號第7條修訂)
(2) 就第(1)(a)及(c)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營版權作品的侵犯版權複製品並不具
關鍵性。 (由2000年第64號第2條增補)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 23 U.K.]
條： 32 間接侵犯版權︰提供製造侵犯版權複製品的方法 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 任何人未獲作品的版權擁有人的特許而─
(a) 製作物品；
(b) 將物品輸入或輸出香港；
(c) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，管有物品；或 (由2000年第64
號第3條代替。由2007年第15號第8條修訂)
(d) 將物品出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租而展示該物品，
而該物品是經特定設計或改裝，用以製作該作品的複製品，而該人是在知道或有理由相信該物品是
將用以製作該等侵犯版權複製品的情況下作出上述作為，則該人即屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(2) 任何人未獲作品的版權擁有人的特許，藉電訊系統傳送該作品(但並非藉廣播或藉包括在有
線傳播節目服務內而傳送)，而他是在知道或有理由相信將有作品的侵犯版權複製品藉在香港或其他
地方接收該傳送而製作的情況不作出該傳送，則該人即屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(3) 就第(1)(c)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營經特定設計或改裝用以製作版權作品的
複製品的物品，並不具關鍵性。 (由2000年第64號第3條增補)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 24 U.K.]
條： 33 間接侵犯版權︰允許處所用作進行侵犯版權表演 30/06/1997
(1) 凡在公眾娛樂場所作出的表演侵犯作品的版權，除非任何允許該場所用作該表演的人在他
給予允許時有合理理由相信該表演不會侵犯版權，否則該人亦須對該項侵犯版權負上法律責任。
(2) 在本條中，“公眾娛樂場所”(place of public entertainment) 包括主要佔用作其他用途但不時
亦供租用作公眾娛樂用途的處所。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 25 U.K.]
條： 34 間接侵犯版權︰提供器具作侵犯版權表演等 30/06/1997
(1) 凡藉使用以下器具公開表演作品或公開播放或放映作品而侵犯該作品的版權，則第(2)至(4)
款所指明的人亦須對該項侵犯版權負上法律責任─
(a) 播放聲音紀錄的器具；
(b) 放映影片的器具；或
(c) 接收藉電子方法傳送的影像或聲音的器具。
(2) 供應器具或其任何實質部分的人如在供應該器具或該部分時─
(a) 知道或有理由相信該器具相當可能被人以侵犯版權的方式使用；或
(b) (如該器具的正常用途涉及公開表演、播放或放映)基於合理理由不相信該器具不會被人
以侵犯版權的方式使用，
則該供應人須對該項侵犯版權負上法律責任。
(3) 允許該器具被帶進處所的該處所的佔用人如在給予允許時，知道或有理由相信該器具相當
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 14
可能被人以侵犯版權的方式使用，該佔用人亦須對該項侵犯版權負上法律責任。
(4) 供應用作侵犯版權的聲音紀錄或影片的人如在供應該聲音紀錄或影片時，知道或有理由相
信他所供應的聲音紀錄或影片或以他所供應的聲音紀錄或影片直接或間接製作的複製品相當可能被
人以侵犯版權的方式使用，則該人亦須對該項侵犯版權負上法律責任。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 26 U.K.]
條： 35 “侵犯版權複製品”的涵義 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
118、118A、119、120、121、122、123、124、125、126、127、128、129、130、131、132、133
侵犯版權複製品
(1) 在本部中，“侵犯版權複製品”(infringing copy) 就版權作品而言，須按照本條解釋。
(2) 如某作品的複製品的製作構成侵犯有關作品的版權，則該複製品即屬侵犯版權複製品。
(3) 除第35A或35B條另有規定外，如─ (由2003年第27號第2條修訂；由2007年第15號第9條修
訂)
(a) 某作品的複製品(附屬作品的複製品除外)已輸入或擬輸入香港；及
(b) 該複製品(附屬作品的複製品除外)假使是在香港製作即會構成侵犯有關作品的版權，或
違反關乎該作品的專用特許協議，
該複製品(附屬作品的複製品除外)亦屬侵犯版權複製品(附屬作品的複製品除外)。
(4) 就第118至133條(刑事條文)而言，“侵犯版權複製品”(infringing copy) 並不包括符合以下說
明的某作品的複製品─ 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第118、118A、119、120、121、122、123、124、125、
126、127、128、129、130、131、132、133條 *〉
(a) 是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的； (由2003年第27號第2條修訂)
(b) 已於自該作品在香港或其他地方發表的首天起計15個月屆滿之後的任何時間輸入香港
或擬於該15個月屆滿之後的任何時間輸入香港；及 (由2007年第15號第9條修訂)
(c) 假使是在香港製作即會構成侵犯有關作品的版權，或違反關乎該作品的專用特許協
議，
亦不包括符合以下說明的某附屬作品的複製品─
(i) 是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的； (由2003年第27號第2條修訂)
(ii) 已輸入或擬輸入香港；及
(iii) 假使是在香港製作即會構成侵犯有關作品的版權，或違反關乎該作品的專用特許協
議。
(5) 就第VII分部(關乎輸入侵犯版權物品的法律程序)而言，“侵犯版權複製品”(infringing copy)
並不包括符合以下說明的某作品的複製品或某附屬作品的複製品─
(a) 是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的； (由2003年第27號第2條修訂)
(b) 已輸入或擬輸入香港；及
(c) 假使是在香港製作即會構成侵犯有關作品的版權，或違反關乎該作品的專用特許協議
的。
(6) 凡在任何法律程序中出現某作品的複製品是否侵犯版權複製品的問題，並且證明─
(a) 該複製品是該作品的複製品；及
(b) 版權存在於該作品或曾在任何時間存在於該作品，
則須推定該複製品是在版權存在於該作品時製作，直至相反證明成立為止。
(6A) 凡在任何法律程序中，出現某作品的複製品(該複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 15
合法地製作的)是否僅憑藉第(3)款而屬侵犯版權複製品的問題，並且證明─
(a) (如屬貯存於光碟的任何作品的複製品)該光碟沒有按《防止盜用版權條例》(第544章)第
15條規定，標上製造者代碼；
(b) 在該複製品上的標籤或標記、收錄該複製品的物品或包裝或盛載該複製品的包裝物或
盛器，顯示該複製品是在香港以外的國家、地區或地方製作的；或
(c) 在該複製品上的標籤或標記、收錄該複製品的物品或包裝或盛載該複製品的包裝物或
盛器，顯示該複製品屬禁止在香港分發、出售或供應的，或顯示該複製品只限在香港
以外的國家、地區或地方分發、出售或供應的，
則除非有相反證據，該複製品須推定為已輸入香港。 (由2007年第15號第9條增補)
(6B)在第(6A)(a)款中─
“光碟”(optical disc) 具有《防止盜用版權條例》(第544章)第2(1)條給予該詞的涵義；
“標上”(marked) 具有《防止盜用版權條例》(第544章)第15(3)條給予該詞的涵義；
“製造者代碼”(manufacturer’s code) 具有《防止盜用版權條例》(第544章)第2(1)條給予該詞的涵
義。 (由2007年第15號第9條增補)
(7) 在本部中，“侵犯版權複製品”(infringing copy) 包括憑藉任何以下條文而被視為侵犯版權
複製品的複製品—
(a) 第35B(5)條(輸入的複製品不屬第35(3)條所指的“侵犯版權複製品”)；
(b) 第40B(5)條(為閱讀殘障人士製作的便於閱讀文本)；
(c) 第40C(7)條(指明團體為閱讀殘障人士製作的便於閱讀文本)；
(d) 第40D(2)條(指明團體管有的中間複製品)；
(e) 第40D(7)條(指明團體進行交易的中間複製品)；
(f) 第41A(7)條(為教學或接受教學的目的而製作的複製品)；
(g) 第41(5)條(為教學或考試的目的而製作的複製品)；
(h) 第44(3)條(教育機構為教育的目的而製作的紀錄)；
(i) 第45(3)條(教育機構為教學的目的而藉翻印進行複製)；
(j) 第46(4)(b)條(圖書館館長或檔案室負責人倚賴虛假的聲明而製作的複製品)；
(k) 第54A(3)條(為公共行政的目的而製作的複製品)；
(l) 第64(2)條(在主體複製品轉移時採用電子形式保留的作品的另一份複製品、改編本等)；
(m) 第72(2)條(為宣傳售賣的藝術作品的目的而製作的複製品)；或
(n) 第77(4)條(為廣播或有線傳播節目的目的而製作的複製品)。 (由2007年第15號第9條代
替)
(8) 就第(3)、(4)及(5)款而言，“附屬作品”(accessory work) 指以下作品─
(a) 附貼於某物品上或在某物品上展示的標籤所包含或構成的作品；
(b) 包裝或盛載某物品的包裝物或盛器所包含或構成的作品；
(c) 附貼於包裝或盛載某物品的包裝物或盛器上或在該等包裝物或盛器上展示的標籤所包
含或構成的作品；
(d) 某物品所附帶並在售賣時與該物品一併提供的書面指示、保證書或其他資料所包含或
構成的作品；或
(e) 某物品所附帶並在售賣時與該物品一併提供的具指示性質的聲音紀錄或影片，
而該物品(包括標籤、包裝物、盛器、指示、保證書、其他資料、聲音紀錄或影片，視屬何情況而
定)的經濟價值並非主要歸因於該作品的經濟價值。
(9) (由2003年第27號第2條廢除)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 27 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 16
條： 35A 電腦程式的複製品或與電腦程式載於同一物品的某些其他
作品的複製品並非第35(3)條所指的“侵犯版權複製品” L.N. 211 of 2003 28/11/2003
(1) 如本款適用的作品的複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的，則它並非
第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品。
(2) 如某作品的複製品—
(a) 屬電腦程式的複製品；或
(b) 不屬電腦程式的複製品，但與電腦程式的複製品載於同一物品，且並非第(3)或(4)款所
規定者，
而假使沒有第(1)款，該複製品便會是第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品，則第(1)款適用於該複製品。
(3) 任何第(2)(b)款所描述的作品的複製品如符合以下說明，則第(1)款不適用於該複製品—
(a) 該複製品是或實質上是整齣電影或電視劇或電視電影的複製品；或
(b) 如該複製品是某電影或電視劇或電視電影的部分的複製品，則—
(i) 該電影或電視劇或電視電影的所有部分(指其複製品載於有關物品的部分)合起來構
成或實質上構成整齣該電影或電視劇或電視電影；或
(ii) 該電影或電視劇或電視電影的所有部分(指其複製品載於有關物品的部分)的總計觀
看時間(就電影而言)超逾15分鐘，或(就電視劇或電視電影而言)超逾10分鐘，
而在(a)及(b)(i)段中對電視劇或電視電影的提述，就由一集或多於一集劇情組成的電視劇或電視電影
而言，即為對該電視劇或電視電影的一集劇情的提述。
(4) 任何第(2)(b)款所描述的作品的複製品如屬—
(a) 電影或電視劇或電視電影的複製品(第(3)款適用者除外)；
(b) 音樂聲音紀錄或音樂視像紀錄的複製品；或
(c) 構成電子書的一部分的複製品，
(“指明作品複製品”)則在下述情況下，第(1)款不適用於該複製品：某人在獲取載有該指明作品複
製品的物品供自己使用時，其目的是為了獲取載於該物品的各指明作品複製品的可能性，大於為了
獲取載於該物品的不屬指明作品複製品的各作品的複製品的可能性。
(5) 就第(4)款而言，於考慮獲取某物品的目的是為了獲取載於該物品的某作品的複製品的可能
性時，任何電腦程式中如有任何部分的功能是提供方法以進行以下活動，則該等部分的複製品須被
視為指明作品複製品的部分—
(a) 觀看或收聽載於該物品的指明作品複製品，或(如該作品經編碼處理)就該作品進行解
碼，以便能夠觀看或收聽該指明作品複製品；或
(b) 搜索載於該物品的指明作品複製品的任何特定部分。
(6) 在本條中，“電子書”(e-book) 指載於單一物品的作品的複製品的組合，而該組合包含—
(a) 以下每項作品的一份或多於一份複製品—
(i) 電腦程式；及
(ii) 文學作品(電腦程式除外)、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品(“主要作品”)，
而其編排方式令主要作品的複製品以書本、雜誌或期刊的電子版本的形式呈現；及
(b) 一份或多於一份影片或聲音紀錄的複製品(如該複製品或該等複製品是附同主要作品作
說明用途的)。
(7) 為免生疑問，在本條(第(6)款除外)中，對作品的複製品的提述，即為對整項作品的複製品
或作品的任何實質部分的複製品的提述。
(由2003年第27號第3條增裞( �/p>
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 17
條： 35B 輸入的複製品不屬第35(3)條所指的“侵犯版權複製品” 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
118、118A、119、120、121、122、123、124、125、126、127、128、129、130、131、132、133
(1) 任何本款適用的作品的複製品─
(a) 如符合以下說明，則就將該複製品輸入香港的人而言，不屬第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權
複製品─
(i) 該複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的；而且
(ii) 輸入該複製品的本意，並非令某人可為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業
務的過程中，經銷該複製品；或
(b) 如符合以下說明，則就管有該複製品的人而言，不屬第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品
─
(i) 該複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的；而且
(ii) 管有該複製品的本意，並非令某人可為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業
務的過程中，經銷該複製品。
(2) 第(1)款適用於任何類別作品的複製品，但符合以下說明的作品的複製品除外—
(a) 屬—
(i) 音樂聲音紀錄；
(ii) 音樂視像紀錄；
(iii) 電視劇或電視電影；或
(iv) 電影；而且
(b) 正公開或擬公開播放或放映。
(3) 儘管有第(2)款所訂的例外情況，第(1)款仍適用於第(2)(a)款所提述的、符合以下說明的任何
作品的複製品—
(a) 正由或擬由某教育機構為該機構的教育目的而公開播放或放映的；或
(b) 正由或擬由某指明圖書館為該圖書館的用途而公開播放或放映的。
(4) 就第(3)(b)款而言，如任何圖書館屬於根據第46(1)(b)條指明的任何圖書館的類別，該圖書館
須視為指明圖書館。
(5) 凡某作品的複製品憑藉第(1)款而不屬侵犯版權複製品，如其後有人為任何貿易或業務的目
的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，經銷該複製品─
(a) 而該經銷是在第35(4)(b)條所提述的15個月期間內進行的，則就第118至133條(刑事條文)
而言，該複製品須就有關經銷及就經銷該複製品的人而言視為侵犯版權複製品；及
〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第118、118A、119、120、121、122、123、124、125、126、127、
128、129、130、131、132、133條 *〉
(b) 則不論該經銷是於何時進行的，就本條例的任何條文(第118至133條除外)而言，該複製
品須就有關經銷及就經銷該複製品的人而言視為侵犯版權複製品。 〈* 註─詳列交互
參照：第118、118A、119、120、121、122、123、124、125、126、127、128、129、130、
131、132、133條 *〉
(6) 在本條中，“經銷”(deal in) 指出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租、或為出售或出租而展
示，或為牟利或報酬而分發。
(由2007年第15號第10條增裞( �/p>
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 18
條： 36 就第30及31條而言的免責辯護 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
免責辯護
(1) 現聲明如有某作品的複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的，且它僅憑
藉第35(3)條而屬侵犯版權複製品，則就第30及31條而言以及為免生疑問，在根據第30或31條而就某
作品的複製品進行的侵犯版權訴訟中，如被告人證明─ (由2007年第15號第11條修訂)
(a) 他已作出合理查究足以使他自己信納該已輸入或擬輸入香港的該作品的複製品並非該
作品的侵犯版權複製品；
(b) 他基於合理理由而信納在有關個案的情況下，該複製品並非侵犯版權複製品；及
(c) 沒有其他本會致使他合理地懷疑該複製品是侵犯版權複製品的情況，
則他已證明他沒有理由相信該複製品是侵犯版權複製品。
(2) 法院在裁定被告人是否已根據第(1)款證明他沒有理由相信該複製品是侵犯版權複製品時，
可顧及的因素包括(但不限於)以下事項─
(a) 他是否已就有關類別作品向有關的行業團體作出查究；
(b) 他是否已給予通知促請有關的版權擁有人或專用特許持有人注意他在輸入和出售該作
品的複製品方面的權益；
(c) 他是否已遵從就有關類別作品的供應而可能存在的實務守則；
(d) 對被告作出的該等查究的回應(如有的話)是否合理和及時；
(e) 他是否已獲提供有關的版權擁有人或專用特許持有人(視屬何情況而定)的姓名或名稱、
地址及其聯絡之詳細資料；
(f) 他是否已獲提供有關作品首日發表之日期；
(g) 他是否已獲提供任何有關專用特許之證明。
(3) 凡某人一如第30或31條所述般侵犯版權，在針對該人侵犯版權的訴訟中，如該人證明以下
事項，即可以此作為免責辯護─
(a) 他已向版權擁有人或專用特許持有人(視屬何情況而定)訂購該作品的複製品，以獲得該
作品的複製品的供應；
(b) 他已向某人作出訂購，但該人基於不合理理由而不作出提供或在不合理的條款下始同
意提供，故此其作為並不合情理；及
(c) 有關輸入是在版權擁有人或專用特許特有人作出該不合情理的作為之後並且是在第
35(4)(b)條指明的期間屆滿之後進行的。
(4) 法院在裁定版權擁有人或專用特許持有人是否已作出不合情理的作為時，須將個別行業為
有秩序地分發該類別作品的複製品而既有的慣常做法列為考慮因素，尤其須考慮該訂單如獲履行，
會否與版權擁有人或專用特許持有人對該作品的正常利用有所抵觸，或會否不合理地損害版權有人
或專用特許持有人的合法權益。
(5) 法院在裁定是否基於“不合理理由”而不作出提供或在“不合理的條款下”始同意提供
時，須考慮個別行業或個別公眾的合理需求，包括但不限於價格及提貨時間、該行業對在香港存貨
之處理、該行業對個別媒體、類別或語言的產品之一般處理、訂單之大小、已作之查詢以及有無任
何人士以前曾經向個別供應商訂貨而未得到兌現。
部：
分部：
II
III
就版權作品而允許的作為 30/06/1997
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 19
條： 37 引言條文 30/06/1997
引言
(1) 本分部的條文指明某些在儘管有版權存在的情況下仍可就版權作品而作出的作為；該等條
文只關乎侵犯版權的問題而不影響限制作出任何該等指明作為的任何其他權利或義務。
(2) 凡本分部規定某項作為不屬侵犯版權，或可作出該作為而不侵犯版權，而沒有特別提及某
類別的版權作品，則有關作為並不屬侵犯任何類別的作品的版權。
(3) 在決定本分部指明的作為是否可在儘管有版權存在的情況下就版權作品而作出時，基本考
慮因素是該項作為並不與版權擁有人對作品的正常利用有所抵觸，以及該項作為並沒有不合理地損
害版權擁有人的合法權益。
(4) 不得從憑藉本分部可予作出而不屬侵犯版權的任何作為的描述，而推論受任何類別作品的
版權所限制的作為的範圍。
(5) 本分部各條條文的解釋互相獨立，故某作為並不屬於某條文的範圍，並不表示另一條文不
涵蓋該作為。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 28 U.K.]
條： 38 研究及私人研習 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
一般條文
(1) 為研究或私人研習而公平處理任何作品，不屬侵犯該等作品的任何版權，就已發表版本而
言，亦不屬侵犯其排印編排的版權。 (由2007年第15號第12條修訂)
(2) 由並非屬研究者或學生的人在以下的情況下進行複製，不屬公平處理─
(a) 由圖書館館長或代其行事的人作出根據第49條訂立的規則不允許根據第47或48條作出的
事情(文章或已發表作品的部分︰對製造多份相同材料的複製品的限制)；或
(b) 在其他情況下，進行複製的人知道或有理由相信如此複製會造成實質上相同材料的複
製品在實質上相同的時間提供予多於一人作實質上相同的用途。
(3) 法院在裁定對作品的處理是否第(1) 款所指的公平處理時，須考慮有關個案的整體情況，並
尤其須考慮—
(a) 該項處理的目的及性質，包括該項處理是否為非牟利的目的而作出以及是否屬商業性
質；
(b) 該作品的性質；
(c) 就該作品的整項而言，被處理的部分所佔的數量及實質分量；及
(d) 該項處理對該作品的潛在市場或價值的影響。 (由2007年第15號第12條代替)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 29 U.K.]
條： 39 批評、評論及新聞報道 30/06/1997
(1) 為批評或評論某一作品或另一作品或批評或評論某一作品的表演而公平處理該某一作品，
只要附有足夠的確認聲明，即不屬侵犯該某一作品的任何版權，而就已發表版本而言，亦不屬侵犯
其排印編排的版權。
(2) 為報導時事而公平處理某一作品，只要附有足夠的確認聲明(除第(3)款另有規定外)，不屬
侵犯該作品的任何版權。
(3) 藉聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播節目報導時事，不須附有確認聲明。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 20
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 30 U.K.]
條： 40 附帶地包括版權材料 30/06/1997
(1) 某項作品附帶地包括在藝術作品、聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播節目內，不屬侵犯該
作品的版權。
(2) 某項東西的製作若憑藉第(1)款而不屬侵犯版權，則向公眾發放或提供該東西的複製品，或
播放、放映、廣播該項東西，或將該項東西包括在有線傳播節目服務內，亦不屬侵犯版權。
(3) 蓄意將音樂作品、伴隨音樂而講出或唱出的文字包括在另一作品中，或蓄意將聲音紀錄、
廣播或有線傳播節目中包括音樂作品或該等文字的部分包括在另一作品中，並不視為附帶地包括在
該另一作品中。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 31 U.K.]
條： 40A 適用於第40A至40F條的定義 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
40B、40C、40D、40E、40F
閱讀殘障人士
在本條及在第40B至40F條中— 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第40B、40C、40D、40E、40F條 *〉
“便於閱讀文本”(accessible copy) 就某版權作品而言，指令閱讀殘障人士較易閱讀或使用該作品的
文本；
“指明團體”(specified body) 指符合任何以下描述的團體—
(a) 附表1第1條所指明的教育機構；
(b) 根據《稅務條例》(第112章)第88條獲豁免繳稅的教育機構；
(c) 獲政府發放直接經常性補助金的教育機構；或
(d) 非為牟利而成立或營辦的、主要宗旨屬慈善性質的或是在其他情況下以促進閱讀殘障
人士的福利為務的組織；
“借出”(lend) 就某複製品而言，指在並非為直接或間接的經濟或商業利益的情況下，提供該複製品
予人使用，而使用條款是該複製品將予歸還；
“閱讀殘障”(print disability) 就某人而言，指—
(a) 失明；
(b) 該人的視力受到損害，以致該人不能依靠矯正視力鏡片，將視力改善至一般可接受的
能在沒有特別強度或種類的光線下閱讀的水平；
(c) 由於身體殘疾以致無能力手持或調弄書本；或
(d) 由於身體殘疾以致無能力使其眼睛聚焦或移動其眼睛以達至一般可接受的作閱讀的程
度。
(由2007年第15號第13條增補)
條： 40B 為閱讀殘障人士製作單一便於閱讀文本 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 如—
(a) 任何閱讀殘障人士管有任何文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的整項或其部
分的文本(在本條中稱為“原版文本”)；而
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 21
(b) 由於其殘疾以致他無法閱讀或使用該原版文本，
則由該人士或任何人代他製作一份該原版文本的便於閱讀文本以供該人士個人使用，並不屬侵犯該
作品的版權，而就已發表版本而言，此舉亦不屬侵犯其排印編排的版權。
(2) 在以下情況下，第(1)款不適用—
(a) 有關原版文本屬侵犯版權複製品；
(b) 有關原版文本屬音樂作品或其部分的原版文本，而製作便於閱讀文本會涉及記錄該作
品或其部分的表演；或
(c) 有關原版文本屬戲劇作品或其部分的原版文本，而製作便於閱讀文本會涉及記錄該作
品或其部分的表演。
(3) 除非在閱讀殘障人士製作或任何人代他製作便於閱讀文本之時，該文本的製作者已作出合
理查究，並信納無法以合理的商業價格，取得屬可供該人士閱讀或使用的形式的有關版權作品的文
本，否則第(1)款不適用。
(4) 任何人如根據本條代閱讀殘障人士製作便於閱讀文本，並就此收取費用，該費用不得超逾
為製作及供應該文本而招致的成本。
(5) 凡任何便於閱讀文本(若非因本條即屬侵犯版權複製品者)按照本條製作或供應，但其後該文
本被用以進行交易，則—
(a) 就該交易而言，該文本須視為侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 如該交易侵犯版權，則就所有其後的目的而言，該文本須視為侵犯版權複製品。
(6) 在第(5)款中，“被用以進行交易”(dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或
為出售或出租而展示。
(由2007年第15號第13條增補)
條： 40C 指明團體為閱讀殘障人士製作多份便於閱讀文本 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 如—
(a) 任何指明團體管有任何文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的商業發表的整項
或其部分的文本(在本條中稱為“原版文本”)；及
(b) 閱讀殘障人士無法閱讀或使用該原版文本，
則該指明團體為該等人士製作或向該等人士供應該原版文本的便於閱讀文本以供該等人士個人使
用，並不屬侵犯該作品的版權，而就已發表版本而言，此舉亦不屬侵犯其排印編排的版權。
(2) 在以下情況下，第(1)款不適用—
(a) 有關原版文本屬侵犯版權複製品；
(b) 有關原版文本屬音樂作品或其部分的原版文本，而製作便於閱讀文本會涉及記錄該作
品或其部分的表演；或
(c) 有關原版文本屬戲劇作品或其部分的原版文本，而製作便於閱讀文本會涉及記錄該作
品或其部分的表演。
(3) 除非在製作便於閱讀文本之時，指明團體已作出合理查究，並信納無法以合理的商業價
格，取得屬可供閱讀殘障人士閱讀或使用的形式的有關版權作品的文本，否則第(1)款不適用。
(4) 指明團體必須—
(a) 在製作或供應便於閱讀文本之前的一段合理時間內，將其製作或供應該等便於閱讀文
本的意向，通知有關版權擁有人；或
(b) 在製作或供應便於閱讀文本之後的一段合理時間內，將它已製作或供應該等便於閱讀
文本一事，通知有關版權擁有人。
(5) 如指明團體在作出合理查究後，仍不能確定有關版權擁有人的身分及聯絡方法的詳細資
料，則第(4)款的規定不適用。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 22
(6) 指明團體如根據本條製作及供應便於閱讀文本，並就此收取費用，該費用不得超逾為製作
及供應該文本而招致的成本。
(7) 凡任何便於閱讀文本(若非因本條即屬侵犯版權複製品者)按照本條製作或供應，但其後該文
本被用以進行交易，則—
(a) 就該交易而言，該文本須視為侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 如該交易侵犯版權，則就所有其後的目的而言，該文本須視為侵犯版權複製品。
(8) 在第(7)款中，“被用以進行交易”(dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或
為出售或出租而展示。
(由2007年第15號第13條增補)
條： 40D 中間複製品 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 任何根據第40C條有權製作原版文本的便於閱讀文本的指明團體，可管有任何在製作該便於
閱讀文本的過程中必然產生的該原版文本的中間複製品，但—
(a) 該指明團體只可為製作更多便於閱讀文本的目的，而管有該中間複製品；及
(b) 該指明團體必須在已不需再為該目的而管有該中間複製品之後的3個月內，將之銷毀。
(2) 任何並非按照第(1)款管有的中間複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品。
(3) 指明團體可將根據第(1)款管有的中間複製品，借予或轉移予另一同樣根據第40C條有權製作
有關版權作品的便於閱讀文本的指明團體。
(4) 指明團體必須—
(a) 在借出或轉移中間複製品之前的一段合理時間內，將其借出或轉移該中間複製品的意
向，通知有關版權擁有人；或
(b) 在借出或轉移中間複製品之後的一段合理時間內，將它已借出或轉移該中間複製品一
事，通知有關版權擁有人。
(5) 如指明團體在作出合理查究後，仍不能確定有關版權擁有人的身分及聯絡方法的詳細資
料，則第(4)款的規定不適用。
(6) 指明團體如就借出或轉移本條所指的中間複製品收取費用，該費用不得超逾為借出或轉移
該中間複製品而招致的成本。
(7) 凡任何中間複製品(若非因本條即屬侵犯版權複製品者)按照本條被管有、借出或轉移，但其
後該中間複製品被用以進行交易，則—
(a) 就該交易而言，該中間複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 如該交易侵犯版權，則就所有其後的目的而言，該中間複製品須視為侵犯版權複製
品。
(8) 在第(7)款中，“被用以進行交易”(dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或
為出售或出租而展示。
(由2007年第15號第13條增補)
條： 40E 指明團體須備存的紀錄 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 指明團體必須在根據第40C條製作或供應任何便於閱讀文本之後，在切實可行範圍內，盡快
就該便於閱讀文本作出紀錄。
(2) 第(1)款所提述的紀錄必須載有—
(a) 製作或供應有關便於閱讀文本的日期；
(b) 該便於閱讀文本所採用的形式；
(c) 有關原版文本的名稱、發表人及版本；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 23
(d) (如該便於閱讀文本是為某團體或某類別人士製作或是供應予某團體或某類別人士的)有
關團體的名稱或對有關類別人士的描述；及
(e) (如製作或供應的便於閱讀文本多於一份)該等便於閱讀文本的總數。
(3) 指明團體必須在根據第40D條借出或轉移任何中間複製品之後，在切實可行範圍內，盡快就
該中間複製品作出紀錄。
(4) 第(3)款所提述的紀錄必須載有—
(a) 借得或獲轉移有關中間複製品的指明團體的名稱，以及借出或轉移該中間複製品的日
期；
(b) 該中間複製品所採用的形式；及
(c) 有關原版文本的名稱、發表人及版本。
(5) 指明團體必須—
(a) 在根據第(1)或(3)款作出任何紀錄之後，保留該紀錄最少3年；及
(b) 容許有關版權擁有人或代該人行事的人在給予合理通知的情況下，於任何合理時間查
閱該紀錄及製作該紀錄的複本。
(由2007年第15號第13條增補)
條： 40F 關於第40A至40E條的補充條文 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
40A、40B、40C、40D、40E
(1) 本條補充第40A至40E條。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第40A、40B、40C、40D、40E條 *〉
(2) 就任何版權作品的文本(根據第40B或40C條製作的便於閱讀文本除外)而言，如閱讀殘障人
士能像沒患有閱讀殘障般閱讀或使用該文本，該文本方可視為可供閱讀殘障人士閱讀或使用。
(3) 版權作品的便於閱讀文本可採用的形式如下—
(a) 該作品的聲音紀錄；
(b) 該作品的點字、大字體或電子版本；或
(c) 該作品的任何其他專門規格。
(4) 任何版權作品的便於閱讀文本可包含引領使用該作品的版本的設施，但不得包含—
(a) 並非對克服因閱讀殘障而產生的困難屬必要的改動；或
(b) 侵犯第92條賦予該作品的作者的其作品不受貶損處理的精神權利的改動。
(由2007年第15號第13條增補)
條： 41A 為教學或接受教學的目的而作的公平處理 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
教育
(1) 在由教育機構提供的指明課程中，教師或任何代表他的人或學生如為教學或接受教學的目
的而公平處理任何作品，即不屬侵犯該作品的版權，而就已發表版本而言，此舉亦不屬侵犯其排印
編排的版權。
(2) 法院在裁定對作品的處理是否第(1)款所指的公平處理時，須考慮有關個案的整體情況，並
尤其須考慮—
(a) 該項處理的目的及性質，包括該項處理是否為非牟利的目的而作出以及是否屬商業性
質；
(b) 該作品的性質；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 24
(c) 就該作品的整項而言，被處理的部分所佔的數量及實質分量；及
(d) 該項處理對該作品的潛在市場或價值的影響。
(3) 凡對作品的處理涉及在選集中收錄已發表的文學作品或戲劇作品的任何片段或摘錄—
(a) 如此舉並無附有足夠的確認聲明，則該項處理不屬第(1)款所指的公平處理；及
(b) 如此舉附有足夠的確認聲明，則第(2)款適用於裁定該項處理是否屬第(1)款所指的公平
處理。
(4) 凡對作品的處理涉及將任何廣播或有線傳播節目製作成紀錄或製作該紀錄的複製品—
(a) 如該紀錄並無載有確認作者或被記錄的作品所蘊含的其他創作努力的聲明，則該項處
理不屬第(1)款所指的公平處理；及
(b) 如該紀錄載有確認作者或被記錄的作品所蘊含的其他創作努力的聲明，則第(2)款適用
於裁定該項處理是否屬第(1)款所指的公平處理。
(5) 凡對作品的處理涉及透過全部或部分由任何教育機構控制的有線或無線網絡而提供該作品
的複製品─
(a) 如該教育機構沒有─
(i) 採用科技措施，限制透過該網絡而取用該作品的複製品，以令該作品的複製品，
只提供予在有關指明課程中為教學或接受教學的目的而有需要使用該作品的複製
品的人，或為保養或管理該網絡的目的而有需要使用該作品的複製品的人；或
(ii) 確保將該作品的複製品貯存於該網絡中的期間，不超過在有關指明課程中為教學
或接受教學的目的而有需要保留的期間或(在任何情況下)不超過連續12個月的期
間，
則該項處理不屬第(1)款所指的公平處理；而
(b) 如該教育機構─
(i) 採用科技措施，限制透過該網絡而取用該作品的複製品，以令該作品的複製品，
只提供予在有關指明課程中為教學或接受教學的目的而有需要使用該作品的複製
品的人，或為保養或管理該網絡的目的而有需要使用該作品的複製品的人；及
(ii) 確保將該作品的複製品貯存於該網絡中的期間，不超過在有關指明課程中為教學
或接受教學的目的而有需要保留的期間或(在任何情況下)不超過連續12個月的期
間，
則第(2)款適用於裁定該項處理是否屬第(1)款所指的公平處理。
(6) 在不損害第37(5)條的一般性的原則下，凡對作品的處理涉及製作翻印複製品，則製作該等
複製品並不屬於第45條的範圍，並不表示本條不涵蓋該製作，而第(2)款適用於裁定該項處理是否屬
第(1)款所指的公平處理。
(7) 凡任何複製品(若非因本條即屬侵犯版權複製品者)按照本條製作，但其後該複製品被用以進
行交易，則—
(a) 就該交易而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 如該交易侵犯版權，則就所有其後的目的而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品。
(8) 在第(7)款中，“被用以進行交易”(dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或
為出售或出租而展示。
(由2007年第15號第14條增補)
條： 41 為教學或考試的目的而作出的事情 30/06/1997
(1) 如在教學或教學準備過程中在合理的範圍內複製文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作
品，而該複製─
(a) 由教學或接受教學的人作出；及
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 25
(b) 並非藉翻印程序進行，
則該複製不屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(2) 在影片製作或影片聲帶製作的教學或教學準備過程中，因製作影片或影片聲帶而由教學或
接受教學的人複製聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播節目，並不屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(3) 為考試的目的並藉擬出試題、向考生傳達試題或解答試題而作出的任何事情，不屬侵犯版
權。
(4) 第(3)款並不延伸而適用於製作音樂作品的翻印複製品供考生表演該作品之用。
(5) 凡任何複製品(假若非因本條該複製品即屬侵犯版權複製品)按照本條製作，但其後有人進行
該複製品的交易，則就該項交易而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品，又如該項交易侵犯版權，
則就所有其後的目的而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品。
就本款而言，“進行交易”(dealt with) 指出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租
而展示。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 32 U.K.]
條： 42 供教育用途的選集 30/06/1997
(1) 凡從已發表的文學作品或戲劇作品中摘錄短的片段而將其包括在集合本中，而該集合本─
(a) 是擬在教育機構中使用的，並且在集合本名稱中及由集合本的發表人發放或代表集合
本的發表人發放的宣傳品中均如此描述；及
(b) 主要是由沒有版權存在的材料構成的，
則只要該等作品本身並非擬在該教育機構中使用並且將該等作品包括在該集合本中是附有足夠的確
認聲明的，將該片段包括在該集合本中並不屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(2) 第(1)款並不授權同一發表人在任何5年期間內，從由同一作者製作的版權作品中抽取多於2
項摘錄，以包括在該發表人所發表的集合本中。
(3) 就作品的任何特定片段而言，第(2)款提述的從由同一作者製作的作品中抽取摘錄─
(a) 須視作包括從由該作者與他人共同製作的作品中抽取摘錄；及
(b) 如有關片段是從該等作品中抽取的，則須視作包括從由其中任何一位作者製作的作品
(不論該作品為該作者單獨製作或與另一作者共同製作)中抽取摘錄。
(4) 在本條中，凡提述在教育機構中使用作品，即提述為該等機構的教育目的而使用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 33 U.K.]
條： 43 在教育機構的活動過程中表演、播放或放映作品 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 凡─
(a) 在教育機構的活動過程中由教師或學生表演文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品；或
(b) 在教育機構中由任何人為教學的目的而表演文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品，
而觀眾或聽眾只包括或主要包括該機構的教師和學生、該機構的學生的父母或監護人及與該機構的
活動有直接關連的其他人，則就侵犯版權而言，該表演不屬公開表演。 (由2007年第15號第15條修
訂)
(2) 為教學或接受教學的目的而在教育機構中向上述觀眾或聽眾播放或放映聲音紀錄、影片、
廣播或有線傳播節目，就侵犯版權而言，不屬公開播放或放映有關作品。 (由2007年第15號第15條修
訂)
(3) (由2007年第15號第15條廢除)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 34 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 26
條： 44 由教育機構製作廣播及有線傳播節目的紀錄 30/06/1997
(1) 任何廣播或有線傳播節目的紀錄或該紀錄的複製品，在以下情況之下，可由教育機構或代
教育機構為該機構的教育目的而製作，而不屬侵犯該廣播或有線傳播節目或包括在其中的任何作品
的版權─
(a) 該機構製作的該紀錄已包含確認作者的聲明或確認被記錄的作品所載的其他創作努力
的聲明；及
(b) 並非為圖利而製作。
(2) 如有特許計劃下的特許授權進行有關的記錄或複製，而製作紀錄或複製品的人已知道或應
已知道該事實，則本條並不授權進行有關的記錄或複製或在該特許所授權的範圍內進行有關的記錄
或複製。
(3) 凡任何紀錄或複製品(假若非因本條該複製品即屬侵犯版權複製品)按照本條製作，但其後有
人進行該複製品的交易，則就該項交易而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品，又如該項交易侵犯
版權，則就所有其後的目的而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品。
就本款而言，“進行交易”(dealt with) 指出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租
而展示。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 35 U.K.]
條： 45 教育機構或學生將已發表作品中的片段藉翻印複製 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
教育機構或學生將已發表作品中的片段藉翻印複製
(由2007年第15號16條修訂)
(1) 教育機構或其代表可為教學目的，而學生亦可為在任何由教育機構提供的指明課程中接受
教學的目的，在合理的範圍內製作藝術作品或已發表的文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的片段的翻
印複製品，而不屬侵犯該等作品的版權及排印編排的版權。 (由2007年第15號16條修訂)
(2) 如有特許計劃下的特許授權進行有關的複製，而製作複製品的人已知道或應已知道該事
實，則本條並不授權進行有關的複製或在該特許所授權的範圍內進行有關的複製。
(3) 凡任何複製品(假使非因本條該複製品即屬侵犯版權複製品)按照本條製作，但其後有人進行
該複製品的交易，則就該項交易而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品，又如該項交易侵犯版權，
則就所有其後的目的而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品。
就本款而言，“進行交易”(dealt with) 指出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租
而展示。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 36 U.K.]
條： 46 圖書館及檔案室︰引言 L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
47、48、49、50、51、52、53
附註：
有關《立法會決議》(2007年第130號法律公告)所作之修訂的保留及過渡性條文，見載於該決議
第(12)段。
圖書館及檔案室
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 27
(1) 為施行在第47至53條(由圖書館館長及檔案室負責人進行複製)中任何條文，商務及經濟發展
局局長可─ (由1997年第362號法律公告修訂；由2002年第106號法律公告修訂；由2007年第130號法
律公告修訂)〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第47、48、49、50、51、52、53條 *〉
(a) 藉規例訂明條件；及
(b) 藉憲報公告指明圖書館或檔案室。
(2) 在第47至53條中─ 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第47、48、49、50、51、52、53條 *〉
(a) 在任何條文中，凡提述訂明條件，即提述為施行該等條文而根據第(1)(a)款訂明的條
件；及
(b) 在任何條文中，凡提述指明圖書館或指明檔案室，即提述為施行該等條文而根據第
(1)(b)款指明的圖書館或檔案室。
(3) 上述規例可─
(a) 規定凡圖書館館長或檔案室負責人在製作或供應某作品的複製品前須信納某事項─
(i) 則該館長或負責人可倚賴由要求獲得該複製品的人就該事項而作出經簽署的聲
明，但如該館長或負責人知道該聲明在任何要項上屬虛假，則屬例外；及
(ii) 在訂明的情況下，如沒有按訂明格式作出經簽署的聲明，則該館長或負責人不得
製作或供應複製品；
(b) 就不同類別的圖書館或檔案室和為不同目的而訂立不同的規定。
(4) 凡要求獲得複製品的人作出在任何要項上屬虛假的聲明並獲供應複製品，而該複製品假使
由該人製作即屬侵犯版權複製品，則─
(a) 該人須負上侵犯版權的法律責任，猶如他自己製作該複製品一樣；及
(b) 該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品。
(5) 在本條及第47至53條中，凡提述圖書館館長或檔案室負責人，包括代其行事的人。 〈* 註
─詳列交互參照：第47、48、49、50、51、52、53條 *〉
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 37 U.K.]
條： 47 由圖書館館長製作複製品︰期刊內的文章 30/06/1997
(1) 如訂明條件獲符合，指明圖書館的館長可製作和供應期刊內的文章的複製品，而不屬侵犯
該文本的版權、附同該文本的任何插圖的版權，或該文本的排印編排的版權。
(2) 訂明條件必須包括以下各項─
(a) 要求獲得複製品的人，須令圖書館館長信納他是為研究或私人研習的目的而需要該等
複製品，並且不會為任何其他目的使用該等複製品，方可獲供應該等複製品；
(b) 不得提供同一篇文章的多於一份複製品予同一人，亦不得從同一期的期刊提供多於一
篇文章的複製品予同一人；及
(c) 獲供應複製品的人須就該等複製品支付一筆不少於製作該等複製品的成本(包括對圖書
館的一般支出所作分擔)的款項。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 38 U.K.]
條： 48 由圖書館館長製作複製品︰已發表作品的部分 30/06/1997
(1) 如訂明條件獲符合，指明圖書館的館長可從文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品(但並非期刊內
的文章)的已發表版本，製作和供應該等作品的一部分的複製品，而不屬侵犯該作品的版權、附同該
作品的任何插圖的版權，或該作品的排印編排的版權。
(2) 訂明條件必須包括以下各項─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 28
(a) 要求獲得複製品的人，須令圖書館館長信納他是為研究或私人研習的目的而需要該等
複製品，並且不會為任何其他目的使用該等複製品，方可獲供應該等複製品；
(b) 不得提供同一份材料的多於一份複製品予同一人，亦不得提供任何作品的超出合理比
例的部分的複製品；及
(c) 獲供應複製品的人須就該等複製品支付一筆不少於製作該等複製品的成本(包括對圖書
館的一般支出所作分擔)的款項。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 39 U.K.]
條： 49 對製造多份相同材料的複製品的限制 30/06/1997
(1) 為施行第47及48條(由圖書館館長複製文章或已發表作品的一部分)而訂立的規例，須載有條
文，規定要求獲得複製品的人，須令圖書館館長信納他對複製品的需求與其他人對該複製品的相近
需求並無關連，方可獲供應該複製品。
(2) 上述規例可規定─
(a) 如在實質上相同的時間為實質上相同的目的要求獲得實質上屬相同材料的複製品，則
該等對複製品的需求須視為相近；及
(b) 如某些人在同一時間及地點接受與材料有關的指示，則該等人的需求須視為有關連。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 40 U.K.]
條： 50 由圖書館館長製作複製品︰供應複製品予其他圖書館 30/06/1997
(1) 如訂明條件獲符合，指明圖書館的館長可製作和提供下列項目的複製品予另一指明圖書館
─
(a) 期刊內的文章；
(b) 文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的已發表版本的整項或部分；或
(c) 聲音紀錄或影片，
而不屬侵犯該文章文本的版權、該作品的版權、附同該文章或作品的任何插圖的版權，該文章或作
品的排印編排的版權，或該聲音紀錄或影片的版權(視屬何情況而定)。
(2) 圖書館館長如在製作複製品時，知道有權授權製作該複製品的人的姓名或名稱和地址，或
經合理查究後可確定該人的姓名或名稱和地址，則第(1)(b)及(c)款並不適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 41 U.K.]
條： 51 由圖書館館長或檔案室負責人製作複製品︰作品的替代複
製品
30/06/1997
(1) 如訂明條件獲符合，則指明圖書館的館長或指明檔案室的負責人可從屬該圖書館或檔案室
的永久收藏品的任何項目，製作複製品─
(a) 並藉將複製品以增補或代替原有項目的形式收入永久收藏品，以保存或替代該原有項
目；或
(b) 以替代屬另一指明圖書館或指明檔案室的永久收藏品中已失去、毀滅或損毀的項目，
而不屬侵犯任何文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的版權、附同該等作品的任何插圖的版權、屬已發
表版本的作品的排印編排的版權，而就任何聲音紀錄或影片而言，則不屬侵犯該聲音紀錄或影片的
版權。
(2) 訂明條件必須包括施加以下限制的條文︰只有在購買有關項目作該用途並非合理地切實可
行的情況下，方可製作複製品。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 29
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 42 U.K.]
條： 52 由圖書館館長或檔案室負責人製作複製品︰某些未發表的
作品
30/06/1997
(1) 如訂明條件獲符合，指明圖書館的館長或指明檔案室的負責人可在圖書館或檔案室─
(a) 從任何文件(包括電子形式的文件)製作和供應文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的整項或
部分的複製品；或
(b) 製作和供應聲音紀錄或影片的整項或部分的複製品，
而不屬侵犯該等作品或附同該等作品的任何插圖或聲音紀錄或影片的版權。
(2) 如─
(a) 該作品在存放於該圖書館或檔案室之前已經發表；或
(b) 版權擁有人已禁止將作品複製，
而製作該等複製品的圖書館館長或檔案室負責人在製作複製品時，是知道或應該知道該事實的，則
本條並不適用。
(3) 訂明條件必須包括以下各項─
(a) 要求獲得複製品的人，須令圖書館館長或檔案室負責人信納他是為研究或私人研習的
目的而需要該等複製品，並且不會用為任何其他目的使用該等複製品，方可獲供應該
等複製品；
(b) 不得提供同一份材料的多於一份複製品予同一人；及
(c) 獲供應複製品的人須就該等複製品支付一筆不少於製作複製品的成本(包括對圖書館或
檔案室的一般支出所作分擔)的款項。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 43 U.K.]
條： 53 由圖書館館長或檔案室負責人製作複製品︰在文化或歷史
方面有重要性的物品
30/06/1997
如某物品在文化或歷史方面有重要性或有令人感興趣之處，並相當可能因出售或輸出而使香港
失去該物品，則指明圖書館的館長或指明檔案室的負責人可製作該物品的複製品和將複製品存放於
該圖書館或檔案室，而不屬侵犯有關該物品的版權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 44 U.K.]
條： 54A 為公共行政的目的而公平處理 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
公共行政
(1) 政府、行政會議、司法機構或任何區議會如為有效率地處理緊急事務的目的，而公平處理
任何作品，即不屬侵犯該作品的版權，而就已發表版本而言，此舉亦不屬侵犯其排印編排的版權。
(2) 法院在裁定對作品的處理是否第(1)款所指的公平處理時，須考慮有關個案的整體情況，並
尤其須考慮—
(a) 該項處理的目的及性質，包括該項處理是否為非牟利的目的而作出以及是否屬商業性
質；
(b) 該作品的性質；
(c) 就該作品的整項而言，被處理的部分所佔的數量及實質分量；及
(d) 該項處理對該作品的潛在市場或價值的影響。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 30
(3) 凡任何複製品(若非因本條即屬侵犯版權複製品者)按照本條製作，但其後該複製品被用以進
行交易，則—
(a) 就該交易而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 如該交易侵犯版權，則就所有其後的目的而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品。
(4) 在第(3)款中，“被用以進行交易”(dealt with) 指被出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租、或
為出售或出租而展示。
(由2007年第15號第17條增補)
條： 54B 立法會 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 以下作為不屬侵犯版權─
(a) 為立法會程序的目的而作出任何事情；或
(b) 為行使立法會的權力及執行其職能的目的而─
(i) 由立法會議員或任何人代立法會議員；或
(ii) 由立法會行政管理委員會或任何人代立法會行政管理委員會，
作出任何事情。
(2) 為報導立法會程序的目的而作出任何事情，並不屬侵犯版權；但這不得解釋為授權任何人
複製本身是該等程序的已發表報導的作品。
(由2007年第15號第17條增補)
條： 54 司法程序 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
司法程序
(由2007年第15號第18條修訂)
(1) 為司法程序的目的而作出任何事情，並不屬侵犯版權。
(2) 為報導司法程序的目的而作出任何事情，並不屬侵犯版權；但這不得解釋為授權任何人複
製本身是該等程序的已發表報導的作品。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂；由2007年第15號第18條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 45 U.K.]
條： 55 法定研訊 30/06/1997
(1) 為法定研訊的程序的目的而作出任何事情，並不屬侵犯版權。
(2) 為報導公開進行的該等程序的目的而作出任何事情，並不屬侵犯版權；但這不得解釋為授
權任何人複製本身是該等程序的已發表報導的作品。
(3) 向公眾發放或提供法定研訊的載有某作品或其材料的報告書的文本，並不屬侵犯該作品的
版權。
(4) 在本條中─
“法定研訊”(statutory inquiry) 指─
(a) 依據《調查委員會條例》(第86章)進行的研訊或調查；或
(b) 由條例或根據條例所施加的責任或由條例或根據條例所賦予的權力，而進行的研訊或
調查。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 46 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 31
條： 56 開放予公眾查閱或在公事登記冊內的材料 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 依據法例規定須開放予公眾查閱的材料，或法定登記冊內的材料，如由適當的人或在其授
權下複製，並且只複製該材料中屬於任何類別的事實資料，而複製的目的並不涉及向公眾發放或提
供該等複製品，則該項複製並不屬侵犯版權。
(2) 依據法例規定須開放予公眾查閱的材料的複製品如由適當的人或在其授權下複製或向公眾
發放或提供，而目的是讓公眾可在較方便的時間或地點查閱該等材料，或為方便行使某項權利(而該
法例規定是為該項權利的行使而施加的)，則該項複製或向公眾發放或提供並不屬侵犯版權。
(3) 凡依據法例規定須開放予公眾查閱的材料，或法定登記冊內的材料，載有一般人感興趣的
科學、技術、商業或經濟方面的資料，如由適當的人或在其授權下複製該等材料或向公眾發放或提
供該等材料的複製品，而目的是使該等資料得以傳布，則該項複製或向公眾發放或提供並不屬侵犯
版權。
(4) 行政長官可藉規例規定在規例指明的情況下，第(1)、(2)或(3)款只適用於按規例指明的方式
而加有標記的複製品。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(5) 行政長官可藉規例規定第(1)至(3)款須按規例指明的程度及作出的變通而適用於以下項目，
一如第(1)至(3)款適用於依據法例規定須開放予公眾查閱的材料或法定登記冊內的材料一樣─ (由
1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(a) (i) 由規例所指明的國際組織開放予公眾查閱的材料；或
(ii) 由規例所指明的人開放予公眾查閱的材料，而該人乃根據香港是締約一方的國際
協議而在香港具有職能者；或
(b) 由規例所指明的國際組織備存的登記冊。
(6) 在本條中─
“法例規定”(statutory requirement) 指由條例或根據條例施加的規定；
“法定登記冊”(statutory register) 指依據由條例或根據條例施加的規定而備存的登記冊、註冊記錄冊
或類似的名冊；
“適當的人”(appropriate person) 指須開放材料予公眾查閱的人或備存法定登記冊的人(視屬何情況而
定)。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 47 U.K.]
條： 57 在公務過程中傳達給政府的材料 30/06/1997
(1) 凡任何作品在公務過程中由版權擁有人或在版權擁有人的特許下已為任何目的而傳達予政
府，而記錄或收錄該作品的文件或其他實物是由政府擁有或由政府保管或控制的，本條即適用。
(2) 凡某作品已為某目的傳達予政府，則政府可為該目的或為版權擁有人可合理預料的有關連
目的，複製該作品或向公眾發放或提供該作品的複製品，而不屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(3) 如某作品先前已發表，但並非是憑藉本條發表的，則政府不得憑藉本條複製該作品或向公
眾發放或提供該作品的複製品。
(4) 在第(1)款中，“公務”(public business) 包括政府進行的任何活動。
(5) 本條在政府與版權擁有人訂立的協議的規限下具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 48 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 32
條： 58 公共紀錄 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 開放予公眾查閱的公共紀錄內的材料可予複製，其複製品亦可供應予任何人，而該項複製
及供應並不屬侵犯版權。
(2) 在本條中，“公共紀錄”(public record) 指在立法會程序、司法程序或行政事務的過程中製
作、收到或取得的屬任何性質或類別的紀錄，並包括構成紀錄的一部分或附連於紀錄或在其他方面
與紀錄有關連的證物和其他具關鍵性的證據，而該等紀錄是由任何政府部門或須由任何政府部門保
管，或可能轉移給政府的任何部門或由其取得的。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 49 U.K.]
條： 59 根據法定權限所作出的作為 30/06/1997
(1) 凡某條例(不論何時制定)明確授權作出某作為，則除非該條例另有規定，否則作出該作為不
屬侵犯版權。
(2) 本條不得解釋為令任何可根據或憑藉任何條例而提出的法定權限免責辯護不得提出。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 50 U.K.]
條： 60 合法使用者可製作電腦程式的後備複製品 30/06/1997
電腦程式︰合法使用者
(1) 電腦程式的複製品的合法使用者如需要該程式的後備複製品供作他的合法用途，可製作該
程式的後備複製品，而不屬侵犯該程式的版權。
(2) 就本條及第61條而言，某人如有合約權利使用某電腦程式，該人即為該程式的合法使用
者。
(3) 本條在任何與本條條文相反的協議的規限下具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 50A U.K.]
條： 61 合法使用者可複製或改編程式 30/06/1997
(1) 如電腦程式的複製品的合法使用者為其合法用途所需而複製或改編該程式，則他進行該項
複製或改編並不屬侵犯該程式的版權。
(2) 如為合法使用電腦程式而有此需要，該電腦程式的複製品的合法使用者尤可為更正該程式
的錯誤所需而複製或改編該程式。
(3) 本條不適用於根據第60條而允許的任何複製或改編。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 50C U.K.]
條： 62 在一般印刷過程中使用字體 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
字體
(1) 以下的作為並不屬侵犯由字體的設計所構成的藝術作品的版權─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 33
(a) 在一般打字、作文、排版或印刷過程中使用該字體；
(b) 為該等用途而管有任何物品；或
(c) 就該等用途所產生的材料作出任何事情，
而儘管某物品屬該藝術作品的侵犯版權複製品，使用該物品亦不屬侵犯該藝術作品的版權。
(2) 然而，凡任何物品是經特定設計或改裝以產生以某種字體展現的材料，並且有人製作、輸
入或輸出該等物品，或進行該等物品的交易，或為進行該等物品的交易而管有該等物品，則本部下
列條文就該等人士而適用，猶如第(1)款提及的材料的產生確有侵犯由字體的設計所構成的藝術作品
的版權一樣─
第32條(間接侵犯版權︰製作、輸入、輸出或管有用以製作侵犯版權複製品的物品，或進行該等
物品的交易)；
第109條(交付令)；及
第118(4)條(製作或管有該等物品的罪行)。
(3) 在第(2)款中，凡提述“進行物品的交易”，即提述出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租、為
出售或出租而展示有關物品、公開陳列或分發該有關物品。 (由2007年第15號第19條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 54 U.K.]
條： 63 產生以某種字體展現的材料的物品 30/06/1997
(1) 凡任何物品是經特定設計或改裝以產生以某種字體展現的材料，而該字體的設計是構成藝
術作品的，則該藝術作品的版權擁有人如已將該物品推出市場或該物品已在其特許下推出市場，本
條即適用於該藝術作品的版權。
(2) 凡首批該等物品於某公曆年推出市場，則在自該年年終起計的25年期間完結後，任何人可
藉進一步製作該等物品或為製作該等物品而作出任何事情以複製有關作品，亦可就如此製作的物品
作出任何事情，而不屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(3) 在第(1)款中，“推出市場”(marketed) 指在香港或在其他地方出售、出租、要約出售或要約
出租，或為出售或出租而展示。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 55 U.K.]
條： 64 電子形式作品的複製品的轉移 30/06/1997
電子形式作品
(1) 凡有人購買電子形式作品的複製品(已向公眾提供的複製品除外)，而按購買的條款(不論是
明訂的或是隱含的或是憑藉任何法律規則而有的條款)，是容許該購買者在與其使用該作品有關連的
情況下複製該作品，或改編該作品，或製作改編本的複製品的，本條即適用。
(2) 如沒有明訂條款─
(a) 禁止購買者將該複製品轉移、施加在轉移後仍繼續的義務、禁止轉讓任何特許，或規
定特許在轉移時即告終止；或
(b) 規定受讓人可在甚麼條款下作出購買者獲允許作出的事情，
則凡屬購買者獲允許作出的事情，受讓人均可作出，而不屬侵犯版權；但購買者所製作的任何複製
品、改編本或改編本的複製品，如沒有一併轉移，則在該項轉移後，該等複製品、改編本或改編本
的複製品就任何目的而言均視為侵犯版權複製品。
(3) 凡原本購買的複製品已不能再用，而所轉移的是取代該複製品而使用的進一步複製品，則
第(2)款亦適用。
(4) 上述條文亦適用於其後的轉移，但在第(2)款中提述購買者，須代以提述其後的出讓人。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 34
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 56 U.K.]
條： 65 因向公眾提供作品而允許作出的某些作為 30/06/1997
凡某作品的複製品向公眾人士提供，而為讓該等公眾人士中任何人觀看或聆聽該作品而在技術
上需要製作一項短暫存在和附帶的複製品，則儘管有第23條的規定，該項製作並不屬侵犯該作品的
版權。
條： 66 不具名或以假名署名的作品︰基於關於版權期限屆滿或作
者死亡的假設而允許作出的作為
30/06/1997
雜項︰文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品
及藝術作品
(1) 在以下情況發生時所作出的作為，或依據在以下情況發生時所作的安排而作出的作為，並
不屬侵犯文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的版權─
(a) 不可能藉合理查究而確定有關作者的身分；及
(b) 假設有以下情況屬合理─
(i) 版權期限已屆滿；或
(ii) 該作為或安排於某公曆年作出，而作者已於該年開始之時之前的50年期間開始之
時或之前死亡的。
(2) 第(1)(b)(ii)款並不就以下作品而適用─
(a) 有政府版權存在的作品；或
(b) 版權原先是憑藉第188條歸屬某國際組織的作品，且在該條之下的規例就該作品指明超
逾50年的版權期限。
(3) 就合作作品而言─
(a) 在第(1)款中提述不可能確定作者的身分，須解釋為提述不可能確定所有作者的身分；
及
(b) 在第(1)(b)(ii)款中提述作者已死亡，須解釋為提述所有作者已死亡。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 57 U.K.]
條： 67 在某些情況下使用講出的文字的筆記或紀錄 30/06/1997
(1) 凡為下列目的藉書面或其他形式製作講出的文字的紀錄─
(a) 報導時事；或
(b) 廣播作品的整項或其部分，或將作品的整項或其部分包括在有線傳播節目服務內，
則如第(2)款所述條件獲符合，使用該紀錄或取自該紀錄的材料(或複製該紀錄或任何該等材料並使用
該複製品)作上述用途，並不屬侵犯該等作為文學作品的文字的版權。
(2) 有關的條件為─
(a) 該紀錄是該等講出的文字的直接紀錄，而非取自以前的紀錄或取自廣播或有線傳播節
目；
(b) 有關講者不禁止製作該記錄，而如該作品已有版權存在，則製作該紀錄並不屬侵犯該
版權；
(c) 將該紀錄或取自該紀錄的材料作有關使用，並非屬在該紀錄製作前由或代表有關講者
或版權擁有人所禁止的使用類別；及
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 35
(d) 由合法管有該紀錄的人或在其授權下作有關使用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 58 U.K.]
條： 68 公開誦讀或背誦 30/06/1997
(1) 由一個人公開誦讀或背誦已發表的文學作品或戲劇作品的合理摘錄，只要附有足夠的確認
聲明，即不屬侵犯該作品的任何版權。
(2) 凡誦讀或背誦憑藉第(1)款並不屬侵犯有關作品的版權，則將該誦讀或背誦製作成聲音紀錄
或予以廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內，並不屬侵犯該作品的版權，但構成該聲音紀錄、廣播或
有線傳播節目的材料，須主要是無須就其而依賴第(1)款者。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 59 U.K.]
條： 69 科學或技術文章的撮錄 30/06/1997
(1) 凡與科學或技術課題有關的文章在期刊上發表，並附有顯示該文章內容的撮錄，則複製該
撮錄或向公眾發放或提供該撮錄的複製品，並不屬侵犯該撮錄或該文章的版權。 [比照 1988 c. 48 s.
60(1) U.K.]
(2) 如有特許計劃下的特許授權作出有關的作為，而如此作出有關的作為的人已知道或應已知
道該事實，則本條並不適用，或在該特許授權作出有關的作為的範圍內不適用。
條： 70 民歌的紀錄 L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
附註：
有關《立法會決議》(2007年第130號法律公告)所作之修訂的保留及過渡性條文，見載於該決議
第(12)段。
(1) 凡為了將歌曲表演的聲音紀錄包括在根據第(4)(b)款而獲指定的機構設置的檔案室內，而將
歌曲的表演製作成聲音紀錄，則如第(2)款所列條件獲符合，該項製作並不屬侵犯作為文學作品的有
關歌詞的版權，亦不屬侵犯伴奏的音樂作品的版權。
(2) 有關的條件為─
(a) 在製作有關紀錄時該等歌詞未曾發表並屬作者不為人知；
(b) 有關紀錄的製作不屬侵犯任何其他版權；及
(c) 有關紀錄的製作未為任何表演者禁止。
(3) 如根據第(4)(a)款訂明的條件獲符合，則依據第(1)款而製作並包括在根據第(4)(b)款而獲指定
的機構設置的檔案紀錄內的聲音紀錄，可由檔案負責人複製和供應予他人，而不屬侵犯該聲音紀錄
的版權或包括在該紀錄內的作品的版權。
(4) 商務及經濟發展局局長可為施行本條而藉規例─ (由2002年第106號法律公告修訂；由2007
年第130號法律公告修訂)
(a) 訂明某些條件；及
(b) 指定任何機構，而商務及經濟發展局局長除非信納某機構並非為牟利而設立或經營，
否則不得指定該機構。 (由1997年第362號法律公告修訂；由2002年第106號法律公告修
訂；由2007年第130號法律公告修訂)
(5) 根據第(4)(a)款訂明的條件必須包括以下規定─
(a) 要求獲得複製品的人，須令檔案室負責人信納他是為研究或私人研習的目的而需要該
等複製品，並且不會為其他目的而使用該等複製品，方可獲供應該等複製品；及
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 36
(b) 不得提供同一聲音紀錄的複製品多於一份予同一人。
(6) 在本條中，凡提述檔案室負責人，包括代其行事的人。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 61 U.K.]
條： 71 某些公開展示的藝術作品的表述 30/06/1997
(1) 本條適用於─
(a) 建築物；及
(b) 永久位於公眾地方或開放予公眾的處所的雕塑品、建築物的模型及美術工藝作品。
(2) 下列各項並不屬侵犯該等作品的版權─
(a) 製作表述該等作品的平面美術作品；
(b) 為該等作品拍照或攝製影片；或
(c) 廣播該等作品的影像或將該等作品的影像包括在有線傳播節目服務內。
(3) 凡任何東西的製作憑藉本條並不屬侵犯版權，則向公眾發放或提供該物品的複製品、廣播
該物品或將該物品包括在有線傳播節目服務內，亦不屬侵犯該版權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 62 U.K.]
條： 72 售賣藝術作品的宣傳 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 為宣傳藝術作品供售賣而複製該作品或向公眾發放或提供該複製品，並不屬侵犯該作品的
版權。
(2) 凡任何複製品(假使非因本條該複製品即屬侵犯版權複製品)按照本條製作，但其後有人進行
該複製品的交易，則就該項交易而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品，又如該項交易侵犯版權，
則就所有其後的目的而言，該複製品須視為侵犯版權複製品。
就本款而言，“進行交易”(dealt with) 指出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租、公開陳列或分
發，或為出售或出租而展示。 (由2007年第15號第20條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 63 U.K.]
條： 73 同一藝術家製作其後的作品 30/06/1997
凡某一藝術作品的作者並非該作品的版權擁有人，如他在製作另一藝術作品時複製該先前作
品，則該作者如並非重覆或模仿該先前作品的主要設計，該項複製並不屬侵犯該先前作品的版權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 64 U.K.]
條： 74 重建建築物 30/06/1997
為重建某建築物的目的而作出的任何事情，不屬侵犯下列版權─
(a) 該建築物的版權；或
(b) 建造該建築物所按照的繪圖或圖則的版權(該建築物由該繪圖或圖則的版權擁有人建造
或在其特許下建造)。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 65 U.K.]
條： 75 影片︰基於關於版權期限屆滿等的假設而允許作出的作為 30/06/1997
雜項︰影片及聲音紀錄
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 37
(1) 在以下情況發生時作出的作為，或依據在以下情況發生時所作的安排而作出的作為，並不
屬侵犯影片的版權─
(a) 不可能藉合理查究而確定任何第19(2)(a)至(d)條所提述的人士(版權期限是參照該等人士
的壽命而確定的)的身分；及
(b) 假設有以下情況屬合理─
(i) 版權期限已屆滿；或
(ii) 該作為或安排於某公曆年作出，而該等人士中最後死亡的人是在該年開始之時之
前的50年期間開始之時或之前死亡的。
(2) 第(1)(b)(ii)款並不就以下影片而適用─
(a) 有政府版權存在的影片；或
(b) 版權原先是憑藉第188條歸屬某國際組織的影片，且根據該條訂立的規例就該等影片指
明超逾50年的版權期限。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 66A U.K.]
條： 76 表演、放映或展示或播放作品 30/06/1997
(1) 凡作為某會社、社團或其他組織的活動的一部分或為該會社、社團或其他組織的利益而表
演、放映或展示或播放作品(廣播或有線傳播節目除外)，並符合以下條件，則不屬侵犯該作品的版
權。
(2) 有關的條件為─
(a) 該會社、社團或組織並非為牟利而成立或經營，而其主要宗旨屬慈善性質，或是關於
宣揚宗教，或推廣教育或社會福利的；及
(b) 表演、放映或展示或播放該作品的地方的入場費的收益，純粹是運用於該會社、社團
或組織的目的。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 67 U.K.]
條： 77 為廣播或有線傳播節目而附帶製作紀錄 30/06/1997
雜項︰廣播及有線傳播節目
(1) 如某人憑藉版權特許或版權轉讓而獲授權廣播─
(a) 文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品或該等作品的改編本；
(b) 藝術作品；或
(c) 聲音紀錄或影片，
或將其包括在有線傳播節目服務內，本條即適用。
(2) 該人憑藉本條須視為獲得作品的版權的擁有人特許，可為該廣播或有線傳播節目的目的而
作出或授權他人作出以下事情─
(a) 就文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品或該等作品的改編本而言，將該作品或改編本製成
聲音紀錄或影片；
(b) 就藝術作品而言，為該作品拍照或攝製影片；
(c) 就聲音紀錄或影片而言，製作該作品的複製品。
(3) 該項特許受以下條件規限─
(a) 有關的聲音紀錄、影片、照片或複製品不得用作任何其他用途；
(b) 在自有關的聲音紀錄、影片、照片或複製品首次用作廣播或將其包括在有線傳播節目
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 38
服務內(視屬何情況而定)起計的3個月內，必須將該聲音紀錄、影片、照片或複製品銷
毀。
(4) 按照本條製作的聲音紀錄、影片、照片或複製品─
(a) 就於違反第(3)(a)款提及的條件的情況下使用而言，須視為侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 在該條件或第(3)(b)款提及的條件遭違反後，就所有目的而言，須視為侵犯版權複製
品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 68 U.K.]
條： 78 為監管和控制廣播及有線傳播節目而製作紀錄 L.N. 18 of 2012 01/04/2012
(1) 香港電台為維持監管和控制其廣播的節目而將節目製作成紀錄，或使用該等紀錄，並不屬
侵犯版權。
(2) 以下製作或使用紀錄並不屬侵犯版權─
(a) 通訊事務管理局為執行《廣播(雜項條文)條例》(第391章)第9條提及的該局的職能而製
作或使用紀錄；或 (由2011年第17號第28條修訂)
(b) 依據通訊事務管理局的指示履行該等職能而製作或使用紀錄。 (由2011年第17號第28條
修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 69 U.K.]
條： 79 為遷就時間而製作紀錄 30/06/1997
純粹為可在一個較方便的時間觀看或聆聽廣播或有線傳播節目的目的，而製作該廣播或有線傳
播節目的紀錄供私人和家居使用，並不屬侵犯該廣播或有線傳播節目或其所包括的作品的版權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 70 U.K.]
條： 80 電視廣播或有線傳播節目的照片 30/06/1997
將構成電視廣播或有線傳播節目的一部分的影像的全部或部分拍成照片，或製作該等照片的複
製品，供私人和家居使用，並不屬侵犯該廣播或有線傳播節目或其所包括的任何影片的版權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 71 U.K.]
條： 81 免費公開放映或播放廣播或有線傳播節目 30/06/1997
(1) 如向任何觀眾或聽眾公開放映或播放任何廣播或有線傳播節目(不包括經編碼處理的廣播或
有線傳播節目)，而該等觀眾或聽眾並沒有支付進入某地方觀看或聆聽該廣播或有線傳播節目的入場
費，則該項放映或播放並不屬侵犯─
(a) 該項廣播或有線傳播節目的版權；或
(b) 包括在其內的聲音紀錄或影片的版權。
(2) 如有以下情況，觀眾或聽眾可視為已支付進入某地方觀看或聆聽廣播或有線傳播節目的入
場費─
(a) 該等觀眾或聽眾已支付進入某一地方的入場費，而觀看或聆聽廣播或有線傳播節目的
地方構成該某一地方的一部分；或
(b) 在該地方(或觀看或聆聽廣播或有線傳播節目的地方構成其一部分的地方)有貨品供應或
服務提供，而該貨品或服務的價格─
(i) 實質上可歸因於提供觀看或聆聽該廣播或節目的設施；或
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 39
(ii) 高於通常在該地方收取的價格，並且可部分歸因於上述設施。
(3) 凡─
(a) 某一地方是由慈善組織營辦的，而在其內提供設施並非為牟利的，則以該地方的居民
或住客身分入場的人並不視為已支付進入該某一地方觀看或聆聽廣播或有線傳播節目
的入場費；
(b) 某會社或社團的主要宗旨屬慈善性質，而所支付的費用只是該會社或社團的會籍費
用，且提供觀看或聆聽有關廣播或有線傳播節目的設施，亦只是為該會社或社團的主
要目的而附帶地提供的，則以該會社或社團的會員身分入場的人，並不視為已支付進
入某地方觀看或聆聽該廣播或節目的入場費。
(4) 凡作出該項廣播或將該節目包括在有線傳播節目服務內屬侵犯聲音紀錄或影片的版權，則
在評估該項侵犯版權行為的損害賠償時，藉接收該項廣播或節目而使公眾聆聽或觀看該聲音紀錄或
影片這一事實須列為考慮因素。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 72 U.K.]
條： 81A 在車輛內播放聲音廣播 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 凡在車輛內播放聲音廣播的主要目的，是讓該車輛的司機取得公共資訊(包括(但不限於)新
聞報導、天氣預測及關於交通情況的資訊)，則如此播放聲音廣播並不屬侵犯該聲音廣播的版權、該
聲音廣播所包含的任何聲音紀錄的版權或該聲音廣播所包含的任何文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品
的版權。
(2) 在第(1)款中，“車輛”(vehicle) 指任何為供在道路上使用而製造或改裝的車輛。
(由2007年第15號第21條增補)
條： 82 接收和再傳送有線傳播節目服務的廣播 L.N. 18 of 2012 01/04/2012
(1) 任何人均不會因藉接收和即時再傳送沒有作出更改的電視或聲音廣播而將任何節目包括在
由以下系統或互相連接所提供的服務內，而侵犯該等廣播的版權─
(a) 在《電訊條例》(第106章)第8(4)(e)條所指範圍內的公共天線廣播分配系統；
(b) 在《電訊條例》(第106章)第8(4)(e)條所指範圍內的公共天線廣播分配系統與根據《電訊
條例》(第106章)領有牌照或當作領有牌照的收費電視網絡之間的互相連接，而該項再
傳送的目的是供公共天線廣播分配系統的用戶接收；或 (由2000年第48號第44條修訂)
(c) 領有根據《電訊條例》(第106章)發出的廣播傳播站牌照的系統。 (由2011年第17號第28
條修訂)
(2) 任何人均不會因藉接收和即時再傳送沒有作出更改的沒有經編碼處理的電視廣播或沒有經
編碼處理的聲音廣播而將任何節目包括在由以下系統或互相連接所提供的服務內，而侵犯該等廣播
的版權─
(a) 領有根據《電訊條例》(第106章)發出的衞星電視共用天線牌照的系統；或 (由2011年第
17號第28條修訂)
(b) 在領有根據《電訊條例》(第106章)發出的衞星電視共用天線牌照的系統與根據《電訊
條例》(第106章)領有牌照或當作領有牌照的收費電視網絡之間的互相連接，而該項再
傳送的目的是供衞星電視共用天線系統的用戶接收， (由2000年第48號第44條修訂；由
2011年第17號第28條修訂)
直至自按照第(5)款刊登通知當日起計的6個月屆滿為止。
(3) 凡某電視廣播或聲音廣播從香港或其他地方某地方作出或作向上傳輸，而該廣播乃合法的
廣播，則任何人因藉接收和即時再傳送沒有作出更改的該廣播而將任何節目(該節目須屬包含文學作
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 40
品、戲劇作品或音樂作品或該等作品的改編本，或藝術作品，或聲音紀錄或影片者)包括在藉第(1)或
(2)款所指明的系統或互相連接所提供的服務內，則該人在任何關於侵犯該等作品、紀錄或影片的版
權(如有的話)的法律程序中的地位，猶如其為由版權擁有人批出的將該等作品、改編本、紀錄或影
片包括在任何已如此包括在該服務內的節目的特許的持有人一樣。
(4) 凡某電視廣播或聲音廣播沒有經編碼處理，則任何人如藉接收和即時再傳送沒有作出更改
的該廣播而將節目包括在藉第(2)款所指明的系統或互相連接所提供的服務內，該人即當作已獲該廣
播的製作者批給隱含特許以使用該系統接收和再傳送該廣播，而該隱含特許只可藉按照第(5)款給予
的通知撤銷。
(5) 根據第(4)款當作已批出特許的廣播的製作者可在─
(a) 一份行銷於香港的中文報章；及
(b) 一份行銷於香港的英文報章，
刊登撤銷通知而撤銷該特許。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 73 U.K.]
條： 83 提供附有字幕的廣播或有線傳播節目的複製品 L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
附註：
有關《立法會決議》(2007年第130號法律公告)所作之修訂的保留及過渡性條文，見載於該決議
第(12)段。
(1) 為了將附有字幕或在其他方面經變通以切合失聰或聽覺有問題的人或身體上或精神上有其
他方面殘障的人的特殊需要的電視廣播或有線傳播節目的複製品提供予該等人士，根據第(3)款而指
定的任何機構均可製作該等複製品並向公眾發放及提供該等複製品，而不屬侵犯該等廣播或有線傳
播節目或其所包括的作品的版權。
(2) 如有特許計劃下的特許授權作出有關的作為，而如此作出有關的作為的人已知道或應已知
道該事實，則本條並不適用，或在該特許授權作出有關的作為的範圍內適用。
(3) 商務及經濟發展局局長可為施行本條而藉憲報公告指定任何機構，而商務及經濟發展局局
長除非信納某機構並非為牟利而設立或經營，否則不得指定該機構。 (由1997年第362號法律公告修
訂；由2002年第106號法律公告修訂；由2007年第130號法律公告修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 74 U.K.]
條： 84 為存檔而製作的紀錄 L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
附註：
有關《立法會決議》(2007年第130號法律公告)所作之修訂的保留及過渡性條文，見載於該決議
第(12)段。
(1) 任何人均可為了將屬根據第(2)款而指定的種類的廣播或有線傳播節目的紀錄或其複製品放
在根據第(2)款而獲指定的機構設置的檔案室內，而製作該紀錄或其複製品，而不屬侵犯該廣播或有
線傳播節目或其所包括的作品的版權。
(2) 商務及經濟發展局局長可為施行本條而藉憲報公告指定某種類的廣播或有線傳播節目，及
藉憲報公告指定任何機構，而商務及經濟發展局局長除非信納某機構並非為牟利而成立或經營，否
則不得指定該機構。 (由1997年第362號法律公告修訂；由2002年第106號法律公告修訂；由2007年第
130號法律公告修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 75 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 41
條： 85 改編本 30/06/1997
改編本
凡任何作為憑藉本分部可作出而不屬侵犯文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品的版權，則在該作品
是改編自另一作品的改編本的情況下，該作為亦不屬侵犯該另一作品的版權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 76 U.K.]
條： 86 相應外觀設計 30/06/1997
外觀設計
在第87及88條中，“相應外觀設計”(corresponding design) ，就一項藝術作品而言，指《註冊外
觀設計條例》(第522章)所指的外觀設計，而該外觀設計如應用於某物品，即會產生就本部而言會被
視為該藝術作品的複製品的東西。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 53(2) U.K.]
條： 87 利用從藝術作品生的外觀設計的效力 30/06/1997
(1) 如版權擁有人或在版權擁有人的特許下藉以下方式利用藝術作品，本條即適用─
(a) 藉工業程序而製造就本部而言被視為該作品的複製品的物品；及
(b) 在香港或其他地方將該等物品推出市場。
(2) 凡包含經註冊的相應外觀設計的該等物品於某公曆年首次推出市場，則在自該年年終起計
的25年期間完結後，該項作品可藉製作任何類別的物品而複製，或藉為製作任何類別的物品而作出
的事情而複製，並可就如此製作的物品作出任何事情，而不屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(3) 凡包含未經註冊的相應外觀設計的該等物品於某公曆年首次推出市場，則在自該年年終起
計的15年期間完結後，該項作品可藉製作任何類別的物品而複製，或藉為製作任何類別的物品而作
出的事情而複製，並可就如此製作的物品作出任何事情，而不屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(4) 如藝術作品只有部分如第(1)款所提及般被利用，則第(2)或(3)款只就該部分而適用。
(5) 在本條中─
(a) “經註冊的相應外觀設計”(registered corresponding design) 指已根據《註冊外觀設計條
例》(第522章)註冊的相應外觀設計；
(b) “未經註冊的相應外觀設計”(unregistered corresponding design) 指未有根據《註冊外觀設
計條例》(第522章)註冊的相應外觀設計，並包括根據該條例不屬可予註冊的相應外觀
設計；
(c) 對物品的提述不包括影片；
(d) 對將任何物品推出市場的提述，即對出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或
出租而展示該物品的提述。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 52 U.K.]
條： 88 依據外觀設計的註冊而作出的事情 30/06/1997
在以下情況下作出任何事情，均不屬侵犯藝術作品的版權─
(a) 依據一項轉讓或特許而作出任何事情，而該轉讓或特許是由根據《註冊外觀設計條
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 42
例》(第522號)註冊為相應外觀設計的註冊擁有人的人作出或批出的；及
(b) 真誠地依據有關註冊並且在不知悉有任何關於取消該項註冊或糾正外觀設計註冊紀錄
冊內有關記項的法律程序的情況下作出該事情，
而即使註冊為註冊擁有人的人並不是就該條例而言的外觀設計擁有人，上述條文仍然適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 53(1) U.K.]
部：
分部：
II
IV
精神權利 30/06/1997
條： 89 被識別為作者或導演的權利 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
被識別為作者或導演的權利
(1) 具有版權的文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的作者以及具有版權的影片的導
演，在本條提及的情況下具有被識別為作品的作者或導演的權利；但除非該權利已按照第90條宣
示，否則該權利並未遭侵犯。 (由2007年第15號第22條修訂)
(2) 凡有文學作品(但擬在音樂伴隨下唱出或講出的文字則除外)或戲劇作品─
(a) 作商業發表、公開表演、廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內；或
(b) 包括在影片或聲音紀錄中，而該影片或聲音紀錄的複製品是向公眾發放或提供的，
則該作品的作者即具有被識別的權利；如有人將該作品的改編本作任何上述用途，則該權利包括被
識別為該改編本所根據的原來作品的作者的權利。
(3) 凡有音樂作品，或由擬在音樂伴隨下唱出或講出的文字所構成的文學作品─
(a) 作商業發表、公開表演、廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內；
(b) 被製成聲音紀錄，而該聲音紀錄的複製品是向公眾發放或提供的；或
(c) 包括在某影片的聲帶中，而該影片是公開放映的或該影片的複製品是向公眾發放或提
供的，
則該作品的作者即具有被識別的權利；如有人將該作品的改編本作任何上述用途，則該權利包括被
識別為該改編本所根據的原來作品的作者的權利。
(4) 凡有─
(a) 藝術作品作商業發表或公開陳列，或其影像作廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內； (由
2007年第15號第22條修訂)
(b) 藝術作品的影像包括在影片中，而該影片是公開放映的或該影片的複製品是向公眾發
放或提供的；或
(c) 建築物形式或建築物模型形式的建築作品、雕塑品或美術工藝作品的藝術作品，是以
平面美術作品表述或拍攝成照片的，而該平面美術作品或該照片的複製品是向公眾發
放或提供的，
則該藝術作品的作者即具有被識別為作者的權利。
(5) 建築物形式的建築作品的作者，亦有權在建成的有關建築物上被識別為作者；如有超過一
座建築物依照該設計建成，則作者有權在第一座如此建成的建築物上被識別為作者。
(6) 凡公開放映或廣播某影片，或將某影片包括在有線傳播節目服務內，或向公眾發放或提供
某影片的複製品，則該影片的導演即具有被識別的權利。
(7) 在─
(a) 影片或聲音紀錄的複製品作商業發表或向公眾發放或提供方面，作者或導演根據本條
具有的權利為有權在每份該等複製品之上或之內被識別，在如此被識別並不適當的情
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 43
況下，則有權以相當可能使取得該等複製品的人知悉其身分的其他方式被識別；
(b) 建築物上識別身分方面，作者或導演根據本條具有的權利為有權以適當方法被識別，
而該方法須能使進入或接近該建築物的人看見該項識別的；及
(c) 任何其他方面，作者或導演根據本條具有的權利為有權以任何方式被識別，而該方式
須是相當可能使觀看或聆聽有關表演、陳列、放映、廣播或有線傳播節目的人知悉其
身分的， (由2007年第15號第22條修訂)
而在每種情況下，該項識別必須清楚和合理地顯眼。
(8) 如作者或導演在宣示其被識別的權利時指明用假名、英文名縮寫或其他特定形式的識別方
法，則必須採用該形式，否則可採用任何合理形式。 (由2007年第15號第22條修訂)
(9) 本條在第91條的規限下具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 77 U.K.]
條： 90 被識別的權利必須宣示 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
被識別的權利必須宣示
(由2007年第15號第23條修訂)
(1) 除非第89條(被識別為作者或導演的權利)所賦予的權利已按照以下條文宣示，以對作出該條
所提及作為的人就他作出該作為加以約束，否則任何人作出該條提及的作為，並不屬侵犯該權利。
(2) 該權利可藉以下方式一般性地宣示，或就任何指明的作為或指明類別的作為宣示─ (由2007
年第15號第23條修訂)
(a) 在轉讓作品的版權時，在轉讓版權的文書中加入述明作者或導演就該作品宣示其被識
別的權利的陳述；或
(b) 由作者或導演簽署的文書。
(3) 被識別的權利可藉以下方式就公開陳列的藝術作品而宣示─ (由2007年第15號第23條修訂)
(a) 凡作者或其他版權第一擁有人放棄對藝術作品原版的管有或放棄對藝術作品複製品(由
他本人所製作或在他指示或控制下所製作的)的管有，則確保作者在當時已在該原版或
複製品上被識別，或已在附連原版或複製品的框架、裝裱或其他東西上被識別；或
(b) 在作者或版權第一擁有人授權製作作品複製品的特許中，加入一項由批出特許的人簽
署或由他人代其簽署的書面陳述，該陳述指出如依據特許而公開陳列該複製品，則作
者即宣示其被識別的權利。
(4) 受根據第(2)或(3)款宣示被識別的權利約束的人為─ (由2007年第15號第23條修訂)
(a) 就根據第(2)(a)款宣示權利而言，承讓人及透過承讓人提出申索的人(不論他是否知悉該
項宣示)；
(b) 就根據第(2)(b)款宣示權利而言，得悉該項宣示的人；
(c) 就根據第(3)(a)款宣示權利而言，獲得有關原版或複製品的人(不論有關識別是否仍存在
或可看見)；
(d) 就根據第(3)(b)款宣示權利而言，特許持有人及獲得依據特許而製作的複製品的人(不論
他是否知悉該項宣示)。
(5) 在就被識別的權利遭侵犯而進行的訴訟中，法庭在考慮補救時，須將宣示該權利的任何延
誤列為考慮因素。
(由2007年第15號第23條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 78 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 44
條： 91 權利的例外情況 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 第89條(被識別為作者或導演的權利)所賦予的權利有以下例外情況。
(2) 該權利並不就以下類別的作品而適用─
(a) 電腦程式；
(b) 字體設計；
(c) 任何由電腦產生的作品。
(3) 如作品版權原本是憑藉第14(1)條(僱員的作品)而歸屬作者的僱主，則該權利不適用於由有關
版權擁有人或在其授權下所作出的任何事情。
(4) 如任何作為憑藉以下任何條文而不屬侵犯作品的版權，則該作為亦不屬侵犯被識別的權利
─
(a) 第39條(為某些目的而作的公平處理)，但只限於該作為是關乎藉聲音紀錄、影片、廣播
或有線傳播節目而報導時事的範圍內；
(b) 第40條(附帶地將作品包括在某藝術作品、聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播節目內)；
(c) 第41(3)條(試題)；
(ca) 第54B條(立法會)； (由2007年第15號第24條增補)
(d) 第54條(司法程序)； (由1999年第22號第3條修訂；由2007年第15號第24條修訂)
(e) 第55(1)或(2)條(法定研訊)；
(f) 第66或75條(基於關於版權期限屆滿等的假設而允許作出的作為)。
(5) 被識別的權利不就任何為報導時事的目的製作的作品而適用。
(6) 如製作文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的目的是將該等作品於─
(a) 報章、雜誌或相類期刊發表；或
(b) 百科全書、字典、詞典、年鑑或其他參考性匯集作品發表，
或作者同意為於上述刊物發表而提供作品，則被識別的權利不就該等作品於上述刊物發表而適用。
(7) 凡─
(a) 有政府版權或立法會版權存在於某作品被識別的權利不就該作品而適用；或 (由1999年
第22號第3條修訂)
(b) 某作品的版權憑藉第188條而原本歸屬某國際組織，被識別的權利不就該作品而適用，
但如作者或導演以前已在該作品上或作品的已發表版本上被識別為作者或導演，則屬例外。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 79 U.K.]
條： 92 反對作品受貶損處理的權利 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
反對作品受貶損處理的權利
(1) 具有版權的文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的作者以及具有版權的影片的導
演，在本條提及的情況下具有使其作品不受貶損處理的權利。
(2) 就本條而言─
(a) “處理”(treatment) 作品指對作品進行任何增加、刪除、修改或改編，但不包括─
(i) 翻譯文學作品或戲劇作品；或
(ii) 將音樂作品編曲或改作而只涉及轉調或轉音域；及
(b) 如作品經處理後受歪曲或殘缺不全，或在其他方面對作者或導演的榮譽或聲譽具損害
性，則該項處理屬貶損處理，
而在以下條文中，凡提述作品受貶損處理，即須據此解釋。
(3) 就文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品而言，任何人如─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 45
(a) 將受貶損處理的作品作商業發表、公開表演、廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內；或
(b) 向公眾發放或提供受貶損處理的作品的影片或聲音紀錄的複製品，或向公眾發放或提
供包括受貶損處理的作品在內的影片或聲音紀錄的複製品，
該人即屬侵犯該權利。
(4) 就藝術作品而言，任何人如─
(a) 將受貶損處理的作品作商業發表或公開陳列，或將受貶損處理的作品的影像廣播或包
括在有線傳播節目服務內； (由2007年第15號第25條修訂)
(b) 公開放映包括受貶損處理的作品的影像在內的影片，或向公眾發放或提供該影片的複
製品；或
(c) 向公眾發放或提供表述受貶損處理的下列作品的平面美術作品或照片的複製品─
(i) 建築物模型形式的建築作品；
(ii) 雕塑品；或
(iii) 美術工藝作品，
該人即屬侵犯該權利。
(5) 第(4)款不適用於建築物形式的建築作品；但如該等作品的作者已在該建築物上被識別，而
該建築物屬受貶損處理的標的物，則該作者有權要求除去該識別。
(6) 就影片而言，任何人如─
(a) 將受貶損處理的影片公開放映、廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內；或
(b) 向公眾發放或提供受貶損處理的影片的複製品，
該人即屬侵犯該權利。
(7) 因先前並非由作者或導演作出的處理而產生的某作品的部分凡受到處理，則該等部分如源
出於該作者或導演或相當可能被視為該作者或導演的作品，本條所賦予的權利的適用範圍，即擴及
對該等部分的處理。
(8) 本條在第93及94條(權利的例外情況及約制)的規限下具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 80 U.K.]
條： 93 權利的例外情況 30/06/1997
(1) 第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利有以下例外情況。
(2) 該權利不適用於電腦程式或任何由電腦產生的作品。
(3) 該權利不就為報導時事的目的製作的作品而適用。
(4) 如製作文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的目的是將該等作品於─
(a) 報章、雜誌或相類期刊發表；或
(b) 百科全書、字典、詞典、年鑑或其他參考性匯集作品發表，
或作者同意為於上述刊物發表而提供作品，則該權利不就該等作品於上述刊物發表而適用。
如該等作品在其已發表版本沒有修改的情況下其後在其他地方被利用，則該權利亦不就該項利
用而適用。
(5) 如任何作為憑藉第66或75條(在基於關於版權期限屆滿等的假設而允許作出的作為)而不屬侵
犯版權，則該作為亦不屬侵犯該權利。
(6) 在符合第(7)款的規定下，任何為以下目的而作出的事情均不屬侵犯該權利─
(a) 避免犯罪；或
(b) 履行由成文法則或根據成文法則所施加的責任。
(7) 凡作者或導演在第(6)款所指的有關作為作出之時被識別，或先前已在已發表的作品複製品
之內或之上被識別，則必須有足夠的卸責聲明，第(6)款方具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 81 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 46
條： 94 在某些情況下權利受約制 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡─
(a) 某作品憑藉第14(1)條(在受僱工作期間製作的作品)而原本歸屬作者的僱主；
(b) 有政府版權或立法會版權存在於某作品；及 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(c) 某作品的版權憑藉第188條而原本歸屬某國際組織，
則本條適用於該作品。
(2) 第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利，不適用於由第(1)款所提述作品的版權擁
有人或在其授權下就該等作品所作出的任何事情，但如作者或導演─
(a) 在有關作為作出之時被識別；或
(b) 先前已在作品的已發表複製品之內或之上被識別，
則屬例外，而凡該權利在該情況下適用，則只要有足夠的卸責聲明，該權利不屬遭侵犯。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 82 U.K.]
條： 95 管有侵犯權利物品或進行侵犯權利物品的交易而侵犯權利 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 任何人知道或有理由相信某物品屬侵犯權利物品而將該物品作以下處置，即屬侵犯第92條
(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利─
(a) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，管有該物品； (由2000年第64
號第4條代替。由2007年第15號第26條修訂)
(b) 將該物品出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租而展示該物品；
(c) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，公開陳列或分發該物品；或
(由2000年第64號第4條代替。由2007年第15號第26條修訂)
(d) 並非為任何貿易或業務的目的亦並非在任何貿易或業務的過程中，分發該物品致使作
者或導演的榮譽或聲譽蒙受不利影響。 (由2000年第64號第4條修訂；由2007年第15號
第26條修訂)
(1A) 就第(1)(a)及(c)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營侵犯權利物品並不具關鍵性。 (由
2000年第64號第4條增補)
(2) “侵犯權利物品”(infringing article) 指某項作品或該作品的複製品，而該作品或複製品─
(a) 曾受到第92條所指的貶損處理；及
(b) 曾經或相當可能在侵犯該權利的情況下屬該條提及的作為的標的物。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 83 U.K.]
條： 96 作品的虛假署名 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
作品的虛假署名
(1) 任何人在本條提及情況下具有─
(a) 免被虛假地署名為某文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的作者的權利；及
(b) 免被虛假地署名為某影片的導演的權利，
而在本條中，“署名”(attribution) 就上述作品而言，指道出誰是作者或導演的陳述(明示的或隱含
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 47
的)。
(2) 任何人如─
(a) 向公眾發放或提供任何在內裏或上面有虛假署名的上述類別作品的複製品；或
(b) 公開陳列在內裏或上面有虛假署名的藝術作品或其複製品， (由2007年第15號第27條修
訂)
即屬侵犯該權利。
(3) 任何人如─
(a) 將文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品當作某人的作品而公開表演、廣播該作品或將該作
品包括在有線傳播節目服務內；或
(b) 將影片當作某人所導演的影片而公開放映、廣播該影片或將該影片包括在有線傳播節
目服務內，
而他知道或有理由相信有關署名是虛假的，他亦屬侵犯該權利。
(4) 凡有材料載有與第(2)或(3)款提及的作為有關的虛假署名，任何人如向公眾發放或提供或公
開展示該材料，亦屬侵犯該權利。
(5) 任何人為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中─ (由2000年第64號第5條修
訂；由2007年第15號第27條修訂)
(a) 管有在內裏或上面有虛假署名的第(1)款提及的任何類別作品的複製品，或進行該等複
製品的交易；或
(b) 管有在內裏或上面有虛假署名的藝術作品，或進行該等作品的交易，
而他知道或有理由相信有該署名存在和該署名是虛假的，他亦屬侵犯該權利。
(6) 凡作者放棄對其藝術作品的管有後，該作品曾經被更改，則任何人如為任何貿易或業務的
目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中─ (由2000年第64號第5條修訂；由2007年第15號第27條修訂)
(a) 將該經更改的作品作為作者未經更改的作品(而他知道或有理由相信事實並非如此)而進
行該經更改的作品的交易；或
(b) 將經更改的作品的複製品作為作者未經更改作品的複製品(而他知道或有理由相信事實
並非如此)而進行該複製品的交易，
他亦屬侵犯該權利。
(6A) 就第(5)及(6)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營—
(a) 在內裏或上面有虛假署名的作品或作品的複製品；或
(b) 經更改的作品或經更改的作品的複製品，
並不具關鍵性。 (由2000年第64號第5條增補)
(7) 在本條中，凡提述進行交易，即提述出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租、公開陳列、分發
或為出售或出租而展示。 (由2007年第15號第27條修訂)
(8) 凡有─
(a) 文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品被虛假地陳述為某人的作品的改編本；或
(b) 藝術作品的複製品被虛假地陳述為該藝術作品的作者所製作的複製品，
而事實並非如此，本條亦予適用，一如在某人被虛假署名為該作品的作者的情況下適用一樣。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 84 U.K.]
條： 97 權利的期限 30/06/1997
補充條文
(1) 第89條(被識別為作者或導演的權利)所賦予的權利以及第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)
所賦予的權利，在作品的版權存在的期間持續存在。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 48
(2) 第96條(虛假署名)所賦予的權利持續存在，直至有關的人死後20年為止。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 86 U.K.]
條： 98 同意及放棄權利 30/06/1997
(1) 具有本分部所賦予的任何權利的人如同意作出某作為，則作出該作為並不屬侵犯該權利。
(2) 任何該等權利可藉由放棄權利的人簽署的文書而放棄。
(3) 放棄權利─
(a) 可關乎某特定作品、某指明類別的作品或一般地關乎所有作品，以及可關乎現存或未
來的作品；及
(b) 可以是有條件或無條件的，亦可明示為可予撤回的，
而放棄權利如是為惠及該項放棄權利所關乎的作品的版權擁有人或準擁有人而作出的，則可推定該
項放棄權利亦延伸而適用於該擁有人或準擁有人的特許持有人及所有權繼承人，但如明示有相反的
意願，則屬例外。
(4) 本分部不得解釋為摒除與任何關乎第(1)款提及的權利的非正式放棄或其他處理有關的一般
合約法或不容反悔法的施行。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 87 U.K.]
條： 99 對合作作品適用的條文 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 就合作作品而言，第89條(被識別為作者或導演的權利)所賦予的權利為每名合作作者被識別
為合作作者的權利，而該權利須由每名合作作者按照第90條就其本身而宣示。 (由2007年第15號第28
條修訂)
(2) 就合作作品而言，第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利為每名合作作者的權
利；如合作作者同意作品接受有關的處理，即屬體現其權利。 (由2007年第15號第28條修訂)
(3) 合作作者中的其中一名作者根據第98條放棄該等權利，並不影響其他合作作者的該等權
利。
(4) 在第96條(虛假署名)提及的情況下─
(a) 任何有關合作作品的作者的虛假陳述；及
(b) 就單人作品虛假地以合作作者署名，
均屬侵犯第96條所賦予的權利，而上述虛假署名亦屬侵犯每名署名(不論該署名是否正確)為任何類別
作者的人的權利。
(5) 本條條文經必要的修改後，亦適用於合作導演(或被指稱為合作導演)的影片，一如該等條文
適用於合作作品(或被指稱為合作作品)的作品一樣。
如某影片是由2名或多於2名導演合作製作，而且每名導演的貢獻是與其他導演的貢獻分不開
的，該影片即屬“合作導演”的影片。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 88 U.K.]
條： 100 對作品的部分適用的條文 30/06/1997
(1) 第89條(被識別為作者或導演的權利)所賦予的權利就作品的整項或其任何實質部分而適用。
(2) 第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利以及第96條(虛假署名)所賦予的權利，均
就作品的整項或其任何部分而適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 89 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 49
部：
分部：
II
V
進行版權作品的權利的交易 30/06/1997
條： 101 轉讓及特許 30/06/1997
版權
(1) 版權可作為非土地財產或動產，藉轉讓、遺囑性質的處置或法律的施行而轉傳。
(2) 版權的轉讓或其他方式的轉傳可以是局部的，即只局限適用於─
(a) 版權擁有人具有獨有權利可作出的一項或多於一項的事情，但並非版權擁有人具有獨
有權利可作出的全部事情；
(b) 版權存在的期間的部分，而非該期間的整段。
(3) 版權的轉讓必須採用書面形式，由轉讓人簽署或由他人代其簽署，否則無效。
(4) 由版權擁有人批出的特許對其版權的權益的每名所有權繼承人均具約束力，但付出有值代
價而並不知悉(不論實際知悉或法律構定的知悉)該特許存在的真誠購買人及從該購買人取得所有權
的人則除外；在本部中，凡提述在版權擁有人的特許下或在沒有版權擁有人的特許下而作出的任何
事情，均據此解釋。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 90 U.K.]
條： 102 版權的準擁有人 30/06/1997
(1) 在不損害第14及15條的原則下，凡版權的準擁有人藉就未來版權訂立並簽署(或由他人代其
簽署)的協議，宣稱將該未來版權(全部或局部)轉讓他人，則在該版權產生之時，承讓人或藉承讓人
提出申索的人如相對於所有其他人而言，將會有權要求將版權歸屬予他，該版權即憑藉本款歸屬該
承讓人或其所有權繼承人。
(2) 在本部中─
“未來版權”(future copyright) 指就未來的作品或某種類的作品而將會或可能產生的版權，或將會或
可能因某未來事件的發生而產生的版權；及
“準擁有人”(prospective owner) 須據此解釋，並且包括憑藉第(1)款提及的協議而預期會有權享有版
權的人。
(3) 由版權的準擁有人批出的特許對其權利的權益(或預期權益)的每名所有權繼承人均具約束
力，但付出有值代價而並不知悉(不論實際知悉或法律構定的知悉)該特許存在的真誠購買人及從該
購買人取得所有權的人則除外；在本部中，凡提述在版權擁有人的特許下或在沒有版權擁有人的特
許下而作出的任何事情，均據此解釋。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 91 U.K.]
條： 103 專用特許 30/06/1997
(1) 在本部中，“專用特許”(exclusive licence) 指由版權擁有人簽署或由他人代其簽署的書面特
許，授權特許持有人在摒除所有其他人(包括批出該特許的人)的情況下行使本應屬該版權擁有人可
行使的獨有權利。
(2) 在專用特許下的特許持有人所具有的相對於受特許約束的所有權繼承人而言的權利，與其
所具有的相對於批出該特許的人而言的權利相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 92 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 50
條： 104 版權藉遺囑而與未發表作品一併轉移 30/06/1997
凡某人根據遺贈(不論是特定遺贈或一般遺贈)而對以下項目享有實益或並非實益的權益─
(a) 記錄或載有在立遺囑人死亡之前仍未發表的文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作
品的原稿或其他實物；或
(b) 錄載在立遺囑人死亡之前仍未發表的聲音紀錄或影片的原實物，
則只要該立遺囑人在緊接其死亡前是該作品的版權的擁有人，該遺贈即包括該作品的版權，但如立
遺囑人的遺囑或遺囑更改附件顯示相反的意願，則屬例外。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 93 U.K.]
條： 105 精神權利不可轉讓 30/06/1997
精神權利
第IV分部(精神權利)所賦予的權利不可轉讓。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 94 U.K.]
條： 106 在死亡時轉傳精神權利 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 凡享有第89條(作者或導演的被識別權利)或第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權
利的人死亡─
(a) 該等權利轉移予該人藉遺囑性質的處置而特定指示的人；
(b) 如無該等指示但有關作品的版權構成其遺產的一部分，而該版權轉移予某人，則該權
利轉移予該人；及
(c) 如該權利沒有根據(a)或(b)段轉移，則該權利可由其遺產代理人行使；如該權利在某程
度上沒有根據(a)或(b)段轉移，則該權利在該程度上可由其遺產代理人行使。
(2) 凡構成某人遺產的一部分的版權部分轉移予某人而部分則轉移予另一人，例如某遺贈只局
限適用於─
(a) 版權擁有人具有獨有權利作出或授權作出的一項或多於一項的事情，但並非版權擁有
人具有獨有權利作出或授權作出的全部事情；或
(b) 版權存在的期間的部分，而非該期間的整段，
則任何憑藉第(1)款而與版權一併轉移的權利，亦相應地作出分拆。
(3) 凡某權利憑藉第(1)(a)或(b)款變成可由多於一人行使，則─
(a) 就第89條(作者或導演的被識別權利)所賦予的權利而言，可由其中任何一人宣示； (由
2007年第15號第29條修訂)
(b) 就第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利而言，該權利屬可由該等人各自行
使的權利；如其中任何一人同意有關的處理或作為，即屬體現該人的權利；及 (由2007
年第15號第29條修訂)
(c) 如其中任何一人按照第98條放棄該權利，並不影響其他人的該權利。
(4) 凡權利憑藉第(1)款轉移予某人，先前所作的同意或放棄對該人具約束力。
(5) 凡某人獲第96條(虛假署名)所賦予的權利在其死後遭侵犯，則該人的遺產代理人可就該項侵
犯而提起訴訟。
(6) 該遺產代理人憑藉本條就某人的權利在該人死後遭侵犯而追討所得的損害賠償，須作為該
人的遺產的一部分而傳予，猶如該訴訟權在緊接該人死亡前已存在並歸屬該人一樣。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 51
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 95 U.K.]
部：
分部：
II
VI
侵犯權利的補救 30/06/1997
條： 107 版權擁有人可就侵犯版權提起訴訟 30/06/1997
版權擁有人的權利及補救
(1) 版權擁有人可就侵犯版權提起訴訟。
(2) 在就侵犯版權進行的訴訟中，原告人可得損害賠償、強制令、交出利潤或其他形式的濟
助，與就侵犯任何其他產權而可得者相同。
(3) 本條在本分部的以下條文的規限下具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 96 U.K.]
條： 108 關於侵犯版權訴訟中的損害賠償的規定 30/06/1997
(1) 在就侵犯版權進行的訴訟中，如證明在侵犯版權時，被告人不知道和沒有理由相信該訴訟
所關乎的作品有版權存在，則原告人無權向被告人要求損害賠償，但任何其他補救則不受影響。
(2) 在就侵犯版權進行的訴訟中，法院在顧及案件的所有情況，尤其是以下情況後─
(a) 該等權利受侵犯的昭彰程度；
(b) 因侵犯版權行為而歸於被告人的利益；及
(c) 被告人的業務帳目和紀錄的完整程度、準確程度及可靠程度，
可為在該案件達致公正所需而判給額外損害賠償。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 97 U.K.]
條： 109 交付令 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 凡任何人─
(a) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，管有、保管或控制某作品的
侵犯版權複製品；或 (由2000年第64號第6條修訂；由2007年第15號第30條修訂)
(b) 管有、保管或控制某物品，而該物品是經特定設計或改裝，用以製作某版權作品的複
製品的，而該人知道或有理由相信該物品曾經或將會用作製作侵犯版權複製品，
則該作品的版權的擁有人可向法院申請命令，規定該等侵犯版權複製品或該物品須交付予他或法院
所指示的其他人。
(1A) 就第(1)(a)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營版權作品的侵犯版權複製品並不具關鍵
性。 (由2000年第64號第6條增補)
(2) 任何申請必須在第110條(期限過後不得以交付作補救)指明的期限結束前提出；除非法院亦
根據第111條(處置侵犯版權複製品或其他物品的命令)作出命令，或法院認為有理由根據第111條作出
命令，否則法院不得根據本條作出命令。
(3) 如法院沒有根據第111條作出命令，則依據一項根據本條作出的命令而獲交付侵犯版權複製
品或其他物品的人須保留該侵犯版權複製品或該物品，以聽候法院根據該條作出命令或裁定不根據
該條作出命令。
(4) 本條並不影響法院的任何其他權力。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 52
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 99 U.K.]
條： 110 期限過後不得以交付作為補救 30/06/1997
(1) 除本條以下條文另有規定外，任何人不得在自有關的侵犯版權複製品或物品的製作日期起
計的6年期間完結後，根據第109條(在民事法律程序中的交付令)提出申請。
(2) 如在上述期間的整段或任何部分，版權擁有人─
(a) 無行為能力；或
(b) 因欺詐或隱瞞事實而使他不能夠發現令他有權申請該命令的事實，
則在自他不再無行為能力或在自他假使付出合理的努力便應可發現該等事實(視屬何情況而定)的日
期起計的6年期間完結之前的任何時間，均可提出該申請。
(3) 在第(2)款中，“無行為能力”(disability) 的涵義與《時效條例》(第347章)中該詞的涵義相
同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 113 U.K.]
條： 111 處置侵犯版權複製品或其他物品的命令 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
(1) 凡有依據一項根據第109條作出的命令而交付的侵犯版權複製品或其他物品，則可向法院申
請命令，以將該等複製品或其他物品─
(a) 沒收歸予版權擁有人所有；或
(b) 銷毀或按法院認為合適的其他方法處置，
或向法院申請不應作出該等命令的裁決。
(2) 在考慮應作出甚麼命令(如有的話)時，法院須考慮就侵犯版權進行訴訟可獲得的其他補救是
否足以補償版權擁有人和保護該版權擁有人的權益。
(3) 根據《高等法院條例》(第4章)第54條訂立法院規則的權力，包括為施行本條而訂立法院規
則的權力。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(4) 為施行本條而訂立旳法院規則，可包括送達通知予對複製品或其他物品具有權益的人的規
則，而任何該等人士均有權─
(a) 在為根據本條作出命令而進行的法律程序中出庭(不論他是否獲送達通知)；及
(b) 提出上訴反對任何已作出的命令(不論他是否曾出庭)。
(5) 根據本條作出的命令，在可給予上訴通知的期限完結時始生效，如上訴通知在該期限完結
前妥為給予，則在上訴的法律程序獲最終裁定或遭放棄時始生效。
(6) 凡多於一人對複製品或其他物品享有權益，法院可作出其認為公正的命令，並尤其可指示
將該複製品或物品出售或作其他處置，並將收益分配。
(7) 如法院裁定不應根據本條作出命令，則在複製品或其他物品交付之前管有、保管或控制該
複製品或該其他物品的人，具有獲發還該複製品或物品的權利。
(8) 在本條中，凡提述對複製品或其他物品享有權益的人，即包括可根據本條或第231條(該條
就侵犯在表演中的權利訂立相類的條文)就該複製品或該等其他物品作出命令而惠及的任何人。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 114 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 53
條： 112 專用特許持有人的權利和補救 30/06/1997
專用特許持有人的權利和補救
(1) 專用特許持有人就特許批出之後所發生的事項，具有在猶如該項特許是一項轉讓的情況下
相同的權利和補救，但相對於版權擁有人而言，則屬例外。
(2) 專用特許持有人的權利和補救與版權擁有人的權利和補救是同時具有的；而在本部的有關
條文中，凡提述版權擁有人，亦據此解釋。
(3) 在專用特許持有人憑藉本條而提起的訴訟中，被告人可引用的免責辯護，與在假使該訴訟
是版權的擁有人提起的情況下被告人可引用的免責辯護相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 101 U.K.]
條： 113 行使同時具有的權利 30/06/1997
(1) 在符合第(2)款的規定下，凡版權擁有人或專用特許持有人就侵犯版權提起訴訟，而該版權
擁有人及專用特許持有人就該訴訟(全部或部分)所關乎的侵犯版權同時具有訴訟權，則除非另一方
加入作為原告人或被告人，否則該版權擁有人或專用特許持有人(視屬何情況而定)如沒有法院許
可，不得進行該訴訟。
(2) 凡專用特許持有人就侵犯版權提訴訟，而該訴訟(全部或部分)關乎第35(3)條所指的侵犯版
權複製品所涉的侵犯版權，則除非版權擁有人加入作為原告人，否則專用特許持有人如沒有法院許
可，不得進行該訴訟。
(3) 如專用特許持有人根據第(2)款申請在沒有版權擁有人加入作為原告人的情況下進行訴訟的
許可，則除非有其他非版權擁有人或專用特許持有人所能控制的特別情況，而該等情況並非為訟費
方面的考慮，否則法院不得批出許可。
(4) 依據第(1)款加入作為被告人的版權擁有人或專用特許持有人，除非參與法律程序，否則無
須對訴訟的任何訟費負上法律責任。
(5) 本條的條文不影響法院應版權擁有人或專用特許持有人的單獨申請而批予非正審濟助。
(6) 凡就侵犯版權提起訴訟，而版權擁有人及專用特許持有人不論是現在或過去就該訴訟(全部
或部分)所關乎的侵犯版權同時具有訴訟權，則─
(a) 法院在評估損害賠償時須考慮─
(i) 特許的條款；及
(ii) 版權擁有人或專用特許持有人已就侵犯版權獲判給或可得到的金錢上的補救；
(b) 如法院已就侵犯版權向他們當中的另一方判給損害賠償，或已指示交出所得利潤予另
一方，則法院不得指示交出所得利潤；及
(c) 如有交出所得利潤的指示，法院須在他們之間的協議的規限下按法院認為公正而將利
潤分攤給他們，
不論版權的擁有人或專用特許持有人是否同時是訴訟的一方，此等條文仍然適用。
(7) 版權擁有人在申請根據第109條(交付令)作出的命令之前，須通知與他同時具有權利的任何
專用特許持有人；而法院可應專用特許持有人的申請，在顧及該特許的條款後根據第109條作出其認
為合適的命令。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 102 U.K.]
條： 114 侵犯精神權利的補救 30/06/1997
侵犯精神權利的補救
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 54
(1) 侵犯第IV分部(精神權利)所賦予的權利，可作為違反應對具有該項權利的人所盡的法定責任
而就該侵犯提起訴訟。
(2) 在就侵犯第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利而進行的法律程序中，法院如認
為在當時情況下批出具有有關規定的條款的強制令是足夠的補救，即可批出該強制令；上述有關規
定指規定除非有按該法院批准的條款及方式作出的卸責聲明，說明作者或導演與該作品的處理無
涉，否則禁止作出任何作為。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 103 U.K.]
條： 115 與文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品及藝術作品有關的推定 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
推定
(1) 以下推定在憑藉本分部就文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品及藝術作品而提起的法律程序中
適用。
(2) 凡看來屬作者的姓名或名稱在已發表的作品之上出現或在作品製作時在作品之上出現，則
須推定姓名或名稱在已發表作品之上出現或在作品製作時在作品之上出現的人─
(a) 是該作品的作者；
(b) 是並非在第14(1)、182、184或188條(在受僱工作期間製作的作品、政府版權、立法會版
權或某些國際組織的版權)所指的情況下製作該作品的， (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
直至相反證明成立為止。
(3) 就被指稱為合作作品的作品而言，第(2)款就每一名被指稱為作者之一的人而適用。
(4) 凡沒有如第(2)款提及般出現看來屬作者的姓名或名稱，但有看來屬發表人的姓名或名稱在
首次發表的該作品之上出現，則須推定姓名或名稱如此出現的人是該作品在發表時的版權的擁有
人，直至相反證明成立為止。
(5) 如作品的作者已死亡，或經合理查究後仍不能確定作者的身分，則在沒有相反證據的情況
下，須推定─
(a) 該作品是原本的作品；及
(b) 原告人就甚麼是作品的首次發表和作出首次發表的所在國家的指稱均屬正確。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 104 U.K.]
條： 116 與聲音紀錄、影片及電腦程式有關的推定 30/06/1997
(1) 如向公眾發放或提供的聲音紀錄的複製品附有標籤或其他標記，述明─
(a) 在該複製品如此發放或提供的日期，某被指名的人是該聲音紀錄的版權的擁有人；或
(b) 該聲音紀錄是在某指明年份或在某指明國家首次發表的，
則在憑藉本分部就該聲音紀錄而提起的法律程序中，該標籤或標記可獲接納為所述明事實的證據，
且該標籤或標記須推定為正確的，直至相反證明成立為止。
(2) 如向公眾發放或提供的影片的複製品附有一項陳述，述明─
(a) 某被指名的人是該影片的導演或製作人；
(b) 某被指名的人是該影片的主要導演、劇本的作者、對白的作者或特別為該影片創作並
用於該影片中的音樂的創作人；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 55
(c) 在該複製品如此發放或提供的日期，某被指名的人是該影片的版權的擁有人；或
(d) 該影片是在某指明年份或在某指明國家首次發表的，
則在憑藉本分部就該影片而提起的法律程序中，該項陳述可獲接納為所述明事實的證據，且該項陳
述須推定為正確的，直至相反證明成立為止。
(3) 如向公眾提供或以電子形式向公眾發放的電腦程式的複製品附有一項陳述，述明─
(a) 在該複製品如此發放或提供的日期某被指名的人是該程式的版權的擁有人；或
(b) 該程式是在某指明國家首次發表的，或該程式的複製品是在某指明年份首次向公眾提
供或以電子形式向公眾發放的，
則在憑藉本分部就該電腦程式而提起的法律程序中，該項陳述可獲接納為所述明事實的證據，且該
項陳述須推定為正確的，直至相反證明成立為止。
(4) 在關乎被指稱為已在該等複製品向公眾發放或提供的日期之前發生的侵犯權利的法律程序
中，上述推定同樣適用。
(5) 如公開放映、廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內的影片附有一項陳述，述明─
(a) 某被指名的人是該影片的導演或製作人；
(b) 某被指名的人是該影片的主要導演、劇本的作者、對白的作者或特別為該影片創作並
用於該影片中的音樂的創作人；或
(c) 某被指名的人在緊接該影片製作完成後是該影片的版權的擁有人，
則在憑藉本分部就該影片而提起的法律程序中，該項陳述可獲接納為所述明事實的證據，且該項陳
述須推定為正確的，直至相反證明成立為止。
在關乎被指稱為已在該影片公開放映、廣播或包括在有線傳播節目服務內的日期之前發生的侵
犯權利的法律程序中，此項推定同樣適用。
(6) 就本條而言，任何指明某人為某影片的導演的陳述，除非出現相反的表示，否則即當作為
意指該人是該影片的主要導演。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 105 U.K.]
條： 117 與有政府版權的作品有關的推定 30/06/1997
如文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品有政府版權存在，並且該作品的已刊印複製品上附有一項陳
述，述明該作品作首次商業發表的年份，則在憑藉本分部就該作品而提起的法律程序中，該項陳述
可獲接納為所述明事實的證據，並且在沒有相反證據的情況下，該項陳述須推定為正確的。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 106 U.K.]
條： 118 關乎製作侵犯版權物品等或進行侵犯版權物品等交易的罪
行* L.N. 142 of 2008 11/07/2008
詳列交互參照：
115、116、117
罪行
(1) 任何人如未獲版權作品(“該作品”)的版權擁有人的特許而作出以下作為，即屬犯罪—
(a) 製作該作品的侵犯版權複製品，以作出售或出租之用；
(b) 將該作品的侵犯版權複製品輸入香港，但並非供他私人和家居使用；
(c) 將該作品的侵犯版權複製品輸出香港，但並非供他私人和家居使用；
(d) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，出售、出租、或要約出售或
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 56
要約出租或為出售或出租而展示該作品的侵犯版權複製品；
(e) 為任何包含經銷版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的貿易或業務的目的或在任何該等貿易或
業務的過程中，公開陳列或分發該作品的侵犯版權複製品；
(f) 管有該作品的侵犯版權複製品，以期令—
(i) 某人可為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，出售或出租該侵
犯版權複製品；或
(ii) 某人可為任何包含經銷版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的貿易或業務的目的或在任何
該等貿易或業務的過程中，公開陳列或分發該侵犯版權複製品；或
(g) 分發該作品的侵犯版權複製品(但並非為任何包含經銷版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的貿
易或業務的目的，亦並非在任何該等貿易或業務的過程中分發)，達到損害版權擁有人
的權利的程度。 (由2007年第15號第31條代替)
(1A) 凡—
(a) 任何人為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，公開陳列或分發版權
作品的侵犯版權複製品；而
(b) 如此陳列或分發該侵犯版權複製品的情況，令人合理地懷疑該貿易或業務包含經銷版
權作品的侵犯版權複製品，
則就任何根據第(1)(e)款提起的法律程序而言，除非有相反的證據，否則該貿易或業務須被推定為包
含經銷版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的貿易或業務。 (由2007年第15號第31條增補)
(1B)凡—
(a) 任何人管有版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，以期令某人可為任何貿易或業務的目的或在
任何貿易或業務的過程中，公開陳列或分發該侵犯版權複製品；而
(b) 如此管有該侵犯版權複製品的情況，令人合理地懷疑該貿易或業務包含經銷版權作品
的侵犯版權複製品，
則就任何根據第(1)(f)(ii)款提起的法律程序而言，除非有相反的證據，否則該貿易或業務須被推定為
包含經銷版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的貿易或業務。 (由2007年第15號第31條增補)
(2) 第(1)(b)及(c)及(4)(b)及(c)款並不適用於過境物品。
(2A) 任何人如未獲本款適用的版權作品的版權擁有人的特許，而為任何貿易或業務的目的或在
任何貿易或業務的過程中，管有該作品的侵犯版權複製品，以期令某人可為該貿易或業務的目的或
在該貿易或業務的過程中，使用該侵犯版權複製品，該首述的人即屬犯罪。 (由2007年第15號第31條
增補)
(2B)第(2A)款適用於屬以下項目的版權作品—
(a) 電腦程式；
(b) 電影；
(c) 電視劇或電視電影；
(d) 音樂聲音紀錄；或
(e) 音樂視像紀錄。 (由2007年第15號第31條增補)
(2C)第(2A)款不適用於任何屬刊印形式的電腦程式的侵犯版權複製品。 (由2007年第15號第31條
增補)
(2D)在以下情況下，第(2A)款並不就管有電腦程式的侵犯版權複製品一事而適用—
(a) 該電腦程式包含本身不屬電腦程式的作品的整項或其任何部分，而獲提供該作品的複
製品的公眾人士中任何人觀看或聆聽該作品，在技術層面上需有該電腦程式；或
(b) 該電腦程式包含在本身不屬電腦程式的作品內作為其部分，而獲提供該作品的複製品
的公眾人士中的任何人觀看或聆聽該作品，在技術層面上需有該電腦程式。 (由2007年
第15號第31條增裞( �/p>
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 57
(2E)在以下情況下，第(2A)款並不適用於香港電影資料館為保存文物的目的而管有電影、電視
劇或電視電影、音樂聲音紀錄或音樂視像紀錄的侵犯版權複製品─
(a) 該侵犯版權複製品是由公眾捐贈或提供予香港電影資料館的；或
(b) 該侵犯版權複製品是由香港電影資料館製作的，而製作目的是保存或替代(a)段所提述
的侵犯版權複製品，以對應喪失、損耗或損毀。 (由2007年第15號第31條增補)
(2F) 在以下情況下，第(2A)款並不適用於香港電影資料館為就電影、電視劇或電視電影、音樂
聲音紀錄或音樂視像紀錄的侵犯版權複製品作出任何作為的目的(該目的為第(2E)款所提述的目的以
外者)而管有該侵犯版權複製品─
(a) 該侵犯版權複製品是─
(i) 由公眾捐贈或提供予香港電影資料館的侵犯版權複製品；或
(ii) 由香港電影資料館製作的，而製作目的是保存或替代第(i)節所提述的侵犯版權複
製品，以對應喪失、損耗或損毀；
(b) 不可能藉合理查究而確定有關作品的版權擁有人的身分及聯絡方法的詳細資料；及
(c) 不能按合理的商業條款而取得有關作品的並非侵犯版權複製品的複製品。 (由2007年第
15號第31條增補)
(2G) 在以下情況下，第(2A)款不適用—
(a) 管有侵犯版權複製品的人，是為了就該侵犯版權複製品提供法律服務而管有該複製品
的，及─
(i) 該人屬在根據《法律執業者條例》(第159章)備存的律師登記冊或大律師登記冊上
登記的人；或
(ii) 該人已在香港以外司法管轄區獲認許為法律執業者；
(b) 管有侵犯版權複製品的人，是正在根據《大律師(認許資格及實習)規則》(第159章，附
屬法例AC)跟隨某大律師從事實習大律師，而他管有該侵犯版權複製品，是為了協助該
大律師就該侵犯版權複製品提供法律服務；
(c) 管有侵犯版權複製品的人，是為了向有關版權作品的版權擁有人或專用特許持有人提
供關乎該複製品的調查服務，而管有該複製品的；或
(d) 管有侵犯版權複製品的人，是在其當事人的處所管有該複製品，而該複製品是其當事
人向他提供的。 (由2007年第15號第31條增補)
(2H) 在不損害第125條的原則下，凡任何法人團體或合夥作出第(2A)款所提述的任何作為，則除
非有證據顯示下述的人並沒有授權作出該作為，否則該人須被推定為亦曾作出該作為—
(a) 就法人團體而言—
(i) 於該作為作出之時負責該法人團體的內部管理的該法人團體的董事；或
(ii) (如沒有上述董事)於該作為作出之時在該法人團體的董事的直接授權下負責該法人
團體的內部管理的人；
(b) 就合夥而言—
(i) 於該作為作出之時負責該合夥的內部管理的該合夥的合夥人；或
(ii) (如沒有上述合夥人)於該作為作出之時在該合夥的合夥人的直接授權下負責該合夥
的內部管理的人。 (由2007年第15號第31條増補)
(2I) 任何憑藉第(2H)款而被控犯第(2A)款所訂罪行的被告人，在以下情況下須視為他並沒有作出
有關作為—
(a) 所舉出的證據已足夠就他並沒有授權作出有關作為帶出爭論點；而且
(b) 控方沒有提出足以排除合理疑點的相反證明。 (由2007年第15號第31條増補)
(2J) 就第(2I)(a)款而言—
(a) 如法院信納以下情況，則有關被告人須視為已舉出足夠的證據—
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 58
(i) 有關被告人已安排有關法人團體或合夥撥出財務資源，以取得足夠數量的關乎該
法律程序的版權作品的複製品(該複製品不屬侵犯版權複製品)以供該法人團體或合
夥使用，而有關被告人亦已指示該等資源用作上述用途；或
(ii) 有關法人團體或合夥已為取得足夠數量的關乎該法律程序的版權作品的複製品(該
複製品不屬侵犯版權複製品)以供該法人團體或合夥使用，而招致開支；
(b) 在不抵觸(a)段的情況下，法院在裁定是否已舉出足夠證據時，可顧及(包括(但不限於))
—
(i) 有關被告人是否已引入禁止該法人團體或合夥使用版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的
政策或常規；
(ii) 有關被告人是否已採取行動，以防止該法人團體或合夥使用版權作品的侵犯版權
複製品。 (由2007年第15號第31條増補)
(3) 任何被控第(1)或(2A)款所訂罪行的人如證明他不知道亦無理由相信有關的複製品是版權作
品的侵犯版權複製品，即可以此作為免責辯護。 (由2007年第15號第31條修訂)
(3A) 任何被控犯第(2A)款所訂罪行的人如證明以下事宜，即可以此作為免責辯護—
(a) 他在受僱工作期間，管有有關的侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 有關的侵犯版權複製品是其僱主或代表其僱主的人向他提供，讓他在他受僱工作期間
使用的。 (由2007年第15號第31條增補)
(3B)第(3A)款不適用於—
(a) 在獲取有關的侵犯版權複製品之時，職分屬能夠作出或影響關乎獲取該複製品的決定
的僱員；或
(b) 在有關罪行發生之時，職分屬能夠作出或影響關乎使用或清除有關的侵犯版權複製品
的決定的僱員。 (由2007年第15號第31條增補)
(4) 如任何人─
(a) 製作任何物品；
(b) 將任何物品輸入香港；
(c) 將任何物品輸出香港；
(d) 管有任何物品；或
(e) 出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租任何物品，或為出售或出租而展示任何物品，
而該物品是經特定設計或改裝以供製作某版權作品的複製品，並且是用作或擬用作製作版權作品的
侵犯版權複製品以供出售或出租，或以供為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中使
用，該人即屬犯罪。 (由2000年第64號第7條修訂；由2007年第15號第31條修訂)
(5) 任何被控第(4)款所訂罪行的人如證明他不知道亦無理由相信該物品是用作或擬用作製作侵
犯版權複製品以供出售或出租，或以供為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中使
用，即可以此作為免責辯護。 (由2000年第64號第7條修訂；由2007年第15號第31條修訂)
(6) 如某版權作品的複製品僅憑藉第35(3)條而屬侵犯版權複製品，並且沒有根據第35(4)條不被
包括在內，而該複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的，則就第(1)(b)及(3)款而
言，任何就該版權作品的複製品而被控第(1)款所訂罪行的人如證明─ (由2007年第15號第31條修訂)
(a) 他已作出合理查究足以使他自己信納有關的複製品並非該作品的侵犯版權複製品；
(b) 他基於合理理由而信納在有關個案的情況下該複製品並非侵犯版權複製品；
(c) 沒有其他本會致使他合理地懷疑該複製品是侵犯版權複製品的情況，
則他已證明他沒有理由相信有關的複製品是該版權作品的侵犯版權複製品。
(7) 法院在裁定被控人是否已根據第(6)款證明他沒有理由相信有關的複製品是該作品的侵犯版
權複製品時，可顧及的因素包括(但不限於)以下事項─
(a) 他是否已就有關類別作品向有關的行業團體作出查究；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 59
(b) 他是否已給予通知促請有關的版權擁有人或專用特許持有人注意他在輸入及出售該作
品的複製品方面的權益；
(c) 他是否已遵從就有關類別作品的供應而可能存在的實務守則；
(d) 對被控人作出的該等查究的回應(如有的話)是否合理和及時；
(e) 他是否已獲得提供有關版權擁有人或專用特許持有人(視乎屬何情況而定)之姓名、地址
及其聯絡之詳細資料；
(f) 他是否已獲得有關作品首次發表之日期；
(g) 他是否已獲提供任何有關專用特許之證明。
(8) 任何人如管有任何物品，而他知道或有理由相信該物品是用作或擬用作製作任何版權作品
的侵犯版權複製品以供出售或出租，或以供為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中
使用，該人即屬犯罪。 (由2000年第64號第7條修訂；由2007年第15號第31條修訂)
(8A)(由2007年第15號第31條廢除)
(9) 第115至117條(與版權有關的各種事宜的推定)不適用於就本條所訂罪行而提起的法律程序。
〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第115、116、117條 *〉
(10) 在本條中，“經銷”(dealing in) 指出售、出租或為牟利或報酬而分發。 (由2007年第15號第
31條增補)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 107 U.K.]
___________________________________________________________________________
註：
* (由2007年第15號第31條修訂)
條： 118A 第60及61條對第118(1)條所訂罪行的適用 L.N. 211 of 2003 28/11/2003
就任何為第118(1)條所訂罪行而進行的法律程序而言—
(a) 就第60及61條而言，某人如有合約權利在香港之內或以外的任何地方使用某電腦程式，
該人即屬該程式的合法使用者，而第60(2)條據此而具有效力；及
(b) 第60及61條就第35A(1)條適用的不屬電腦程式的作品的複製品而適用，一如該兩條就電
腦程式的複製品而適用一樣；據此，任何作為如根據第60或61條可就某電腦程式的複製
品作出而不屬侵犯該程式的版權，則該作為可就第35A(1)條適用的不屬電腦程式的作品
的複製品作出，而不屬侵犯該作品的版權。
(由2003年第27號第4條增補)
條： 119 第118條所訂罪行的罰則 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 任何人犯第118(1)或(2A)條所訂罪行，一經循公訴程序定罪，可處監禁4年，並可就每份侵
犯版權複製品處第5級罰款。 (由2000年第64號第8條修訂；由2004年第4號第2條修訂；由2007年第15
號第32條修訂)
(2) 任何人犯第118(4)或(8)條所訂罪行，一經循公訴程序定罪，可處罰款$500000及監禁8年。
條： 119A 關乎在複製服務業務中管有侵犯版權複製品的罪行 4 of 2004 01/09/2004
(1) 在本條中—
“報酬”(reward) 指並非只具象徵式價值的報酬；
“複製服務業務”(copying service business) 指為牟利而經營的包括向公眾要約提供翻印複製服務的業
務，如某業務包括在多於一處地方向公眾要約提供翻印複製服務，則指在一處該等地方進行的
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 60
該業務的任何部分。
(2) 任何人如為複製服務業務的目的或在該項業務的過程中，管有某版權作品在書本、雜誌或
期刊發表的版本的一份翻印複製品，而該複製品屬該版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，該人即屬犯罪。
(3) 在就第(2)款所訂罪行而進行的法律程序中，被控人如證明有關的某版權作品的侵犯版權複
製品並非為有關的複製服務業務的目的而製作，亦非在該項業務的過程中製作，即可以此作為免責
辯護。
(4) 在就第(2)款所訂罪行而進行的法律程序中，被控人如證明有關的某版權作品的侵犯版權複
製品並非為牟利而製作，亦非為報酬而製作，即可以此作為免責辯護。
(5) 在就第(2)款所訂罪行而進行的法律程序中，被控人如證明他不知道亦無理由相信有關的某
版權作品的複製品是該版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，即可以此作為免責辯護。
(6) 任何人犯第(2)款所訂罪行，一經循公訴程序定罪，可處監禁4年，並可就每份侵犯版權複製
品處第5級罰款。
(7) 第115、116及117條(就與版權有關連的各種事宜而作出的推定)不適用於就第(2)款所訂罪行
而進行的法律程序。
(由2004年第4號第3條增補)
條： 119B 關乎定期或頻密為分發而製作或分發屬刊印形式並載於書
本等的版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的罪行
15 of 2009; L.N. 68 of 2010
16/07/2010
(1) 任何人如為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，定期或頻密作出任何以
下作為，該人即屬犯罪─
(a) 在未獲第(2)款所描述的版權作品的版權擁有人的特許下，為分發而製作該作品的侵犯
版權複製品，因而導致該版權擁有人蒙受經濟損失；或
(b) 在未獲第(2)款所描述的版權作品的版權擁有人的特許下，分發該作品的侵犯版權複製
品，因而導致該版權擁有人蒙受經濟損失。
(2) 第(1)(a)及(b)款所提述的版權作品屬刊印形式並載於以下項目的版權作品—
(a) 書本；
(b) 雜誌；
(c) 期刊；或
(d) 報章。
(3) 在附表1AA及1AB所描述的情況中，第(1)款不適用。 (由2009年第15號第3條代替)
(4) 第(1)款不適用於符合任何以下描述的教育機構—
(a) 附表1第1條所指明的教育機構；
(b) 根據《稅務條例》(第112章)第88條獲豁免繳稅的教育機構；或
(c) 獲政府發放直接經常性補助金的教育機構。
(5) 凡透過有線或無線網絡分發侵犯版權複製品，而取用該複製品並不受認證或識別程序所
限，則第(1)款不適用於該項分發。
(6) 如有關侵犯版權複製品符合以下說明，則第(1)款不適用─
(a) 該侵犯版權複製品屬政府擁有的圖書館或檔案室的特別收藏品的一部分，或屬任何根
據第(10)(a)款指定的圖書館或檔案室的特別收藏品的一部分；及
(b) 該侵犯版權複製品僅為以下用途而被分發─
(i) 在任何(a)段所提述的圖書館或檔案室之內或在該圖書館或檔案室舉辦的活動中，
作即場參考之用；或
(ii) 為展覽或研究的目的而借出予其他圖書館或檔案室。
(7) 第(6)(a)款所提述的圖書館或檔案室如製作或分發任何屬特別收藏品的項目的單一複製品，
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 61
而製作或分發目的是保存或替代該項目，以對應喪失、損耗或損毀，則第(1)款不適用於該項製作或
分發，但該複製品只可分發作第(6)(b)款所提述的用途之用。
(8) 在第(6)及(7)款中，“特別收藏品”(special collection)─
(a) 就政府擁有的圖書館或檔案室而言，指主要由公眾所捐贈或提供的、屬康樂及文化事
務署署長認為具有文化、歷史或文物的重要性或價值的作品或物品、或作品或物品的
複製品而組成的收藏品；
(b) 就根據第(10)(a)款指定的圖書館或檔案室而言，指主要由公眾所捐贈或提供的、屬該圖
書館或檔案室的主管或掌控機構(不論如何稱述)認為具有文化、歷史或文物的重要性或
價值的作品或物品、或作品或物品的複製品而組成的收藏品。
(9) 為施行第(6)及(7)款下的豁免，政府擁有的檔案室包括政府擁有的博物館。
(10) 商務及經濟發展局局長在顧及康樂及文化事務署署長的意見下，可─
(a) 為施行第(6)(a)款而藉憲報刊登的公告指定任何根據《稅務條例》(第112章)第88條獲豁
免繳稅的圖書館或檔案室；及
(b) 藉規例訂明任何根據(a)段指定的圖書館或檔案室為符合享有第(6)及(7)款下的豁免的資
格而必須符合的條件。
(11) 在不損害第125條的原則下，凡任何法人團體或合夥作出第(1)款所提述的任何作為，則除非
有證據顯示下述的人並沒有授權作出該作為，否則該人須被推定為亦曾作出該作為—
(a) 就法人團體而言—
(i) 於該作為作出之時負責該法人團體的內部管理的該法人團體的董事；或
(ii) (如沒有上述董事)於該作為作出之時在該法人團體的董事的直接授權下負責該法人
團體的內部管理的人；
(b) 就合夥而言—
(i) 於該作為作出之時負責該合夥的內部管理的該合夥的合夥人；或
(ii) (如沒有上述合夥人)於該作為作出之時在該合夥的合夥人的直接授權下負責該合夥
的內部管理的人。
(12) 任何憑藉第(11)款而被控犯第(1)款所訂罪行的被告人，在以下情況下須視為他並沒有作出有
關作為─
(a) 所舉出的證據已足夠就他並沒有授權作出有關作為帶出爭論點；而且
(b) 控方沒有提出足以排除合理疑點的相反證明。
(13) 就第(12)(a)款而言─
(a) 如法院信納以下情況，則有關被告人須視為已舉出足夠的證據─
(i) 有關被告人已安排有關法人團體或合夥撥出財務資源，以按照該法人團體或合夥
的需要取得適當特許以製作或分發、或製作及分發關乎該法律程序的版權作品的
複製品以供該法人團體或合夥使用，而有關被告人亦已指示該等資源用作上述用
途；
(ii) 有關被告人已安排有關法人團體或合夥撥出財務資源，以取得足夠數量的關乎該
法律程序的版權作品的複製品(該複製品不屬侵犯版權複製品)以供該法人團體或合
夥使用，而有關被告人亦已指示該等資源用作上述用途；
(iii) 有關法人團體或合夥已為按照該法人團體或合夥的需要取得適當特許以製作或分
發、或製作及分發關乎該法律程序的版權作品的複製品以供該法人團體或合夥使
用，而招致開支；或
(iv) 有關法人團體或合夥已為取得足夠數量的關乎該法律程序的版權作品的複製品(該
複製品不屬侵犯版權複製品)以供該法人團體或合夥使用，而招致開支；
(b) 在不抵觸(a)段的情況下，法院在裁定是否已舉出足夠證據時，可顧及(包括(但不限於))
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 62
─
(i) 有關被告人是否已引入禁止該法人團體或合夥製作及分發版權作品的侵犯版權複
製品的政策或常規；
(ii) 有關被告人是否已採取行動，以防止該法人團體或合夥製作或分發版權作品的侵
犯版權複製品。
(14) 任何被控犯第(1)款所訂罪行的人如證明以下事宜，即可以此作為免責辯護—
(a) 他已為取得有關版權擁有人的特許而採取足夠而合理的步驟，但未能獲得該版權擁有
人及時回應；
(b) 他已作出合理努力，但仍不能取得可透過商業途徑取得的有關版權作品的複製品，而
有關版權擁有人已拒絕按合理的商業條款向他批出特許；
(c) 他不知道亦無理由相信所製作或分發的複製品是侵犯版權複製品；或
(d) 他在作出合理查究後，仍不能確定有關版權擁有人的身分及聯絡方法的詳細資料。
(15) 就第(1)款所指的作為而被控犯任何罪行的人如證明以下事宜，即可以此作為免責辯護—
(a) 他在受僱工作期間，作出該作為；及
(b) 他按照其僱主或代表其僱主的人在他受僱工作期間給予他的指示，作出該作為。
(16) 凡僱員在製作或分發有關的侵犯版權複製品之時，其職分屬能夠作出或影響關乎製作或分
發該侵犯版權複製品的決定，則第(15)款不適用於該僱員。
(17) 任何人犯第(1)款所訂罪行，一經循公訴程序定罪，可就每份侵犯版權複製品處第5級罰款，
並可處監禁4年。
(18) 第115及117條(與版權有關的各種事宜的推定)不適用於就第(1)款所訂罪行而提起的法律程
序。
(19)-(21) (由2009年第15號第3條廢除)
(22) 商務及經濟發展局局長可藉於憲報刊登的公告修訂附表1AA及1AB。(由2009年第15號第3條
增補)
(由2007年第15號第33條增補)
條： 120 #在香港以外地方等製作侵犯版權複製品 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
115、116、117
(1) 任何人如在香港以外地方製作任何輸往香港而非供他私人和家居使用的物品，而他知道該
物品假使在香港製作即會構成版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，該人即屬犯罪。
(2) 任何人如在香港以外地方製作經特定設計或改裝以供製作屬某版權作品的複製品的物品，
而他知道或有理由相信該物品將會在香港用作或擬在香港用作製作該版權作品的侵犯版權複製品以
供出售或出租，或以供為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中使用，該人即屬犯
罪。 (由2000年第64號第9條修訂；由2007年第15號第34條修訂)
(2A) 就第(2)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營版權作品的侵犯版權複製品並不具關鍵
性。 (由2000年第64號第9條增補)
(3) 任何人如在香港以外地方製作或從香港輸出經特定設計或改裝以供製作屬某版權作品的複
製品的物品，而他知道或有理由相信─
(a) 該物品將會或擬在香港以外地方用作製作輸往香港的另一物品；及
(b) (a)段提及的另一物品假使在香港製作，即會構成該版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，
該人即屬犯罪。
(4) 任何人如在香港或其他地方協助、教唆、慫使或促致另一人犯第(1)、(2)或(3)款所訂罪行，
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 63
即屬以主犯身分犯該罪。
(5) 第(1)、(2)及(3)款所訂罪行並不損害第118條所訂罪行。
(6) 任何人犯第(1)、(2)或(3)款所訂罪行，一經定罪，可處罰款$500000及監禁8年。
(7) 就本條而言，“物品”(article) 不包括過境物品。
(8) 第115至117條(就與版權有關連的各種事宜而作出的推定)不適用於就本條所訂罪行而進行的
法律程序。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第115、116、117條 *〉
__________________________________________________________________ 註：
# 《2001年版權(暫停實施修訂)條例》(第568章)規定就本條而暫停實施《2000年知識產權(雜項修
訂)條例》(2000年第64號)所作的若干修訂。
條： 120A 提出檢控的時限 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
自犯本條例所訂罪行的日期起計的3年屆滿後，不得就該罪行而提出檢控。
(由1998年第22號第44條增補。由2007年第15號第35條修訂)
條： 121 誓章證據 L.N. 68 of 2010 16/07/2010
詳列交互參照：
11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、19、20、21
補充條文
(1) 為便利證明版權的存在及版權的擁有權，並在不損害第11至16條(作者及版權的擁有權)及第
17至21條(版權的期限)的實施的原則下，任何誓章如看來是由版權作品的版權擁有人作出或由他人代
其作出的，並且述明─ 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、19、20、21條
*〉(由2007年第15號第36條修訂)
(a) 該作品於何日期和地點製作或首次發表；
(b) 該作品的作者的姓名或名稱； (由2007年第15號第36條代替)
(ba) 凡該作品的作者屬個人—
(i) 該作者的居籍所在地；
(ii) 該作者的住處所在地；或
(iii) 該作者具有居留權的地方； (由2007年第15號第36條增補)
(bb) 凡該作品的作者屬法人團體—
(i) 該作者成立為法團的地方；或
(ii) 該作者的主要營業地點； (由2007年第15號第36條增補)
(c) 該版權擁有人的姓名或名稱； (由2007年第15號第36條修訂)
(d) 該作品有版權存在；及
(e) 附於誓章作為證物的該作品的複製品是該作品的真確複製品，
則在符合第(4)款所載的條件下，該誓章即須在根據本條例進行的任何法律程序中獲接納為證據而無
須進一步證明。
(2) 為便利證明版權的存在及版權的擁有權，並在不損害第(1)款以及第11至16條(作者及版權的
擁有權)及第17至21條(版權的期限)的實施的原則下，任何誓章如看來是由版權作品的版權擁有人作
出或由他人代其作出的，並且─ (由2007年第15號第36條修訂)
(a) 述明─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 64
(i) 該版權作品已在根據第(16)款訂明的版權註冊紀錄冊中註冊；及 (由2004年第29號
法律公告修訂)
(ii) 該作品有版權存在；及
(iii) 該版權擁有人的姓名或名稱；及 (由2007年第15號第36條修訂)
(b) 附有由掌管版權註冊紀錄冊的有關當局發出的該作品的註冊證明書的副本作為證物，
而該副本經第(4)(a)款指明的人核證為真確副本，
則在符合第(4)款所載的條件下，該誓章即須在根據本條例進行的任何法律程序中獲接納為證據而無
須進一步證明。
(2A) 為利便確立第35(3)(b)條所提述的事宜的目的，任何誓章如看來是由版權作品的版權擁有人
作出或由他人代其作出的，並─
(a) 述明該版權擁有人的姓名或名稱；
(b) 述明附於該誓章作為證物的該作品的複製品，是該作品的真確複製品；
(c) 述明─
(i) 附於該誓章作為證物的該作品的複製品，是在香港以外地方由該版權擁有人製作
的；或
(ii) 附於該誓章作為證物的該作品的複製品，是在香港以外地方，由已獲該版權擁有
人的特許在該地製作該作品的複製品但沒有獲該版權擁有人的特許在香港製作該
作品的複製品的人製作的；及
(d) 述明(c)(ii)段所提述的人(如有的話)的姓名或名稱及地址，
則在符合第(4)款所載的條件下，該誓章即在根據本條例進行的任何法律程序中獲接納為證據，而無
須進一步證明。 (由2007年第15號第36條增補)
(2B)就根據第118(1)條提起的任何法律程序而言，任何誓章如看來是由版權作品的版權擁有人作
出或由他人代其作出的，並─
(a) 述明該版權擁有人的姓名或名稱；及
(b) 述明該誓章所指名的人並沒有獲該版權擁有人的特許，以就該作品作出第118(1)(a)、
(b)、(c)、(d)、(e)、(f)或(g)條所提述的任何作為，
則在符合第(4)款所載的條件下，該誓章須在該法律程序中獲接納為證據而無須進一步證明。 (由
2007年第15號第36條增補)
(2C)就根據第118(2A)條提起的任何法律程序而言，任何誓章如看來是由版權作品的版權擁有人
作出或由他人代其作出的，並─
(a) 述明該版權擁有人的姓名或名稱；及
(b) 述明該誓章所指名的人並沒有獲該版權擁有人的特許，以就該作品作出第118(2A)條所
提述的任何作為，
則在符合第(4)款所載的條件下，該誓章須在該法律程序中獲接納為證據而無須進一步證明。 (由
2007年第15號第36條增補)
(2D) 就根據第119B(1)條提起的任何法律程序而言，任何誓章如看來是由版權作品的版權擁有人
作出或由他人代其作出的，並─
(a) 述明該版權擁有人的姓名或名稱；及
(b) 述明該誓章所指名的人並沒有獲該版權擁有人的特許，以就該作品作出第119B(1)條所
提述的任何作為，
則在符合第(4)款所載的條件下，該誓章須在該法律程序中獲接納為證據而無須進一步證明。 (由
2007年第15號第36條增補)
(3) 凡有某誓章符合第(4)款的條件並根據第(1)、(2)、(2A)、(2B)、(2C)或(2D)款向法院出示，則
在沒有相反證據的情況下，法院須推定─ (由2007年第15號第36條修訂)
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 65
(a) 該誓章內的陳述是真實的；及
(b) 該誓章是按照第(4)款作出和認證的。
(4) 如符合下述條件，誓章即可根據第(1)、(2)、(2A)、(2B)、(2C)或(2D)款提交作為證據─ (由
2007年第15號第36條修訂)
(a) 該誓章─
(i) (如是在香港作出的)是在律師或《宣誓及聲明條例》(第11章)所界定的監誓員面前
宣誓作出的；或
(ii) (如是在香港以外地方作出的)是在公證人面前宣誓作出的；
(b) 如該誓章是在律師、監誓員或公證人面前作出的，須由該公證人或領事館官員簽署認
證，證明該誓章是如此作出的；
(c) 該誓章載有宣誓人的聲明，以表明盡其所知所信，該誓章的內容是真實的；及
(d) 除第(6)款另有規定外，如該誓章於某項聆訊中作為證據提交，則該誓章的副本須在該
聆訊展開前的10天之前，由控方或原告人送達或代控方或原告人送達每一名被告人。
(5) 儘管誓章憑藉本條而可獲接納為證據，任何被告人或其律師可在獲送達誓章的副本的3天內
送達要求誓章的宣誓人出庭的通知。
(6) 各方可在聆訊前同意免除第(4)(d)款的規定。
(7) 根據第(1)、(2)、(2A)、(2B)、(2C)或(2D)款而提交作為證據的誓章─ (由2007年第15號第36
條修訂)
(a) 如既非用中文亦非用英文寫成，必須附有中文或英文譯本，而除非檢控人或原告人及
被告人(或如多於一名被告人，則指全部被告人)同意或由他人代其同意，否則該譯本必
須由法院的翻譯人員核證；
(b) 如提述任何其他文件為證物，則根據第(4)(d)款送達法律程序的任何其他一方的誓章的
副本須附有該文件的副本，或附有必需的資料，使獲送達該誓章的一方能夠查閱該文
件或其副本。
(8) 在不損害第(5)款的原則下─
(a) 送達誓章或由他人代為送達誓章的一方可傳召宣誓人作供；及
(b) 如根據第(5)款就任何誓章送達通知的被告人令法院信納─
(i) (在該誓章有述明某作品的版權的存在或擁有權的情況下)有關作品的版權的存在或
擁有權確實受爭議；
(ii) (在該誓章有述明某人是否已獲某版權作品的版權擁有人的特許以作出某特定作為
的情況下)有關的人是否已獲該版權擁有人的特許以作出某特定作為確實受爭議；
或
(iii) (在該誓章屬是根據第(2A)款作出的情況下)在該誓章內述明的第(i)及(ii)節所提述事
宜以外的事宜確實受爭議，
則法院可在聆訊前或在聆訊進行之時，要求該誓章的宣誓人到法院席前作供，法院亦
可自行在聆訊前或在聆訊進行之時，要求該誓章的宣誓人到法院席前作供。 (由2007年
第15號第36條代替)
(9) 在不損害第(8)(a)款的原則下，根據本條而可獲接納為證據的誓章的宣誓人，只有在法院根
據第(8)(b)款提出要求下才須到法院席前作供。
(10) 除非法院另有指示，否則憑藉本條獲接納為證據的誓章須在聆訊時以高聲宣讀，凡法院指
示無須高聲宣讀，則須就未經高聲宣讀的部分以口頭作出交代。
(11) 在根據本條獲接納為證據的誓章中被稱為證物和被識別的任何文件或物體，均須視為猶如
由宣誓人在法院上出示為證物和予以識別的一樣。
(12) 本條規定須送達任何人的文件可藉以下方式送達─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 66
(a) 交付該人或其律師；或
(b) 如文件須送達法人團體，則可於其註冊辦事處或主要辦事處交付其秘書或書記，或以
致予其秘書或書記的掛號郵遞的方式寄往該地址。
(13) 在不損害法院判給訟費的權力的原則下，如被告人有以下情況，法院可判他須支付訟費─
(a) 他獲送達第(1)、(2)、(2A)、(2B)、(2C)或(2D)款所描述的誓章； (由2007年第15號第36條
修訂)
(b) 他根據第(5)款親自或通過其律師送達通知；及
(c) 他其後就有關罪行被定罪或被裁斷須負上侵犯版權的法律責任(視屬何情況而定)。
(14) 法院在根據第(13)款作出判給時，須顧及控方或原告人因被告人根據第(5)款送達的通知而招
致的實際訟費，法院並可根據第(13)款判給超逾法院可判給的訟費限額(如有的話)的訟費。
(15) 就第(1)(e)款而言，如有關作品是電腦程序(不論該程序屬源代碼或目標代碼形式)，則屬只
用目標代碼形式的電腦程序的複製品亦可視為該程序的真確複製品。
(16) 商務及經濟發展局局長可藉規例為施行第(2)款訂明版權註冊紀錄冊。 (由1997年第362號法
律公告修訂；由2002年第106號法律公告修訂；由2007年第130號法律公告修訂)
(17) 在本條中，“法院”(court) 包括裁判官。
條： 122 調查人員的權力 L.N. 235 of 1998 29/05/1998
(1) 獲授權人員─
(a) (i) 可在符合第123條的規定下進入和搜查任何地方； (由1998年第22號第45條修訂)
(ii) 可截停、登上和搜查任何船隻(戰艦除外)或航空器(軍用航空器除外)；或
(iii) 可截停和搜查任何車輛(軍用車輛除外)，
但他須有合理理由懷疑在該處所、地方、船隻、航空器或車輛中有─
(A) 任何是版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的物品；
(B) 任何經特定設計或改裝以供製作某版權作品的複製品並且是用作或擬用作製作該
作品的侵犯版權複製品的物品；或
(C) 任何他覺得是或相當可能是本部所訂罪行的證據或任何他覺得是包含或相當可能
包含該證據的東西；及
(b) 可檢取、移走或扣留─
(i) 任何他覺得是版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的物品，或任何經特定設計或改裝以供
製作某版權作品的複製品並且他覺得是擬用作製作該作品的侵犯版權複製品的物
品；
(ii) 任何他覺得是或相當可能是本部所訂罪行的證據或任何他覺得是包含或相當可能
包含該證據的東西；及
(iii) 任何他有合理理由懷疑是或曾經在與本部所訂罪行有關連的情況下使用的船隻、
航空器或車輛(戰艦或軍用航空器或軍用車輛除外)。
(2) 獲授權人員可─
(a) 強行進入他獲本部賦權或授權進入和搜查的地方； (由1998年第22號第45條代替)
(b) 強行登上他獲本部賦權截停、登上和搜查的船隻、航空器或車輛；
(c) 強行移走妨礙他行使本部授予他的權力的人或東西；
(d) 扣留他在獲本部賦權或授權搜查的地方內發現的任何人，直至該地方已搜查完畢為
止；
(e) 防止任何人接近或登上他獲本部賦權截停、登上和搜查的船隻、航空器或車輛，直至
該船隻、航空器或車輛已搜查完畢為止。
(3) 獲授權人員可召請任何獲授權人員協助他行使他在本條下的任何權力。 (由1998年第22號第
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 67
45條增補)
條： 123 發出授權進入和搜查的手令的權限 L.N. 235 of 1998 29/05/1998
(1) 裁判官如基於一項經宣誓而作的告發，信納有合理理由懷疑任何地方內有根據第122(1)(b)條
可予檢取、移走或扣留的物品或東西，則可發出手令授權任何獲授權人員進入和搜查該地方。
(2) 在符合第(3)款的規定下，獲授權人員除非在根據本條發出的手令的權限下行事，否則不得
根據第122(1)(a)(i)條進入和搜查任何地方。
(3) 如取得手令所必然引致的阻延可能導致失去證據或毀滅證據或因任何其他理由而使獲取手
令並非合理地切實可行，則獲授權人員可在沒有根據本條發出的手令的情況下根據第122(1)(a)(i)條進
入和搜查任何地方。
(由1998年第22號第46條代替)
條： 124 妨礙調查人員 30/06/1997
(1) 在不損害任何其他條例的原則下，任何人如─
(a) 故意妨礙獲授權人員根據本條行使他的權力或執行他的職責；
(b) 故意不遵從該獲授權人員向他恰當地提出的要求；或
(c) 無合理辯解而沒有給予該獲授權人員任何其他協助，而該等協助是該獲授權人員為根
據本條例行使他的權力或執行他的職責的目的而可合理要求給予的，
即屬犯罪，一經定罪，可處第4級罰款及監禁3個月。
(2) 任何人當被要求向根據本條例行使其權力或執行其職責的獲授權人員提供資料時，如明知
而向該獲授權人員提供虛假或具誤導性的資料，即屬犯罪，一經定罪，可處第4級罰款及監禁3個
月。
(3) 本條並不要求任何人提供可導致他自己入罪的資料。
條： 125 主犯以外的人的法律責任 30/06/1997
(1) 凡任何法人團體就任何作為而犯了本條例所訂的罪行，而該罪行經證明是在該法人團體的
任何董事、經理、秘書或其他相類高級人員或本意是以任何該等身分行事的任何人同意或縱容下犯
的，或經證明是可歸因於該法人團體的任何董事、經理、秘書或其他相類高級人員或本意是以任何
該等身分行事的任何人本身的任何作為的，則上述的人及該法人團體均屬犯該罪行。
(2) 凡任何法人團體的事務是由其成員管理的，而任何成員在與其管理職能相關連的情況下作
出某作為，第(1)款即就該作為適用，猶如該成員是該法人團體的董事一樣。
(3) 凡由合夥的任何合夥人所犯的本條例所訂的罪行，經證明是在該合夥的任何其他合夥人或
任何與該合夥的管理有關的人同意或縱容下犯的，或證明是可歸因於該合夥的任何其他合夥人或任
何與該合夥的管理有關的人本身的任何作為的，則該其他合夥人或與該合夥的管理有關的人即屬犯
相同罪行。
條： 126 披露資料等 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 68
(1) 根據第122條被檢取或扣留的任何物品如屬下列物品，或如關長有合理理由懷疑該被檢取或
扣留的物品屬下列物品─
(a) 版權作品的侵犯版權複製品；或
(b) 經特定設計或改裝以供製作某版權作品的複製品並曾用作或擬用作製作任何該等作品
的侵犯版權複製品的物品，
則關長須在合理地切實可行範圍內將檢取或扣留一事(視屬何情況而定)通知有關版權的擁有人或其
獲授權代理人。
(2) 在第(1)款所指明的情況下，關長可向該版權的擁有人或其獲授權代理人披露以下資料─
(a) 該物品於何時間、地址或地點被檢取或扣留；
(b) 如該物品是自某人處檢取或扣留的，該人的姓名或名稱及地址；
(c) 被檢取或扣留的物品的性質及數量；
(d) 該人就該項檢取或扣留而向關長或任何獲授權人員所作的任何陳述，但須事先得到該
人的書面同意，如該人已死亡或關長在合理地查究該人的所在後仍未能找到該人，則
不須事先得到該人的書面同意；及
(e) 關乎被檢取或扣留的物品，並且是關長認為適宜披露的任何其他資料或文件。
(3) 凡─
(a) 該版權的擁有人或其獲授權代理人尋求披露並沒有在第(2)款中提述的任何資料或文
件；或
(b) 關長並沒有披露在第(2)款中提述的資料或文件，
該擁有人或其獲授權代理人即可向原訟法庭申請一項命令，規定關長披露該等資料或文件，而原訟
法庭則可應該申請而作出其認為合適的命令以規定作出披露。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(4) 根據第(3)款提出的申請，可在事先給予關長通知的情況下藉動議而開始進行。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 127 對在刑事法律程序中的告發人的保障 30/06/1997
(1) 除非法院認為為維護司法公正而有需要，否則任何告發人的姓名或名稱或身分和所提供的
資料，不得在根據本部進行的刑事法律程序中披露。
(2) 法院可為防止任何該等披露而作出任何有需要的命令和採取任何有需要的程序。
條： 128 檢查物品，發還樣本等 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 根據第122條自某人處檢取或扣留的物品如屬下列物品，或如關長有合理理由懷疑該被檢取
或扣留的物品屬下列物品─
(a) 版權作品的侵犯版權複製品；或
(b) 經特定設計或改裝以供製作某版權作品的複製品並曾用作或擬用作製作任何該等作品
的侵犯版權複製品的物品，
關長或獲授權人員可給予有關的版權作品的擁有人或其獲授權代理人或該某人充分機會，為確定該
物品是否版權作品的侵犯版權複製品或經特定設計或改裝以供製作版權作品的複製品而檢查該物
品。
(2) 凡有多於一件物品根據第122條自某人處檢取或扣留，如關長或獲授權人員認為為確定該物
品是否版權作品的侵犯版權複製品或為確定該物品是否屬經特定設計或改裝，用以製作版權作品的
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 69
複製品的物品而有需要，則關長或獲授權人員可在版權的擁有人或其授權代理人或該某人(視屬何情
況而定)給予關長或獲授權人員所需承諾的條件下，允許該版權的擁有人或其授權代理人或該某人移
走被檢取或扣留的物品的樣本。
(3) 就第(2)款而言，所需的承諾指給予該承諾的人會作出以下事情的書面承諾─
(a) 在關長或獲授權人員認為滿意的指明時間，將樣本交還關長或獲授權人員；及
(b) 以合理謹慎防止對樣本造成不必要的損害。
(4) 凡物品自某人處檢取或扣留，如關長或任何獲授權人員允許版權擁有人或其代理人或該某
人按照本條檢查任何該等物品，或移走任何樣本，則就由於以下所述而使該某人蒙受的任何損失或
損害而言，政府無須對他負上任何法律責任─
(a) 檢查時所招致對任何物品造成的損害；或
(b) 版權擁有人或任何其他人對版權擁有人、其代理人或該某人移走的任何樣本作出的任
何事情或就該樣本作出的任何事情，或版權擁有人或該某人對該樣本作出的任何使
用。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 129 多邊合作 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
為促進在保護知識產權權利方面的多邊合作，關長可向以下國家、地區或地方的海關當局或負
責強制執行知識產權權利的其他當局披露依據本條例取得的資料─
(a) 在有關時間屬世界貿易組織成員的任何國家、地區或地方；或
(b) 關長認為合適的國家、地區或地方。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 130 關乎披露資料的罪行 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
(1) 除第(2)款另有規定外，任何人向任何其他人披露他依據本條例取得的任何資料，即屬犯
罪，但如該項披露─
(a) 是他或任何其他人為根據本條例執行職能而作出的；或
(b) 是根據法院的指示或命令而作出的，
則屬例外。
(2) 任何人如─
(a) 根據第126(1)或(2)款披露資料，或根據原訟法庭命令(根據第126(3)條作出的)披露資料；
(b) 根據第129條披露資料；
(c) 根據第140(1)條披露資料，或根據原訟法庭命令(根據第140(2)條作出的)披露資料；或
(d) 根據第267(1)條披露資料，或根據原訟法庭命令(根據第267(2)條作出的)披露資料，
則該人不屬犯第(1)款所訂罪行。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(3) 任何人犯第(1)款所訂罪行，一經定罪，可處第4級罰款及監禁1年。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 70
條： 131 可沒收被檢取的物品等 L.N. 68 of 2010 16/07/2010
(1) 不論是否有人被控以第118、119A、119B或120條所訂罪行，任何獲授權人員根據第122條檢
取或扣留的任何物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西均可按照以下條文予以沒收。 (由2004年第4號第
4條修訂；由2007年第15號第37條修訂)
(2) 關長須在不抵觸第(3)款的條文下和在自檢取或扣留有關物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西
當日起計的30天內，向關長知悉在作出檢取或扣留時或向緊接作出檢取或扣留後是該物品、船隻、
航空器、車輛或東西的擁有人的人，送達檢取通知書或扣留通知書。
(3) 如該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西是在下列的人在場時被檢取或扣留的，則第(2)款並
不適用─
(a) 該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西的擁有人，或該擁有人的僱員或代理人；
(b) 因犯罪行或涉嫌犯罪行而導致該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西被檢取或扣留的
人；或
(c) 就船隻、航空器或車輛而言，則為船長或掌管人。
(4) 根據第(2)款發出並須送達某人的通知書如─
(a) 交付該人；
(b) 以致予該人的掛號郵遞的方式寄往關長所知的該人的居住或業務地址(如有的話)；或
(c) 在不能按照(a)或(b)段送達的情況下，在香港海關內的一處公眾可以到達的地方展示一
段不少於7天的期間，該期間自檢取或扣留該物品、船雙、航空器、車輛或東西當日起
計的30天內起計，
即當作已妥為送達。
(5) 如任何物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西根據第(1)款可予沒收，則該物品、船隻、航空
器、車輛或東西的擁有人或該擁有人的獲授權代理人，或在作出檢取或扣留時管有該物品、船隻、
航空器、車輛或東西的人，或對該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西享有法律或衡平法上的權益的
人，可在自以下日期起計的30天內─
(a) 檢取或扣留當日；或
(b) 如第(2)款所指的通知書─
(i) 是以交付方式送達須予送達的人的，則指送達當日；或
(ii) 是以掛號郵遞方式寄送的，則指郵寄當日後第2天；或
(iii) 是按第(4)(c)款所述展示的，則指如此展示該通知書的首日，
向關長發出書面通知，述明其全名及接收送達文件的香港地址，並聲請該物品、船隻、航空器、車
輛或東西不可沒收。
(6) 申索人可隨時藉書面通知關長而撤回申索通知書。
(7) 如在第(5)款所指明的發出申索通知的適當期限屆滿當日，仍無人以書面向關長發出該通
知，則該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西隨即沒收歸予政府，但如有人就該被檢取或扣留的物
品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西而被控第118、119A、119B或120條所訂罪行，則屬例外。 (由2004
年第4號第4條修訂；由2007年第15號第37條修訂)
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 132 在有人被控的情況下物品等的處置 L.N. 68 of 2010 16/07/2010
在不損害第131條的原則下，凡任何人被控第118、119A、119B或120條所訂罪行，法院如信納獲
授權人員就該罪行根據第122條檢取或扣留的任何物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西─ (由2004年第4
號第5條修訂；由2007年第15號第38條修訂)
(a) 屬版權作品的侵犯版權複製品；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 71
(b) 屬經特定設計或改裝以供製作某版權作品的複製品並曾用作或擬用作製作任何該等作
品的侵犯版權複製品的物品；或
(c) 曾在與本條例所訂罪行有關連的情況下使用，
則不論被控人是否就被控罪行被定罪，法院亦可命令將該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西─
(i) 沒收歸予政府； (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(ii) 交付予法院覺得是有關版權的擁有人的人；或
(iii) 以法院認為合適的其他方式處置。
條： 133 對沒收申請的裁定 68 of 2010 16/07/2010
(1) 凡申索通知書根據第131條發出，則關長或獲授權人員須向裁判官、區域法院或原訟法庭申
請沒收有關物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西，但如關長在收到申索通知書後的合理期間內，基於
該案的證據而信納該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西應交付予有關申索人，則屬例外。 (由1998
年第25號第2條修訂)
(2) 關長或獲授權人員須在申請書內述明申索人的姓名或名稱及地址。
(3) 凡有第(1)款所指的申請向裁判官提出，則該裁判官須向申索人發出傳票規定其在聆訊該申
請時到裁判官席前，並須安排將該傳票文本送達關長。
(4) 凡向區域法院或原訟法庭提出第(1)款所指的申請，則該申請可藉動議開始。 (由1998年第
25號第2條修訂)
(5) 凡申索人是根據第118、119A、119B或120條就被檢取或扣留的物品、船隻、航空器、車輛
或東西而提起的刑事法律程序中的被告人，而除該申索人外並無其他申索人，則法院可應關長就此
而提出的申請，在緊接該刑事法律程序之後聆訊沒收申請，而為根據本款進行聆訊，任何在根據或
憑藉第(3)或(4)款(視屬何情況而定)發出或送達傳票或任何聆訊通知書方面的規定，均不適用。 (由
2004年第4號第6條修訂；由2007年第15號第39條修訂)
(6) 凡申索人超過一名而其中一人是根據第118、119A、119B或120條就檢取或扣留的物品、船
隻、航空器、車輛或東西而提起的刑事法律程序中的被告人，則法院可應關長就此而提出的申請，
在緊接該刑事法律程序之後聆訊沒收申請。 (由2004年第4號第6條修訂；由2007年第15號第39條修
訂)
(7) 如在聆訊第(1)款所指的申請時，申索人或其他雖非申索人但卻屬曾有權或本應有權根據第
131(5)條提出申索的人，到法院席前出席聆訊，法院須就該申請進行聆訊。
(8) 法院可在沒收申請的聆訊或在押後聆訊中，就下列人士所提出的關於為何不應將物品、船
隻、航空器、車輛或東西沒收的聲稱，進行聆訊─
(a) 未獲送達檢取通知書或扣留通知書，且在該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西被檢取
或扣留時並不在場的人，或在檢取或扣留時或在緊接檢取或扣留後，身分未為關長知
悉的人；及
(b) 法院覺得是有權利對該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西提出擁有權的申索，或是對
該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西享有法律或衡平法上的權益的人。
(9) 如在聆訊第(1)款所指的申請時，申索人或其他雖非申索人但卻屬曾有權或本應有權根據第
131(5)條提出申索的人，沒有到法院席前出席聆訊，而法院信納─
(a) 根據第(3)或(4)款(視屬何情況而定)須予送達的傳票或聆訊通知書(如有的話)已經送達；
(b) 在接收送達文件地址的人或被提名代申索人接收送達文件的律師，曾拒絕接收(a)段所
提述的傳票或聆訊通知書；或
(c) 就達成送達(a)段所提述的傳票或聆訊通知書而言，提供予關長的接收送達文件地址屬
不齊全，
則法院可無須就該申索人的下落再作查訊而就該申請進行聆訊和作出裁定。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 72
(10) 根據第(1)款向裁判官提出的申請，就《裁判官條例》(第227章)第8條而言，須當作是一項申
訴。
(11) 在不損害第132條的原則下，在聆訊第(1)款所指的申請時，凡法院信納有關物品、船隻、航
空器、車輛或東西屬可予沒收者，並且有如下情況(如適當的話)，則法院須命令將該物品、船隻、
航空器、車輛或東西沒收歸予政府─
(a) 到法院席前的人不能令法院信納其曾有權或本應有權就被檢取或扣留的物品、船隻、
航空器、車輛或東西根據第131(5)條提出申索；及
(b) 並無其他人到法院席前並令法院信納其曾有權或本應有權提出該申索。
(12) 在不損害第132條的原則下，在聆訊第(1)款所指的申請時，法院如在任何情況(第(11)款提述
的情況除外)下信納─
(a) 某人屬有權或本應有權就被檢取或扣留的物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西根據第
131(5)條提出申索者；及
(b) 該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西屬可予沒收者，
即可命令將該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西─
(i) 沒收歸予政府；
(ii) 在符合第(13)款的規定下，並在符合法院於該命令所指明的任何條件下交付予申索人；
或
(iii) 在符合法院在該命令所指明的方式以及以法院在該命令所指明的條件下處置。
(13) 除非申索人令法院信納有關物品並非任何版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，或任何經特定設計
或改裝以供製作某版權作品的複製品並且是用作或擬用作製作該版權作品的侵犯版權複製品的物品
(視屬何情況而定)，否則法院不得根據第(12)(ii)款就該物品作出命令。
(14) 在法院已作出將物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西交付某人的命令後，如無法尋獲該人或
該人拒絕接收該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西，則關長可向法院提出申請，而法院則可─
(a) 命令將該物品、船隻、航空器、車輛或東西沒收歸予政府；或
(b) 作出法院認為就有關情況而言屬合適的任何其他命令。
(15) 除非在文意中另有規定，否則在本條或第132條中，凡提述法院，即包括提述裁判官。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 134 區域法院的司法管轄權 L.N. 247 of 2000 01/09/2000
(1) 凡有關的侵犯版權複製品或指稱的侵犯版權複製品及有關的其他物品的價值不超出《區域
法院條例》(第336章)第32(1)條就侵權行為訴訟所列明的限額，則區域法院可受理根據以下條文進行
的法律程序─ (由2000年第28號第45條修訂)
(a) 第109條(侵犯版權複製品或其他物品的交付令)；
(b) 第111條(處置侵犯版權複製品或其他物品的命令)；或
(c) 第113(7)條(就版權擁有人在專用特許持有人具有同時具有的權利時行使權利的命令)。
(2) 本條並不影響原訟法庭的司法管轄權。
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 115 U.K.]
部：
分部：
II
VII
關乎輸入侵犯版權物品的法律程序 30/06/1997
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 73
條： 135 定義 30/06/1997
在本分部中─
“扣留令”(detention order) 指根據第137(1)條作出的命令；
“權利持有人”(right holder) 指根據本條例存在於作品的版權的擁有人或專用特許持有人。
條： 136 扣留令的申請 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡就某作品而言屬權利持有人的人，有合理理由懷疑屬構成該作品的侵犯版權複製品的物
品可能被輸入，則該權利持有人可向原訟法庭申請根據第137(1)條作出的命令。 (由1998年第25號第
2條修訂)
(2) 根據第(1)款提出的申請可以單方面提出，但須事先給予關長通知。 (由1999年第22號第3條
修訂)
(3) 根據第(1)款提出的申請，必須採用法院規則訂明的格式，並須有權利持有人作出的誓章支
持，而該誓章須─
(a) 述明於提出申請時，有關的作品根據本部有版權存在；
(b) 述明宣誓人是該版權的擁有人或是專用特許持有人；
(c) (凡宣誓人宣稱是專用特許持有人)述明宣誓人賴以證明他是專用特許持有人的事實，並
附有宣誓人賴以證明他是專用特許持有人的文件作為證物；
(d) 述明附於誓章作為證物的該作品的複製品是該作品的獲授權複製品；
(e) 述明提出申請的理由，包括宣誓人賴以顯示有關物品表面看來是侵犯版權複製品的事
實；
(f) 列出有關物品的足夠詳細說明，使關長可輕易辨認該物品； (由1999年第22號第3條修
訂)
(g) 列出預期採用的運輸工具的詳情及預期輸入的日期，以及識別輸入者的詳情(如有的
話)；及
(h) 列出法院規則所訂明的其他資料和附有法院規則訂明的其他文件作為證物。
(4) 任何人不得就過境物品而根據第(1)款提出申請。
(5) 如有任何人輸入任何物品供他私人和家居使用，則不得根據第(1)款就該輸入提出申請。
(6) 第121條適用於任何根據本部而有版權存在的作品的版權的的專用特許持有人按照第(3)款作
出的誓章，而適用的方式與假使該誓章是由該版權擁有人作出而該條即會適用的方式相同。
條： 137 扣留令的發出 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡有就根據第136條提出的申請而進行的聆訊，則如在進行該聆訊時權利持有人出示充分的
證據，令原訟法庭信納有關物品表面看來是侵犯版權複製品，則原訟法庭可作出命令，指示關長或
任何獲授權人員採取合理措施，於該物品輸入時或輸入後檢取或扣留該物品。
(2) 原訟法庭可規定權利持有人提供保證或任何相等的擔保，其款額須足以保障輸入者及對被
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 74
檢取或扣留的物品享有權益的任何其他人(包括該物品的收貨人及擁有人)在該項檢取或扣留如屬錯
誤或該物品如根據第138(6)條發還輸入者時，可免受可能會招致的任何損失或損害。
(3) 扣留令可載有原訟法庭認為適當的條款及條件。
(4) 如任何物品已由關長或任何獲授權人員依據任何法律檢取或扣留，並正由其保管，則原訟
法庭不得就該物品作出扣留令。
(5) 凡關長或任何獲授權人員依據本分部或第III部第III分部以外的任何法律檢取或扣留任何物
品，則就該物品而作出的任何扣留令即須停止具有效力。
(6) 凡原訟法庭作出扣留令，則權利持有人須立即將該命令的副本一份送達關長。
(7) 扣留令由作出的日期或由原訟法庭指明的較後的日期起具有效力，並須於自該日期起計的
60天屆滿時停止具有效力，但如關長或任何獲授權人員已依據該命令於該期間內檢取或扣留該命令
適用的任何物品，則屬例外。
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂；由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 138 扣留令的強制執行 L.N. 362 of 1997; 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡有某扣留令送達關長，則關長或任何獲授權人員須在該命令的條款及條件的規限下，檢
取或扣留該命令適用的任何物品。
(2) 權利持有人須─
(a) 向關長或任何獲授權人員提供該物品及有關輸入的充分資料，使該物品可以辨認和使
付運的貨物或有關輸入可以識別，並提供關長或任何獲授權人員為執行該扣留令而可
合理要求的任何其他資料；
(b) 將一筆關長認為足以償付政府就執行該扣留令而相當可能招致的費用的款額存放於關
長處；及
(c) 在獲得關長或任何獲授權人員就將該物品被檢取或扣留一事所給予的書面通知後，提
供他要求的貯存空間及其他設施。
(3) 如權利持有人沒有遵從第(2)款，則關長或任何獲授權人員可拒絕執行扣留令。
(4) 關長可在給予權利持有人書面通知後，向原訟法庭申請執行該扣留令的指示，而原訟法庭
在給予該權利持有人陳述的機會後，可發出其認為合適的指示。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(5) 在任何物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留後，關長或任何獲授權人員須立即將檢取或扣留一事
以書面通知─
(a) 有關權利持有人；
(b) 有關輸入者；及
(c) 該命令的條款規定須通知的任何其他人。
(6) 如權利持有人在獲給予有關檢取或扣留的通知後10天內，沒有以書面通知關長，謂關乎該
物品的侵犯版權訴訟已根據本部提起，則除第(7)款及授權關長或任何獲授權人員檢取或扣留物品的
任何法律另有規定外，關長或任何獲授權人員須將已依據扣留令被檢取或扣留的任何物品發還輸入
者。
(7) 原訟法庭可應權利持有人提出的申請，在給予關長及根據第(5)款規定須予通知的每名人士
陳述的機會後，如信納延長第(6)款所提述的期間的請求屬合理，將該期間延長，但延長的期間以不
超逾10天為限。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 75
(8) 在根據第(7)款進行的法律程序中，原訟法庭可要求權利持有人除提供按照第137(2)條提供的
保證或任何相等的擔保外，尚須提供額外的保證或任何相等的擔保。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(9) 凡權利持有人在第(6)款所提述的期間內(該期間或已根據第(7)款延長)，已經以書面通知關
長，謂關乎該物品的侵犯版權訴訟已根據本部提起，則關長或任何獲授權人員須在侵犯版權法律程
序中法院所作出的指示的規限下，繼續保管該物品。
(10) 在計算第(6)款所提述的期間(該期間或已根據第(7)款延長)時，任何公眾假期、烈風警告日
或黑色暴雨警告日均不得計算在內。
(11) 在本條中─
“烈風警告日”(gale warning day) 指全日或其中部分時間有烈風警告的日子，而“烈風警告”(gale
warning) 具有《司法程序(烈風警告期間聆訊延期)條例》(第62章)第2條給予該詞的涵義；
“黑色暴雨警告日”(black rainstorm warning day) 指全日或其中部分時間有黑色暴雨警告的日子，而
“黑色暴雨警告”(black rainstorm warning) 指由香港天文台台長藉使用通常稱為黑色暴雨警告訊
號的暴雨警告訊號而發出的關於在香港或香港附近出現暴雨的警告。 (由1997年第362號法律公
告修訂)
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 139 扣留令的更改或推翻 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 關長或權利持有人可隨時向原訟法庭申請更改扣留令。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(2) 受扣留令影響的輸入者或任何其他人可隨時向原訟法庭申請更改或推翻該命令。
(3) 根據第(1)或(2)款提出申請的人須將定出的聆訊該申請的日期，按原訟法庭法官的命令通知
其他各方。
(4) 原訟法庭在聆訊根據第(1)或(2)款提出更改扣留令的申請時，可以其認為公正的方式更改該
命令。
(5) 原訟法庭在聆訊根據第(2)款提出推翻扣留令的申請時，可在其認為公正的條款及條件下推
翻該命令。
(6) 就第(3)款而言─
(a) 根據第(1)款提出的申請的各方，指關長、權利持有人及(如有關物品已依據扣留令被檢
取或扣留)輸入者，以及根據第138(5)條規定須予通知的任何其他人；及
(b) 根據第(2)款提出的申請的各方，指關長、權利持有人、申請人及輸入者(如輸入者並非
申請人)。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
條： 140 資料的披露 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡有任何物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留，則關長可向權利持有人披露─
(a) 輸入者、付貨人及收貨人的姓名或名稱及地址；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 76
(b) 依據該命令檢取或扣留的物品的性質及數量；
(c) 任何人就該項檢取或扣留而向關長或任何獲授權人員所作的任何陳述，但須事先得到
該人的書面同意，如該人已死亡或關長在合理地查究該人的所在後仍未能找到該人，
則不須事先得到該人的書面同意；及
(d) 關乎依據該命令而被檢取或扣留的物品，並且是關長認為適宜披露的任何其他資料或
文件。
(2) 凡權利持有人尋求披露─
(a) 並沒有在第(1)款中提述的任何資料或文件；或
(b) 在第(1)款中提述而關長並沒有披露的資料或文件，
該權利持有人即可向原訟法庭申請一項命令，規定關長披露該等資料或文件，而原訟法庭則可應該
申請而作出其認為合適的命令以規定作出披露。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(3) 根據第(2)款提出的申請，可在事先給予關長通知的情況下藉動議而開始進行。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 141 檢查物品、發還樣本等 L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) 凡有任何物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留，關長或任何獲授權人員須─
(a) 給予權利持有人充分機會，為確立其申索而檢查該物品；及
(b) 給予輸入者同等機會，為反駁權利持有人的申索而檢查該物品。
(2) 凡有多於一件物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留，而權利持有人或輸入者(視屬何情況而定)給予
關長或任何獲授權人員所需的承諾，則關長或該獲授權人員可允許該權利持有人或輸入者移走被檢
取或扣留的物品的樣本。
(3) 就第(2)款而言，所需的承諾指給予該承諾的人會作出以下事情的書面承諾─
(a) 在關長或獲授權人員認為滿意的指明時間，將樣本交還關長或獲授權人員；及
(b) 以合理謹慎防止對樣本造成不必要的損害。
(4) 如關長或任何獲授權人員允許權利持有人按照本條檢查任何已被檢取或扣留的物品，或移
走任何樣本，則就由於以下所述而使輸入者蒙受的任何損失或損害而言，政府無須對該輸入者負上
任何法律責任─
(a) 檢查時所招致對任何物品造成的損害；或
(b) 權利持有人或任何其他人對權利持有人移走的任何樣本作出的任何事情或就該樣本作
出的任何事情，或權利持有人對該樣本作出的任何使用。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 142 須繳付的費用 L.N. 406 of 1997 25/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 關長可評定政府就執行扣留令而招致的費用，並可從權利持有人根據第138(2)條繳付作為按
金的款額中扣除該等費用。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(2) 根據第(1)款評定的任何費用，須由權利持有人向政府繳付，並可作為民事債項追討。
條： 143 須付予輸入者等的補償 L.N. 406 of 1997 25/07/1997
附註：
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 77
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
(1) 凡有任何物品依據任何扣留令被檢取或扣留，而該物品又依據第138(6)條予以發還，則該物
品的輸入者、收貨人或擁有人可於該命令作出的日期後6個月內，向原訟法庭申請因該項檢取或扣留
而使他蒙受的任何損失或損害的補償。
(2) 凡─
(a) 有任何物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留；
(b) 任何侵犯版權訴訟在第138(6)條所提述的期間內(該期間或已根據第138(7)條延長)根據本
部就該物品而提起；及
(c) 該宗訴訟中止、侵犯版權的申索被撤回，或法院在侵犯版權法律程序中裁定該項侵犯
版權並沒有獲得證明，
則該物品的輸入者、收貨人或擁有人可在該宗訴訟中止、該項申索被撤回或法院作出裁定(視屬何情
況而定)的日期後6個月內，向原訟法庭申請因該項檢取或扣留而使他蒙受的任何損失或損害的補
償。
(3) 原訟法庭可應根據第(1)或(2)款提出的申請，作出其認為合適的補償令。
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
條： 144 規則 L.N. 406 of 1997 25/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
根據《高等法院規則》(第4章)第54條訂立法院規則的權力，包括就規管和訂明根據本分部在原
訟法庭須遵守的程序及常規以及該等程序或常規的任何附帶或有關事宜訂立法院規則(包括訂立訂明
任何根據本分部須由或可由法院規則訂明的事宜或事情的規則)的權力。
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
部：
分部：
II
VIII
版權特許 L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
條： 145 特許計劃及特許機構 L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) 在本部中，“特許計劃”(licensing scheme) 指任何列明以下項目的計劃─
(a) 計劃的營辦人，或由該營辦人代為行事的人願意批出版權特許的個案種類；及
(b) 在該等個案種類中會據以批出特許的條款，
而就此而言，“計劃”(scheme) 包括任何具有計劃性質的東西，不論該東西是否被描述為計劃或收
費表，亦不論其有任何其他名稱。
(2) 在本條中，“版權特許”(copyright licences) 指特許作出或授權作出受版權限制的作為中的
任何作為的特許。
(3) 在本分部中，凡提述涵蓋多於一名作者的作品的特許或特許計劃，不包括僅涵蓋以下作品
的特許或特許計劃─
(a) 由相同作者製作的單一部或多於一部的匯集作品；或
(b) 由單一個人、商號、公司或公司集團或其僱員製作或分發的作品，或由單一個人、商
號、公司或公司集團委託製作的作品，
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 78
而就此而言，“公司集團”(group of companies) 具有《公司條例》(第32章)第2條給予該詞的涵義。
(4) 在本分部中─
“特許機構”(licensing body) 指不論是否根據第149條註冊的社團或其他組織，其主要宗旨或其中一
項主要宗旨是作為版權的擁有人或版權的準擁有人或作為其代理人而就版權特許進行洽談或批
出版權特許，此外，其宗旨包括批出涵蓋多於一名作者的作品的特許；
“處長”(Registrar) 指第146條所指明的版權特許機構註冊處處長；
“註冊”(registration) 用作名詞時指按照第149條將特許機構的名稱記入註冊紀錄冊內；而“註冊”
(registered) 用作動詞亦據此解釋；
“註冊紀錄冊”(register) 指根據第147條設立的版權特許機構註冊紀錄冊。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 116 U.K.]
條： 146 版權特許機構註冊處處長 L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
特許機構的註冊
知識產權署署長即為版權特許機構註冊處處長。
條： 147 註冊紀錄冊的備存及查閱 L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) 處長須按其決定的格式及方式設立和備存一份版權特許機構註冊紀錄冊，該註冊紀錄冊須
載有處長認為合適的詳情。
(2) 註冊紀錄冊須以處長藉憲報公告指明的方式，在處長如此指明的地方供公開查閱，但在查
閱前須先繳付處長如此指明的適當費用。
條： 148 申請註冊和續期 L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) 任何特許機構可按照處長藉憲報公告指明的格式及方式申請註冊或註冊續期。
(2) 申請必須附有─
(a) 適當的訂明費用；及
(b) 一份書面陳述，該陳述須載有處長一般地指明或就該項申請而指明的詳情。
(3) 由法人團體提出的申請，可由獲該法人團體為此而授權的任何人簽署，而處長可規定須就
該項授權提交其認為必需的證明。
(4) 由合夥提出的申請必須由每一名合夥人簽署。
(5) 不論申請是否獲批准，根據本條所繳付的任何費用概不退還。
條： 149 註冊、註冊證明書的發出 L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(1) 凡有某項註冊申請提出，如處長信納─
(a) 申請人是合適和適當的獲註冊人選；及
(b) 就將來而言，申請人至少藉下列方法使公眾可以得到關於為不同用途而收取的版權使
用費的收費率的資料─
(i) 在其小冊子及特許申請表內列明該等收費率；
(ii) 在其註冊辦事處及營業地點以顯眼的方式向公眾展示該等收費率；及
(iii) 在發出註冊證明書後2星期內的任何一天於香港的一份中文報章及一份英文報章刊
登該等收費率，
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 79
則處長可批准該項註冊申請，並可將該申請人的姓名或名稱記入註冊紀錄冊內。
(2) 在註冊紀錄冊內記入該申請人的記項後，處長即須向該申請人發出一份由處長決定格式的
註冊證明書，該證明書須就以下項目指明特許機構必須遵從的規定─
(a) 刊登版權使用費的收費率；及
(b) 按不超逾所刊登的版權使用費的收費率而收取版權使用費。
條： 150 在證明書的有效期內更改使用費 30/06/1997
(1) 註冊特許機構如建議不按照在註冊或註冊續期的情況下而最近刊登的收費率收取版權使用
費，須在所建議的新收費率的生效日期前的最少一個月前以書面通知處長，而該通知須連同該新收
費率的充分詳情。
(2) 該特許機構須在為不同用途而收取的版權使用費的新收費率的生效日期前的最少14天前，
最起碼以第149(1)(b)條所指明的方法向公眾提供與該新收費率有關的資料。
(3) 凡特許機構沒有遵守第(1)或(2)款或沒有遵守該兩款，其註冊即當作在新收費率的生效日期
起被撤銷。
條： 151 註冊的期限、續期及撤銷 30/06/1997
(1) 註冊證明書在自其獲批予的日期起計的12個月期間內或在該證明書中指明的較短期間內有
效。
(2) 註冊特許機構可申請將其註冊續期一段不超逾12個月的期間。
(3) 註冊續期的申請，須在現有註冊期滿失效前的最少一個月前提出。
(4) 如有以下情況，處長可拒絕任何特許機構的註冊續期申請，或將該特許機構的註冊撤銷─
(a) 該特許機構不再是合適和恰當的獲註冊人選；或
(b) 處長根據第(5)款或第149(2)條就該特許機構而指明的任何規定不獲遵守。
(5) 在註冊獲得續期時，處長須向特許機構發出一份符合處長所決定的格式的新證明書，該證
明書須指明關於以下事項的規定─
(a) 版權使用費的收費率的發表；及
(b) 收取不超逾所發表的收費率的版權使用費。
(6) 如特許機構的註冊續期申請被拒絕或其註冊被撤銷，則處長須將該特許機構的名稱從註冊
紀錄冊中除去。
條： 152 規例 L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
附註：
有關《立法會決議》(2007年第130號法律公告)所作之修訂的保留及過渡性條文，見載於該決議
第(12)段。
商務及經濟發展局局長可藉規例─ (由1997年第362號法律公告修訂；由2002年第106號法律公告
修訂；由2007年第130號法律公告修訂)
(a) 訂明申請註冊及申請註冊續期的費用；及
(b) 為使註冊制度更有效地施行而訂定條文。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 80
條： 153 如真誠地行使本分部所指職能則無須負上法律責任 30/06/1997
(1) 處長如在行使或本意是行使由本分部賦予或施加或根據本分部而賦予或施加的任何職能
時，真誠地作出或沒有作出任何事情，則處長不會就此而招致法律責任。
(2) 在本條中，“職能”(functions) 包括權力及職責。
條： 154 第155至160條適用的特許計劃 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
155、156、157、158、159、160
關於特許計劃的轉介及申請
第155至160條(關於特許計劃的轉介及申請)適用於由特許機構營辦並涵蓋多於一名作者的作品的
特許計劃，但只限於在該等計劃是關乎以下項目的特許的範圍內如此適用─ 〈* 註─詳列交互參
照：第155、156、157、158、159、160條 *〉
(a) 複製該作品；
(b) (如該作品是第25(1)(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(e)或(f)條所提述的作品)租賃該作品的複製品予
公眾； (由2007年第15號第40條修訂)
(c) 公開表演、播放或放映該作品；
(d) 廣播該作品或將該作品包括在有線傳播節目服務內；
(e) 向公眾發放或提供該作品的複製品；
(f) 製作該作品的改編本；或
(g) 任何其他受該作品的版權所限制的作為，
而凡在上述各條中提述的特許計劃，即據此解釋。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 117 U.K.]
條： 155 將建議的特許計劃轉介審裁處 30/06/1997
(1) 凡某些人聲稱他們在特許計劃會適用的某類別的個案中需要取得特許(不論是一般性地或是
就任何類別個案)，並有組織聲稱是該等人的代表，則該組織可將建議由任何特許機構營辦的特許計
劃的條款轉介審裁處。
(2) 審裁處須首先決定是否受理該項轉介，並可以該項轉介為時過早為理由而拒絕受理。
(3) 審裁處如決定受理該項轉介，須考慮所轉介的事宜，並作出審裁處裁定在當時情況下屬合
理的命令，以確認或更改建議的計劃，而該確認或更改，可以是一般性的，亦可以是就該計劃與該
項轉介所關乎的類別的個案有關的範圍而作出的。
(4) 所作出的命令可規定該命令無限期有效，亦可規定該命令在審裁處裁定的期間有效。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 118 U.K.]
條： 156 將特許計劃轉介審裁處 30/06/1997
(1) 如在特許計劃營辦期間，在該計劃的營辦人與以下人士或組織之間發生爭議，而─
(a) 有人聲稱他需要在該計劃所適用的類別的個案中取得特許；或
(b) 有組織聲稱是該等人的代表，
則在該計劃所關乎的該類別個案的範圍內，該人或該組織可將該計劃轉介版權審裁處。
(2) 已根據本條轉介審裁處的計劃仍可繼續營辦，直至就該項轉介進行的法律程序審結為止。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 81
(3) 審裁處須考慮爭議中的事項，並作出審裁處裁定在當時情況下屬合理的命令，以在有關計
劃與該項轉介所關乎的類別的個案有關的範圍內，確認或更改該計劃。
(4) 所作出的命令可規定該命令無限期有效，亦可規定該命令在審裁處裁定的期間有效。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 119 U.K.]
條： 157 將計劃再次轉介審裁處 30/06/1997
(1) 凡先前根據第155或156條轉介特許計劃而版權審裁處已就該計劃作出命令，或先前根據本
條轉介特許計劃而版權審裁處已就該計劃作出命令，則在該項命令仍然有效時─
(a) 該計劃的營辦人；
(b) 聲稱需要在該命令所適用的類別的個案中取得特許的人；或
(c) 聲稱是該等人的代表的組織，
在該計劃所關乎的該類別個案的範圍內，可將該計劃再度轉介審裁處。
(2) 除獲審裁處特別許可外─
(a) 在自就先前的轉介作出的命令的日期起計的12個月內，不得就相同類別的個案將特許
計劃再度轉介審裁處；或
(b) 如作出的命令規定該項命令有效15個月或少於15個月，則在該項命令屆滿日期之前的最
後3個月，方可就相同類別的個案將特許計劃再度轉介審裁處。
(3) 如任何計劃已根據本條轉介審裁處並仍在營辦，則該計劃可繼續營辦，直至就該項轉介進
行的法律程序審結為止。
(4) 審裁處須考慮爭議中的事項，並作出審裁處裁定在當時情況下屬合理的命令，在有關計劃
與該項轉介所關乎的類別的個案有關的範圍內，確認或更改或進一步更改該計劃。
(5) 所作出的命令可規定該命令無限期有效，亦可規定該命令在審裁處裁定的期間有效。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 120 U.K.]
條： 158 申請批出與特許計劃有關的特許 30/06/1997
(1) 凡在特許計劃所涵蓋的個案中，有人聲稱該計劃的營辦人拒絕按照該計劃向他批出特許或
拒絕促致按照該計劃向他批出特許，或在向該營辦人提出要求之後的一段合理的時間內，該營辦人
沒有如此做，則該人可向版權審裁處申請作出本條所指的命令。
(2) 凡在特許計劃不包括的個案中，有人聲稱該計劃的營辦人─
(a) 已拒絕向他批出特許或拒絕促致向他批出特許，或在向該營辦人提出要求之後的一段
合理時間內，該營辦人沒有如此做，而在當時情況下不批出特許是不合理的；或
(b) 就特許建議不合理的條款，
則該人可向審裁處申請作出本條所指的命令。
(3) 就第(2)款而言，任何個案如有以下情況，則該個案須視為不包括在特許計劃之內─
(a) 該計劃規定特許的批出須符合某些條款，而該等條款將某些事項排除在該特許之外，
而該個案屬於該被排除在該特許之外的例外情況；或
(b) 該個案與根據該計劃而獲批出特許的個案相似至如該個案不獲以相同方式處理便屬不
合理的程度。
(4) 審裁處如信納該項聲稱是具備充分理由的，則審裁處須作出命令，宣布就該項命令指明的
事項而言，申請人有權在審裁處裁定為按照該計劃而屬適用的條款下，或在當時情況下屬合理的條
款下(視屬何情況而定)取得特許。
(5) 所作出的命令可規定該命令無限期有效，亦可規定該命令在審裁處裁定的期間有效。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 121 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 82
條： 159 就與有權獲得特許有關的命令而申請覆核 30/06/1997
(1) 凡版權審裁處已根據第158條作出命令，指某人根據特許計劃而有權獲得特許，則該計劃的
營辦人或原申請人可向審裁處申請覆核其命令。
(2) 除獲審裁處特別許可外─
(a) 在自作出命令的日期起計的12個月內，或在自審裁處根據本條而就一項先前的申請作
出裁決的日期起計的12個月內，不得提出申請；或
(b) 如作出的命令規定該項命令有效15個月或少於15個月，或因根據本條而就一項先前的申
請作出的裁決而使該命令在自作出該項裁決起計的15個月內屆滿，則在該項命令屆滿
日期之前的最後3個月，方可提出申請。
(3) 審裁處須應覆核申請並在顧及按照有關的特許計劃而適用的條款或有關的個案的情況(視屬
何情況而定)後，在審裁處裁定為合理的情況下，確認或更改其命令。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 122 U.K.]
條： 160 審裁處就特許計劃作出的命令的效力 30/06/1997
(1) 凡版權審裁處已根據以下條文確認或更改某特許計劃，則只要該項命令繼續有效，在該計
劃是關乎某類別的個案(而有關命令是就該個案作出的)的範圍內，該特許計劃即屬有效或即屬可繼
續營辦(視屬何情況而定)─
(a) 第155條(將建議的計劃的條款轉介)；或
(b) 第156或157條(將現有的計劃轉介審裁處)。
(2) 在該項命令有效時，如任何人在該項命令所適用的種類的個案中─
(a) 就涵蓋有關個案的特許而向該計劃的營辦人繳付根據該計劃而須繳付的任何收費，或
如該等收費的款額不能確定，則向該營辦人作出承諾，在款額確定後當即繳付該等收
費；及
(b) 遵從適用於該計劃下的特許的其他條款，
則就侵犯版權而言，該人所處的地位，猶如該人在所有關鍵時間屬有關版權的擁有人按照該計劃而
批出的特許的持有人一樣。
(3) 凡有命令更改須繳付的收費的款額，審裁處可指示該項命令自其作出的日期之前的日期起
生效，但該生效日期不得早於作出轉介的日期，或(如較遲的話)該計劃實施的日期。
該項指示如作出的話，則─
(a) 須就已繳付的收費而作出必需的償還，或進一步付款；及
(b) 第(2)(a)款所提述的根據該計劃而須繳付的收費，須解釋為提述憑藉該命令而須繳付的
收費。
(4) 凡審裁處已根據第158條作出命令(關於有權根據特許計劃獲得特許的命令)，而該項命令仍
繼續有效，該命令所惠及的人─
(a) 如向該計劃的營辦人繳付按照該命令所須繳付的任何收費，或如款額不能確定，則作
出承諾，在款額確定後當即繳付該等收費；及
(b) 遵從該命令指明的其他條款，
則就侵犯版權而言，該人所處的地位，猶如該人在所有關鍵時間屬有關版權的擁有人按照該命令所
指明的條款而批出的特許的持有人一樣。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 123 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 83
條： 161 第162至166條適用的特許 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
162、163、164、165、166
就特許機構批出的特許而作出的轉介及申請
第162至166條(就特許機構批出的特許而作出的轉介及申請)適用於由特許機構並非依據特許計劃
而批出並涵蓋多於一名作者的作品的特許，但只限於該等特許授權作出以下事情的範圍內如此適用
─ 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第162、163、164、165、166條 *〉
(a) 複製該作品；
(b) (如該作品是第25(1)(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(e)或(f)條所提述的作品)租賃該作品的複製品予
公眾； (由2007年第15號第41條修訂)
(c) 公開表演、播放或放映該作品；
(d) 廣播該作品或將該作品包括在有線傳播節目服務內；
(e) 向公眾發放或提供該作品的複製品；
(f) 製作該作品的改編本；或
(g) 任何其他受該作品有關的版權所限制的作為，
而凡在上述各條中提述的特許，即據此解釋。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 124 U.K.]
條： 162 將建議的特許轉介審裁處 30/06/1997
(1) 準特許持有人可將特許機構建議批出的特許的條款轉介版權審裁處。
(2) 審裁處須首先決定是否受理該項轉介，並可以該項轉介為時過早為理由而拒絕受理。
(3) 審裁處如決定受理該項轉介，須就建議的特許的條款作出考慮，並作出審裁處裁定在當時
情況下屬合理的命令，以確認或更改該等條款。
(4) 所作出的命令可規定該命令無限期有效，亦可規定該命令在審裁處裁定的期間有效。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 125 U.K.]
條： 163 將即將失效的特許轉介審裁處 30/06/1997
(1) 任何特許如因時間屆滿或由於特許機構給予通知而到期失效，則該特許的持有人可基於該
特許在當時情況下停止有效是不合理為理由而向版權審裁處提出申請。
(2) 在特許到期失效之前的最後3個月，該項申請方可提出。
(3) 已轉介審裁處的特許仍可繼續有效，直至就該轉介而進行的法律程序審結為止。
(4) 審裁處如裁斷該項申請是具備充分理由的，須作出命令宣布有關的特許持有人繼續有權按
照審裁處裁定在當時情況下屬合理的條款享有特許的利益。
(5) 審裁處根據本條作出的命令可規定該命令無限期有效，亦可規定該命令在審裁處裁定的期
間有效。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 126 U.K.]
條： 164 版權審裁處可判給中期付款和限制非正審強制令的申請 30/06/1997
(1) 凡已有申請根據第162或163條向版權審裁處提出，審裁處可自行或應特許機構的申請，命
令特許持有人就該審裁處認為屬公正的使用費向該特許機構作出中期付款。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 84
(2) 凡已有轉介或申請根據第162或163條向審裁處作出或提出，審裁處可自行或應準特許持有
人或特許持有人的申請作出命令，規定在聽候該項轉介或申請的最終裁定前，或在審裁處作出進一
步的命令前，該特許機構不得針對準特許持有人(如情況屬根據第162條作出的轉介)或不得針對特許
持有人(如情況屬根據第163條提出的申請)而申請任何非正審強制令。
(3) 凡審裁處已根據第(2)款作出命令，特許機構為針對準特許持有人或特許持有人(視屬何情況
而定)而在任何法院申請非正審強制令，均不得受理，如已獲受理，則須擱置，直至該項轉介或申請
獲最終裁定或審裁處作出進一步的命令為止。
(4) 除非根據第(2)款作出的命令於較早時終止，否則該命令在該項轉介或申請(視屬何情況而
定)獲最終裁定時停止有效。
條： 165 申請覆核就特許而作出的命令 30/06/1997
(1) 凡版權審裁處已根據第162或163條作出命令，特許機構或有權享有該命令的利益的人，可
向審裁處申請覆核其命令。
(2) 除獲審裁處的特別許可外─
(a) 在自作出命令的日期起計的12個月內，或在自審裁處根據本條而就一項先前的申請作
出裁決的日期起計的12個月內，不得提出申請；或
(b) 如作出的命令規定該項命令有效15個月或少於15個月，或因根據本條而就一項先前的申
請作出的裁決而使該命令在作出該項裁決起計的15個月內屆滿，則在該項命令屆滿日
期之前的最後3個月，方可提出申請。
(3) 審裁處須按其裁定在當時情況下屬合理者而應覆核申請確認或更改其命令。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 127 U.K.]
條： 166 審裁處就特許作出的命令的效力 30/06/1997
(1) 凡版權審裁處已根據第162或163條作出命令，而該項命令仍繼續有效，則有權享有該命令
的利益的人─
(a) 如向特許機構繳付按照該命令而須繳付的任何收費，或如款額不能確定，則作出承
諾，在款額確定後當即繳付該等收費；及
(b) 遵從該命令指明的其他條款，
則就侵犯版權而言，該人所處的地位，猶如該人在所有關鍵時間屬有關版權的擁有人按照該命令所
指明的條款批出的特許的持有人一樣。
(2) 該命令的利益，在以下情況下可以轉讓─
(a) 就根據第162條作出的命令而言，審裁處的命令的條款並不禁止轉讓；及
(b) 就根據第163條作出的命令而言，原有的特許的條款並不禁止轉讓。
(3) 審裁處可作出指示，規定根據第162或163條作出的命令，或在根據第165條作出的更改該命
令下的須繳付收費的款額的範圍內的另一命令，自其作出的日期之前的日期起生效，但該生效日期
不得早於作出轉介或提出申請的日期或(如較遲的話)批出該特許的日期或該特許到期失效的日期(視
屬何情況而定)。
(4) 該項指示如作出的話，則─
(a) 須就已繳付的收費而作出任何必需的償還，或進一步付款；及
(b) 第(1)(a)款所提述的根據該命令而須繳付的收費，如該命令由一項較後的命令更改，則
須解釋為提述憑藉該較後的命令而須繳付的收費。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 128 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 85
條： 167 一般考慮︰不合理的歧視 30/06/1997
在某些種類的個案中須考慮的因素
(1) 版權審裁處在審理其席前的每一宗個案時均須顧及公眾利益，而就任何特許計劃或特許根
據本分部作出的轉介或提出的申請而言，在裁定甚麼是合理時，須顧及─
(a) 其他情況相類的人可獲提供的其他計劃，或向該等人批出的其他特許；
(b) 該等特許計劃的條款；
(c) 有關作品的性質；
(d) 有關各方的相對議價能力；及
(e) 特許持有人或準特許持有人可在何種程度上獲提供的關乎特許計劃或特許的條款的有
關資料。
(2) 版權審裁處須行使其權力以確保在該轉介或申請所關乎的計劃或特許下的特許持有人或準
特許持有人，和由同一人或由任何其他人所營辦的其他計劃下或批出的其他特許下的特許持有人之
間，並沒有存在任何不合理的歧視。
(3) 第(1)及(2)款提及審裁處須顧及的特定事宜，並不影響審裁處須顧及一切有關考慮因素的一
般責任，尤其是審裁處行使其權力會否與作品的正常利用造成衝突或會不合理地損害版權擁有人的
合法權益。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 135 U.K.]
條： 168 某些計劃或特許中的隱含彌償 30/06/1997
計劃或特許中的隱含彌償
(1) 凡有─
(a) 就版權作品而對受限制作為給予特許的計劃；及
(b) 由特許機構批出的特許，
在對其所適用的作品作出指明的詳盡程度，不足以使特許持有人藉查閱該計劃或特許和查閱某一作
品而斷定該作品是否屬於該計劃或特許範圍內的作品，則本條適用於該計劃及特許。
(2) 在本條所適用的─
(a) 每一項計劃中，均隱含由該計劃的營辦人對根據該計劃獲批出特許的人就有關法律責
任而作出彌償的承諾；及
(b) 每一項特許中，均隱含由特許機構對特許持有人就有關法律責任而作出彌償的承諾，
上述有關法律責任是指特許持有人在屬於其特許的表面範圍所包括的情況下，作出或授權作出受某
一作品的版權所限制的作為，因而侵犯版權所招致的任何法律責任。
(3) 如在任何個案中─
(a) 從查閱特許及作品所得，該作品表面上並非不屬於該特許所適用的作品類別的範圍內
的作品；及
(b) 該特許沒有明文規定其並不延伸適用於遭侵犯版權的作品類別，
則該個案的情況屬該特許的表面範圍所包括的情況。
(4) 在本條中，“法律責任”(liability) 包括支付訟費的法律責任；凡有特許持有人因侵犯版權
而有實際或打算針對他而進行的法律程序，則本條就該特許持有人因此而合理地招致的訟費而適
用，一如本條適用於特許持有人就該項侵犯版權而有法律責任支付的款項一樣。
(5) 本條所適用的計劃或特許可載有合理條文─
(a) 就本條的隱含承諾而提出申索的方式和時限作出規定；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 86
(b) 使該計劃的營辦人或特許機構(視屬何情況而定)能夠接手進行對其有法律責任作出彌償
的款額有影響的任何法律程序。
(6) 凡有根據第(2)款而有的隱含彌償，則除第(7)款另有規定外，遭侵犯版權的作品的版權擁有
人如並非上述計劃或特許機構(視屬何情況而定)的成員，法院可就該項侵犯版權而判給惠及版權擁
有人的損害賠償，其款額不得超逾在假如該擁有人是該計劃或特許機構的成員的情況下本會獲得的
款額。
(7) 法院不得就損害賠償判給會與作品的正常利用造成衝突或會不合理地損害版權擁有人的合
法權益的款額。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 136 U.K.]
部：
分部：
II
IX
版權審裁處 30/06/1997
條： 169 版權審裁處 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
審裁處
(1) 現設立一審裁處，名為版權審裁處。
(2) 該審裁處由以下成員組成，而所有該等成員均由行政長官委任─ (由1999年第22號第3條修
訂)
(a) 一名主席和一名副主席，而該兩人均須具備根據《區域法院條例》(第336章)第5條獲委
任為區域法院法官的資格；及 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(b) 7名普通成員，而每名該等成員均以其個人身分獲委任。
條： 170 審裁處的成員 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 版權審裁處的成員須在符合以下條文的規定下，按照其委任條款任職和離職。
(2) 審裁處的成員可藉向行政長官發出的書面通知而辭職。
(3) 如有關成員有以下情況，行政長官可藉向該成員發出書面通知將其免職─
(a) 他已破產或已與其債權人作出債務償還安排；
(b) 他因身體或精神上的疾病而無行為能力；或
(c) 行政長官認為他因其他理由不能夠或不適合履行其作為成員的職責。
(4) 如審裁處的成員因疾病、缺勤或其他合理因由而在當其時不能夠一般地或就個別法律程序
履行其職位的職責，則行政長官可委任一名具備獲委任擔任該職位的資格的人，在一段不超逾6個月
的期間內或就該等法律程序(視屬何情況而定)執行該成員的職責。
(5) 根據第(4)款獲委任以代替另一人的人在其獲委任的期間或就有關的法律程序而具有的權
力，須與該另一人所具有的相同。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 87
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 146 U.K.]
條： 171 財政條文 L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
附註：
有關《立法會決議》(2007年第130號法律公告)所作之修訂的保留及過渡性條文，見載於該決議
第(12)段。
(1) 並非公職人員的版權審裁處成員須獲付酬金(不論以薪金或費用形式)及津貼﹐而該酬金及津
貼由商務及經濟發展局局長釐定。
(2) 商務及經濟發展局局長可為審裁處委任職員，而該等職員的人數及酬金由商務及經濟發展
局局長釐定。
(3) 審裁處成員的酬金和津貼、其任何職員的酬金，以及商務及經濟發展局局長所釐定的審裁
處的其他開支，均由政府一般收入撥付。
(由1997年第362號法律公告修訂；由2002年第106號法律公告修訂；由2007年第130號法律公告修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 147 U.K.]
條： 172 為法律程序的目的之組成 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 為任何法律程序的目的，版權審裁處須由以下成員組成─
(a) 一名主席，他須是審裁處主席或審裁處副主席；及
(b) 2名或多於2名普通成員。
(1A) 儘管有第(1)款的規定，在根據第174條(一般程序規則)訂立的規則中為施行本款而指明的法
律程序，可由任何以下人士單獨開庭聆訊及裁定—
(a) 審裁處主席；
(b) 審裁處副主席；或
(c) 審裁處主席所委任的具備適合資格的審裁處普通成員。 (由2007年第15號第42條增補)
(2) 如審裁處成員就任何事項的處理不能達致一致意見，則須以過半數票取決，而在此情況下
如票數相等，主席有權再投一票作為決定票。
(3) 凡在審裁處席前進行的任何法律程序的聆訊已進行了一部分，但有一名或多於一名審裁處
成員不能繼續聆訊，則只要審裁處成員的人數沒有減至不足3名，就該等法律程序而言，審裁處仍屬
妥為組成。
(4) 如主席不能繼續進行聆訊，則審裁處主席須─
(a) 委任餘下的其中一名成員以主席身分行事；及
(b) 委任一名具備適合資格的人出席有關法律程序，並就其中產生的任何法律問題向成員
提供意見。
(5) 第(1A)或(4)(b)款而言，“具備適合資格”指本身是審裁處副主席或具備獲委任為審裁處副
主席的資格的人。 (由2007年第15號第42條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 148 U.K.]
條： 173 審裁處的司法管轄權 30/06/1997
司法管轄權和程序
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 88
版權審裁處根據本部具有就根據以下各條文提出的法律程序進行聆訊和作出裁定的司法管轄權
─
(a) 第14條(對就作品的不能合理地預料的使用而向僱員支付的償金作出裁定)；
(b) 第155、156或157條(特許計劃下的特許的轉介)；
(c) 第158或159條(就有權獲得特許計劃下的特許而提出的申請)；
(d) 第162、163或165條(就特許機構的特許而作出轉介或提出申請)；
(e) 附表2第6段(反對的權利)；
(f) 附表2第14(3)段(侵犯版權的作為)。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 149 U.K.]
條： 174 訂立規則的一般權力 L.N. 38 of 2011 01/06/2011
(1) 終審法院首席法官可就規管在版權審裁處席前進行的法律程序、就該等法律程序而可徵收
的費用及就強制執行該審裁處作出的命令，訂立規則。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(2) 該等規則可就審裁處而應用《仲裁條例》(第609章)的任何條文，而任何如此應用的條文必
須在規則中列明或列於其附表中。 (由2010年第17號第112條修訂)
(3) 規則可─
(a) 規定除非審裁處信納某代表組織就其聲稱代表的類別的人而言是合理地有代表性的，
否則禁止審裁處受理由該代表組織根據第155、156或157條作出的轉介；
(b) 指明任何法律程序中的各方，並賦權審裁處使任何令審裁處信納對有關事項有實質利
害關係的任何人或組織成為該法律程序的一方；
(c) 規定審裁處須給予法律程序中的各方按規則所規定的書面或口頭方式呈述其案件的機
會。
(4) 規則可就為規管或訂明根據第176條(就法律論點而向法院提出上訴)對審裁處的裁決提出上
訴的任何附帶或相應事項，訂立條文。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 150 U.K.]
條： 175 訟費、命令的證明等 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
(1) 在特殊情況下，版權審裁處可命令在其席前進行的法律程序中任何一方的訟費須由審裁處
所指示的任何其他一方繳付，而審裁處亦可就訟費的款額作出評定或結算，或指示訟費須以何種方
式評定。
(2) 終審法院首席法官可而藉規則訂明第(1)款所指的特殊情況。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(3) 一份文件如看來是審裁處命令的副本，並看來是由主席核證為真確副本，則在沒有相反證
明的情況下，該文件在任何法律程序中須為該命令的充分證據。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 151 U.K.]
條： 176 就法律論點向法院提出上訴 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 89
上訴
(1) 由版權審裁處的裁決所引起的任何法律論點的上訴，須向原訟法庭提出。 (由1998年第25號
第2條修訂)
(2) 根據第174條訂立的規則可限定任何上訴須在某段時間內提出。
(3) 根據該條訂立的規則可就以下事宜作出規定─
(a) 在審裁處的裁決遭上訴的個案中，暫停實施審裁處的命令或授權或規定審裁處暫停實
施其命令；
(b) 就暫停實施的審裁處的命令的效力而對本部任何條文的實施作出變通；
(c) 為確保因審裁處的命令暫停實施而受影響的人將會獲告知該項暫停實施而刊登通知或
採取其他步驟。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 152 U.K.]
部：
分部：
II
X
享有版權保護所須具備的資格 30/06/1997
條： 177 享有版權保護所須具備的資格 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 如作品符合以下條件，則有版權存在─
(a) 作者符合第178條所列的資格規定；或
(b) 該作品在香港或其他地方發表；或
(c) 如該作品屬廣播或有線傳播節目，該作品自香港或其他地方作出或發送。
(2) 如某作品曾符合本分部或第182、184或188條(政府版權、立法會版權或某些國際組織的版
權)所列的資格規定，則該作品的版權不會因任何其後發生的事情而停止存在。 (由1999年第22號第3
條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 153 U.K.]
條： 178 藉作者而獲得的資格 30/06/1997
(1) 如某作品的作者在關鍵時間─
(a) 是以香港或其他地方為居籍或在香港或其他地方居住或在香港或其他地方有居留權的
個人；或
(b) 是根據任何國家、地區或地方的法律成立為法團的團體，
則該作品享有版權保護的資格。
(2) 如合作作品的任何作者在關鍵時間符合第(1)款所列的規定，則該作品享有版權保護的資
格；但如某作品只根據本條方享有版權保護的資格，則就以下條文而言，只有符合第(1)款規定的作
者方會獲顧及─
第13及14(1)條(版權的第一擁有人；作者或作者的僱主可享有的權利)；
第17及19條(版權的期限)及就第17及19條而適用的第11(4)條(“作者不為人知”的涵意)；及
第66及75條(基於關於版權期限屆滿等的假設而允許作出的作為)。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 154 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 90
條： 179 在香港註冊的船舶、航空器及氣墊船 30/06/1997
本部適用於在根據香港法律而註冊的船舶、航空器及氣墊船上作出的事情，猶如其適用於在香
港作出的事情一樣。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 162 U.K.]
條： 180 對於某些不給予香港作品足夠保護的國家的人民等不給予
版權保護
22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 除第(4)款另有規定外，行政長官會同行政會議如覺得香港作品或某類或多於一類香港作品
因受到某國家、地區或地方不利的待遇而在該國家、地區或地方沒有得到足夠的保護，則行政長官
會同行政會議可藉規例而按照本條，限制本部就與該國家、地區或地方有關的作者的作品而賦予的
權利。
(2) 行政長官會同行政會議須在規例中指定有關的國家、地區或地方，並須規定就規例所指明
的目的而言，在規例所指明的日期之後在該國家、地區或地方首次發表的作品的作者如在該項發表
時屬下列身分，則該項作品並不具備憑藉發表而享有版權保護的資格─
(a) 作者是以該國家、地區或地方為其居籍或在該國家、地區或地方居住，或有該國家、
地區或地方的居留權(但並非同時以香港為居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留權)的個
人；或
(b) 作者是根據該國家、地區或地方的法律成立為法團的團體，
而規例可在顧及第(1)款所提述的不利待遇的性質及程度後，為本部的全部目的或為規例所指明的某
些目的，一般地或就規例所指明的個案種類，訂定條文。
(3) 在本條中，“香港作品”(Hong Kong works) 指版權作品，而其作者在關鍵時間─
(a) 是以香港為其居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留權的個人；或
(b) 是根據香港法律成立為法團的團體。
(4) 行政長官會同行政會議不得就香港亦是締約方或延伸適用於香港的雙邊或多邊版權或有關
權利的公約的締約國家、地區或地方行使其在本條下的權力。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 160 U.K.]
條： 181 首次發表及關鍵時間的涵義 30/06/1997
(1) 就第180條而言，在某國家、地區或地方的發表雖然與在其他地方的發表同時作出，該發表
仍視為首次發表；就此目的而言，於發表日期前30日內在其他地方的發表，亦視為同時發表。
(2) 就第178及180條而言，關乎文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的關鍵時間為─
(a) 就未發表的作品而言，指製作該作品的時間，如其製作歷時一段期間，指該期間中相
當大的部分；
(b) 就已發表的作品而言，指作品首次發表的時間，如作者已在該時間前死亡，則指緊接
他死亡之前的時間。
(3) 就第178及180條而言，關乎其他類別的作品的關鍵時間如下─
(a) 就聲音紀錄或影片而言，指其製作的時間；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 91
(b) 就廣播而言，指作出廣播的時間；
(c) 就有線傳播節目而言，指該節目包括在有線傳播節目服務內的時間；
(d) 就已發表版本的排印編排而言，指該版本首次發表的時間。
[比照 1988 c. 48 ss. 154 & 155 U.K.]
部：
分部：
II
XI
雜項及一般條文 30/06/1997
條： 182 政府版權 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
政府版權及立法會版權
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(1) 凡某作品是由政府人員在執行其職責的過程中製作的─
(a) 則儘管有第177條(享有版權保護所須具備的資格的一般規定)的規定，該作品仍具備版
權保護的資格；及
(b) 政府是該作品的任何版權的第一擁有人。
(2) 上述作品的版權，儘管可能會轉讓或已經轉讓予另一人，在本部中均稱為“政府版權”。
(3) 作品的政府版權按以下規定持續存在─
(a) 如該項作品於某公曆年製作，則政府版權持續存在直至自該年年終起計的125年期間完
結為止；或
(b) 如該作品於某公曆年製作，而該作品在自該年年終起計的75年期間完結之前已於另一
公曆年首次作商業發表，則該作品的政府版權持續存在直至自該另一年年終起計的50
年期間完結為止。
(4) 就合作作品而言，凡其中一名或多於一名(但並非所有)作者屬第(1)款所指範圍內的人，則
本條只就該等作者以及憑藉該等作者對作品的貢獻而存在的版權而適用。
(5) 除以上提及的之外以及在本部另有明訂的摒除條文的規限下，本部的條文就政府版權而適
用，一如其就其他版權而適用一樣。
(6) 如任何作品有立法會版權存在，則本條不適用於該作品；如任何作品在某程度上有立法會
版權存在，則本條在該程度上不適用於該作品(參閱第184及185條)。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 163 U.K.]
條： 183 條例的版權 30/06/1997
(1) 政府享有每一條條例的版權。
(2) 如某條例於某公曆年在憲報刊登，則該條例的版權由條例在憲報刊登的日期起存在，直至
自該年年終起計的50年期間完結為止。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述政府版權(第182條除外)，即包括本條所指的版權，而除以上提及的之
外，本部的條文就本條所指的版權而適用，一如其就其他政府版權而適用一樣。
(4) 任何條例均沒有其他版權或屬版權性質的權利存在。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 164 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 92
條： 184 立法會版權 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡某作品是由立法會製作的或在立法會的指示或控制下製作的─
(a) 則儘管有第177條(享有版權保護所須具備的資格的一般規定)的規定，該作品仍具備版
權保護的資格；及
(b) 立法會是該作品的任何版權的第一擁有人。
(2) 上述作品的版權，儘管可能會轉讓或已經轉讓予另一人，在本部中均稱為“立法會版
權”。
(3) 如文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品於某公曆年製作，則該項作品的立法會版權
持續存在，直至自該年年終起計的50年期間完結為止。
(4) 就本條而言，由立法會製作的或在立法會的指示或控制下製作的作品包括─
(a) 立法會任何人員或僱員在執行其職責的過程中製作的任何作品；及
(b) 立法會程序的任何聲音紀錄、影片、即場廣播或即場有線傳播節目，
但任何作品並不僅因是立法會委託製作或是代立法會委託製作，而被視為由立法會製作或在立法會
的指示或控制下製作。
(5) 就合作作品而言，凡其中一名或多於一名(但並非所有)作者是代立法會行事的或是在立法會
的指示或控制下行事的，則本條只就該等作者以及憑藉該等作者對作品的貢獻而存在的版權而適
用。
(6) 除以上提及的之外以及在本部另有明訂的摒除條文的規限下，本部的條文就立法會版權而
適用，一如其就其他版權而適用一樣。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 165 U.K.]
條： 185 條例草案的版權 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 除議員條例草案外，每一條提交立法會的條例草案的版權均按照以下條文屬政府所有。
(2) 議員條例草案的版權屬立法會所有。
(3) 如條例草案於某公曆年首次在憲報刊登，則本條所指的版權由條例草案首次在憲報刊登的
日期起存在，而—
(a) 在條例草案是在1997年7月1日前在憲報刊登的情況下—
(i) 該項版權存在直至該條例草案獲得批准為止；或
(ii) 如該條例草案沒有獲得批准，則該項版權存在直至自該年年終起計的50年期間完
結為止；及
(b) 在條例草案是在1997年7月1日當日或之後在憲報刊登的情況下—
(i) 該項版權存在直至行政長官簽署該條例草案為止；或
(ii) 如行政長官沒有簽署該條例草案，則該項版權存在直至自該年年終起計的50年期
間完結為止。 (由1999年第22號第3條代替)
(4) 在本部中，凡提述政府版權(第182條除外)，即包括第(1)款所指的版權；而除以上提及者
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 93
外，本部的條文就第(1)款所指的版權而適用，一如其就其他政府版權而適用一樣。
(5) 在本部中，凡提述立法會版權(第184條除外)，即包括第(2)款所指的版權；而除以上提及者
外，本部的條文就第(2)款所指的版權而適用，一如其就其他立法會版權而適用一樣。
(6) 任何條例草案的版權一旦已根據本條存在，則該條例草案即沒有其他版權或屬版權性質的
權利存在；但就未能在立法會的某一次會期獲通過而在其後的會期再度提交的條例草案而言，此規
定並不損害本條其後就該等條例草案而實施。
(7) 在本條中，“議員條例草案”(member's bill) 指由一名立法會議員提交的不屬政府法案的條
例草案。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 166 U.K.]
條： 186 立法會︰關於版權的補充條文 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 就版權的持有、進行交易和強制執行而言，以及就與版權有關的所有法律程序而言，立法
會須當作具有法人團體的法律行為能力，而該行為能力並不受立法會的解散影響。
(2) 立法會作為版權擁有人的職能可由立法會主席代立法會執行，而立法會主席如就此而授
權，或在立法會主席的職位懸空的情況下，該等職能可由立法會秘書處的秘書長執行。 (由1997年
第115號第12條修訂)
(3) 就此而言，在立法會解散時是立法會主席的人可繼續行事，直至相應的委任在立法會的下
一次會期作出為止。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 167 U.K.]
條： 187 以提起與平行輸入的作品的複製品有關的法律程序作無理
威脅
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
以提起與平行輸入的作品的複製品有關的法律程序作無理威脅
(由2007年第15號第43條修訂)
其他雜項條文
(1) 如有某作品的複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的，而它僅憑藉第
35(3)條而被指稱為侵犯版權複製品，則凡任何人威脅他人會就該作品的複製品而根據第30及31條提
起侵犯版權的法律程序，則因該威脅而感到受屈的人可向法院申請以下任何一項或多於一項濟助─
(由2007年第15號第43條修訂)
(a) 表明該項威脅是無充分理由的宣布；
(b) 禁止繼續作出該項威脅的強制令；
(c) 他因該項威脅而蒙受任何損失的損害賠償。
(2) 如該人證明該威脅經作出，而他是因此而感到受屈的人，則他有權獲得所申索的濟助，但
如被告人證明威脅要提起法律程序所針對的作為構成或假如作出本會構成該條所指的侵犯版權，則
屬例外。
(3) 如僅就版權的存在一事作出通知，則不構成本條所指的以提起法律程序作威脅。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 94
(4) 本條不得使大律師或律師就為代表其當事人而以其專業身分作出的作為而在根據本條提起
的訴訟中被起訴。
(5) 根據本條而提起的訴訟中的被告人，可藉反申索而申請他在就原告人侵犯關乎有關威脅的
版權而提起的另一宗訴訟中，會有權獲得的濟助，而在任何該等個案中，本條例關於提起侵犯版權
訴訟的條文在作出必要的變通後，即就該訴訟而適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 253 U.K.]
條： 188 歸屬某些國際組織的版權 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡原創文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品─
(a) 是由任何國際組織的人員或僱員製作的，或是由該國際組織發表的；及
(b) 並不具備根據第178條(藉作者而獲得的資格)享有版權保護的資格，
則該作品憑藉本條仍然有版權存在，而該組織是該版權的第一擁有人。
(2) 凡有國際組織憑藉本條而成為某作品的版權的第一擁有人，如該作品於某公曆年製作，則
該作品的版權持續存在，直至自該年年終起計的50年期間完結為止，或直至由行政長官根據第(4)款
藉規例指明的較長期間完結為止。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(3) 就版權的持有、進行交易和強制執行而言，以及就與版權有關的所有法律程序而言，國際
組織須當作具有法人團體的法律行為能力以及在所有關鍵時間一直具有該行為能力。
(4) 行政長官可為遵從適用於香港的國際義務的目的，藉規例為施行本條就國際組織的版權期
限指明較50年為長的期間。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 168 U.K.]
條： 189 民間文學藝術等︰不具名的未發表作品 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
民間文學藝術等︰不具名的未發表作品
(由2007年第15號第44條修訂)
(1) 就作者不為人知並且未發表的文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品而言，凡有證據
顯示其作者(或就合作作品而言，其中任何一名作者)藉與香港以外的國家、地區或地方的聯繫而成
為合資格的個人，則在本部的條文的規限下，該作者即推定為一名合資格的個人，而該項作品的版
權亦據此存在，直至相反證明成立為止。
(2) 如某機構根據該國家、地區或地方的法律獲委任以保護和強制執行該等作品的版權，則商
務及經濟發展局局長可為本條的施行而藉規例指定該機構。 (由1997年第362號法律公告修訂；由
2002年第106號法律公告修訂；由2007年第130號法律公告修訂)
(3) 經如此指定的機構在香港獲承認為具有權限取代版權擁有人作出該機構根據該國家的法律
獲賦權作出的任何事情(轉讓版權除外)，並尤其可以其本身的名義提起法律程序。
(4) 在第(1)款中，“合資格的個人”(qualifying individual) 指在關鍵時間(第178條所指的)其作品
根據該條而具備版權保護資格的個人。
(5) 如作者已將該項作品的版權轉讓，並已將該轉讓通知指定機構，則本條不適用；本條並不
影響由作者或由合法地藉作者提出申索的人作出的版權轉讓或批出的特許的法律效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 169 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 95
條： 190 關長及獲授權人員的保障 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 關長及獲授權人員無須為就執行其在本部下的任何職責而真誠地採取或真誠地遺漏採取任
何行動而使任何人蒙受的任何損失或損害，負上任何法律責任。
(2) 第(1)款就關長及獲授權人員執行上述職責而真誠地採取或真誠地遺漏採取任何行動而賦予
他們的保障，並不以任何方式影響政府須為所採取或遺漏採取的行動所負上的任何法律責任。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 191 過渡性條文及保留條文 30/06/1997
過渡性條文及保留條文
附表2載有過渡性條文及保留條文，該等條文關乎在本部生效前製作的作品以及所作出的作為或
發生的事情，並在其他方面關乎本部條文的實施。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 170 U.K.]
條： 192 在其他成文法則或普通法下的權利和特權 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 本部並不影響─
(a) 任何人在任何成文法則下的任何權利或特權(除非該成文法則已由本條例明文廢除、修
訂或作出變通)；
(b) 並非在任何成文法則下存在的任何政府權利或特權；
(c) 立法會的任何權利或特權； (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(d) 政府或任何從政府取得所有權的任何人出售或使用根據香港法律而被沒收的物品，或
以其他方式進行該等物品的交易的權利；
(e) 關乎違反信託或破壞信用的任何衡平法規則的實施。
(2) 除該等保留條文所規定外，並無任何版權或屬版權性質的權利是並非憑藉本部或就此而制
定的成文法則而存在的。
(3) 本部並不影響任何基於公眾利益或其他理由而阻止或限制強制執行版權的法律規則。
(4) 本部並不影響就侵犯第IV分部(精神權利)所賦予的權利中的任何權利的作為而具有的任何不
論屬民事或刑事的訴訟權或其他補救，而該訴訟權或其他補救是並非根據本部而具有的。
(5) 第(1)款的保留條文在第183(4)及185(6)條(條例和條例草案的版權︰摒除其他屬版權性質的權
利)的規限下具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 171 U.K.]
條： 193 與解釋有關的一般規定 30/06/1997
釋義
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 96
(1) 本部重新述明並修訂版權的法律，該法律即《1956年版權法令》(1956 c. 74 U.K.)中經修訂並
延伸適用於香港的條文及經修訂的《版權條例》(第39章)的條文。
(2) 本部的條文凡與過往的法律的某一條文相對應，不得僅因詞句的改變而解釋為偏離過往的
法律。
(3) 為確定本部的條文是否偏離過往的法律，或為確定本部條文的真正解釋，可參照根據過往
的法律而作出的裁決。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 172 U.K.]
條： 194 對版權擁有人的提述的解釋 30/06/1997
(1) 凡不同的人就一項作品不同方面的版權具有權利(不論是由於局部轉讓或其他原因)，則就本
部某目的而言的版權擁有人即為有權享有與該目的有關的方面的版權的人。
(2) 凡版權(或版權的任何方面)是由多於一人共同擁有的，則在本部中凡提述版權擁有人，即提
述所有該等擁有人；故此特別是在需要取得版權擁有人特許的情況下，需要取得所有該等擁有人的
特許。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 173 U.K.]
條： 195 “教育機構”和相關詞句的涵義 L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
附註：
有關《立法會決議》(2007年第130號法律公告)所作之修訂的保留及過渡性條文，見載於該決議
第(12)段。
(1) “教育機構”(educational establishment) 指在附表1中指明的教育機構。
(2) 就教育機構而言，在本部中的“教師”(teacher) 和“學生”(pupil) ，分別包括任何教學者和
接受教學者。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述代某一教育機構作出任何事情，即指由任何人為該教育機構的目的而作
出該等事情。
(4) 教育局局長可藉憲報公告修訂附表1。 (由1997年第362號法律公告修訂；由2007年第130號
法律公告修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 174 U.K.]
條： 196 “發表”和“商業發表”的涵義 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 在本部中，“發表”(publication) 就作品而言，指向公眾發放或提供該作品的複製品；而相
關詞句亦據此解釋。
(2) 在本部中，“商業發表”(commercial publication) 就文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術
作品而言，指在收到定單前已預先製作的該等作品的複製品普遍地提供予公眾的時候向公眾發放或
提供該等複製品，而相關詞句亦據此解釋。
(3) 就以建築物形式的建築作品而言，或就包含於建築物內的藝術作品而言，該建築物的建造
即視作等同於該項作品的發表。
(4) 就本部而言，以下各項不構成發表，而凡提述商業發表，亦據此解釋─
(a) 如屬文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品─
(i) 表演該作品；或
(ii) 廣播該作品或將其包括在有線傳播節目服務內；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 97
(b) 如屬藝術作品─
(i) 陳列該作品； (由2007年第15號第45條修訂)
(ii) 向公眾發放或提供表述建築物形式或建築物模型形式的建築作品的平面美術作品
的複製品、向公眾發放或提供表述雕塑品或美術工藝作品的平面美術作品的複製
品，或向公眾發放或提供該建築作品、雕塑品或美術工藝作品的照片；
(iii) 向公眾發放或提供包括該作品在內的影片的複製品；或
(iv) 廣播該作品或將其包括在有線傳播節目服務內；
(c) 如屬聲音紀錄或影片─
(i) 公開播放或放映該作品；或
(ii) 廣播該作品或將其包括在有線傳播節目服務內。
(5) 在本部中，凡提述發表或商業發表，並不包括僅屬似是而用意並非為滿足公眾的合理要求
的發表。
(6) 就本條而言，任何未獲授權的作為並沒有予以顧及。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 175 U.K.]
條： 197 簽署的規定︰對法人團體的適用範圍 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 在以下條文中，凡規定文書須由某人簽署或須由他人代某人簽署，則就法人團體而言，蓋
上其印章亦屬符合該規定─
第90(3)(b)條(特許人在依據特許而製作的複製品作公開陳列的情況下宣示作者的被識別權利)；
第101(3)條(版權的轉讓)；
第102(1)條(未來版權的轉讓)；
第103(1)條(專用特許的批出)。
(2) 在以下條文中，凡規定文書須由某人簽署，則就法人團體而言，由他人代該法人團體簽署
或蓋上該法人團體的印章，亦屬符合該規定─
第90(2)(b)條(藉文書宣示識別為作者的權利)；
第98(2)條(放棄精神權利)。
(由2007年第15號第46條修訂)
條： 198 次要定義 L.N. 47 of 2008; L.N. 48 of 2008
25/04/2008
附註：
* 斜體部分尚未實施。
(1) 在本部中─ (由2000年第64號第10條修訂)
“文章”(article) 在提及在期刊中的文章的文意中，包括任何類別的項目；
“司法程序”(judicial proceedings) 包括在任何法院，審裁處或具有權限就影響任何人的法律權利或責
任的任何事宜作出裁決的人席前進行的法律程序；
“未經授權”(unauthorized) 就任何就作品而作出的事情而言─
(a) 指並非由版權擁有人作出或並非在版權擁有人的特許下作出；
(b) 如該項作品沒有版權存在，指並非由作者作出或並非在作者的特許下作出；或在第
14(1)條本會適用的情況下，並非由作者的僱主作出，或在作者的僱主的特許下作出；
或在該兩種情況的任何一種情況下，並非由合法地藉作者或其僱主而提出申索的人作
出或並非在該人的特許下作出；或
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 98
(c) 指並非依據第57條(由政府對某些材料作出複製等)而作出；
“字體”(typeface) 包括在印刷中使用的裝飾花紋圖案；
“足夠的卸責聲明”(sufficient disclaimer) 就可構成侵犯第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)所賦予權
利的作為而言，指一項清晰和合理地顯著的表示，謂某作品已受到未經其作者或導演同意的處
理，而─
(a) 該項表示是在作出上述作為之時作出的；及
(b) 如作者或導演當時已被識別，則該項表示是與該識別並排出現的；
“足夠的確認聲明”(sufficient acknowledgement) 指藉有關作品的名稱或其他描述而確認該項作品並除
在以下情況外識別其作者的聲明─
(a) 就已發表作品而言，該項作品是不具名發表的；
(b) 就未發表作品而言，任何人不能藉合理查究而確定其作者的身分；
“受僱”(employed)，“僱員”(employee)，“僱主”(employer) 及“僱用”(employment) 指僱用合約
或學徒訓練合約下的僱用；
“音樂視像紀錄”(musical visual recording) 指任何附同完全是或有主要部分是由整項或部分音樂作品
或由整項或部分音樂作品及有關的整項或部分文學作品所構成的聲帶的影片； (由2003年第27
號第5條增補)
“音樂聲音紀錄”(musical sound recording) 指完全是或有主要部分是由整項或部分音樂作品或由整項
或部分音樂作品及有關的整項或部分文學作品所構成的聲音紀錄； (由2003年第27號第5條增補)
“指明課程”(specified course of study) 指符合任何以下描述的研習課程—
(a) 為教授根據附表1A指明的機構或當局發出或審批的課程指引發展的課程(不論如何稱述)
而提供；或
(b) 包含對學員在有關研習課程所涵蓋的範圍內的能力的評核而令學員獲授予任何資格；
(由2007年第15號第47條增補)
“書面”(writing) 包括任何形式的記號或代碼，不論是否手寫的，亦不論其記錄的方法或所記錄於的
媒體；而“寫出”(written) 亦據此解釋；
“租賃權”(rental right) 指版權擁有人授權租賃或禁止租賃任何以下作品的複製品的權利—
(a) 電腦程式；
(b) 聲音紀錄；
(c) 影片；
(d) 收錄在聲音紀錄內的文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品；
*[(e) 載於連環圖冊內的文學作品或藝術作品；或 (f) 連環圖冊的已發表版本的排印編排；] (由2007年第15號第47條修訂)
“國際組織”(international organization) 指成員包括一個或多於一個國家，地區或地方的組織；
“無線電訊”(wireless telegraphy) 指通過為發送電磁能量而建造或安排並非由任何實體物質所提供的
線路而發送電磁能量；
“電子”(electronic) 指藉電能量，磁能量，電磁能量，電化能量或電機能量驅動，而“電子形式”
(in electronic form) 指只可藉電子方法使用的形式；
“電訊系統”(telecommunications system) 指藉電子方法輸送影像，聲音或其他資料的系統；
“電視劇或電視電影”(television drama) 指屬一般稱為電視劇或電視電影的一類影片； (由2003年第
27號第5條增補)
“電腦產生”(computer-genereted) 就作品而言，指該作品是在沒有人類作者的情況下由電腦產生的；
“電影”(movie) 指屬一般稱為電影的一類影片； (由2003年第27號第5條增補)
“業務”(business) 包括─
(a) 行業或專業；及
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 99
(b) 並非為牟利而營辦的業務； (由2007年第15號第47條代替)
“匯集作品”(collective work) 指─
(a) 合作作品；或
(b) 不同作者有明顯各自分開的貢獻的作品，或收納了不同作者的作品或不同作者的作品
的某些部分的作品；
“過境物品”(article in transit) 指以下物品─
(a) 只為被帶出香港而帶進香港的物品；及
(b) 在某船隻或航空器之內或之上被帶進香港並在所有時間均留在該船隻或航空器之內或
之上的物品；
“製作人”(producer) 就聲音紀錄或影片而言，指從事進行製作聲音紀錄或影片所需安排的人；
“精確複製品”(facsimile copy) 包括比例上經縮小或放大的複製品；
“輸入”(import) 指將任何物品帶進香港或致使任何物品被帶進香港；
“輸出”(export) 指將任何物品帶出香港或致使任何物品被帶出香港；
“獲授權人員”(authorized officer) 指獲關長以書面授權行使本條例賦予獲授權人員的任何權力和執
行本條例委予獲授權人員的任何職責的任何公職人員； (由2002年第14號第3條修訂)
“關長”(Commissioner) 指海關關長及海關副關長或助理關長； (由1999年第22號第3條代替)
“翻印程序”(reprographic process) 指─
(a) 製作精確複製品的程序；或
(b) 涉及使用製作大量複製品的裝置的程序，
而就藉電子形式保存的作品而言，包括藉電子方法進行的任何複製，但不包括影片或聲音紀錄
的製作；
“翻印複製品”(reprographic copy) 指藉翻印程序製作的複製品。
(2) 在第31(2)、32(3)、95(1A)、96(6A)、109(1A)及120(2A)條中，“經營”(dealing in) 包括買入、
出售、出租、輸入、輸出及分發。 (由2000年第64號第10條增補。由2007年第15號第47條修訂)
(3) 在本部中，就在某國家、地區或地方製作的任何作品的複製品而言─
(a) “合法地製作”(lawfully made) 指該複製品由下述的人製作─
(i) 在該國家、地區或地方(視屬何情況而定)享有該作品的版權的人；或
(ii) 獲第(i)節所提述的人的特許在該國家、地區或地方(視屬何情況而定)製作該複製品
的人；但
(b) 如該複製品在某國家、地區或地方製作，而該國家、地區或地方沒有保障該作品的版
權的法律，或該作品在該國家、地區或地方的版權已期限屆滿，則“合法地製作”
(lawfully made) 不包括該複製品。 (由2007年第15號第47條代替)
(4) 商務及經濟發展局局長可藉於憲報刊登的公告修訂附表1A。 (由2007年第15號第47條增補)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 178 U.K.]
條： 199 界定詞句的索引 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
下表顯示界定或以其他方式解釋在本部中使用的詞句的條文(但就只在同一條中使用的詞句作出
界定或解釋的條文則除外)─
已發表版本(在提及排印編排的版權的文意中) 第10條
文章(在期刊中的) 第198(1)條
文學作品 第4(1)條
不為人知(就作品的作者而言) 第11(5)條
立法會版權 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂) 第184(2)及185(5)條
未來版權 第102(2)條
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 100
司法程序 第198(1)條
生效(在附表2中) 該附表第1(2)段
平面美術作品 第5條
代(就教育機構而言) 第195(3)條
未經授權(關於就任何作品而作出的事情) 第198(1)條
向公眾提供複製品 第26條
向公眾發放複製品 第24條
合作作品 第12條
合法地製作 (由2003年第27號第6條增補) 第198(3)條
多於一名作者的作品(在第VIII分部中) 第145(3)條
扣留令 第135條
有線傳播節目、有線傳播節目服務(及相關詞句) 第9條
字體 第198(1)條
作者 第11及12(4)條
作者不為人知(的作品) 第11(4)條
作品(在附表2中) 該附表第2(1)段
改編本 第29(3)條
足夠的卸責聲明 第198(1)條
足夠的確認聲明 第198(1)條
政府版權 第182(2)及183(3)條
受版權所限制的作為 第22(1)條
表演 第27(2)條
受僱、僱員、僱主及僱用 第198(1)條
版權(在附表2中) 該附表第2(2)段
版權作品 第2(2)條
版權(概括而言) 第2條
版權審裁處 第169條
版權擁有人 第112(2)及194條
版權擁有人的特許 第101(4)、102(3)及194條
侵犯版權複製品 第35條
指明課程 (由2007年第15號第48條增補) 第198(1)條
指明的圖書館或檔案室(在第47至53條中) 第46(2)(b)條
訂明條件(在第47至53條中) 第46(2)(a)條
音樂作品 第4(1)條
音樂視像紀錄 (由2003年第27號第6條增補) 第198(1)條
音樂聲音紀錄 (由2003年第27號第6條增補) 第198(1)條
建築物 第5條
書面及寫出 第198(1)條
特許(在第162至166條中) 第161條
特許計劃(在第155至160條中) 第154條
特許計劃(概括而言) 第145(1)條
特許機構(在第VIII分部中) 第145(2)條
租賃權 第198(1)條
專用特許 第103(1)條
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 101
教育機構 第195(1)條
教師 第195(2)條
商業發表 第196條
國際組織 第198(1)條
發表及相關詞句 第196條
無線電訊 第198(1)條
電子及電子形式 第198(1)條
電訊系統 第198(1)條
電視劇或電視電影 (由2003年第27號第6條增補) 第198(1)條
電腦產生 第198(1)條
電影 (由2003年第27號第6條增補) 第198(1)條
照片 第5條
業務 第198(1)條
匯集作品 第198(1)條
過境物品 第198(1)條
準擁有人(版權的準擁有人) 第102(2)條
經營 (由2000年第64號第11條增補) 第198(2)條
製作人(就聲音紀錄或影片而言) 第198(1)條
製作(就文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品而言) 第4(2)條
圖書館館長(在第46至53條中) 第46(5)條
複製品及複製 第23條
精確複製品 第198(1)條
影片 第7條
節目(在提及廣播的文意中) 第8(3)條
廣播(及相關詞句) 第8條
輸入 第198(1)條
輸出 第198(1)條
學生 第195(2)條
雕塑品 第5條
聲音紀錄 第6條
檔案室負責人(在第46至53條中) 第46(5)條
獲授權人員 第198(1)條
關長 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂) 第198(1)條
戲劇作品 第4(1)條
翻印程序 第198(1)條
翻印複製品及翻印複製 第198(1)條
藝術作品 第5條
簽署 第197條
權利特有人 第135條
(由2000年第64號第11條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 179 U.K.]
部： III 在表演中的權利 30/06/1997
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 102
部：
分部：
III
I
權利、侵犯權利及侵犯權利的補救 30/06/1997
條： 200 賦予表演者和具有錄製權的人的權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
詳列交互參照：
201、202、203、204、205、206、207、207A、208、209、210、211
引言
(1) 本部─
(a) 藉規定對任何表演的利用均須其表演者的同意，以賦權予有關表演者，使他可禁止未
獲他的同意而作出該利用(參閱第201至207A條)；及 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第201、
202、203、204、205、206、207、207A條 *〉 (由2007年第15號第49條修訂)
(b) 就未獲得對某項表演具有錄製權的人的同意或表演者的同意而製作的錄製品而賦權予
對該項表演具有錄製權的人(參閱第208至211條)。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第208、
209、210、211條 *〉
(2) 在本部中─
“表演”(performance) 指─
(a) 戲劇表演(包括舞蹈及默劇)；
(b) 音樂表演；
(c) 誦讀或背誦文學作品；
(ca) 藝術作品的表演； (由2007年第15號第49條増補)
(cb) 民間文學藝術作品；或 (由2007年第15號第49條増補)
(d) 綜合表演或任何相類的演出，
但該項表演須屬一項由一名或多於一名個人作出的非錄製表演；
“表演者”(performer) 指演員、歌手、樂師、舞蹈者或其他從事演戲、唱歌、演說、誦讀、演出、
演繹或以其他方式作出表演的人；
“錄製品”、“錄製”(fixation) 就一項表演而言，指─
(a) 自某項非錄製表演直接製作的影片或聲音紀錄；
(b) 自該項表演的廣播製作的影片或聲音紀錄，或自包括該項表演的有線傳播節目製作的
影片或聲音紀錄；或
(c) 自該項表演的另一錄製品直接或間接製作的影片或聲音紀錄。
(3) 本部賦予的權利獨立於以下項目─
(a) 任何已表演的作品的版權或關乎該作品的精神權利；或該表演的任何影片或聲音紀錄
的版權或關乎該影片或聲音紀錄的精神權利；或包括該表演的廣播或有線傳播節目的
版權或關乎該廣播或有線傳播節目的精神權利；及
(b) 並非根據本部而產生的任何其他權利或責任。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 180 U.K.]
條： 201 合資格表演 30/06/1997
表演者的權利
就本部關乎表演者的權利的條文而言，如某項表演是由以香港或其他地方為居籍或居於香港或
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 103
其他地方或有香港或其他地方居留權的個人在香港或其他地方作出的，則該項表演屬合資格表演。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 181 U.K.]
條： 202 進行非錄製表演的錄製等須獲得同意 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人在未獲得某合資格表演的表演者的同意下，作出以下作為，即屬侵犯該表演者的權
利─
(a) 直接自非錄製表演錄製該合資格表演的整項或其任何實質部分；
(b) 將該合資格表演的整項或其任何實質部分即場廣播，或將該合資格表演的整項或其任
何實質部分即場包括在任何有線廣播節目服務內或即場向公眾提供；或
(c) 直接自非錄製表演的廣播或包括非錄製表演的有線傳播節目錄製該合資格表演的整項
或其任何實質部分，或直接自即場向公眾提供的非錄製表演錄製該合資格表演的整項
或其任何實質部分。
(2) 任何人製作該等錄製品供他作私人和家居使用，不屬侵犯表演者的權利。
(3) 在憑藉本條提起的任何侵犯表演者的權利的訴訟中，如被告人證明在侵犯權利時，他有合
理理由相信已獲得同意，則不得針對該被告人而判給損害賠償。
(4) 在本條中，就一項表演而言，“即場向公眾提供”(makes available to the public live) 指藉有線
或無線的方式提供非錄製表演，而提供的方法使在香港或其他地方的公眾人士可從其各自選擇的地
點觀看或收聽該表演。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 182 U.K.]
條： 203 複製錄製品須獲得同意 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人在未獲得某合資格表演的表演者的同意下，就該合資格表演的整項或其任何實質部
分的錄製品製作複製品而非供他私人和家居使用，即屬侵犯該表演者的權利；而在本部中，凡提述
複製及複製品，須按以下條文解釋。
(2) 該複製品是直接或是間接製作的，並不具關鍵性。
(3) 製作錄製品的複製品，指以任何實質形式複製該錄製品，包括藉電子方法將錄製品貯存於
任何媒體。
(4) 表演者根據本條授權製作或禁止製作該等複製品的權利，在本部中稱為“複製權”。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 182A U.K.]
條： 204 向公眾發放複製品須獲得同意 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人在未獲某合資格表演的表演者的同意下，向公眾發放該合資格表演的整項或其任何
實質部分的錄製品的複製品，即屬侵犯該表演者的權利。
(2) 在本部中，凡提述向公眾發放錄製品的複製品，即提述由表演者或在表演者的同意下將以
前未曾在香港或其他地方發行的複製品發行的作為。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述向公眾發放錄製品的複製品，並不包括─
(a) 以前曾發行的複製品的任何其後的分發、售賣、租賃或借出；或
(b) 該等複製品其後輸入香港。
(4) 在本部中，凡提述發放一項表演的錄製品的複製品，包括發放非錄製表演的原本錄製品。
(5) 表演者根據本條授權向公眾發放或禁止向公眾發放複製品的權利，在本部中稱為“分發權
利”。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 182B U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 104
條： 205 向公眾提供複製品須獲得同意 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人在未獲某合資格表演的表演者的同意下，向公眾提供該合資格表演的整項或其任何
實質部分的錄製品的複製品，即屬侵犯該表演者的權利。
(2) 在本部中，凡提述向公眾提供一項表演的錄製品的複製品，即提述藉有線或無線的方式提
供該錄製品的複製品，而如此提供的方法使在香港或其他地方的公眾人士可從其各自選擇的地點及
於其各自選擇的時間觀看或收聽該錄製品(例如透過一般稱為電腦互聯網服務的服務而提供作品的複
製品)。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述提供一項表演的錄製品的複製品，包括提供非錄製表演的原本錄製品。
(4) 僅提供使一項表演的錄製品的複製品能夠向公眾提供的實物設施本身並不構成向公眾提供
錄製品的複製品的作為。
(5) 表演者根據本條授權向公眾提供或禁止向公眾提供錄製品的複製品的權利，在本部中稱為
“向公眾提供的權利”。
條： 206 藉使用在未獲同意下製作的錄製品而侵犯表演者的權利 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人在未獲得某合資格表演的表演者的同意下，藉任何錄製品─
(a) 將該合資格表演的整項或其任何實質部分公開放映或播放；或
(b) 將該合資格表演的整項或其任何實質部分廣播，或將合資格表演的整項或其任何實質
部分包括在任何有線傳播節目服務內，
而該錄製品是在沒有獲得表演者的同意下製作的，且該人知道或有理由相信該錄製品是在沒有獲得
該表演者的同意下製作的，則該人即屬侵犯該表演者的權利。
(2) 任何人在未獲得某合資格表演的表演者的同意下，在向公眾提供錄製品的過程中將該合資
格表演的整項或其任何實質部分放映或播放，而該錄製品是在沒有獲得該表演者的同意下製作的，
且該人亦知道或有理由相信該錄製品是在沒有獲得該表演者的同意下製作的，則該人亦屬侵犯該表
演者的權利。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 183 U.K.]
條： 207 藉輸入、輸出或管有侵犯權利的錄製品或進行侵犯權利的
錄製品交易而侵犯表演者的權利
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 任何人在未獲得某合資格表演的表演者的同意下，將該合資格表演的錄製品─
(a) 輸入香港或輸出香港而非供他私人和家居使用；或
(b) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中— (由2007年第15號第50條修訂)
(i) 管有；
(ii) 向公眾提供；
(iii) 出售或出租；
(iv) 要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租而展示；或
(v) 分發， (由2000年第64號第12條代替)
而該錄製品是侵犯權利的錄製品，且該人亦知道或有理由相信該錄製品是侵犯權利的錄製品，則該
人即屬侵犯該表演者的權利。
(1A) 就第(1)(b)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營侵犯權利的錄製品並不具關鍵性。 (由
2000年第64號第12條增補)
(2) 在憑藉本條提起的侵犯表演者的權利的訴訟中，如被告人證明該侵犯權利的錄製品是由他
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 105
或他之前的所有權持有人不知情地取得的，則就該項侵犯權利而針對他的唯一補救，是一筆不超過
就該項遭受申訴的作為而合理償付的損害賠償。
(3) 在第(2)款中，“不知情地取得”(innocently acquired) 指取得錄製品的人不知道亦無理由相信
該錄製品是侵犯權利的錄製品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 184 U.K.]
條： 207A 藉在未獲同意下租賃複製品予公眾而侵犯表演者的權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 凡任何聲音紀錄錄製了某合資格表演的整項或其任何實質部分，則任何人在未獲有關表演
者的同意下，租賃該聲音紀錄的複製品予公眾，即屬侵犯該表演者的權利。
(2) 在本部中，“租賃”(rent) 就任何聲音紀錄而言—
(a) 除(b)段另有規定外，指為直接或間接的經濟或商業利益而提供任何聲音紀錄的複製品
予人使用，而使用條款是該複製品將予歸還或可予歸還；但
(b) 不包括—
(i) 提供該聲音紀錄的複製品作公開表演、播放或放映之用，或作廣播之用，或供包
含在有線傳播節目服務內；
(ii) 提供該聲音紀錄的複製品作公開陳列之用；或
(iii) 提供該聲音紀錄的複製品作即場參考之用。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述租賃聲音紀錄的複製品，即包括提述租賃該聲音紀錄的原本。
(4) 表演者根據本條租賃任何聲音紀錄的複製品予公眾的權利，在本部中稱為“租賃權”。
(由2007年第15號第51條増補)
條： 208 獨有錄製合約和具有錄製權的人 30/06/1997
具有錄製權的人的權利
(1) 在本部中，“獨有錄製合約”(exclusive fixation contract) 指表演者與另一人之間的合約，而
根據此合約，該另一人有權製作該表演者的一項或多於一項表演的錄製品，以期將該等錄製品作商
業利用，並摒除所有其他人(包括該表演者)具有該項權利。
(2) 在本部中，就某項表演而言，凡提述“具有錄製權的人”，(除第(3)款另有規定外)即提述
─
(a) 身為規限該項表演的獨有錄製合約的立約一方並享有該合約的利益的人；或
(b) 上述合約的利益所轉讓予的人，
該人並須為合資格的人。
(3) 如某項表演受一項獨有錄製合約所規限，但第(2)款提及的人卻並非合資格的人，則在本部
中，就該項表演而言，凡提述“具有錄製權的人”，即提述─
(a) 任何獲該等並非合資格的人的特許而製作該項表演的錄製品以期將該等錄製品作商業
利用的人；或
(b) 上述特許的利益所轉讓予的人，
該人並須為合資格的人。
(4) 在本條中，“以期作商業利用”(with a view to commercial exploitation) 指以期將錄製品出售
或出租，或公開放映或播放，或向公眾發放或提供。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 185 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 106
條： 209 製作受獨有合約規限的表演的錄製品須獲得同意 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人在未獲得對某項表演具有錄製權的人的同意或該表演的表演者的同意下，製作該表
演的整項或其任何實質部分的錄製品而非供他私人和家居使用，即屬侵犯對該項表演具有錄製權的
人的權利。
(2) 在憑藉本條提起的任何侵犯該等權利的訴訟中，如被告人證明在侵犯權利時，他有合理理
由相信已獲得同意，則不得針對該被告人而判給損害賠償。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 186 U.K.]
條： 210 藉使用在未獲同意下製作的錄製品而侵犯錄製權 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人在未獲得對某項表演具有錄製權的人的同意下，或(如該表演屬合資格表演)該表演的
表演者的同意下，藉任何錄製品─
(a) 公開放映或播放該表演的整項或其任何實質部分；或
(b) 將該表演的整項或其任何實質部分廣播或將該表演的整項或其任何實質部分包括在任
何有線傳播節目服務內，
而該錄製品是在沒有獲得適當的同意下製作的，且該人亦知道或有理由相信該錄製品是在沒有獲得
適當的同意下製作的，則該人即屬侵犯對該項表演具有錄製權的人的權利。
(2) 任何人在未獲得對某項表演具有錄製權的人的同意下，或(如該表演屬合資格表演)該表演的
表演者的同意下，在向公眾提供錄製品的過程中將該表演的整項或其任何實質部分放映或播放，而
該錄製品是在沒有獲得適當的同意下製作的，且該人知道或有理由相信該錄製品是在沒有獲得適當
的同意下製作的，則該人即屬侵犯對該表演具有錄製權的人的權利。
(3) 在第(1)或(2)款中，凡提述“適當的同意”，即提述以下的人的同意─
(a) 表演者；或
(b) 在給予同意時，對表演具有錄製權的人(如對表演具有錄製權的人多於一人，則指所有
該等人)。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 187 U.K.]
條： 211 藉輸入、輸出或管有侵犯權利的錄製品或進行侵犯權利的
錄製品交易而侵犯錄製權
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 任何人在未獲得對某項表演具有錄製權的人的同意或(如該表演屬合資格表演)該表演的表演
者的同意下，將該項表演的錄製品─
(a) 輸入香港或輸出香港而非供他私人和家居使用；或
(b) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中— (由2007年第15號第52條修訂)
(i) 管有；
(ii) 向公眾提供；
(iii) 出售或出租；
(iv) 要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租而展示；或
(v) 分發， (由2000年第64號第13條代替)
而該錄製品是侵犯權利的錄製品，且該人知道或有理由相信該錄製品是侵犯權利的錄製品，則該人
即屬侵犯對該項表演具有錄製權的人的權利。
(1A) 就第(1)(b)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營侵犯權利的錄製品並不具關鍵性。 (由
2000年第64號第13條增補)
(2) 在憑藉本條提起的侵犯該等權利的訴訟中，如被告人證明該侵犯權利的錄製品是由他或他
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 107
之前的所有權持有人不知情地取得的，則就該項侵犯權利而針對他判給的唯一補救，是判給一筆不
超過就該項遭受申訴的作為而合理償付的損害賠償。
(3) 在第(2)款中，“不知情地取得”(innocently acquired) 指取得錄製品的人不知道亦無理由相信
該錄製品是侵犯權利的錄製品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 188 U.K.]
條： 212 在儘管有本分部賦予的權利的情況下仍允許的作為 30/06/1997
賦予權利的例外情況
第II分部的條文指明在儘管有本部賦予的權利的情況下仍可作出的作為，而該等作為大致上與
第II部第III分部(在儘管有版權的情況下仍允許的作為)中所指明的某些作為相對應。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 189 U.K.]
條： 213 審裁處在某些情況下代複製權的擁有人給予同意的權力 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人如意欲製作某項表演的錄製品的複製品，在藉合理查究亦不能確定具有複製權的人
的身分或下落的情況下，版權審裁處可應該人的申請而給予同意。
(2) 審裁處所給予的同意，就本部中關乎表演者的權利的條文而言，具有由具有複製權的人所
給予的同意的效力，而該項由審裁處所給予的同意亦可在審裁處在其命令上指明的任何條件的規限
下而給予。
(3) 除非根據第174條訂立的規則(一般程序規則)所規定的通知書已予送達或審裁處在任何個別
情況下指示的通知書已予送達，否則審裁處不得根據第(1)款給予同意。
(4) 在任何情況下，審裁處均須考慮以下因素─
(a) 原本錄製品是否在表演者的同意下製作，並且由打算製作進一步錄製品的人合法地管
有或控制；
(b) 凡原本錄製品是根據某些安排而製作的，則進一步錄製品的製作是否與該等安排的各
方當事人的責任相符，又或是否與製作原本錄製品的目的相符。
(5) 凡審裁處根據本條給予同意，而申請人與具有複製權的人之間並無協議，則審裁處可就付
款予該具有複製權的人作為給予同意的代價一事作出審裁處認為合適的命令。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 190 U.K.]
條： 213A 審裁處在某些情況下代表演者的租賃權的擁有人給予同意
的權力
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 欲租賃任何錄製了表演的聲音紀錄的複製品的人，如在作出合理查究後，仍不能確定具有
有關租賃權的人的身分或下落，則版權審裁處可應首述的人的申請而給予同意。
(2) 審裁處所給予的同意的效力，就本部中關乎表演者的租賃權的條文而言，等同由具有租賃
權的人所給予的同意，而審裁處可在它於其命令上指明的條件的規限下，給予該項同意。
(3) 除非根據第174條(一般程序規則)訂立的規則所規定的通知書或審裁處在任何個別情況下指
示的通知書已予送達，否則審裁處不得根據第(1)款給予同意。
(4) 凡審裁處根據本條給予同意，而申請人與具有租賃權的人之間並無協議，則審裁處須就付
款予該具有租賃權的人作為給予同意的代價，作出審裁處認為合適的命令。
(由2007年第15號第53條増裞( �/p>
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 108
條： 214 權利的期限 30/06/1997
權利的期限
(1) 以下條文在本部賦予的權利的期限具有效力。
(2) 本部就某項表演而賦予的權利於下述期間完結時屆滿─
(a) 如該項表演該某公曆年作出，則該權利在自該年年終起計的50年期間完結時屆滿；或
(b) 如該項表演的錄製品於該段期間中另一公曆年發行，則該權利在自該年年終起計的50
年期間完結時屆滿，
但須受以下條文規限。
(3) 就第(2)款而言，錄製品當首次發表、公開播放、放映、廣播、包括在有線傳播節目服務內
或向公眾提供時，即屬“發行”，但在決定該錄製品是否屬已發行時，不得考慮任何未經授權的作
為。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191 U.K.]
條： 215 表演者的經濟權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
表演者的經濟權利
(1) 本部賦予表演者的以下權利屬產權(“表演者的經濟權利”)—
(a) 複製權(第203條)；
(b) 分發權利(第204條)；
(c) 向公眾提供的權利(第205條)；
(d) 租賃權(第207A條)。 (由2007年第15號第54條代替)
(2) 在本部中，凡提述表演者的同意，須就表演者的經濟權利而解釋為提述權利擁有人的同
意。
(3) 凡不同的人就一項表演享有不同方面的表演者的經濟權利(不論是由於局部轉讓或其他原
因)，則就本部某目的而言的權利擁有人即為有權享有與該目的有關的方面的權利的人。
(4) 凡表演者的經濟權利(或其任何方面)是由多於一人共同擁有的，則在本部中凡提述權利擁有
人，即指所有該等擁有人；故此特別是在需要取得權利擁有人特許的情況下，需要取得所有該等擁
有人的特許。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191A U.K.]
條： 216 轉讓及特許 30/06/1997
(1) 表演者的經濟權利可作為非土地財產或動產，藉轉讓、遺囑性質的處置或法律的施行而轉
傳。
(2) 表演者的經濟權利的轉讓或其他方式的轉傳可以是局部的，即只局限適用於─
(a) 需要權利擁有人的同意的一項或多於一項的事情，但並非需要權利擁有人的同意的全
部事情；
(b) 該等權利存在的期間的部分，而非該期間的整段。
(3) 表演者的經濟權利的轉讓必須採用書面形式，由轉讓人簽署或由他人代其簽署，否則無
效。
(4) 由表演者的經濟權利的擁有人批出的特許對該擁有人的表演者的經濟權利的權益的每名所
有權繼承人均具約束力，但付出有值代價而並不知悉(不論實際知悉或法律構定的知悉)該特許存在
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 109
的真誠購買人及從該購買人取得所有權的人則除外；在本部中，凡提述在該等權利的擁有人的特許
下或在沒有其特許下而作出的任何事情，均據此解釋。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191B U.K.]
條： 217 表演者的經濟權利的準擁有人 30/06/1997
(1) 凡某表演的表演者藉就該表演的未來錄製品訂立並簽署(或由他人代其簽署)協議，宣稱將其
表演者的經濟權利(全部或局部)轉讓他人，本條即適用。
(2) 如在該等權利產生之時，承讓人或在承讓人之下申索的人如相對於所有其他人而言，將會
有權要求將該等權利歸屬予他，該等權利即憑藉本款歸屬該承讓人或其所有權繼承人。
(3) 表演者的經濟權利的準擁有人批出的特許對該準擁有人的表演者的經濟權利的權益(或預期
權益)的每名所有權繼承人均具約束力，但付出有值代價而並不知悉(不論實際上知悉或法律構定的
知悉)該特許存在的真誠購買人及從該購買人取得所有權的人則除外。
在本部中，凡提述在該等權利的擁有人的特許下或在沒有其特許下而作出的任何事情，均據此
解釋。
(4) 在第(3)款中，“準擁有人”(prospective owner) 就表演者的經濟權利而言，指憑藉第(1)款提
及的協議而預期會有權具有該等權利的人。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191C U.K.]
條： 218 專用特許 30/06/1997
(1) 在本部中，“專用特許”(exclusive licence) 指由表演者的經濟權利的擁有人或由他人代其簽
署的書面特許，授權特許持有人在摒除所有其他人(包括批出該特許的人)的情況下作出需要該等權
利的擁有人同意的任何事情。
(2) 在專用特許下的特許持有人所具有的相對於受特許約束的所有權繼承人而言的權利，與其
所具有的相對於批出該特許的人而言的權利相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191D U.K.]
條： 219 表演者的經濟權利根據遺囑而與未發表的原本錄製品一併
轉移
30/06/1997
凡某人根據遺贈(不論是一般遺贈或特定遺贈)而對錄載立遺囑人死亡之前仍未發表的表演的原
本錄製品的任何實物享有實益或並非實益的權益，該遺贈將解釋為包括該立遺囑人在緊接其死亡前
就該錄製品所具有的表演者的權利，但如立遺囑人的遺囑或遺囑更改附件顯示相反的意願，則屬例
外。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191E U.K.]
條： 220 權利的擁有人可就侵犯權利提起訴訟 30/06/1997
(1) 就表演者的經濟權利或本部對具有錄製權的人所賦予的權利而言，該等權利的擁有人可就
侵犯該等權利提起訴訟。
(2) 在就侵犯表演者的經濟權利或本部對具有錄製權的人所賦予的權利進行的訴訟中，原告人
可得損害賠償、強制令、交出利潤或其他形式的濟助，與就侵犯任何其他產權而可得者相同。
(3) 本條在本部的以下條文的規限下具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191I U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 110
條： 221 關於侵犯權利訴訟中的損害賠償的規定 30/06/1997
(1) 在就侵犯表演者的經濟權利或本部對具有錄製權的人所賦予的權利進行的訴訟中，如證明
在侵犯該等權利時，被告人不知道和沒有理由相信該訴訟所關乎的錄製品有該等權利存在，則原告
人無權向被告人要求損害賠償，但任何其他補救則不受影響。
(2) 在就侵犯表演者的經濟權利或本部對具有錄製權的人所賦予的權利進行的訴訟中，法院在
顧及案件的所有情況，尤其是以下情況後─
(a) 該等權利受侵犯的昭彰程度；
(b) 因侵犯該等權利而歸於被告人的利益；及
(c) 被告人的業務帳目和紀錄的完整程度、準確程度及可靠程度，
可為在該案件達致公正所需而判給額外損害賠償。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191J U.K.]
條： 222 專用特許持有人的權利和補救 30/06/1997
(1) 專用特許持有人就特許批出之後所發生的事項，具有在猶如該項特許是一項轉讓的情況下
相同的權利和補救，但相對表演者的經濟權利的擁有人而言，則屬例外。
(2) 專用特許持有人的權利和補救與該等權利的擁有人的權利和補救是同時具有的；而在本部
的有關條文中，凡提述該等權利的擁有人，亦據此解釋。
(3) 在專用特許持有人憑藉本條而提起的訴訟中，被告人可引用的免責辯護，與在假使該訴訟
是該等權利的擁有人提出的情況下被告人可引用的免責辯護相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191L U.K.]
條： 223 行使同時具有的權利 30/06/1997
(1) 凡表演者的經濟權利的擁有人或專用特許持有人就侵犯表演者的經濟權利提起訴訟，而該
等權利的擁有人及專用特許持有人就該訴訟(全部或部分)所關乎的侵犯表演者的經濟權利同時具有
訴訟權，則除非另一方加入作為原告人或被告人，否則該等權利的擁有人或專用特許持有人(視屬何
情況而定)如沒有法院許可，不得進行該訴訟。
(2) 依據第(1)款加入作為被告人的該等權利的擁有人或專用特許持有人，除非參與法律程序，
否則無須對訴訟的任何訟費負上法律責任。
(3) 上述條文不影響法院應該等權利的擁有人或專用特許持有人的單獨申請而批予非正審濟
助。
(4) 凡就侵犯表演者的經濟權利提出訴訟，而該等權利的擁有人及專用特許持有人是現在或過
去就該訴訟(全部或部分)所關乎的侵犯權利，同時具有訴訟權，則─
(a) 法院在評估損害賠償時須考慮─
(i) 特許的條款；及
(ii) 該等權利的擁有人或專用特許持有人已就侵犯該等權利獲判給或可得到的金錢上
的補救；
(b) 如法院已就侵犯該等權利向他們當中的另一方判給損害賠償，或已指示交出所得利潤
予另一方，則法院不得指示交出所得利潤；及
(c) 如有交出所得利潤的指示，法院須在他們之間的協議的規限下按法院認為公正而將利
潤分攤給他們，
不論該等權利的擁有人或專用特許持有人是否同時是訴訟的一方，此等條文仍然適用。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 111
(5) 表演者的經濟權利的擁有人在申請根據第228條作出的命令(交付令)之前，須通知與他同時
具有權利的任何專用特許持有人；而法院可應專用特許持有人的申請，在顧及該特許的條款後根據
第228條作出其認為合適的命令。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 191M U.K.]
條： 224 非經濟權利 30/06/1997
表演者的非經濟權利
(1) 以下條文賦予表演者的權利不得轉讓或轉傳─
第202條(進行非錄製表演的錄製等須獲得同意)；
第206條(藉使用在未獲同意下製作的錄製品而侵犯表演者的權利)；及
第207條(藉輸入、輸出或管有侵犯權利的錄製品或進行侵犯權利的錄製品交易而侵犯表演者的
權利)，
但在以下條文範圍內則除外。
該等權利在本部中稱為“表演者的非經濟權利”。
(2) 在有權具有該等權利的人死亡時─
(a) 該等權利即轉移予該人藉遺囑性質的處置而特別指示的人；及
(b) 如沒有上述指示或在沒有上述指示的範圍內，該等權利可由該人的遺產代理人行使。
(3) 在本部中，凡提述表演者，如屬在具有任何該等權利的人的文意中提述的，須解釋為提述
當其時有權行使該等權利的人。
(4) 凡任何權利憑藉第(2)(a)款變為可由多於一人行使，則該權利可由各人獨立於其他人而行
使。
(5) 遺產代理人於某人死亡後憑藉本條就任何侵犯權利而追討所得的任何損害賠償，須作為該
人遺產的一部分而轉予，猶如訴訟權利是在緊接該人死亡前已存在並已歸屬該人一樣。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 192A U.K.]
條： 225 具有錄製權的人的權利的可轉傳性 30/06/1997
(1) 本部賦予具有錄製權的人的權利不得轉讓或轉傳。
(2) 在第208(2)(b)或(3)(b)條將本部的權利賦予合約或特許的利益所轉讓予的人的範圍內，第(1)
款的條文並不影響第208(2)(b)或(3)(b)條。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 192B U.K.]
條： 226 同意 30/06/1997
(1) 由具有表演者的非經濟權利的人或由具有錄製權的人為本部的施行而給予的同意，可就任
何特定表演、任何指明類別的表演或一般地就表演而給予，並可關乎過往的或未來的表演。
(2) 如具有錄製權的人是根據有關的獨有錄製合約或特許透過另一人而取得該等權利的，則他
須受該另一人所給予的任何同意以同樣的方式被約束，猶如該項同意曾由他給予一樣。
(3) 凡表演者的非經濟權利轉移予另一人，則對先前有權享有該權利的人具約束力的任何同
意，以同樣的方式對獲轉移該權利的人具約束力，猶如該項同意曾由他給予一樣。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 193 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 112
條： 227 可就侵犯權利提起訴訟 30/06/1997
侵犯權利的補救
對表演者的非經濟權利的侵犯，可作為違反對具有有關權利的人所負有的法定責任而就該項侵
犯提起訴訟。
條： 228 交付令 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
交付侵犯權利的錄製品
(1) 凡任何人為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中管有、保管或控制任何表
演的侵犯權利的錄製品，則根據本部就該項表演具有表演者權利或錄製權的人可向法院申請命令，
規定該錄製品須交付予該人或法院指示的其他人。 (由2000年第64號第14條修訂；由2007年第15號第
55條修訂)
(1A) 就第(1)款而言，有關的貿易或業務是否包含經營侵犯權利的錄製品並不具關鍵性。 (由
2000年第64號第14條增補)
(2) 任何申請不得在第230條指明的期間完結之後提出；除非法院亦根據第231條(處置侵犯權利
的錄製品的命令)作出命令或法院認為有理由根據第231條作出命令，否則法院不得作出命令。
(3) 如法院沒有根據第231條作出命令，則依據一項根據本條所作的命令而獲交付錄製品的人須
保留該錄製品，以聽候法院根據該條作出命令或決定不作出命令。
(4) 本條並不影響法院的任何其他權力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 195 U.K.]
條： 229 “侵犯權利的錄製品”的涵義 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 在本部中，就表演而言，“侵犯權利的錄製品”(infringing fixation) 須按照本條解釋。
(2) 就表演者權利而言，錄製某表演的整項或其任何實質部分的錄製品如在未獲得該表演的表
演者同意下製作而且並非作私人用途，則該錄製品屬侵犯權利的錄製品。
(3) 就具有錄製權的人的權利而言，錄製受獨有錄製合約所規限的表演的整項或其任何實質部
分的錄製品，如在未獲得具有錄製權的人的同意或該表演的表演者的同意下製作而且並非作私人用
途，則該錄製品屬侵犯權利的錄製品。
(4) 除第229A條另有規定外，一項表演的錄製品─ (由2007年第15號第56條修訂)
(a) 如已輸入或擬輸入香港；及
(b) 假使在香港製作，即會構成侵犯本部賦予、有關表演的權利，或違反關乎該表演的專
用特許協議，
則該表演的錄製品亦屬侵犯權利的錄製品。
(5) 一項表演的錄製品─
(a) 如是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的； (由2003年第27號第7條修訂)
(b) 如已輸入或擬輸入香港；及
(c) 假使在香港製作，即會構成侵犯本部賦予有關表演的權利，或違反關乎該表演的專用
特許協議，
則就第III分部(關乎輸入侵犯權利的錄製品的法律程序)而言，“侵犯權利的錄製品”(infringing
fixation) 並不包括該錄製品。
(6) 凡在任何法律程序中出現某錄製品是否侵犯權利的錄製品的問題，並且可證明─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 113
(a) 該錄製品屬非錄製表演的錄製品；及
(b) 本部賦予的權利存在於該表演或曾在任何時間存在於該表演，
則須推定該錄製品是在本部賦予的權利存在於該表演時製作，直至相反證明成立為止。
(7) 在本部中，“侵犯權利的錄製品”(infringing fixation) 包括憑藉任何以下條文而被視為侵犯
權利的錄製品的錄製品—
(a) 第229A(5)條(輸入的錄製品不屬第229(4)條所指的“侵犯權利的錄製品”)；
(b) 第242A(3)條(為教學或接受教學的目的而製作的錄製品)；
(c) 第243(3)條(為教學或考試的目的而製作的錄製品)；
(d) 第245(3)條(教育機構為教育目的而製作的錄製品)；
(e) 第246A(3)條(為公共行政的目的而製作的錄製品)；
(f) 第251(2)條(在主體錄製品轉移時採用電子形式保留的表演的錄製品)；或
(g) 第256(3)條(為廣播或有線傳播節目的目的而製作的錄製品)。 (由2007年第15號第56條代
替)
(8) 在第(5)(a)款中，就在某國家、地區或地方製作的任何表演的錄製品而言─
(a) “合法地製作”(lawfully made) 指該錄製品由下述的人製作─
(i) 有關表演者；
(ii) 在該國家、地區或地方(視屬何情況而定)就該表演具有錄製權的人；或
(iii) 獲有關表演者或第(ii)節所提述的人的同意在該國家、地區或地方(視屬何情況而定)
製作該錄製品的人；但
(b) 如該錄製品在某國家、地區或地方製作，而該國家、地區或地方沒有保障該表演的在
表演中的權利的法律，或該表演在該國家、地區或地方的在表演中的權利已期限屆
滿，則“合法地製作”(lawfully made) 不包括該錄製品。 (由2007年第15號第56條代替)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 197 U.K.]
條： 229A 輸入的錄製品不屬第229(4)條所指的“侵犯權利的錄製 品”
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 任何本款適用的表演的錄製品─
(a) 如符合以下說明，則就將該錄製品輸入香港的人而言，不屬第229(4)條所指的侵犯權利
的錄製品─
(i) 該錄製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的；而且
(ii) 輸入該錄製品的本意，並非令某人可為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業
務的過程中，經銷該錄製品；或
(b) 如符合以下說明，則就管有該錄製品的人而言，不屬第229(4)條所指的侵犯權利的錄製
品─
(i) 該錄製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的；而且
(ii) 管有該錄製品的本意，並非令某人可為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業
務的過程中，經銷該錄製品。
(2) 第(1)款適用於任何表演的錄製品，但符合以下說明的表演的錄製品除外—
(a) 屬—
(i) 音樂聲音紀錄；
(ii) 音樂視像紀錄；
(iii) 電視劇或電視電影；或
(iv) 電影；而且
(b) 正公開或擬公開播放或放映。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 114
(3) 儘管有第(2)款所訂的例外情況，第(1)款仍適用於第(2)(a)款所提述的、符合以下說明的任何
表演的錄製品—
(a) 正由或擬由某教育機構為該機構的教育目的而公開播放或放映的；或
(b) 正由或擬由某指明圖書館為該圖書館的用途而公開播放或放映的。
(4) 就第(3)(b)款而言，如任何圖書館屬於根據第46(1)(b)條指明的任何圖書館的類別，該圖書館
須視為指明圖書館。
(5) 凡某項表演的錄製品憑藉第(1)款而不屬侵犯權利的錄製品，如其後有人為任何貿易或業務
的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中經銷該錄製品，則該錄製品須就有關經銷及就經銷該錄製品的
人而言視為侵犯權利的錄製品。
(6) 在本條中，就在某國家、地區或地方製作的任何表演的錄製品而言─
(a) “合法地製作”(lawfully made) 指該錄製品由下述的人製作─
(i) 有關表演者；
(ii) 在該國家、地區或地方(視屬何情況而定)就該表演具有錄製權的人；或
(iii) 獲有關表演者或第(ii)節所提述的人的同意在該國家、地區或地方(視屬何情況而定)
製作該錄製品的人；但
(b) 如該錄製品在某國家、地區或地方製作，而該國家、地區或地方沒有保障該表演的在
表演中的權利的法律，或該表演在該國家、地區或地方的在表演中的權利已期限屆
滿，則“合法地製作”(lawfully made) 不包括該錄製品。
(7) 除第(6)款另有規定外，本條中所用詞句的涵義與第35B條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
(由2007年第15號第57條增補)
條： 230 期限過後不得以交付作為補救 30/06/1997
有關交付的補充條文
(1) 除本條以下條文另有規定外，任何人不得在自有關的侵犯權利的錄製品的製作日期起計6年
期間完結後，根據第228條(在民事法律程序中的交付令)提出申請。
(2) 如在上述期間的整段或任何部分，有權申請命令的人─
(a) 無行為能力；或
(b) 因欺詐或隱瞞事實而使他不能夠發現令他有權提出申請的事實，
則在自他不再無行為能力或在自他假使付出合理努力便應可發現該等事實(視屬何情況而定)的日期
起計的6年期間完結之前的任何時間，他均可提出該申請。
(3) 在第(2)款中，“無行為能力”(disability) 的涵義，與在《時效條例》(第347章)中該詞的涵義
相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 203 U.K.]
條： 231 處置侵犯權利的錄製品的命令 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
(1) 凡有依據一項根據第228條作出的命令而交付的侵犯權利的錄製品，則可向法院申請命令，
以將該侵犯權利的錄製品─
(a) 按法院的指示沒收歸予對該項表演具有表演者的權利或錄製權的人；或
(b) 銷毀或按法院認為合適的其他方式處置，
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 115
或向法院申請不應作出該等命令的裁決。
(2) 在考慮應作出甚麼命令(如有的話)時，法院須考慮就侵犯本部賦予的權利進行訴訟可獲得的
其他補救是否足以補償具有該等權利的人和保護他們的權益。
(3) 根據《高等法院條例》(第4章)第54條訂立法院規則的權力，包括為施行本條而訂立法院規
則的權力。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(4) 為施行本條而訂立的法院規則，可包括與送達通知予對錄製品享有權益的人有關的規則，
而任何該等人士均有權─
(a) 在為根據本條作出命令而進行的法律程序中出庭(不論他是否獲送達通知)；及
(b) 提出上訴反對已作出的命令(不論他是否曾出庭)。
(5) 根據本條作出的命令，在可給予上訴通知的期限完結時始生效，如上訴通知在該期限完結
前妥為給予，則在上訴的法律程序獲最終裁定或遭放棄時始生效。
(6) 凡多於一人對某錄製品具有權益，法院須作出其認為公正的命令，並尤其可指示將該錄製
品出售或作其他處置，並將收益分配。
(7) 如法院裁定不應根據本條作出命令，則在錄製品交付之前管有、保管或控制該錄製品的
人，具有獲發還該錄製品的權利。
(8) 在本條中，凡提述對錄製品具有權益的人，即包括可根據本條或根據第111條(該條就侵犯
版權訂立相類的條文)就該錄製品作出命令而惠及的任何人。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 204 U.K.]
條： 232 區域法院的司法管轄權 L.N. 247 of 2000 01/09/2000
(1) 凡有關的侵犯權利的錄製品的價值不超出《區域法院條例》(第336章)第32(1)條就侵權行為
訴訟所列明的限額，則區域法院可受理根據以下條文進行的法律程序─ (由2000年第28號第45條修
訂)
(a) 第228條(交付侵犯權利的錄製品的命令)；或
(b) 第231條(處置侵犯權利的錄製品的命令)。
(2) 本條並不影響原訟法庭的司法管轄權。
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 205 U.K.]
條： 233 版權審裁處的司法管轄權 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
版權審裁處的司法管轄區
(1) 版權審裁處根據本部有根據以下各條文就法律程序進行聆訊和作出裁定的司法管轄權─
(a) 第213條(申請代複製權的擁有人給予同意)；
(aa) 第213A條(申請代表演者的租賃權的擁有人給予同意)； (由2007年第15號第58條増補)
(b) 附表3第6段(相反權利)。
(2) 在審裁處行使本部所指的任何司法管轄權時﹐第II部第IX分部的條文(關於版權審裁處的一
般條文)即就該審裁處而適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 205B U.K.]
條： 234 合資格的人 30/06/1997
除第236條另有規定外，在本部中，“合資格的人”(qualifying person) 指─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 116
(a) 以香港或其他地方為居籍或居於香港或其他地方或有香港或其他地方的居留權的個
人；或
(b) 根據任何國家、地區或地方的法律成立為法團的團體。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 206 U.K.]
條： 235 在香港註冊的船舶、航空器及氣墊船 30/06/1997
本部適用於在根據香港法律而註冊的船舶、航空器或氣墊船上作出的事情，猶如其適用於在香
港作出的事情一樣。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 210 U.K.]
條： 236 對於某些不給予香港表演者足夠保護的國家等的人民不給
予保護
22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 除第(5)款另有規定外，行政長官會同行政會議如覺得香港表演者的表演者權利或香港合資
格的人的錄製權因受到某國家、地區或地方對該等表演者或合資格的人的不利的待遇而在該國家、
地區或地方沒有得到足夠的保護，則行政長官會同行政會議可藉規例而按照本條，限制本部就與該
國家、地區或地方有關的表演者的表演或與該國家、地區或地方有關的合資格的人製作的錄製品而
賦予的權利。
(2) 行政長官會同行政會議須在規例中指定有關的國家、地區或地方，並須規定就規例所指明
的目的而言，在規例所指明的日期之後所作的表演或所製作的錄製品如符合以下說明，則該項表演
或錄製品並不具備根據本部獲得保護的資格─
(a) 如屬一項表演，在表演時，表演者是以該國家、地區或地方為居籍或在該國家、地區
或地方居住或有該國家、地區或地方的居留權(但並非同時以香港為居籍或在香港居住
或有香港的居留權)的個人；或
(b) 如屬錄製品，在製作該錄製品時，製作者是─
(i) 以該國家、地區或地方為居籍或在該國家、地區或地方居住或有該國家、地區或
地方的居留權(而並非同時以香港為居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留權)的個人；
或
(ii) 根據該國家、地區或地方的法律成立為法團的團體，
而規例可在顧及第(1)款所提述的不利待遇的性質及程度後，為本部的全部目的或為規例所指明的某
些目的，一般地或就規例所指明的個案種類，訂定條文。
(3) 在本條中，“香港表演者”(Hong Kong performers) 指以香港為居籍或在香港居住或有香港的
居留權的屬個人的表演者。
(4) 在本條中，“香港合資格的人”(Hong Kong qualifying persons) 指以下合資格的人─
(a) 以香港為居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留權的個人；或
(b) 是根據香港法律成立為法團的團體。
(5) 行政長官會同行政會議不得就香港亦是締約方或延伸適用於香港的雙邊或多邊版權或有關
權利的公約的締約國家、地區或地方行使其在本條下的權力。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 117
條： 237 過渡性條文及保留條文 30/06/1997
附表3載有過渡性條文及保留條文。該等條文關乎在本部生效前作出的表演以及所作出的作為或
發生的事情，並在其他方面關乎本部條文的實施。
條： 238 與版權條文中的詞句具有相同涵義的詞句 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
釋義
(1) 以下詞句在本部中的涵義，與該等詞句在第II部(版權)中的涵義相同─
文學作品；
有線傳播節目；
有線傳播節目服務；
版權審裁處；
業務；
過境物品；
發表；
影片；
廣播；
輸入；
輸出；
聲音紀錄；
獲授權人員；
關長；及
藝術作品。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂；由2007年第15號第59條修訂)
(1A) 在第207(1A)、211(1A)及228(1A)條中，“經營”(dealing in) 包括買入、出售、出租、輸入、
輸出及分發。 (由2000年第64號第15條增補)
(2) 第8(3)至(5)條、第9(4)及27(4)條(關於廣播及有線傳播節目服務的補充條文)的條文為施行本
部並就侵犯本部賦予的權利而適用，一如該等條文為施行第II部並就侵犯版權而適用一樣。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 211 U.K.]
條： 239 界定詞句的索引 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
下表顯示界定或以其他方式解釋本部所用詞句的條文(但就只在同一條中使用的詞句作出界定或
解釋的條文則除外)─
分發權 第204(5)條
文學作品 第238(1)條(及第4(1)條)
向公眾提供的權利 第205(5)條
合資格的人 第234條
合資格表演 第201條
有線傳播節目、有線傳播節目服務
(及相關詞句)
第238條(及第9條)
表演 第200(2)條
表演者 第200(2)條
表演者的同意(關於表演者的經濟 第215(2)條
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 118
權利)
表演者的非經濟權利 第224(1)條
表演者的經濟權利
侵犯權利的複製品
第215(1)條
第229條
租賃權 (由2007年第15號第60條增補) 第207A(4)條
專用特許 第218條
業務 (由2000年第64號第16條修訂) 第238(1)條(及第198(1)條)
經營 (由2000年第64號第16條增補) 第238(1A)條
發表
複製品及複製
第238(1)條(及第196條)
第203條
複製權 第203(4)條
影片 第238(1)條(及第7條)
廣播(及相關詞句) 第238條(及第8條)
獨有錄製合約 第208(1)條
聲音紀錄 第238(1)條(及第6條)
錄製品(表演的) 第200(2)條
錄製權(具有錄製權的人) 第208(2)及(3)條
藝術作品 (由2007年第15號第60條增補) 第238(1)條(及第5條)
權利擁有人(就表演者的經濟權利) 第215(3)及(4)條
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 212 U.K.]
部：
分部：
III
II
在表演中的權利︰允許的作為 30/06/1997
條： 240 引言 30/06/1997
(1) 本分部的條文指明某些在儘管有本部賦予的權利的情況下仍可就表演或錄製品而作出的作
為；該等條文只關乎侵犯該等權利的問題而不影響限制作出任何該等指明作為的任何其他權利或義
務。
(2) 在決定本分部指明的作為是否可在儘管有本部賦予的權利的情況下就表演或錄製品而作出
時，基本考慮因素是該項作為並不與具有本部賦予的權利的權利擁有人對該表演或錄製品的正常利
用有所抵觸以及該項作為並沒有不合理地損害該等權利的權利擁有人的合法權益。
(3) 不得從憑藉本分部可予作出而不屬侵犯本部賦予的權利的任何作為的描述﹐而推論該等權
利的範圍。
(4) 本分部各條條文的解釋須互相獨立，故某作為並不屬於某條文的範圍，並不表示另一條文
不涵蓋該作為。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 1 U.K.]
條： 241 批評、評論及新聞報導 30/06/1997
(1) 為以下目的而公平處理任何表演或錄製品，並不屬侵犯本部賦予的任何權利─
(a) 批評或評論該項表演或錄製品或另一表演或錄製品或批評或評論某一作品；或
(b) 報導時事。
(2) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第39條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 119
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 2 U.K.]
條： 242 附帶地包括表演或錄製品 30/06/1997
(1) 任何表演或錄製品如附帶地包括在任何聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播節目內，並不屬
侵犯本部賦予的權利。
(2) 任何東西的製作若憑藉第(1)款而不屬侵犯該等權利，則就該等東西的複製品而作出的任何
事情，或播放、放映或廣播該東西或將該東西包括在有線傳播節目服務內，亦不屬侵犯該等權利。
(3) 蓄意將由音樂組成或由伴隨音樂而講出或唱出的文字組成的表演或錄製品包括在任何聲音
紀錄、廣播或有線傳播節目內，並不視為附帶地包括在該等聲音紀錄、廣播或有線傳播節目內。
(4) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第40條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 3 U.K.]
條： 242A 為教學或接受教學的目的而作的公平處理 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 在由教育機構提供的指明課程中，教師或任何代表他的人或學生如為教學或接受教學的目
的而公平處理某項表演或錄製品，即不屬侵犯本部賦予的任何權利。
(2) 法院在裁定對表演或錄製品的處理是否第(1)款所指的公平處理時，須考慮有關個案的整體
情況，並尤其須考慮—
(a) 該項處理的目的及性質，包括該項處理是否為非牟利的目的而作出以及是否屬商業性
質；
(b) 該表演或錄製品的性質；
(c) 就該表演或錄製品的整項而言，被處理的部分所佔的數量及實質分量；及
(d) 該項處理對該表演或錄製品的潛在市場或價值的影響。
(3) 凡任何錄製品(若非因本條即屬侵犯權利的錄製品者)按照本條製作，但其後該錄製品被用以
進行交易，則—
(a) 就該交易而言，該錄製品須視為侵犯權利的錄製品；及
(b) 如該交易侵犯本部賦予的任何權利，則就所有其後的目的而言，該錄製品須視為侵犯
權利的錄製品。
(4) 凡對錄製品的處理，涉及透過全部或部分由任何教育機構控制的有線或無線網絡而提供該
錄製品的複製品─
(a) 如該教育機構沒有─
(i) 採用科技措施，限制透過該網絡而取用該錄製品的複製品，以令該錄製品的複製
品，只提供予在有關指明課程中為教學或接受教學的目的而有需要使用該錄製品
的複製品的人，或為保養或管理該網絡的目的而有需要使用該錄製品的複製品的
人；或
(ii) 確保將該錄製品的複製品貯存於該網絡中的期間，不超過在有關指明課程中為教
學或接受教學的目的而有需要保留的期間或(在任何情況下)不超過連續12個月的期
間，
則該項處理不屬第(1)款所指的公平處理；而
(b) 如該教育機構─
(i) 採用科技措施，限制透過該網絡而取用該錄製品的複製品，以令該錄製品的複製
品，只提供予在有關指明課程中為教學或接受教學的目的而有需要使用該錄製品
的複製品的人，或為保養或管理該網絡的目的而有需要使用該錄製品的複製品的
人；及
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 120
(ii) 確保將該錄製品的複製品貯存於該網絡中的期間，不超過在有關指明課程中為教
學或接受教學的目的而有需要保留的期間或(在任何情況下)不超過連續12個月的期
間，
則第(2)款適用於裁定該項處理是否屬第(1)款所指的公平處理。
(5) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第41A條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
(由2007年第15號第61條增補)
條： 243 為教學或考試的目的而作出的事情 30/06/1997
(1) 在影片製作或影片聲帶製作的教學或教學準備過程中，由教學或接受教學的人將任何表演
的錄製品在合理的範圍內複製，並不屬侵犯本部所賦予的權利。
(2) 以下作為並不屬侵犯本部所賦予的權利─
(a) 為在考試中擬出試題或解答試題而複製任何表演的錄製品；或
(b) 為考試的目的，藉向考生傳達問題而作出的任何事情。
(3) 凡任何錄製品(假使非因本條該錄製品即屬侵犯權利的錄製品)按照本條製作，但其後有人進
行如此製作的錄製品交易，則就該項交易而言，該錄製品須視為侵犯權利的錄製品，又如該項交易
侵犯本部所賦予的任何權利，則就所有其後的目的而言，該錄製品須視為侵犯權利的錄製品。
就本款而言，“進行交易”(dealt with) 指出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租
而展示。
(4) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第41條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 4 U.K.]
條： 244 在教育機構播放或放映聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播
節目
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 在任何教育機構內為教學的目的而播放或放映任何聲音紀錄、影片、廣播或有線傳播節
目，而觀眾或聽眾只包括或主要包括該機構的教師和學生、該機構的學生的父母或監護人及與該機
構的活動有直接關連的其他人，則就侵犯本部所賦予權利而言該項播放或放映不屬公開播放或放映
任何表演。 (由2007年第15號第62條修訂)
(2) (由2007年第15號第62條廢除)
(3) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第43條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 5 U.K.]
條： 245 由教學機構製作的廣播及有線傳播節目的紀錄 30/06/1997
(1) 任何廣播或有線傳播節目的紀錄或該紀錄的複製品可由教育機構或代教育機構為該機構的
教育目的而製作，而不屬侵犯本部就包括在其中的任何表演或錄製品而賦予的任何權利。
(2) 如有特許計劃下的特許授權進行有關的記錄或複製，而製作紀錄或複製品的人已知道或應
已知道該事實，則本條並不授權進行有關的記錄或複製或在該特許所授權的範圍內進行有關的記錄
或複製。
(3) 凡任何紀錄或複製品(假使非因本條該紀錄或複製品即屬侵犯權利的錄製品)按照本條製作，
但其後有人進行該紀錄或複製品的交易，則就該項交易而言，該紀錄或複製品須視為侵犯權利的錄
製品，又如該項交易侵犯本部賦予的任何權利，則就所有其後的目的而言，該紀錄或複製品須視為
侵犯權利的錄製品。
就本款而言，“進行交易”(dealt with) 指出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租，或為出售或出租
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 121
而展示。
(4) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第44條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 6 U.K.]
條： 246 由圖書館館長或檔案室負責人製作複製品︰在文化或歷史
方面有重要性的物品
30/06/1997
(1) 如某物品在文化或歷史方面有重要性或有令人感興趣之處，並相當可能因出售或輸出而使
香港失去該物品，則指明圖書館的館長或指明檔案室的負責人可製作該物品的複製品和將該複製品
存放於該圖書館或檔案室，而不屬侵犯本部就該物品賦予的任何權利。
(2) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第53條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 7 U.K.]
條： 246A 為公共行政的目的而公平處理 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 政府、行政會議、司法機構或任何區議會如為有效率地處理緊急事務的目的，而公平處理
某項表演或錄製品，即不屬侵犯本部賦予的任何權利。
(2) 法院在裁定對表演或錄製品的處理是否第(1)款所指的公平處理時，須考慮有關個案的整體
情況，並尤其須考慮—
(a) 該項處理的目的及性質，包括該項處理是否為非牟利的目的而作出以及是否屬商業性
質；
(b) 該表演或錄製品的性質；
(c) 就該表演或錄製品的整項而言，被處理的部分所佔的數量及實質分量；及
(d) 該項處理對該表演或錄製品的潛在市場或價值的影響。
(3) 凡任何錄製品(若非因本條即屬侵犯權利的錄製品者)按照本條製作，但其後該錄製品被用以
進行交易，則—
(a) 就該交易而言，該錄製品須視為侵犯權利的錄製品；及
(b) 如該交易侵犯本部賦予的任何權利，則就所有其後的目的而言，該錄製品須視為侵犯
權利的錄製品。
(4) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第54A條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
(由2007年第15號第63條增補)
條： 246B 立法會 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 以下作為不屬侵犯本部所賦予的權利─
(a) 為立法會程序的目的或為報導該等程序的目的而作出任何事情；或
(b) 為行使立法會的權力及執行其職能的目的而─
(i) 由立法會議員或任何人代立法會議員；或
(ii) 由立法會行政管理委員會或任何人代立法會行政管理委員會，
作出任何事情。
(2) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第54B條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
(由2007年第15號第63條增裞( �/p>
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 122
條： 247 司法程序 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
司法程序
(由2007年第15號第64條修訂)
(1) 為司法程序的目的或為報導該等程序的目的而作出任何事情，並不屬侵犯本部所賦予的權
利。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂；由2007年第15號第64條修訂)
(2) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第54條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 8 U.K.]
條： 248 法定研訊 30/06/1997
(1) 為法定研訊程序的目的或為報導公開進行的該等程序的目的而作出任何事情，並不屬侵犯
本部賦予的權利。
(2) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第55條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 9 U.K.]
條： 249 公共紀錄 30/06/1997
(1) 開放予公眾查閱的公共紀錄內的材料可予複製，複製品亦可供應予任何人，而該項複製及
供應並不屬侵犯本部所賦予的任何權利。
(2) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第58條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 10 U.K.]
條： 250 根據法定權限所作出的作為 30/06/1997
(1) 凡某條例(不論何時制定)明確授權作出某作為，則除非該條例另有規定，否則作出該作為不
屬侵犯本部賦予的權利。
(2) 本條不得解釋為令任何可根據或憑藉任何條例而提出的法定權限免責辯護不得提出。
(3) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第59條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 11 U.K.]
條： 251 表演的電子形式錄製品的轉移 30/06/1997
(1) 凡有人購買任何表演的電子形式的錄製品(已向公眾提供的該等錄製品除外)，而按購買的條
款(不論是明訂的或是隱含的或是憑藉任何法律規則而有的條款)，是容許該購買者製作與其使用該
錄製品有關連的進一步錄製品的，本條即適用。
(2) 如沒有明訂條款─
(a) 禁止購買者將該錄製品轉移、施加在轉移後仍繼續的義務、禁止轉讓任何同意，或規
定同意在轉移時即告終止；或
(b) 規定受讓人可在甚麼條款下作出購買者獲允許作出的事情，
則凡屬購買者獲允許作出的事情，受讓人均可作出，而不屬侵犯本部賦予的權利；但購買者所製作
的任何錄製品，如沒有一併轉移，則在該項轉移後，該等錄製品就任何目的而言均視為侵犯權利的
錄製品。
(3) 如原本購買的錄製品已不能再用，而所轉移的是取代該錄製品而使用的進一步複製品，則
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 123
第(2)款亦適用。
(4) 上述條文亦適用於其後的轉移，但在第(2)款中提述購買者，須代以提述其後的出讓人。
(5) 就在本部生效日期之前購買的錄製品而言，本條不適用。
(6) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第64條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 12 U.K.]
條： 252 在向公眾提供表演時允許進行的某些複製 30/06/1997
凡某錄製品向公眾人士提供(如第205條所指者)，而為讓該等公眾人士中任何人觀看或聆聽該錄
製品而合理地需要複製該錄製品，該項複製在符合以下條件的前提下並不屬侵犯本部賦予錄製表演
的權利︰該作為並不抵觸對該錄製品的正常利用，且並非不合理地妨害表演者及具有錄製權的人對
該表演的合法權益。
條： 253 在某些情況下使用講出的文字的錄製品 30/06/1997
(1) 凡為下列目的製作文學作品的誦讀或背誦的錄製品─
(a) 報導時事；或
(b) 廣播該朗讀或背誦的整項或其部分，或將該朗讀或背誦的整項或其部分包括在有線傳
播節目服務內，
則如第(2)款所述條件獲符合，使用該錄製品(或複製該錄製品並使用該複製品)作上述用途，並不屬
侵犯本部賦予的權利。
(2) 有關的條件為─
(a) 該錄製品是朗讀或背誦的直接錄製品，而非取自以前的錄製品或取自廣播或有線傳播
節目；
(b) 朗讀或背誦的人或代表該人的人不禁止製作該錄製品；
(c) 將該錄製品作有關使用並非屬在該錄製品製作前由或代表該人所禁止的使用類別；及
(d) 由合法管有該錄製品的人或在其授權下作有關使用。
(3) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第67條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 13 U.K.]
條： 254 民歌的錄製品 30/06/1997
(1) 凡為了將歌曲表演的錄製品包括在指定機構所經辦的檔案室內，而將歌曲的表演製作成錄
製品，則如第(2)款所列條件獲符合，該項製作並不屬侵犯本部賦予的任何權利。
(2) 有關的條件為─
(a) 在製作有關錄製品時該等歌曲的歌詞未曾發表並屬作者不為人知；
(b) 有關錄製品的製作不屬侵犯任何版權；及
(c) 有關錄製品的製作未為任何表演者禁止。
(3) 如訂明條件獲符合，則依據第(1)款製作並包括在指定機構所經辦的檔案室內的錄製品，可
由檔案室負責人複製和供應予他人，而不屬侵犯本部賦予的任何權利。
(4) 在本條中─
“訂明條件”(the prescribed conditions) 指為施行第70條而訂明的條件；及
“指定機構”(designated body) 指為施行第70條而指定的機構，
而本條中所用其他詞句的涵義與該條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 14 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 124
條： 255 為會社、社團等目的而表演、放映或展示或播放作品 30/06/1997
(1) 凡作為某會社、社團或其他組織的活動的一部分或為該會社、社團或其他組織的利益而表
演、放映或展示或播放作品(廣播或有線傳播節目除外)，並符合以下條件，則不屬侵犯本部賦予的
任何權利。
(2) 有關的條件為─
(a) 該會社、社團或組織並非為牟利而成立或經營，而其主要宗旨屬慈善性質，或是關於
宣揚宗教，或推廣教育或社會福利；及
(b) 表演、放映或展示或播放該作品的地方的入場費的收益，純粹是運用於該會社、社團
或組織的目的。
(3) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第76條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 15 U.K.]
條： 256 為廣播或有線傳播節目而附帶地製作錄製品 30/06/1997
(1) 任何人如打算廣播某項表演的錄製品，或將某項表演的錄製品包括在有線傳播節目服務
內，則在不侵犯本部賦予的權利的情況下，就本部而言，該人須視為已獲同意為廣播或有線傳播節
目的目的而製作進一步錄製品。
(2) 該項同意須受以下條件規限─
(a) 有關的進一步錄製品不得用作任何其他用途；及
(b) 在自有關的進一步錄製品首次用作廣播該項表演或將該項表演包括在有線傳播節目服
務內起計的3個月內，必須將該有關的進一步錄製品銷毀。
(3) 按照本條製作的錄製品─
(a) 就於違反第(2)(a)款提及的條件的情況下使用而言，須視為侵犯權利的錄製品；及
(b) 在該條件或第(2)(b)款提及的條件遭違反後，就所有目的而言，須視為侵犯權利的錄製
品。
(4) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第77條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 16 U.K.]
條： 257 為監管和控制廣播及有線傳播節目而製作紀錄 L.N. 18 of 2012 01/04/2012
(1) 香港電台為維持監管和控制其廣播的節目而將該等節目製作成紀錄，或使用該等紀錄，並
不屬侵犯本部賦予的權利。
(2) 以下製作或使用紀錄並不屬侵犯本部賦予的權利─
(a) 通訊事務管理局為履行《廣播(雜項條文)條例》(第391章)第9條提及的該局的職能而製
作或使用錄製品；或 (由2011年第17號第28條修訂)
(b) 履行該等職能而依據通訊事務管理局的指示製作或使用錄製品。 (由2011年第17號第28
條修訂)
(3) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第78條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 17 U.K.]
條： 258 免費公開放映或播放廣播或有線傳播節目 30/06/1997
(1) 如向任何觀眾或聽眾公開放映或播放任何廣播或有線傳播節目(不包括經編碼處理的廣播或
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 125
有線傳播節目)，而該等觀眾或聽眾並沒有支付進入觀看或聆聽該廣播或節目的地方的入場費，則該
項放映或播放並不屬侵犯─
(a) 本部就包括在該項廣播或有線傳播節目內的表演或錄製品而賦予的權利；或
(b) 本部就包括在藉接收該項廣播或有線傳播節目而公開播放或放映的任何聲音紀錄或影
片內的表演或錄製品而賦予的權利。
(2) 如有以下情況，觀眾或聽眾可視為已支付進入某地方的入場費─
(a) 該等觀眾或聽眾已支付進入某一地方的入場費，而該某地方構成該某一地方的一部
分；或
(b) 在該某地方(或該某地方構成其一部分的地方)有貨品供應或服務提供，而該貨品或服務
的價格─
(i) 實質上可歸因於提供觀看或聆聽該廣播或節目的設施；或
(ii) 高於通常在該地方收取的價格，並且可部分歸因於上述設施。
(3) 凡─
(a) 某一地方是由慈善組織營辦的，而在其內所提供的設施並非為牟利的，則以該地方的
居民或住客身分入場的人並不視為已支付進入該某一地方的入場費；
(b) 某會社或社團的主要宗旨屬慈善性質，或是關於宣揚宗教，或推廣教育或社會福利
的，而所支付的有關費用只是該會社或社團的會籍費用，且提供觀看或聆聽廣播或節
目的設施，亦只是為該會社或社團的主要目的而附帶地提供的，則以該會社或社團的
會員身分入場的人，並不視為已支付進入該某一地方的入場費。
(4) 凡作出該項廣播或將該節目包括在有線傳播節目服務內屬侵犯本部就任何表演或錄製品所
賦予的權利，則在評估該項侵犯權利行為的損害賠償時，藉接收該項廣播或節目而使公眾聆聽或觀
看該廣播或節目這一事實須列為考慮因素。
(5) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第81條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 18 U.K.]
條： 258A 在車輛內播放聲音廣播 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 凡在車輛內播放聲音廣播的主要目的，是讓該車輛的司機取得公共資訊(包括(但不限於)新
聞報導、天氣預測及關於交通情況的資訊)，則如此播放聲音廣播並不屬侵犯本部賦予的任何權利。
(2) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第81A條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
(由2007年第15號第65條增補)
條： 259 接收和再傳送有線傳播節目服務的廣播 L.N. 18 of 2012 01/04/2012
(1) 將表演或錄製品包括在電視廣播或聲音廣播內，而該廣播藉接收和在沒有作出更改的情況
下即時再傳送而包括在以下系統或互相連接所提供的服務內，並不屬侵犯本部賦予的權利─
(a) 在《電訊條例》(第106章)第8(4)(e)條所指範圍內的公共天線廣播分配系統；
(b) 在《電訊條例》(第106章)第8(4)(e)條所指範圍內的公共天線廣播分配系統與根據《電訊
條例》(第106章)領有牌照或當作領有牌照的收費電視網絡之間的互相連接，而該項再
傳送的目的是供公共天線廣播分配系統的用戶接收；或 (由2000年第48號第44條修訂)
(c) 領有根據《電訊條例》(第106章)發出的廣播轉播電台牌照的系統。 (由2011年第17號第
28條修訂)
(2) 將表演或錄製品包括在某電視廣播或聲音廣播內，而該廣播是未經編碼處理並且是藉接收
和在沒有作出更改的情況下即時再傳送而包括在以下系統或互相連接所提供的服務內，並不屬侵犯
本部賦予的權利─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 126
(a) 領有根據《電訊條例》(第106章)發出的衛星電視共用天線牌照的系統；或 (由2011年第
17號第28條修訂)
(b) 在領有根據《電訊條例》(第106章)發出的衛星電視共用天線牌照的系統與根據《電訊
條例》(第106章)領有牌照或當作領有牌照的收費電視網絡之間的互相連接，而該項再
傳送的目的是供衛星電視共用天線系統的用戶接收， (由2000年第48號第44條修訂；由
2011年第17號第28條修訂)
直至自按照第(6)款刊登通知當日起計的6個月屆滿為止。
(3) 凡某電視廣播或聲音廣播從香港或其他地方的某地方作出或作向上傳輸，而該廣播乃合法
的的廣播，則任何人因藉接收和即時再傳送沒有作出更改的該廣播而將任何節目(該節目須屬包含一
項表演者)包括在藉第(1)或(2)款所指明的系統或互相連接所提供的服務內，則該人在任何關於侵犯該
項表演的表演者權利(如有的話)的法律程序中的地位，猶如其為由表演者批出的將該項表演包括在
任何已如此包括在該服務內的節目的特許的持有人一樣。
(4) 儘管有第(1)及(2)款的規定，凡廣播的製作屬侵犯該等權利，則在評估該項侵犯權利行為的
損害賠償時，該廣播是作為有線傳播節目服務的節目而再傳送這一事實須列為考慮因素。
(5) 凡電視廣播或聲音廣播沒有經編碼處理，則任何人如藉接收和即時再傳送沒有作出更改的
該廣播而將節目包括在藉第(2)款所指明的系統或互相連接所提供的服務內，該人即當作已獲該廣播
的製作者批給隱含特許以使用該系統接收和再傳送該廣播，而該隱含特許只可藉按照第(6)款給予的
通知撤銷。
(6) 根據第(5)款當作已批出特許的廣播的製作者可在─
(a) 一份行銷於香港的中文報章；及
(b) 一份行銷於香港的英文報章，
刊登撤銷通知而撤銷該特許。
(7) 本條中所用詞句的涵義與第82條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 19 U.K.]
條： 260 提供附有字幕的廣播或有線傳播節目的複製品 30/06/1997
(1) 為了將附有字幕或在其他方面經變通以切合失聰或聽覺有問題的人或身體上或精神上有其
他方面殘障的人的特殊需要的電視廣播或有線傳播節目的複製品提供予該等人士，任何指定機構均
可製作該等電視廣播或有線傳播節目的紀錄而不屬侵犯本部就包括在廣播或有線傳播節目內的表演
或錄製品賦予的任何權利。
(2) 如有特許計劃下的特許授權進行有關記錄，而製作紀錄的人已知道或應已知道該事實，則
本條並不授權進行有關的記錄或在該特許所授權的範圍內進行有關的記錄。
(3) 在本條中，“指定機構”(designated body) 指為施行第83條而指定的機構；而本條中所用的
其他詞句的涵義與第83條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 20 U.K.]
條： 261 為存檔而製作廣播或有線傳播節目的紀錄 30/06/1997
(1) 為了將某指定類別的廣播或有線傳播節目的紀錄或其複製品放在由指定機構經辦的檔案室
內，任何人均可製作該紀錄或其複製品而不屬侵犯本部就包括在廣播或有線傳播節目內的表演或錄
製品而賦予的任何權利。
(2) 在本條中，“指定類別”(designated class) 和“指定機構”(designated body) 分別指為施行第
84條而指定的類別及機構；而本條中所用的其他詞句的涵義與該條中該等詞句的涵義相同。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 2 para. 21 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 127
部：
分部：
III
III
關乎輸入侵犯權利的錄製品的法律程序 30/06/1997
條： 262 定義 30/06/1997
在本分部中─
“扣留令”(detention order) 指根據第264(1)條作出的命令；
“權利持有人”(right holder) 指─
(a) 根據本部有表演者權利存在的表演的表演者，或該等表演的表演者的經濟權利的專用
特許持有人；或
(b) 就該等表演有錄製權的人。
條： 263 扣留令的申請 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡就某表演而言屬權利持有人的人，有合理理由懷疑屬構成該表演的侵犯權利的錄製品的
物品可能被輸入，則該權利持有人可向原訟法庭申請根據第264(1)條作出命令。 (由1998年第25號第
2條修訂)
(2) 根據第(1)款提出的申請可以單方面提出，但須事先給予關長通知。 (由1999年第22號第3條
修訂)
(3) 根據第(1)款提出的申請，必須採用法院規則訂明的格式，並須有權利持有人作出的誓章支
持，而該誓章須─
(a) 述明於提出申請時，有關的表演根據本部有在表演中的權利存在；
(b) 述明宣誓人是本部賦予的在表演中的權利的擁有人或是該等權利的專用特許持有人；
(c) (凡宣誓人宣稱是專用特許持有人)述明宣誓人賴以證明他是專用特許持有人的事實，並
附有宣誓人賴以證明他是專用特許持有人的文件作為證物；
(d) 述明附於誓章作為證物的該表演的錄製品的複製品是該錄製品的獲授權複製品；
(e) 述明提出申請的理由，包括宣誓人賴以顯示有關物品表面看來是侵犯權利的錄製品的
事實；
(f) 列出有關物品的足夠詳細說明，使關長可輕易辨認該物品； (由1999年第22號第3條修
訂)
(g) 列出預期採用的運輸工具的詳情及預期輸入的日期，以及識別輸入者的詳情(如有的
話)；及
(h) 列出法院規則所訂明的其他資料和附有法院規則訂明的其他文件作為證物。
(4) 任何人不得就過境物品而根據第(1)款提出申請。
(5) 如有任何人輸入任何物品供他私人和家居使用，則不得根據第(1)款就該輸入提出申請。
(6) 第121條適用於任何根據本部而存在於合資格表演的表演者的經濟權利的專用特許持有人按
照第(3)款作出的誓章，而適用的方式與假使該誓章是由表演者的經濟權利的擁有人作出而該條即會
適用的方式相同。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 128
條： 264 扣留令的發出 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡有就根據第263條提出的申請而進行的聆訊，則如在進行該聆訊時權利持有人出示充分的
證據，令原訟法庭信納有關物品表面看來是侵犯權利的錄製品，則原訟法庭可作出命令，指示關長
或任何獲授權人員採取合理措施，於該物品輸入時或輸入後檢取或扣留該物品。
(2) 原訟法庭可規定權利持有人提供保證或任何相等的擔保，其款額須足以保障輸入者及對被
檢取或扣留物品享有權益的任何其他人(包括該物品的收貨人及擁有人)在該項檢取扣留如屬錯誤或
該物品如根據第265(6)條發還輸入者時，可免受可能會招致的任何損失或損害。
(3) 扣留令可載有原訟法庭認為適當的條款及條件。
(4) 如任何物品已由關長或任何獲授權人員依據任何法律檢取或扣留，並正由其保管，則原訟
法庭不得就該物品作出扣留令。
(5) 凡關長或任何獲授權人員依據本分部或第II部第VII分部以外的任何法律檢取或扣留任何物
品，則就該物品而作出的任何扣留令即停止具有效力。
(6) 凡原訟法庭作出扣留令，則權利持有人須立即將該命令的副本一份送達關長。
(7) 扣留令由作出的日期或由原訟法庭指明的較後日期起具有效力，並須於從自該日期起計的
60天屆滿時停止具有效力，但如關長或任何獲授權人員已依據該命令於該期間內檢取或扣留該命令
適用的任何物品，則屬例外。
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂；由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 265 扣留令的強制執行 L.N. 362 of 1997; 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡某扣留令送達關長，則關長或任何獲授權人員須在該命令的條款及條件的規限下，檢取
或扣留該命令適用的任何物品。
(2) 權利持有人須─
(a) 向關長或任何獲授權人員提供關於該物品及有關輸入的充分資料，使該物品可以辨認
和使付運的貨物或有關輸入可以識別，並提供關長或任何獲授權人員為執行該扣留令
而可合理要求的任何其他資料；
(b) 將一筆關長認為足以償付政府就執行該扣留令而相當可能招致的費用的款額存放於關
長處；及
(c) 在獲得關長或任何獲授權人員就將該物品被檢取或扣留一事以書面通知後，提供他要
求的貯存空間及其他設施。
(3) 如權利持有人沒有遵從第(2)款，關長或任何獲授權人員可拒絕執行扣留令。
(4) 關長在給予權利持有人書面通知後，可向原訟法庭申請執行該扣留令的指示，而原訟法庭
在給予權利持有人獲聆聽的機會後，可發出其認為合適的指示。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(5) 在任何物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留後，關長或任何獲授權人員須立即將檢取或扣留一事
以書面通知─
(a) 有關權利持有人；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 129
(b) 有關輸入者；及
(c) 該命令的條款規定須通知的任何其他人。
(6) 如權利持有人在獲給予有關檢取或扣留的通知後10天內，沒有以書面通知關長，謂關乎該
物品的侵犯權利訟訴已根據本部提起，則除第(7)款及授權關長或任何獲授權人員檢取或扣留物品的
任何法律另有規定外，關長或任何獲授權人員須將已依據扣留令被檢取或扣留的任何物品發還輸入
者。
(7) 原訟法庭可應權利持有人提出的申請，在給予關長及根據第(5)款規定須予通知的每名人士
獲聆聽的機會後，如信納延長第(6)款所提述的期間的請求合理，將該期間延長，但延長的期間以不
超逾10天為限。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(8) 在根據第(7)款進行的法律程序中，原訟法庭可要求權利持有人除提供按照第264(2)條提供的
保證或任何相等的擔保外，尚須提供額外的保證或任何相等的擔保。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(9) 凡權利持有人在第(6)款所提述的期間內(該期間或已根據第(7)款延長)，已經以書面通知關
長，謂關乎該物品的侵犯權利訴訟已根據本部提起，則關長或任何獲授權人員須在侵犯權利法律程
序中法院所作出的指示的規限下，繼續保管該物品。
(10) 在計算第(6)款所提述的期間(該期間或已根據第(7)款延長)時，任何公眾假期、烈風警告日
或黑色暴雨警告日均不得計算在內。
(11) 在本條中─
“黑色暴雨警告日”(black rainstorm warning day) 指全日或其中部分時間有黑色暴雨警告的日子，而
“黑色暴雨警告”(black rainstorm warning) 指由香港天文台台長藉使用通常稱為黑色暴雨警告訊
號的暴雨警告訊號而發出的關於在香港或香港附近有暴雨的警告； (由1997年第362號法律公告
修訂)
“烈風警告日”(gale warning day) 指全日或其中部分時間有烈風警告的日子，而“烈風警告”(gale
warning) 具有《司法程序(烈風警告期間聆訊延期)條例》(第62章)第2條給予該詞的涵義。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 266 扣留令的更改或推翻 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 關長或權利持有人可隨時向原訟法庭申請更改扣留令。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(2) 受扣留令影響的輸入者或任何其他人可隨時向原訟法庭申請更改或推翻該命令。
(3) 根據第(1)或(2)款提出申請的人須將定出的聆訊該申請的日期，按原訟法庭法官的命令通知
其他各方。
(4) 原訟法庭在聆訊根據第(1)或(2)款提出更改扣留令的申請時，可以其認為公正的方式更改該
命令。
(5) 原訟法庭在聆訊根據第(2)款提出推翻扣留令的申請時，可在其認為公正的條款及條件下推
翻該命令。
(6) 就第(3)款而言─
(a) 根據第(1)款提出的申請的各方，指關長、權利持有人及(如有關物品已依據扣留令被檢
取或扣留)輸入者，以及根據第265(5)條規定須予通知的任何其他人；及
(b) 根據第(2)款提出的申請的各方，指關長、權利持有人、申請人及輸入者(如輸入者並非
申請人)。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 130
條： 267 資料的披露 25 of 1998; 22 of 1999
01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條；1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡有任何物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留，則關長可向權利持有人披露─
(a) 輸入者、付貨人及收貨人的姓名或名稱及地址；
(b) 依據該命令檢取或扣留的物品的性質及數量；
(c) 任何人就該項檢取或扣留而向關長或任何獲授權人員所作的任何陳述，但須事先得到
該人的書面同意，如該人已死亡或關長在合理地查究該人的所在後仍未能找到該人，
則不須事先得到該人的書面同意；及
(d) 關乎依據該命令而被檢取或扣留的物品，並且是關長認為適宜披露的任何其他資料或
文件。
(2) 凡權利持有人尋求披露─
(a) 並沒有在第(1)款中提述的任何資料或文件；或
(b) 在第(1)款中提述而關長並沒有披露的資料或文件，
該權利持有人即可向原訟法庭申請一項命令，規定關長披露該等資料或文件，而原訟法庭則可應該
申請而作出其認為合適的命令以規定作出披露。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
(3) 根據第(2)款提出的申請，可在事先給予關長通知的情況下藉動議而開始進行。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 268 檢查物品、發還樣本等 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 凡有任何物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留，關長或任何獲授權人員須─
(a) 給予權利持有人充分機會，為確立其申索而檢查該物品；及
(b) 給予輸入者同等機會，為反駁權利持有人的申索而檢查該物品。
(2) 凡有多於一件物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留，而權利持有人或輸入者(視屬何情況而定)給予
關長或任何獲授權人員所需的承諾，則關長或該獲授權人員可允許權利持有人或輸入者移走被檢取
或扣留的物品的樣本。
(3) 就第(2)款而言，所需的承諾指給予該承諾的人會作出以下事情的書面承諾─
(a) 在關長或獲授權人員認為滿意的指明時間，將樣本交還關長或獲授權人員；及
(b) 以合理謹慎防止對樣本造成不必要的損害。
(4) 如關長或任何獲授權人員允許權利持有人按照本條檢查任何已被檢取或扣留的物品，或移
走任何樣本，則就由於以下所述而使輸入者蒙受的任何損失或損害而言，政府無須對輸入者負上任
何法律責任─
(a) 檢查時所招致對任何物品造成的損害；或
(b) 權利持有人或任何其他人對權利持有人移走的任何樣本作出的任何事情或就該樣本作
出的任何事情，或權利持有人對該樣本作出的任何使用。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 131
條： 269 須繳付的費用 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 關長可評定政府就扣留令的執行而招致的費用，並可從權利持有人根據第265(2)條繳付作為
按金的款額中扣除該等費用。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(2) 根據第(1)款評定的任何費用，須由權利持有人向政府繳付，並可作為民事債項追討。
條： 270 須付予輸入者等的補償 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
(1) 凡有任何物品依據任何扣留令被檢取或扣留，而該物品又依據第265(6)條予以發還，則該物
品的輸入者、收貨人或擁有人可於該命令作出的日期後6個月內，向原訟法庭申請因該項檢取或扣留
而使他蒙受的任何損失或損害的補償。
(2) 凡─
(a) 有任何物品依據扣留令被檢取或扣留；
(b) 任何侵犯權利訴訟在第265(6)條所提述的期間內(該期間可根據第265(7)條延長)，根據本
部就該物品而提起；及
(c) 該宗訴訟中止、侵犯權利的申索被撤回、或法院在侵犯權利法律程序中裁定該項侵犯
權利並沒有獲得證明，
則該物品的輸入者、收貨人或擁有人可在該宗訴訟中止、該項申索被撤回或法院作出裁定(視屬何情
況而定)的日期後6個月內，向原訟法庭申請因該項檢取或扣留而使他蒙受的任何損失或損害的補
償。
(3) 原訟法庭可應根據第(1)或(2)款提出的申請，作出其認為合適的補償令。
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
條： 271 規則 25 of 1998 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1998年第25號第2條
根據《高等法院條例》(第4章)第54條訂立法院規則的權力，包括就規管和訂明根據本分部在原
訟法庭須遵守的程序及常規以及該等程序或常規的任何附帶或有關事宜訂立法院規則(包括訂立訂明
任何根據本分部須由或可由法院規則訂明的事宜或事情的規則)的權力。
(由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
條： 272 關長及獲授權人員的保障 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 關長及獲授權人員無須對就扣留令的執行而真誠地採取或真誠地遺漏採取任何行動而使任
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 132
何人蒙受的任何損失或損害，負上任何法律責任。
(2) 如有就上述職責的執行而真誠地採取或真誠地遺漏採取任何行動，則第(1)款就該行動而賦
予關長及獲授權人員的保障，並不以任何方式影響政府須為所採取或遺漏採取的行動所負上的任何
法律責任。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
部： IIIA 表演者的精神權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條增補)
條： 272A 賦予某些表演者的精神權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
引言
(1) 本部向現場聲藝表演的表演者或所作表演已錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演者，賦予以下精神權
利—
(a) 被識別為表演者的權利(第272B條)；及
(b) 其表演不受貶損處理的權利(第272F條)。
(2) 精神權利只在表演屬合資格表演的情況下賦予有關表演者。
(3) 精神權利是在表演者或任何其他人根據本條例就有關表演享有的任何其他權利之外額外賦
予表演者的。
(4) 在本部中—
“即場向公眾提供”(make available to the public live) 就某項表演而言，指藉有線或無線的方式提供非
錄製表演，而提供的方法能讓在香港或其他地方的公眾人士可從其各自選擇的地點觀看或收聽
該表演；
“演出”(performership) 指以表演者或其中一名表演者的身分參與某項表演；
“聲音紀錄”(sound recording)—
(a) 除(b)段另有規定外，其涵義與第II部(版權)中該詞的涵義相同；
(b) 不包括第II部所指的影片附同的影片聲帶；
“聲藝表演”(aural performance)—
(a) 指能夠被人類耳朵聽見的表演；或
(b) 凡某項表演的某部分能夠被人類耳朵聽見，指該項表演的該部分，
並包括音樂表演、講話表演及形式介乎歌唱與講話之間的表演。
(5) 以下詞句在本部中的涵義，與第II部(版權)中該等詞句的涵義相同—
有線傳播節目；
有線傳播節目服務；
發表；
業務；及
廣播。
(6) 以下詞句在本部中的涵義，與第III部(在表演中的權利)中該等詞句的涵義相同—
合資格表演；
表演；
表演者；及
錄製品。
(7) 如任何音樂作品的表演是在某名指揮的指揮下進行的，則就本部而言，該表演的聲音須視
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 133
為由該名指揮及實際上製造該等聲音的人製造的，而凡提述表演者，即包括提述該名指揮。
(8) 第204(2)、(3)及(4)條經必要的變通後，適用於在本部中對向公眾發放聲音紀錄的複製品的提
述，一如該等條文適用於在第III部中對向公眾發放錄製品的複製品的提述一樣。
(9) 第205(2)、(3)及(4)條經必要的變通後，適用於在本部中對向公眾提供聲音紀錄的複製品的提
述，一如該等條文適用於在第III部中對向公眾提供錄製品的複製品的提述一樣。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272B 被識別為表演者的權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
被識別為表演者的權利
(1) 現場聲藝表演的表演者或所作表演已錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演者，在以下情況下，具有被
識別為有關表演的表演者的權利—
(a) 該項表演作公開舉行、即場向公眾提供、即場廣播或包含在有線傳播節目服務內即場
傳播；或
(b) 將錄製了該項表演的聲音紀錄的複製品向公眾發放或提供、廣播或包含在有線傳播節
目服務內。
(2) 就向公眾發放或提供錄製了表演的聲音紀錄的複製品而言，表演者根據本條具有的權利為
有權在每份該等複製品之上或之內被識別，或(在如此被識別並不適當的情況下)有權以相當可能使
取得該等複製品的人知悉表演者身分的其他方式被識別。
(3) 在第(2)款所提述的情況以外的任何情況下，表演者根據本條具有的權利為有權以相當可能
使聆聽有關表演、廣播或有線傳播節目的人知悉表演者身分的方式被識別。
(4) 第(2)及(3)款所提述的表演者的權利，包括有權以清楚及合理地顯眼或被聽到的方式被識
別。
(5) 如表演者在宣示其被識別的權利時指明用假名、英文名縮寫或其他特定形式的識別方法，
則必須採用該形式，除此以外，可採用任何合理的識別形式。
(6) 如表演是由某些表演者以團體名義作出的，則採用該團體的名稱已屬充分地識別該團體中
的表演者。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272C 第272B條的權利必須宣示 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 除非第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)所賦予的權利已按照以下條文宣示，以就該條所提述
的作為而約束作出該作為的人，否則該人作出該作為，並不屬侵犯該權利。
(2) 該權利可藉以下方式一般性地宣示，或就任何指明作為或指明類別的作為得以宣示—
(a) 在轉讓第III部所賦予的、存在於任何已舉行或將舉行的現場聲藝表演中或存在於任何
已錄製或將錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演中的表演者的經濟權利時，在轉讓該權利的文書
中加入一項陳述，述明該表演者就該項表演或該項錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演宣示其被
識別的權利；或
(b) 由有關表演者簽署的文書。
(3) 受根據第(2)款宣示的權利約束的人—
(a) 就根據第(2)(a)款宣示權利而言，指承讓人及透過承讓人提出申索的人，而不論他是否
知悉有關權利已獲宣示；
(b) 就根據第(2)(b)款宣示權利而言，得悉有關權利已獲宣示的人。
(4) 在就有關權利遭侵犯而進行的訴訟中，法院在考慮補救時，須將宣示該權利的任何延誤列
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 134
入考慮。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272D 第272B條的權利的例外情況 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 凡識別某表演者並非合理地切實可行，則第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)所賦予的權利不
適用。
(2) 就為報導時事的目的而作出的表演而言，該權利不適用。
(3) 就為貨品或服務的廣告宣傳或為作出關於公眾利益的事項的公告的目的而作出的表演而
言，該權利不適用。
(4) 如任何作為憑藉任何以下條文而不屬侵犯第III部所賦予的任何權利，則該作為亦不屬侵犯
第272B條賦予的權利—
(a) 第241條(為某些目的而公平處理)，但只限於該作為是關乎藉聲音紀錄、廣播或有線傳
播節目而報導時事的範圍內；
(b) 第242條(附帶地包括表演或錄製品)；
(c) 第243(2)條(考試試題)；
(d) 第246B條(立法會)；
(e) 第247條(司法程序)；
(f) 第248條(法定研訊)。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272E 反對受貶損處理的權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
反對受貶損處理的權利
(1) 現場聲藝表演的表演者或所作表演已錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演者，具有使其表演不受貶損
處理的權利。
(2) 任何人如作出任何以下作為，即屬侵犯上述權利—
(a) 就任何現場聲藝表演而言，在該表演被安排供公開聆聽、被廣播、被包含在有線傳播
節目內或被即場向公眾提供之時，令該表演或安排該表演遭受貶損處理；
(b) 就任何錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演而言—
(i) 安排該表演藉該聲音紀錄以令該表演遭受貶損處理的方式被公開聆聽，或藉該聲
音紀錄以令該表演遭受貶損處理的方式廣播該表演，或將該表演藉該聲音紀錄以
令該表演遭受貶損處理的方式包含在有線傳播節目內；或
(ii) 以令該表演遭受貶損處理的方式，向公眾提供該聲音紀錄的複製品；或
(c) 就任何已遭受貶損處理並錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演而言—
(i) 安排該聲音紀錄被公開聆聽，或廣播該聲音紀錄，或將該聲音紀錄包含在有線傳
播節目內；或
(ii) 向公眾提供該聲音紀錄的複製品。
(3) 就本條而言—
(a) “處理”(treatment)—
(i) 就現場聲藝表演而言，指對該表演進行任何增添、刪除、修改或改編；或
(ii) 就錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演而言，指對該聲音紀錄進行任何增添、刪除、修改或
改編；及
(b) 如對任何現場聲藝表演或任何錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演作出的處理，構成損害表演者
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 135
聲譽的扭曲、割裂或其他改動，該項處理即屬貶損處理。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272F 管有侵犯權利物品或就侵犯權利物品進行交易而侵犯第
272E條的權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 任何人如—
(a) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，管有任何侵犯權利物品；或
(b) 出售、出租、要約出售或要約出租任何侵犯權利物品，或為出售或出租而展示任何侵
犯權利物品，或分發任何侵犯權利物品，
而該人知道或有理由相信該物品屬侵犯權利物品，則該人亦屬侵犯第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)
所賦予的權利。
(2) 在本條中—
“侵犯權利物品”(infringing article) 指錄製於聲音紀錄內的、符合以下說明的表演—
(a) 曾遭受第272E條所指的貶損處理的；及
(b) 曾經或相當可能在侵犯該權利的情況下屬該條所提述的作為之標的物。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272G 第272E條的權利的例外情況 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 就為報導時事的目的而作出的表演而言，第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)賦予的權利不適
用。
(2) 凡對某表演作出的改動是合乎一般的編輯或製作慣例的，該等改動不屬侵犯上述權利。
(3) 除第(4)款另有規定外，任何為以下目的而作出的作為均不屬侵犯上述權利—
(a) 避免犯罪；或
(b) 履行由成文法則或根據成文法則施加的責任。
(4) 凡表演者已在第(3)款所指的有關作為作出之時被識別，或他先前已在錄製了有關表演的聲
音紀錄的已發表複製品之內或之上被識別，則第(3)款只在有足夠的卸責聲明的情況下，具有效力。
(5) 在第(4)款中，“足夠的卸責聲明”(sufficient disclaimer) 指一項清晰和合理地顯著的、符合以
下規定的示意—
(a) 在作出第(3)款所指的有關作為之時作出的；及
(b) (如有關表演者當時已被識別)與該識別並排出現的，
而該項示意的內容是：有關現場聲藝表演或錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演曾受到未經有關表演者同意的
處理。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272H 權利的期限 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
補充條文
第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)及第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利，在第III部
所賦予的表演者的權利就錄製了該表演的聲音紀錄而存在的期間持續存在。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増裞( �/p>
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 136
條： 272I 同意及放棄權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 凡在獲得具有第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)及第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予
的權利的人的同意下作出某作為，作出該作為並不屬侵犯該等權利。
(2) 第(1)款所提述的任何權利，均可藉由放棄有關權利的人簽署的文書而放棄。
(3) 放棄權利可關乎某特定表演、某指明類別的表演或一般地關乎所有表演，並可關乎現有或
未來的表演。
(4) 放棄權利可以是有條件或無條件的，亦可明示為可予撤回的。
(5) 放棄權利如是為惠及有關表演的權利的擁有人或準擁有人而作出的，則除非有明示的相反
意願，否則該項放棄權利須推定為延伸適用於該擁有人或準擁有人的特許持有人及所有權繼承人。
(6) 本部條文不得解釋為摒除一般合約法或不容反悔法就任何關乎第(1)款所提述的權利的非正
式放棄或其他處理而施行。
(7) 在本條中，“表演”(performance) 指現場聲藝表演或錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272J 條文對合作表演者的適用情況 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 就合作演出而言，第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)所賦予的權利為每名合作表演者被識別
為合作表演者的權利，而該權利必須由每名合作表演者按照第272C條就其本身而宣示。
(2) 就合作演出而言，第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利為每名合作表演者所享有
的權利；如合作表演者同意有關的處理，即屬體現其權利。
(3) 合作表演者中的其中一名表演者根據第272I條放棄權利，並不影響其他合作表演者的該等
權利。
(4) 如任何現場聲藝表演或錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演是由2名或多於2名表演者演出的，則有關
表演者可訂立書面合作演出協議，讓每名表演者藉該協議同意除聯同其他表演者外，不會就該現場
聲藝表演或該聲音紀錄內的表演(視屬何情況而定)行使第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予他的
權利。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272K 條文對表演的部分的適用情況 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)所賦予的權利就現場聲藝表演或錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演
的整項或其任何實質部分而適用。
(2) 第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利就現場聲藝表演或錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演
的整項或其任何部分而適用。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272L 精神權利不可轉讓 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)及第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利不可轉讓。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272M 在死亡時轉傳精神權利 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 凡具有第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)或第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 137
(“該權利”)的人死亡—
(a) 則該權利轉移予該人藉遺囑性質的處置而特定指示的人；
(b) 如無該等指示，但第III部就有關表演而賦予的表演者的經濟權利構成其遺產的一部
分，而該等經濟權利轉移予另一人，則該權利轉移予該另一人；及
(c) 該權利在沒有根據(a)或(b)段轉移的情況下或在沒有如此轉移的範圍內，可由該人的遺
產代理人行使。
(2) 凡第III部所賦予的表演者的經濟權利構成某人遺產的一部分，而該權利的某部分轉移予某
人而另一部分轉移予另一人，例如某項遺贈只局限於—
(a) 有關擁有人具有獨有權利作出或同意作出的一項或多於一項事情，而非該擁有人具有
獨有權利作出或同意作出的全部事情；或
(b) 該等權利存在的部分期間而非整段期間，
則任何憑藉第(1)(b)款與表演者的經濟權利一併轉移的權利，亦須相應地劃分。
(3) 凡某權利憑藉第(1)(a)或(b)款變成可由多於一人行使，則以下條文就該權利具有效力—
(a) 就第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)所賦予的權利而言，該權利可由該等人當中的任何
人宣示；
(b) 就第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利而言，該權利可由該等人當中的每一
人行使；而如該等人當中的任何人同意有關的處理或作為，該權利即屬就該人而體
現；及
(c) 該等人當中的任何人按照第272I條放棄該權利，並不影響其他人的權利。
(4) 凡某權利憑藉第(1)款轉移予某人，則先前給予的同意或作出的放棄對該人具約束力。
(5) 遺產代理人憑藉本條就某人死後權利遭侵犯而追討所得的損害賠償，須作為該人的遺產的
一部分而傳予，猶如該訴訟權在緊接該人死亡前已存在並歸屬該人一樣。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272N 侵犯表演者的精神權利的補救 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 對第272B條(被識別為表演者的權利)或第272E條(反對受貶損處理的權利)所賦予的權利的侵
犯，可當作為違反對具有該權利的人所負有的法定責任般而就之提起訴訟。
(2) 在就侵犯第272E條賦予的權利而進行的法律程序中，法院如認為在當時情況下批出附有有
關條款的強制令是足夠的補救，即可批出該強制令；上述有關條款是指規定除非有按該法院批准的
條款及方式作出的卸責聲明，說明某表演者與該現場聲藝表演或錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演的處理無
涉，否則禁止作出任何作為。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増補)
條： 272O 與錄製了表演的聲音紀錄有關的推定 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
凡向公眾發放或提供的錄製了表演的聲音紀錄的複製品附有一項陳述，述明—
(a) 某指名的人是該表演中的表演者；或
(b) 某指名表演者團體是該表演中的表演者，
則在憑藉本部就該聲音紀錄而提起的法律程序中，該項陳述可獲接納為所述明事實的證據，且須推
定為正確，直至相反證明成立為止。
(第IIIA部由2007年第15號第66條増裞( �/p>
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 138
部： IV 科技措施及一般條文 30/06/1997
條： 273 第273至273H條的釋義 L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
詳列交互參照：
273A、273B、273C、273D、273E、273F、273G、273H
規避有效科技措施
(由2007年第15號第67條代替)
(1) 在第273A至273H條中，就已就某版權作品而應用的任何有效科技措施而言─ 〈* 註─詳列
交互參照：第273A、273B、273C、273D、273E、273F、273G、273H條 *〉
(a) 如該作品的使用是由該作品的版權擁有人透過該措施而控制的，“規避”(circumvent)
指未獲該版權擁有人的授權而規避該措施；
(b) 如該作品的使用是由該作品的版權擁有人的專用特許持有人透過該措施而控制的，
“規避”(circumvent) 指未獲該專用特許持有人的授權而規避該措施；或
(c) 如該作品的使用是由任何其他人透過該措施而控制，而該其他人是獲該版權作品的版
權擁有人的特許作出以下事宜的─
(i) 向公眾發放該作品的複製品；
(ii) 向公眾提供該作品的複製品；或
(iii) 廣播該作品或將該作品包含在有線傳播節目服務內，
“規避”(circumvent) 指未獲該其他人的授權而規避該措施。
(2) 就本條及第273A至273H條而言，凡某科技措施已就某版權作品而應用，而任何第(1)(a)、(b)
或(c)款所提述的人是通過以下途徑控制該作品的使用，則該措施稱為有效科技措施— 〈* 註─詳列
交互參照：第273A、273B、273C、273D、273E、273F、273G、273H條 *〉
(a) 在正常運作過程中達致擬對該作品作出的保護的存取控制或保護程序(包括加密保護、
擾碼及對該作品作出的任何其他改變)；或
(b) 在正常運作過程中達致擬對該作品作出的保護的控制複製機制。
(3) 在第(2)款中—
(a) “科技措施”(technological measure) 指經設計以在其正常運作過程中保護任何類別的版
權作品的科技、器件、組件或設施；
(b) 凡提述對版權作品作出保護，指為防止或限制作出任何未獲有關作品的版權擁有人的
特許而作出的、並受有關作品的版權所限制的作為；
(c) 對版權作品的使用的提述，並不延伸至在該作品版權所限制的作為的範圍之外使用該
作品。
(由2007年第15號第68條代替)
條： 273A 就對有效科技措施的規避而具有的權利及補救 L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
(1) 除第273D及273H條指明的例外情況外，凡任何有效科技措施已就某版權作品而應用，而任
何人作出任何規避該措施的作為，且該人知道或有理由相信他正在作出規避該措施的作為，則本條
適用。
(2) 下述人士針對第(1)款所提述的人而具有的權利及補救，與版權擁有人就侵犯版權而具有的
權利及補救相同—
(a) 有關作品的版權擁有人；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 139
(b) 有關作品的版權擁有人的專用特許持有人；及
(c) 任何獲有關作品的版權擁有人的特許作出以下事宜的其他人—
(i) 向公眾發放有關作品的複製品；
(ii) 向公眾提供有關作品的複製品；或
(iii) 廣播有關作品或將該作品包含在有線傳播節目服務內。
(3) 第(2)款賦予版權擁有人、專用特許持有人及第(2)(c)款所提述的人的權利及補救是同時具有
的。
(4) 第112(3)及113(1)、(4)、(5)及(6)條經必要的變通後，就關乎版權擁有人、專用特許持有人及
第(2)(c)款所提述的人的法律程序而適用，一如該等條文就關乎具有同時具有的權利及補救的版權擁
有人及專用特許持有人的法律程序而適用一樣。
(5) 第115、116及117條(某些與版權有關的事宜的推定)經必要的變通後，就根據本條提起的法
律程序而適用，一如該等條文就根據第II部(版權)提起的法律程序而適用一樣。
(由2007年第15號第69條増補)
條： 273B 就為規避有效科技措施而設計的器件及服務而具有的權利
及補救
L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 除第273E及273H條指明的例外情況外，凡任何有效科技設施已就某版權作品而應用，而任
何人作出以下作為，則本條適用─
(a) 製作、輸入、輸出、出售或出租、要約出售或要約出租、為出售或出租而展示或宣傳
任何有關器件；
(b) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，公開陳列、管有或分發任何
有關器件；
(c) 分發(但並非為任何貿易或業務的目的，亦並非在任何貿易或業務的過程中分發)任何有
關器件，達到損害該版權的擁有人的權利的程度；或
(d) 提供任何有關服務。
(2) 在第(1)款中—
“有關服務”(relevant service) 就該款所提述的有效科技措施而言，指任何符合以下說明的服務—
(a) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避該措施的；
(b) 除用於規避該措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(c) 是為使人能夠規避該措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而提供的；
“有關器件”(relevant device) 就該款所提述的有效科技措施而言，指任何符合以
下說明的器件、產品、組件或設施—
(a) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避該措施的；
(b) 除用於規避該措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(c) 主要是為使人能夠規避該措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而設計、生產或改裝的。
(3) 下述人士針對第(1)款所提述的人而具有的權利及補救，與版權擁有人就侵犯版權而具有的
權利及補救相同—
(a) 有關作品的版權擁有人；
(b) 有關作品的版權擁有人的專用特許持有人；及
(c) 任何獲有關作品的版權擁有人的特許作出以下事宜的其他人—
(i) 向公眾發放有關作品的複製品；
(ii) 向公眾提供有關作品的複製品；或
(iii) 廣播有關作品或將該作品包含在有線傳播節目服務內。
(4) 第(3)款賦予版權擁有人、專用特許持有人及第(3)(c)款所提述的人的權利及補救是同時具有
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 140
的。
(5) 第112(3)及113(1)、(4)、(5)及(6)條經必要的變通後，就關乎版權擁有人、專用特許持有人及
第(3)(c)款所提述的人的法律程序而適用，一如該等條文就關乎具有同時具有的權利及補救的版權擁
有人及專用特許持有人的法律程序而適用一樣。
(6) 凡有人管有、保管或控制任何器件、產品、組件或設施，而其意圖是該等器件、產品、組
件或設施被用以規避有效科技措施，則版權擁有人、專用特許持有人及第(3)(c)款所提述的人根據第
109條(交付令)就該等器件、產品、組件或設施而具有的權利及補救，與版權擁有人就侵犯版權複製
品而具有的權利及補救相同。
(7) 第(6)款賦予版權擁有人、專用特許持有人及第(3)(c)款所提述的人的權利及補救是同時具有
的。
(8) 第113(7)條(在專用特許持有人與版權擁有人同時具有權利的情況下關乎版權擁有人行使權
利的命令)經必要的變通後，就版權擁有人、專用特許持有人及第(3)(c)款所提述的人並就憑藉第(6)款
而根據第109條作出的任何事宜而適用，一如第113(7)條就具有同時具有的權利及補救的版權持有人
及專用特許持有人並就根據第109條作出的任何事宜而適用一樣。
(9) 第111條(處置侵犯版權複製品或其他物品的命令)經必要的變通後，就處置憑藉第(6)款而根
據第109條交付的任何東西一事而適用。
(10) 第115、116及117條(某些與版權有關的事宜的推定)經必要的變通後，就根據本條提起的法
律程序而適用，一如該等條文就根據第II部(版權)提起的法律程序而適用一樣。
(由2007年第15號第69條増補)
條： 273C 關乎規避有效科技措施的罪行 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 除第273F及273H條指明的例外情況外，凡任何有效科技措施已就某版權作品而應用，任何
人作出以下作為，即屬犯罪—
(a) 製作任何有關器件作出售或出租之用；
(b) 將任何有關器件輸入香港作出售或出租之用；
(c) 將任何有關器件輸出香港作出售或出租之用；
(d) 為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，出售、出租、或要約出售或
要約出租或為出售或出租而展示任何有關器件；
(e) 為任何包含經銷規避器件的貿易或業務的目的或在任何該等貿易或業務的過程中，公
開陳列或分發任何有關器件；
(f) 管有任何有關器件，以期令—
(i) 某人可為任何貿易或業務的目的或在任何貿易或業務的過程中，出售或出租該有
關器件；或
(ii) 某人可為任何包含經銷規避器件的貿易或業務的目的或在任何該等貿易或業務的
過程中，公開陳列或分發該有關器件；或
(g) 為任何規避業務的目的或在任何規避業務的過程中，提供任何有關服務。
(2) 在第(1)款中—
“有關服務”(relevant service) 就該款所提述的有效科技措施而言，指任何符合以下說明的服務─
(a) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避該措施的；
(b) 除用於規避該措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(c) 是為使人能夠規避該措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而提供的；
“有關器件”(relevant device) 就該款所提述的有效科技措施而言—
(a) 除(b)段另有規定外，指任何符合以下說明的器件、產品、組件或設施─
(i) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避該措施的；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 141
(ii) 除用於規避該措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(iii) 主要是為使人能夠規避該措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而設計、生產或改裝
的；
(b) 不包括《廣播條例》(第562章)第6條所提述的未經批准的解碼器，或該條例第7條所提
述的解碼器；
“規避業務”(circumvention business) 指為牟利而經營並包含向公眾要約提供使人能夠規避有效科技
措施或方便規避該措施的服務的業務；
“規避器件”(circumvention device) 指任何符合以下說明的器件、產品、組件或設施─
(a) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避有效科技措施的；
(b) 除用於規避有效科技措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(c) 主要是為使人能夠規避有效科技措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而設計、生產或改裝
的；
“經銷”(dealing in) 指出售、出租或為牟利或報酬而分發。
(3) 任何人犯第(1)款所訂罪行，一經循公訴程序定罪，可處罰款$500000及監禁4年。
(4) 任何就任何有效科技措施被控第(1)款所訂罪行的人，如證明他不知道亦無理由相信屬該罪
行的標的之有關器件或有關服務使人能夠規避該措施或方便規避該措施，即可以此作為免責辯護。
(由2007年第15號第69條増補)
條： 273D 第273A條的例外情況 L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
(1) 在以下情況下，第273A條不適用於某規避有效科技措施的作為—
(a) 該措施已就某電腦程式而應用；
(b) 該作為是為識別或分析該電腦程式的特定元素而作出的，而該等元素並非作出該作為
的人可隨時得知的；
(c) 作出該作為的唯一目的，是達致該電腦程式或另一電腦程式與某獨立編寫的電腦程式
能夠互相兼容操作；
(d) 與作出該作為有關的電腦程式的複製品並非侵犯版權複製品；而且
(e) (b)段所提述的識別或分析的作為不構成侵犯版權。
(2) 第273A條不適用於符合以下說明的規避有效科技措施的作為—
(a) 該作為是由任何電腦、電腦系統或電腦網絡的擁有人或操作員作出，或是在該擁有人
或操作員的授權下作出；而且
(b) 作出該作為的唯一目的，是測試、調查或糾正該電腦、電腦系統或電腦網絡(視屬何情
況而定)在保安上的漏洞或弱點。
(3) 如作出規避有效科技措施的作為的唯一目的，是對密碼學進行研究，而該作為符合以下說
明，則第273A條不適用於該作為—
(a) 有關研究是由任何指明教育機構進行或由他人代該機構進行，或是為在指明教育機構
所提供的密碼學範疇的指明課程中的教學或接受該等教學的目的而進行的，而—
(i) 該研究不構成侵犯版權；
(ii) 為進行該研究而需要作出該作為；及
(iii) 從該研究中取得的資料，除了是以指明方式向公眾發布外，並沒有向公眾發布；
或
(b) 在任何其他情況下—
(i) 該研究不構成侵犯版權；
(ii) 為進行該研究而需要作出該作為；及
(iii) 該作為或向公眾發布從該研究中取得的資料並沒有損害有關版權擁有人的權利。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 142
(4) 在第(3)款中—
“指明方式”(specified manner) 就向公眾發布從密碼學研究取得的資料而言—
(a) 指合理地為達致提高或增進密碼學或有關科技的知識狀況或發展而採用的方式；並
(b) 包括在期刊或會議中發布該等資料，而該等期刊或會議的目標讀者或聽眾，屬主要是
從事密碼學範疇或有關科技範疇的工作的人或正在修讀密碼學範疇或有關科技範疇的
課程的人；
“指明教育機構”(specified educational establishment) 指—
(a) 在附表1第4、6、7、8、9、12、14或15條中指明的教育機構；或
(b) 根據《專上學院條例》(第320章)註冊的香港樹仁大學。
(5) 在以下情況下，第273A條不適用於某規避有效科技措施的作為—
(a) 該措施或已應用該措施的版權作品，能夠收集或發布屬追蹤和記錄任何人使用某電腦
網絡的方式的個人識別資料，而沒有向該人給予關於該收集或發布的明顯通知；
(b) 作出該作為的唯一目的，是識別該措施或該作品(視屬何情況而定)在收集或發布個人識
別資料上的功能，或使其失去該功能；而且
(c) 該作為不影響任何人取用任何作品的能力。
(6) 在以下情況下，第273A條不適用於某規避有效科技措施的作為—
(a) 某人是在使用某科技、產品或器件時作出該作為的；而且
(b) 該科技、產品或器件(視屬何情況而定)的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在電腦互聯網上取
得有害資料。
(7) 在以下情況下，第273A條不適用於某規避有效科技措施的作為—
(a) 該措施已就某以實物方式向公眾發放的版權作品(不論屬任何類別)而應用；
(b) 該措施包含地區性編碼或任何其他為按地區控制市場劃分的目的而具有防止或限制取
用該作品的作用的科技、器件、組件或設施；
(c) 作出該作為的唯一目的，是克服該措施所包含的地區性編碼、科技、器件、組件或設
施(視屬何情況而定)，以取用該作品；而且
(d) 作出該作為所關乎的作品的複製品—
(i) 並非侵犯版權複製品；或
(ii) (如屬侵犯版權複製品)是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的，而它僅
憑藉第35(3)條屬侵犯版權複製品。
(8) 在以下情況下，第273A條不適用於某規避有效科技措施的作為—
(a) 該措施已就第50(1)、51(1)或53條提及的任何類別的複製品而應用；
(b) 有關規避作為是由指明圖書館的館長或指明檔案室的負責人作出的；及
(c) 作出該作為的唯一目的，是作出任何根據第50、51及53條允許的作為。
(9) 如某規避有效科技措施的作為是由執法機構或由他人代執法機構為防止、偵測或調查某罪
行或進行檢控的目的而作出的，則第273A條不適用於該作為。
(由2007年第15號第69條増補)
條： 273E 第273B條的例外情況 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 在本條中—
“有關服務”(relevant service) 指任何符合以下說明的服務—
(a) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避有效科技措施的；
(b) 除用於規避有效科技措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(c) 是為使人能夠規避有效科技措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而提供的；
“有關器件”(relevant device) 指任何符合以下說明的器件、產品、組件或設施—
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 143
(a) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避有效科技措施的；
(b) 除用於規避有效科技措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(c) 主要是為使人能夠規避有效科技措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而設計、生產或改裝
的。
(2) 在以下情況下，第273B條不適用—
(a) 某人與另一人共同合作識別或分析某電腦程式的特定元素，而此舉的唯一目的是達致
該電腦程式或另一電腦程式與某獨立編寫的電腦程式能夠互相兼容操作；而且
(b) 該人為使該另一人能夠作出任何有關作為的目的而—
(i) 為該另一人製作或輸入任何有關器件；
(ii) 向該另一人出售、出租、輸出或分發任何有關器件；
(iii) 管有任何有關器件；或
(iv) 向該另一人提供任何有關服務。
(3) 在第(2)款中，“有關作為”(relevant act) 指—
(a) 任何規避有效科技措施的作為，而憑藉第273D(1)條，第273A條是不適用於該作為的；
或
(b) 任何於香港以外作出的作為，而該作為如在香港作出便會構成(a)段所提述的作為。
(4) 在以下情況下，第273B條不適用—
(a) 任何人與另一人在某電腦、電腦系統或電腦網絡(視屬何情況而定)的擁有人或操作員的
授權下，共同合作測試、調查或糾正該電腦、電腦系統或電腦網絡在保安上的漏洞或
弱點；而且
(b) 該人為使該另一人能夠作出任何有關作為的目的而—
(i) 為該另一人製作或輸入任何有關器件；
(ii) 向該另一人出售、出租、輸出或分發任何有關器件；
(iii) 管有任何有關器件；或
(iv) 向該另一人提供任何有關服務。
(5) 在第(4)款中，“有關作為”(relevant act) 指—
(a) 任何規避有效科技措施的作為，而憑藉第273D(2)條，第273A條是不適用於該作為的；
或
(b) 任何於香港以外作出的作為，而該作為如在香港作出便會構成(a)段所提述的作為。
(6) 在以下情況下，第273B條不適用—
(a) 任何人與另一人共同合作進行密碼學的研究；及
(b) 該人為使該另一人能夠作出任何有關作為的目的而—
(i) 為該另一人製作或輸入任何有關器件；
(ii) 向該另一人出售、出租、輸出或分發任何有關器件；
(iii) 管有任何有關器件；或
(iv) 向該另一人提供任何有關服務。
(7) 在第(6)款中，“有關作為”(relevant act) 指—
(a) 任何規避有效科技措施的作為，而憑藉第273D(3)條，第273A條是不適用於該作為的；
或
(b) 任何於香港以外作出的作為，而該作為如在香港作出便會構成(a)段所提述的作為。
(8) 在以下情況下，第273B條不適用於某有關器件或有關服務—
(a) 某有效科技措施或已應用某有效科技措施的版權作品，具有收集或發布屬追蹤和記錄
任何人使用某電腦網絡的方式的個人識別資料的功能；而且
(b) 該器件或服務(視屬何情況而定)的唯一目的，是識別該措施或作品(視屬何情況而定)的
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 144
該功能，或使其失去該功能。
(9) 在以下情況下，第273B條不適用於某有關器件—
(a) 該有關器件是包含於或擬包含於任何科技、產品或器件之內；而且
(b) 該科技、產品或器件(視屬何情況而定)的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在電腦互聯網上取
得有害資料。
(10) 如任何有關服務的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在電腦互聯網上取得有害資料，則第273B條
不適用於該服務。
(11) 在以下情況下，第273B條不適用於某有關器件或有關服務─
(a) 某有效科技措施已就某以實物方式向公眾發放的版權作品而應用；
(b) 該措施包含地區性編碼或任何其他為按地區控制市場劃分的目的而具有防止或限制取
用該作品的作用的科技、器件、組件或設施；及
(c) 該有關器件或有關服務(視屬何情況而定)的唯一目的，是克服該措施所包含的地區性編
碼、科技、器件、組件或設施(視屬何情況而定)。
(12) 如某作為是由執法機構，或由他人代執法機構為防止、偵測或調查某罪行或進行檢控的目
的而作出的，則第273B條不適用於該作為。
(由2007年第15號第69條増補)
條： 273F 第273C條的例外情況 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
(1) 在本條中—
“有關服務”(relevant service) 指任何符合以下說明的服務─
(a) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避有效科技措施的；
(b) 除用於規避有效科技措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(c) 是為使人能夠規避有效科技措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而提供的；
“有關器件”(relevant device) 指任何符合以下說明的器件、產品、組件或設施─
(a) 在推廣、宣傳或推出市場時表明是用於規避有效科技措施的；
(b) 除用於規避有效科技措施外，在商業上的實質意義或用途僅屬有限的；或
(c) 主要是為使人能夠規避有效科技措施或為方便規避該措施的目的而設計、生產或改裝
的。
(2) 在以下情況下，第273C條不適用—
(a) 某人與另一人共同合作識別或分析某電腦程式的特定元素，而此舉的唯一目的是達致
該電腦程式或另一電腦程式與某獨立編寫的電腦程式能夠互相兼容操作；而且
(b) 該人為促使該另一人作出任何有關作為的目的而—
(i) 為該另一人製作或輸入任何有關器件；
(ii) 向該另一人出售、出租、輸出或分發任何有關器件；
(iii) 管有任何有關器件，以期向該另一人出售、出租或分發該器件；或
(iv) 向該另一人提供任何有關服務。
(3) 在第(2)款中，“有關作為”(relevant act) 指—
(a) 任何規避有效科技措施的作為，而憑藉第273D(1)條，第273A條是不適用於該作為的；
或
(b) 任何於香港以外作出的作為，而該作為如在香港作出便會構成(a)段所提述的作為。
(4) 在以下情況下，第273C條不適用—
(a) 任何人與另一人在某電腦、電腦系統或電腦網絡(視屬何情況而定)的擁有人或操作員的
授權下，共同合作測試、調查或糾正該電腦、電腦系統或電腦網絡在保安上的漏洞或
弱點；而且
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 145
(b) 該人為使該另一人能夠作出任何有關作為的目的而—
(i) 為該另一人製作或輸入任何有關器件；
(ii) 向該另一人出售、出租、輸出或分發任何有關器件；
(iii) 管有任何有關器件，以期向該另一人出售、出租或分發該器件；或
(iv) 向該另一人提供任何有關服務。
(5) 在第(4)款中，“有關作為”(relevant act) 指—
(a) 任何規避有效科技措施的作為，而憑藉第273D(2)條，第273A條是不適用於該作為的；
或
(b) 任何於香港以外作出的作為，而該作為如在香港作出便會構成(a)段所提述的作為。
(6) 第273C條在以下情況下不適用—
(a) 任何人與另一人共同合作，進行密碼學研究；而且
(b) 該人為使該另一人能夠作出任何有關作為的目的而—
(i) 為該另一人製作或輸入任何有關器件；
(ii) 向該另一人出售、出租、輸出或分發任何有關器件；
(iii) 管有任何有關器件，以期向該另一人出售、出租或分發該器件；或
(iv) 向該另一人提供任何有關服務。
(7) 在第(6)款中，“有關作為”(relevant act) 指—
(a) 任何規避有效科技措施的作為，而憑藉第273D(3)條，第273A條是不適用於該作為的；
或
(b) 任何於香港以外作出的作為，而該作為如在香港作出便會構成(a)段所提述的作為。
(8) 在以下情況下，第273C條不適用於某有關器件或有關服務—
(a) 某有效科技措施或已應用某有效科技措施的版權作品，具有收集或發布屬追蹤和記錄
任何人使用某電腦網絡的方式的個人識別資料的功能；而且
(b) 該器件或服務(視屬何情況而定)的唯一目的，是識別該措施或作品(視屬何情況而定)的
該功能，或使其失去該功能。
(9) 在以下情況下，第273C條不適用於某有關器件—
(a) 該有關器件是包含於或擬包含於任何科技、產品或器件之內；而且
(b) 該科技、產品或器件(視屬何情況而定)的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在電腦互聯網上取
得有害資料。
(10) 如任何有關服務的唯一目的，是防止未成年人在電腦互聯網上取得有害資料，則第273C條
不適用於該服務。
(11) 在以下情況下，第273C條不適用於某有關器件或有關服務─
(a) 某有效科技措施已就某以實物方式向公眾發放的版權作品而應用；
(b) 該措施包含地區性編碼或任何其他為按地區控制市場劃分的目的而具有防止或限制取
用該作品的作用的科技、器件、組件或設施；及
(c) 該有關器件或有關服務(視屬何情況而定)的唯一目的，是克服該措施所包含的地區性編
碼、科技、器件、組件或設施(視屬何情況而定)。
(12) 如某作為是由執法機構，或由他人代執法機構為防止、偵測或調查某罪行或為進行檢控的
目的而作出的，則第273C條不適用於該作為。
(由2007年第15號第69條増補)
條： 273G 第273、273A、273B、273D及273E條對表演的適用範圍 L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
第273、273A(1)、(2)、(3)及(4)、273B(1)、(2)、(3)、(4)、(5)、(6)、(7)、(8)及(9)、273D及273E條
經必要的變通後，就以下項目而適用—
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 146
(a) 非錄製表演或表演的錄製品；
(b) 表演者或就某表演具有錄製權的人；及
(c) 第III部所賦予表演者或就某表演具有錄製權的人的權利。
(由2007年第15號第69條増補)
條： 273H 第273A、273B、273C及273G條的例外情況 L.N. 141 of 2008 11/07/2008
商務及經濟發展局局長如信納—
(a) 某作品或表演、某類別的作品或表演或某類別的器件、產品、組件、設施或服務(視屬
何情況而定)的使用或處理，並不構成或導致對版權或第III部所賦予的權利(在表演中的
權利)的侵犯；及
(b) 該等條文的應用已對或相當可能會對任何該等使用或處理造成不利影響或損害，
則可藉憲報刊登的公告，將該作品或表演、該類別的作品或表演或該類別的器件、產品、組件、設
施或服務，豁除於第273A、273B、273C及273G條的條文的適用範圍外。
(由2007年第15號第69條増補)
條： 274 就干擾權利管理資料的不合法作為而具有的權利及補救 L.N. 48 of 2008 25/04/2008
權利管理資料
(1) 提供權利管理資料的人具有以下的權利及補救。
(2) 他針對作出以下事情的人而具有的權利和補救，與版權擁有人就侵犯版權而具有的相同─
(a) 在未經他授權下除去或更改由他提供的電子形式的權利管理資料；或
(b) 知道有附連於作品或其複製品、表演、表演的錄製品的電子形式的權利管理資料在未
經他授權下已被除去或更改，而在未經他授權下向公眾發放或向公眾提供、出售或出
租該等作品或其複製品、表演或表演的錄製品，或將之輸入或輸出香港、廣播或包括
在有線傳播節目服務內。
(2A) 提供權利管理資料的人並不針對第(2)款所提述的人而具有權利及補救，除非後者在作出第
(2)(a)或(b)款所提述的作為時，知道或有理由相信藉作出該作為，他正誘使、方便或掩飾對版權的侵
犯或對第III部所賦予的權利(在表演中的權利)的侵犯，或正使人能夠侵犯版權或該等權利。 (由2007
年第15號第70條増補)
(2B)如有權利管理資料附連的作品的版權擁有人或該版權擁有人的專用特許持有人，並非提供
該權利管理資料的人，則該版權擁有人或專用特許持有人(視屬何情況而定)針對第(2)款所提述的人
而具有的權利及補救，與提供該權利管理資料的人具有的權利及補救相同。 (由2007年第15號第70條
増補)
(2C)第(1)款賦予提供權利管理資料的人的權利及補救，與第(2B)款賦予版權擁有人及其專用特
許持有人的權利及補救是同時具有的。 (由2007年第15號第70條増補)
(2D) 第112(3)及113(1)、(4)、(5)及(6)條經必要的變通後，就關乎提供權利管理資料的人、版權擁
有人及專用特許持有人的法律程序而適用，一如該等條文就關乎具有同時具有的權利及補救的版權
擁有人及專用特許持有人的法律程序而適用一樣。 (由2007年第15號第70條増補)
(2E) 第115、116及117條(某些與版權有關的事宜的推定)經必要的變通後，就根據本條提起的法
律程序而適用，一如該等條文就根據第II部(版權)提起的法律程序而適用一樣。 (由2007年第15號第
70條増補)
(2F) 本條(第(2E)款除外)經必要的變通後，就以下項目而適用—
(a) 表演的錄製品；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 147
(b) 表演者或就某表演具有錄製權的人；及
(c) 第III部所賦予表演者或就某表演具有錄製權的人的權利。 (由2007年第15號第70條増補)
(3) 在本條中，凡提述權利管理資料，即指在附連於任何作品的複製品或錄製表演時的屬以下
任何項目的資料，或是與向公眾提供作品或錄製表演有關而出現的屬以下任何項目的資料─
(a) 識別作品、作品的作者、作品的任何權利的擁有人、表演者或表演者的表演的資料；
(b) 關於使用作品的條款及條件、就表演具有錄製權的人或表演的資料；或
(c) 任何代表該等資料的數字或代碼。
條： 275 就用作在未經授權下接收傳送的器具等而具有的權利和補
救
30/06/1997
以欺詐手段接收傳送
(1) 凡任何人─
(a) 為接收包括在從香港某地方或從其他地方提供的廣播或有線傳播節目服務內的節目而
收取費用；或
(b) 從香港某地方或從其他地方發送任何其他類別的經編碼處理的傳送，
該人即其有以下權利及補救。
(2) 他針對作出以下作為的人而具有的權利和補救，與版權擁有人就侵犯版權而具有的相同─
(a) 製作、輸入、輸出、出售或出租任何器具或器件，而該器具或器件是經設計或改裝以
使他人能夠接收或協助他人接收該等人無權接收的節目或其他傳送的；或
(b) 發表任何資料而該資料刻意使他人能夠接收或刻意協助他人接收該等人無權接收的節
目或其他傳送。
(3) 此外，他根據第109條(交付)而就任何該等器具或器件所具有的權利和補救，與版權擁有人
就侵犯版權複製品而具有的相同。
(4) 在第108(1)條(不知情侵犯版權)適用於就侵犯本條所賦予權利而進行的法律程序的條文中，
凡提述被告人不知道或沒有理由相信某作品有版權存在，須解釋為提述他不知道或沒有理由相信其
作為侵犯了本條所賦予的權利。
(5) 第111條經所需的變通後，就任何憑藉第(3)款交付的東西的處置而適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 298 U.K.]
條： 276 對於某些不給予香港的廣播、有線傳播節目及經編碼處理
的傳送足夠保護的國家等的人民不給予第275條所指的權 利
22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
(1) 除第(3)款另有規定外，行政長官會同行政會議如覺得在香港製作的廣播或從香港發送的有
線傳播節目或經編碼處理的傳送因受到某國家、地區或地方不利的待遇而在該國家、地區或地方沒
有得到足夠的保護，則行政長官會同行政會議可藉規例而按照本條，限制第275條就該國家、地區或
地方製作廣播或提供有線傳播節目或經編碼處理的傳送的人而賦予的權利。
(2) 行政長官會同行政會議須在規例中指定有關的國家、地區或地方，並須規定就規例所指明
的目的而言，在規例所指明的日期之後製作的廣播或發送的有線傳播節目或經編碼處理的傳送的製
作者或發送者在該項製作或發送時屬下列身分，則該項廣播、有線傳播節目或經編碼處理的傳送並
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 148
不具備根據第275條獲得保護的資格─
(a) 製作者或發送者是以該國家、地區或地方為居籍或在該國家、地區或地方居住或有該
國家、地區或地方的居留權(但並非同時以香港為居籍或在香港居住或有香港的居留權)
的個人；或
(b) 製作者或發送者是根據該國家、地區或地方的法律成立為法團的團體，
而規例可在顧及第(1)款所提述的不利待遇的性質及程度後，為第275條的全部目的或為規例所指明的
某些目的，一般地或就規例所指明的個案種類，訂定條文。
(3) 行政長官會同行政會議不得就香港亦是締約方或延伸適用於香港的雙邊或多邊版權或有關
權利的公約的締約國家、地區或地方行使其在本條下的權力。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 277 關於以欺詐手段接收的補充條文 30/06/1997
凡第275條就某廣播服務或有線傳播節目服務而適用，則該條亦適用於為提供該等服務的人或提
供節目予該等服務的人而營運的任何服務，而該等服務全部或主要是藉電訊系統發送聲音或影像或
發送聲音及影像的。
[比照 1988 c. 48 s. 299 U.K.]
條： 278 關長可授權予任何人員 22 of 1999 01/07/1997
附註：
具追溯力的適應化修訂─見1999年第22號第3條
一般條文
關長可授權任何公職人員行使本條例賦予獲授權人員的任何權力和執行本條例委予獲授權人員
的任何職責。
(由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
條： 279 釋義 30/06/1997
在本部中使用的詞句，如已為第II部(版權)及第III部(表演的權利)的施行而予以界定，則其涵義
與在該兩部中該等詞句的涵義相同。
條： 280 (已失時效而略去) L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(已失時效而略去)
條： 281 廢除 30/06/1997
附表5指明的成文法則就該附表所指明的範圍予以廢除。
條： 282 關乎《2003年版權(修訂)條例》所作的修訂的過渡性條文 及保留條文
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
關乎《2003年版權(修訂)條例》所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 149
(由2007年第15號第71條修訂)
附表6載有關乎某些由《2003年版權(修訂)條例》(2003年第27號)對本條例所作的修訂的過渡性條
文及保留條文。
(由2003年第27號第8條增補。由2007年第15號第71條修訂)
條： 283 關乎《2007年版權(修訂)條例》所作的修訂的過渡性條文 及保留條文
15 of 2007 06/07/2007
(1) 在本條中，“《2007年修訂條例》”(2007 Amendment Ordinance) 指《2007年版權(修訂)條
例》(2007年第15號)。
(2) 附表7載有關乎某些由《2007年修訂條例》對本條例作出的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文。
(3) 行政長官會同行政會議可訂立載有因《2007年修訂條例》的制訂而需訂立的過渡性條文或
保留條文的規例。
(4) 在不損害第(3)款的一般性的原則下，該等規例尤可就—
(a) 經《2007年修訂條例》修訂的本條例的條文對規例所指明的事宜的適用情況作出規定；
或
(b) 在緊接《2007年修訂條例》的任何條文的生效前有效的本條例的條文對規例所指明的事
宜繼續的適用情況作出規定。
(5) 根據本條訂立的規例如本身有規定當作已自一個較該等規例在憲報刊登的日期為早的日期
起開始實施，則該規例可當作已自該日期起開始實施，但該等規例不得在《2007年修訂條例》在憲
報刊登的日期之前開始實施。
(6) 凡任何規例自一個較其在憲報刊登的日期為早的日期起開始實施，則在該範圍內，該等規
例須解釋為不會—
(a) 以不利於某人的方式，影響屬於該人的在該等規例在憲報刊登的日期前已存在的權
利；或
(b) 就任何在該日期前作出或沒有在該日期前作出的事情，而對任何人施加法律責任。
(7) 如根據本條訂立的規例與附表7的條文相抵觸，則在該等條文相抵觸的範圍內，須以後者為
準。
(由2007年第15號第72條增補)
附表： 1 教育機構 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
[第40A、119B、195及273D條及附表2及3]
(由2007年第15號第73條修訂)
1. 《教育條例》(第279章)第3條所指並完全由政府營辦和管制的任何學校。
2. 根據《教育條例》(第279章)註冊或臨時註冊的任何學校。
3. 根據《專上學院條例》(第320章)註冊的任何專上學院。
4. 由《嶺南大學條例》(第1165章)設立的嶺南大學。 (由1999年第54號第36條代替)
5. 根據《香港教育學院條例》(第444章)設立的香港教育學院。
6. 根據《香港大學條例》(第1053章)設立的香港大學。
7. 根據《香港理工大學條例》(第1075章)設立的香港理工大學。
8. 根據《香港中文大學條例》(第1109章)設立的香港中文大學。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 150
9. 根據《香港浸會大學條例》(第1126章)設立的香港浸會大學。
10. 《職業訓練局條例》(第1130章)第2條中界定的任何工業訓練中心或技能訓練中心。
11. 《職業訓練局條例》(第1130章)第2條中界定的任何科技學院或工業學院。
12. 根據《香港城市大學條例》(第1132章)設立的香港城市大學。
13. 根據《香港演藝學院條例》(第1135章)設立的香港演藝學院。
14. 根據《香港科技大學條例》(第1141章)設立的香港科技大學。
15. 根據《香港公開大學條例》(第1145章)設立的香港公開大學。 (由2007年第15號第73條代替)
附表： 1AA 本條例第119B(1)條不適用的情況(製作或分發侵犯版權複 製品的範圍)
15 of 2009; L.N. 68 of 2010
16/07/2010
[第119B條]
第1部
引言
1. 釋義
(1) 在本附表中—
“A4尺寸”(A4 size) 指29.7厘米乘21厘米的尺寸；
“侵犯版權頁”(infringing page) 指載有載於某雜誌、期刊(指明期刊除外)或報章中的任何屬刊印形式
的版權作品的侵犯版權複製品(不論整體或部分)的頁面；
“指明期刊”(specified journal) 指包含與某學科有關的學術性文章的期刊，而通常在一期中，最少有
一篇該等文章經過該學科的一名或多於一名的專家或學者作同儕評核；
“限定複製品”(qualifying copy)—
(a) 就書本而言，指一組頁面(不論屬刊印或電子形式)，其中載有載於該書本的製成本中的
任何屬刊印形式的版權作品的侵犯版權複製品(不論整體或部分)，該組頁面並與該書本
的製成本的25%以上的印刷頁面相對應；或
(b) 就指明期刊而言，指—
(i) 一組頁面(不論屬刊印或電子形式)，其中載有載於該期刊某期的製成本中的任何屬
刊印形式的版權作品的侵犯版權複製品(不論整體或部分)，該組頁面並與該期期刊
的製成本的25%以上的印刷頁面相對應；或
(ii) 一組頁面(不論屬刊印或電子形式)，其中載有製作自該期刊某期的刊印本中的某篇
完整文章的侵犯版權複製品，該組頁面並與該期期刊的刊印本的不多於25%的印刷
頁面相對應；
“建議訂閱價”(recommended subscription price) 就指明期刊而言，指在給予交易商或顧客任何折扣
前，出版商所建議的該期刊的訂閱價；
“建議零售價”(recommended retail price)—
(a) 就書本的製成本而言，指在給予交易商或顧客任何折扣前，出版商所建議的該製成本
的零售價；
(b) 就某出版系列的整套書本的製成本或由多冊組成的一套書本的製成本而言，指在給予
交易商或顧客任何折扣前，出版商所建議的該製成本的零售價；或
(c) 就指明期刊某期中的某篇文章的製成本而言，指在給予交易商或顧客任何折扣前，出
版商所建議的該製成本的零售價；
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 151
“標示訂閱價”(marked subscription price) 就指明期刊而言，指出版商印於該期刊某期的製成本內或
該製成本上的該期刊的訂閱價；
“標示零售價”(marked retail price)—
(a) 就書本的製成本而言，指出版商印於該製成本內或該製成本上的該製成本的零售價；
(b) 就某出版系列的整套書本的製成本或由多冊組成的一套書本的製成本而言，指出版商
印於該製成本內或該製成本上的該製成本的零售價；或
(c) 就指明期刊某期的製成本而言，指出版商印於該製成本內或該製成本上的該製成本的
零售價。
(2) 在本附表中使用的詞句，如已為本條例第II部(版權)的施行而界定，則其涵義與該部中該等
詞句的涵義相同。
2. 幣值換算
在將以非港元貨幣單位顯示的標示零售價、標示訂閱價、建議零售價、建議訂閱價或市價換算
為港元時，須參照—
(a) 香港銀行公會就該貨幣公布的外匯賣出開市參考牌價；或
(b) (如沒有公布該牌價)國際貨幣基金組織就該貨幣公布的代表性匯率。
第2部
製作或分發侵犯版權複製品的範圍
3. 雜誌、期刊(指明期刊除外)及報章
(1) 如在任何一段14天的期間內，某人為分發而製作載有一份或多於一份版權作品的侵犯版權
複製品，而該等版權作品屬刊印形式並載於雜誌、期刊(指明期刊除外)或報章中，且該人在該段期
間內製作的侵犯版權頁的總數，不超逾500版頁面，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項製作。
(2) 如在任何一段14天的期間內，某人分發載有一份或多於一份版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，
而該等版權作品屬刊印形式並載於雜誌、期刊(指明期刊除外)或報章中，且該人在該段期間內分發
的侵犯版權頁的總數，不超逾500版頁面，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項分發。
(3) 本附表第3部列出關於為施行第(1)及(2)款而計算侵犯版權頁的總數的條文。
4. 書本及指明期刊
(1) 如在任何一段180天的期間內，某人為分發而製作載有一份或多於一份版權作品的侵犯版權
複製品，而該等版權作品屬刊印形式並載於書本或指明期刊中，且該人在該段期間內製作的限定複
製品的總值，不超逾$6000，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項製作。
(2) 如在任何一段180天的期間內，某人分發載有一份或多於一份版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，
而該等版權作品屬刊印形式並載於書本或指明期刊中，且該人在該段期間內分發的限定複製品的總
值，不超逾$6000，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項分發。
(3) 如某人為分發而製作載有一份或多於一份版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，而該等版權作品屬
刊印形式並載於書本中，且該人所製作的載有該等侵犯版權複製品的頁面，並不符合本附表第1(1)條
中“限定複製品”的定義(a)段的涵義，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項製作。
(4) 如某人為分發而製作載有一份或多於一份版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，而該等版權作品屬
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 152
刊印形式並載於指明期刊中，且該人所製作的載有該等侵犯版權複製品的頁面，並不符合本附表第
1(1)條中“限定複製品”的定義(b)段的涵義，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項製作。
(5) 如某人分發載有一份或多於一份版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，而該等版權作品屬刊印形式
並載於書本中，且該人所分發的載有該等侵犯版權複製品的頁面，並不符合本附表第1(1)條中“限定
複製品”的定義(a)段的涵義，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項分發。
(6) 如某人分發載有一份或多於一份版權作品的侵犯版權複製品，而該等版權作品屬刊印形式
並載於指明期刊中，且該人所分發的載有該等侵犯版權複製品的頁面，並不符合本附表第1(1)條中
“限定複製品”的定義(b)段的涵義，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項分發。
(7) 本附表第4部列出關於為施行第(1)及(2)款而釐定限定複製品的價值的條文。
第3部
計算侵犯版權頁的總數
5. 計算侵犯版權頁的總數
(1) 本條適用於為施行本附表第3(1)及(2)條而計算侵犯版權頁的總數。
(2) 在計算侵犯版權頁的總數時，須運用以下的公式—
A ＝ B ＋ C ＋ D
在公式中—
A 指侵犯版權頁的總數；
B 指按照第(3)及(4)款調整後(如適用的話)的A4尺寸的侵犯版權頁的數目；
C 指按照第(3)及(4)款調整後(如適用的話)的小於A4尺寸的侵犯版權頁的數目；
D 指按照第(3)及(4)款調整後(如適用的話)的大於A4尺寸的侵犯版權頁的數目。
(3) 在計算以刊印形式製作或分發的侵犯版權頁的總數時—
(a) 如任何侵犯版權頁小於A4尺寸，則該等侵犯版權頁的數目須根據該等侵犯版權頁與一
版A4尺寸的侵犯版權頁所相差的尺寸而按比例向下調，計算所得的數目須列明小數點
後2個位的數字，而不須將小數點後第3個位的數字作四捨五入處理；
(b) 如任何侵犯版權頁大於A4尺寸，則該等侵犯版權頁的數目須根據該等侵犯版權頁與一
版A4尺寸的侵犯版權頁所相差的尺寸而按比例向上調，計算所得的數目須列明小數點
後2個位的數字，而不須將小數點後第3個位的數字作四捨五入處理；
(c) 如任何侵犯版權頁載有的侵犯版權複製品的影像(不論整體或部分)(在本段中稱為“該
縮小影像”)是將該侵犯版權複製品所複製的作品的影像(在本段中稱為“該原影像”)
縮小所得，則該等侵犯版權頁的數目須根據該縮小影像與該原影像所相差的尺寸而按
比例向上調，計算所得的數目須列明小數點後2個位的數字，而不須將小數點後第3個
位的數字作四捨五入處理；及
(d) 如任何侵犯版權頁載有的侵犯版權複製品的影像(不論整體或部分)(在本段中稱為“該
放大影像”)是將該侵犯版權複製品所複製的作品的影像(在本段中稱為“該原影像”)
放大所得，則該等侵犯版權頁的數目須根據該放大影像與該原影像所相差的尺寸而按
比例向下調，計算所得的數目須列明小數點後2個位的數字，而不須將小數點後第3個
位的數字作四捨五入處理。
(4) 在計算以電子形式製作或分發的侵犯版權頁的總數時—
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 153
(a) 須將如此製作或分發的載有所有侵犯版權複製品的影像的文件打印於A4尺寸的紙上，
而該打印本的每一版頁面須視為一版侵犯版權頁；
(b) 如任何如此打印的侵犯版權頁載有的侵犯版權複製品的影像(不論整體或部分)(在本段
中稱為“該縮小影像”)是將該侵犯版權複製品所複製的作品的影像(在本段中稱為“該
原影像”)縮小所得，則該等侵犯版權頁的數目須根據該縮小影像與該原影像所相差的
尺寸而按比例向上調，計算所得的數目須列明小數點後2個位的數字，而不須將小數點
後第3個位的數字作四捨五入處理；及
(c) 如任何如此打印的侵犯版權頁載有的侵犯版權複製品的影像(不論整體或部分)(在本段
中稱為“該放大影像”)是將該侵犯版權複製品所複製的作品的影像(在本段中稱為“該
原影像”)放大所得，則該等侵犯版權頁的數目須根據該放大影像與該原影像所相差的
尺寸而按比例向下調，計算所得的數目須列明小數點後2個位的數字，而不須將小數點
後第3個位的數字作四捨五入處理。
第4部
釐定限定複製品的價值
6. 釐定以書本製作的限定複製品的價值
(1) 本條適用於為施行本附表第4(1)及(2)條而釐定本附表第1(1)條中“限定複製品”的定義(a)段
所指的限定複製品的價值。
(2) 限定複製品的價值，須視為與符合以下說明的書本的製成本(在本條中稱為“可比擬書本”)
的價值相同—
(a) 並非侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 載有的版權作品屬該限定複製品的主體。
(3) 以下的價值須視為可比擬書本的價值—
(a) 該可比擬書本的標示零售價；
(b) (如該可比擬書本沒有標示零售價)該可比擬書本的建議零售價；或
(c) (如該可比擬書本既沒有標示零售價，亦沒有建議零售價)除第(4)款另有規定外，在該可
比擬書本的市價屬易於確定的情況下，該可比擬書本的市價。
(4) 如有關的可比擬書本為某出版系列的整套書本的製成本或由多冊組成的一套書本的製成本
(在本條中稱為“可比擬套書”)中的其中一冊，而該可比擬書本既沒有標示零售價，亦沒有建議零
售價，則以下的價值須視為該可比擬書本的價值—
(a) 該可比擬套書的標示零售價的分數，其分母為該可比擬套書的印刷頁面總數，分子則
為該可比擬書本的印刷頁面數目，計算所得的數目須列明小數點後2個位的數字，而不
須將小數點後第3個位的數字作四捨五入處理；或
(b) (如該可比擬套書沒有標示零售價)該可比擬套書的建議零售價的分數，其分母為該可比
擬套書的印刷頁面總數，分子則為該可比擬書本的印刷頁面數目，計算所得的數目須
列明小數點後2個位的數字，而不須將小數點後第3個位的數字作四捨五入處理。
(5) 為施行第(3)(a)款，如有關的可比擬書本有2個或多於2個以不同貨幣單位顯示的標示零售
價，在計算該書本的價值時，須按照以下的次序而釐定所採用的貨幣單位—
(a) 首先，港元；
(b) 其次，美元；及
(c) 其三，印於該書本內或該書本上的第一個標示零售價的貨幣單位。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 154
(6) 為施行第(4)(a)款，如有關的可比擬套書有2個或多於2個以不同貨幣單位顯示的標示零售
價，在計算該可比擬書本的價值時，須按照以下的次序而釐定所採用的貨幣單位—
(a) 首先，港元；
(b) 其次，美元；及
(c) 其三，印於該套書內或該套書上的第一個標示零售價的貨幣單位。
(7) 如第(3)或(4)款所提述的標示零售價、建議零售價或市價是以非港元貨幣單位顯示，本附表
第2條適用於將該價格換算為港元。
7. 釐定以指明期刊製作的限定複製品的價值(一般條文)
(1) 本條適用於為施行本附表第4(1)及(2)條而釐定本附表第1(1)條中“限定複製品”的定義(b)段
所指的限定複製品的價值。
(2) 如—
(a) 本附表第1(1)條中“限定複製品”的定義(b)(i)段所指的限定複製品，是以指明期刊某期
的製成本所製作的；及
(b) 該限定複製品包含由本附表第1(1)條中“限定複製品”的定義(b)(ii)段所指的一份或多於
一份限定複製品，
則在釐定(a)及(b)段所提述的限定複製品的總值時，只須計算(a)段所提述的限定複製品的價值。
8. 釐定以指明期刊製作的限定複製品的價值(某期期刊)
(1) 本條適用於為施行本附表第4(1)及(2)條而釐定本附表第1(1)條中“限定複製品”的定義(b)(i)
段所指的限定複製品的價值。
(2) 限定複製品的價值，須視為與符合以下說明的一期指明期刊的製成本(在本條中稱為“可比
擬指明期刊”)的價值相同—
(a) 並非侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 載有的版權作品屬該限定複製品的主體。
(3) 以下的價值須視為可比擬指明期刊的價值—
(a) 該可比擬指明期刊的標示零售價；
(b) (如該可比擬指明期刊沒有標示零售價)印於該可比擬指明期刊內或該期刊上的有關的指
明期刊的標示訂閱價，除以訂閱期所包含的期數，計算所得的數目須列明小數點後2個
位的數字，而不須將小數點後第3個位的數字作四捨五入處理；或
(c) (如該可比擬指明期刊沒有標示零售價及在該可比擬指明期刊內或該期刊上沒有印上有
關的指明期刊的標示訂閱價)有關的指明期刊的建議訂閱價，除以訂閱期所包含的期
數，計算所得的數目須列明小數點後2個位的數字，而不須將小數點後第3個位的數字
作四捨五入處理。
(4) 為施行第(3)(a)款，如有關的可比擬指明期刊有2個或多於2個以不同貨幣單位顯示的標示零
售價，在計算該期刊的價值時，須按照以下的次序而釐定所採用的貨幣單位—
(a) 首先，港元；
(b) 其次，美元；及
(c) 其三，印於該期刊內或該期刊上的第一個標示零售價的貨幣單位。
(5) 為施行第(3)(b)款，如有關的指明期刊有2個或多於2個印於有關的可比擬指明期刊內或該可
比擬指明期刊上的以不同貨幣單位顯示的標示訂閱價，在計算該可比擬指明期刊的價值時，須按照
以下的次序而釐定所採用的貨幣單位—
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 155
(a) 首先，港元；
(b) 其次，美元；及
(c) 其三，印於該可比擬指明期刊內或該可比擬指明期刊上的第一個標示訂閱價的貨幣單
位。
(6) 如第(3)款所提述的標示零售價、標示訂閱價或建議訂閱價是以非港元貨幣單位顯示，本附
表第2條適用於將該價格換算為港元。
9. 釐定以指明期刊製作的限定複製品的價值(文章)
(1) 本條適用於為施行本附表第4(1)及(2)條而釐定本附表第1(1)條中“限定複製品”的定義(b)(ii)
段所指的限定複製品的價值。
(2) 限定複製品的價值，須視為與符合以下說明的一期指明期刊中的某篇文章的製成本(在本條
中稱為“可比擬文章”)的價值相同—
(a) 並非侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 載有的版權作品屬該限定複製品的主體。
(3) 可比擬文章的價值，須視為與該文章的建議零售價相同。
(4) 如第(3)款所提述的建議零售價是以非港元貨幣單位顯示，本附表第2條適用於將該價格換算
為港元。
(附表1AA由2009年第15號第4條增補)
附表： 1AB 本條例第119B(1)條不適用的情況(分發侵犯版權複製品的 方式)
15 of 2009; L.N. 68 of 2010
16/07/2010
[第119B條]
1. 釋義
在本附表中使用的詞句，如已為本條例第II部(版權)的施行而界定，則其涵義與該部中該等詞句
的涵義相同。
2. 分發侵犯版權複製品的方式
(1) 除第(2)款另有規定外，凡透過有線或無線網絡分發侵犯版權複製品，而取用該複製品須受
認證或識別程序限制，則本條例第119B(1)條不適用於該項分發。
(2) 第(1)款不適用於分發到電郵地址或傳真號碼的文件中所載有的侵犯版權複製品。
(附表1AB由2009年第15號第4條增補)
附表： 1A 為“指明課程”的定義的目的而指明的機構及當局 15 of 2007 06/07/2007
[第198條]
1. 成員由行政長官委出的課程發展議會。
(附表1A由2007年第15號第74條增裞( �/p>
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 156
附表： 2 版權︰過渡性及保留條文 L.N. 130 of 2007 01/07/2007
詳列交互參照：
17，18，19，20，21，107，108，109，115，116，117，118，119，120，121，122，123，124，125，126，127，
128，129，130，131，132，133
附註：
有關《立法會決議》(2007年第130號法律公告)所作之修訂的保留及過渡性條文，見載於該決議
第(12)段。
[第173、191及199條]
引言
1. (1) 在本附表中─
“《1911年法令》”(the 1911 Act) 指藉在1912年6月28日的憲報刊登的1912年第3號文告而延伸適用於
香港的《1911年版權法令》(1911 c. 46 U.K.)；
“《1956年法令》”(the 1956 Act) 指藉《1972年至1990年的版權(香港)命令》(附錄IIIDD1頁)而延伸適
用於香港的《1956年版權法令》(1956 c. 74 U.K.)；
“《世界貿易組織條例》”(the WTO Ordinance) 指《1996年知識產權(世界貿易組織修訂)條例》(1996
年第11號)；
“《版權條例》”(the Copyright Ordinance) 指在緊接本條例第II部的生效日期之前有效的《版權條
例》(第39章)；
“新的版權條文”(the new copyright provisions) 指關乎版權的本條例條文，即第II部(包括本附表及附
表1)及就第II部的條文而作出相應修訂或廢除的附表4及5。
(2) 在本附表中，凡提述“生效”，即提述本條例(但本條例第1(2)條指明的條文除外)的生效日
期。
(3) 在本附表中，凡提述“現存的作品”，即提述在生效之前製作的作品；就此而言，凡某作
品的製作歷時一段時期，當該作品製作完成時，須視為已製作該作品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 1 U.K.]
2. (1) 就《1956年法令》而言，在本附表中，凡提述作品，即提述包括該法令所指的任何作品或
其他標的物。
(2) 就《1911年法令》而言─
(a) 在本附表中，凡提述“版權”，即包括用以取代在緊接該法令生效之前存在的權利的
該法令第24條所賦予的權利；
(b) 在本附表中，凡提述“聲音紀錄的版權”，即提述收錄該聲音紀錄的紀錄在該法令下
的版權；及
(c) 在本附表中，凡提述“影片的版權”，即提述在構成該法令所指的戲劇作品的範圍內
的影片在該法令下的任何版權或構成該影片一部分的照片在該法令下的任何版權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 2 U.K.]
一般原則︰法律的延續
3. 除任何明訂的條文有相反規定外，新的版權條文就在生效時存在的東西而適用，一如其就在生
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 157
效之後方存在的東西而適用一樣。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 3 U.K.]
4. (1) 在新的版權條文重新制定(不論有或沒有作出變通)較早時的條文的範圍內，本段條文具有確
使法律延續的效力。
(2) 在成文法則、文書或其他文件中，在凡提述版權或有版權存在的作品或其他標的物，若非
因本條例便會解釋為提述《1956年法令》所指的版權的情況下，在延續該成文法則、文書或其他文
件的效力所需的範圍內須解釋為提述(或按個別情況的需要而須解釋為包括)本條例所指的版權或根
據本條例而有版權存在的作品。
(3) 凡根據被本條例廢除的條文或為施行該條文而作出任何事情(包括訂立附屬法例)，或凡任何
事情具有如此作出的效力，則該等事情在其是根據相應的新的版權條文而作出或為施行相應的新的
版權條文而作出一樣的情況下，具有效力。
(4) 在文意許可的情況下，在本條例或任何其他成文法則、文書或文件中，凡提述(明示或隱含)
新的版權條文的任何條文，即就生效之前的時間、情況及目的而解釋為包括提述相應的較早時的條
文。
(5) 在任何成文法則、文書或其他文件中，凡提述(明示或隱含)被本條例廢除的條文，在延續該
成文法則、文書或其他文件的效力所需的範圍內，該提述須解釋為提述本條例的相應條文。
(6) 本段條文在任何特定的過渡性條文或保留條文及本條例作出的任何明示修訂的規限下具有
效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 4 U.K.]
版權的存在︰一般條文
5. (1) 如版權在緊接生效之前存在於現存的作品，則版權亦在生效之後存在於該作品。
(2) 如符合以下說明，則版權在生效之後存在於現存的作品─
(a) 假使─
(i) 該作品是在生效之後製作的；
(ii) 該作品是在生效之後發表的；或
(iii) 該作品屬廣播或有線傳播節目並是在生效之後製作或發送的，
則該作品會根據第177或188條具備享有版權保護的資格；及
(b) 假使版權根據《1956年法令》而存在於該作品，則該作品在《1956年法令》下的版權不
會屆滿。
(3) 假使版權在緊接生效之前存在於現存的作品，則在該作品的版權根據以下條文會屆滿的時
候，該作品的根據第(2)節具備享有版權保護資格的版權亦告屆滿。
反對的權利
6. 凡任何人在生效之前，就任何作品或其他標的物的複製或表演而招致大量開支或法律責任，而
招致的方式在當時是合法的，又或任何人在生效之前，為上述複製或表演的目的或為達致上述複製
或表演而招致大量開支或法律責任，而在當時，若非因生效該複製或表演本會是合法的，則本條例
既不削減亦不損害任何因上述行動而產生的或與上述行動相關的任何權利或權益，但該權利或權益
須在緊接生效前已存在兼有價值；但如憑藉第5(2)段而有權限制複製或表演的人同意支付補償(數額
由雙方協議，如無協議，則由版權審裁處裁定)，則屬例外。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 158
版權的存在︰影片、廣播及有線傳播節目
7. (1) 版權並不存在於1972年12月12日之前製作的影片。
(2) 如在該日期之前製作的影片是《1911年法令》所指的原創的戲劇作品，則新的版權條文就
該影片具有效力，猶如該影片是第II部所指的原創的戲劇作品一樣。
(3) 新的版權條文就構成在1972年12月12日之前製作的影片一部分的照片而具有效力，猶如該
等條文就並非構成影片的一部分的照片而具有效力一樣。
(4) 就影片而言，如版權並不據此而存在或曾經存在於該影片，但─
(a) 影片作為原創的戲劇作品而受到或曾經受到保護；或
(b) 憑藉對構成影片的一部分的照片的保護而受到或曾經受到保護，
則在新的版權條文及本附表中，凡提述影片的版權，即提述作為原創的戲劇作品的版權或構成影片
的一部分的照片的版權(視屬何情況而定)。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 7 U.K.]
8. 版權並不存在於─
(a) 在1972年12月12日之前作出的廣播；或
(b) 在1994年3月11日之前包括在有線傳播節目服務內的有線傳播節目，
而就本條例第20(3)條(重播的版權期限)而言，無須理會任何該等廣播或有線傳播節目。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 9 U.K.]
作品的作者
9. 就第II部第IV分部賦予的權利(精神權利)而言，誰是某現存的作品的作者此一問題，須按照新的
版權條文而裁定，而就其他各方面而言，須按照在該作品製作時有效的法律而裁定。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 10 U.K.]
版權的第一擁有權
10. (1) 誰是現存的作品的版權第一擁有人此一問題，須按照在作品製作時有效的法律而裁定。
(2) 如在生效之前有人在以下條文所指的情況下委託製作作品─
(a) 《1956年法令》第4(3)條或《1911年法令》第5(1)條的但書(a)段(雕刻品、照片及畫像)；
或
(b) 《1956年法令》第12(4)條的但書(聲音紀錄)，
上述條文適用於裁定依據委託而在生效之後製作的作品的版權第一擁有權。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 11 U.K.]
僱員的作品
11. 本條例第14(2)條並不適用於現存的作品。
委託作品
12. 本條例第15條並不適用於現存的作品。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 159
現存的作品的版權期限
13. (1) 以下條文就現存的作品的版權期限而具有效力。
哪一項條文適用於某作品此一問題，須參照在緊接生效之前的事實而裁定，而在本段中，凡所
使用的詞句是曾為《1956年法令》的目的而界定，則該等詞句的涵義與該法令中該等詞句的涵義相
同。
(2) 以下類別的作品的版權持續存在，直至該等版權本應根據《1956年法令》屆滿的日期為止
─
(a) 文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品，而《1956年法令》第2(3)條的但書(在作者死後向公眾
提供的作品的版權期限)就該等作品提及的50年期間已開始計算；
(b) 雕刻品，而《1956年法令》第3(4)條的但書(a)段(在作者死後發表的作品的版權期限)就
該等作品提及的50年期間已開始計算；
(c) 已發表的照片及在1972年12月12日之前拍攝的照片；
(d) 已發表的聲音紀錄及在1972年12月12日之前製作的聲音紀錄；
(e) 已發表的影片。
(3) 除非在任何個案中在以下日期之前知道作者的身分(在該情況下本條例第17(2)或19(2)條(一般
規則︰作者在世的期間另加50年)適用)，否則不具名或以假名署名的文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品
或藝術作品(照片除外)或影片的版權持續存在，直至以下日期為止─
(a) (如該等作品已發表)該等版權按照《1956年法令》本應屆滿的日期；及
(b) (如該等作品未發表)在新的版權條文於某公曆年生效的情況下，自該年年終起計的50年
期間完結之日，但如在該期間該等作品按本條例第17(5)或19(6)條(作者不為人知的作品
的版權期限)所指的首次向公眾提供，則指該等版權的期限按照該條文所規定而屆滿的
日期。
(4) 凡新的版權條文於某公曆年開始生效，以下作品類別的版權持續存在，直至自該年年終起
計的50年期間完結為止─
(a) 已死亡的作者生前所作的文學作品、戲劇作品及音樂作品，而《1956年法令》第2(3)條
的但書(a)至(e)段提及的作為均沒有就該等作品而作出；
(b) 已死亡的作者生前所作的未發表雕刻品；
(c) 在1972年12月12日或之後拍攝的未發表照片；
(d) 未發表影片，而從事作出製作該影片所需安排的人已死亡。
(5) 凡新的版權條文於某一公曆年生效而某未發表的聲音紀錄是在1972年12月12日或之後製作
的，則該未發表的聲音紀錄的版權持續存在，直至自該某一公曆年年終起計的50年期間完結為止；
但如該未發表的聲音紀錄在自該某一公曆年年終起計的50年期間完結之前的另一公曆年發表，則該
聲音紀錄的版權持續存在，直至自該另一公曆年年終起計的50年期間完結為止。
(6) 任何其他現存的作品的類別的版權持續存在，直至該等作品類別的版權按照本條例第17至
21條屆滿的日期為止。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第17，18，19，20，21條 *〉
(7) 上述條文不適用於受政府版權或立法會版權規限的作品(參閱以下第32至34段)。 (由1999年
第22號第3條修訂)
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 12 U.K.]
侵犯版權的作為
14. (1) 第II部第II及III分部關於構成侵犯版權的作為的條文，只就在生效之後作出的作為而適用；
《1956年法令》《版權條例》的條文持續就在生效之前作出的作為而適用。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 160
(2) 本條例第25條並不就任何人在1996年5月10日之前為租賃予公眾而取得的聲音紀錄或電腦程
式的複製品而適用。
(3) 凡任何人在1995年1月1日之前，就在任何作品或標的物的複製品的租賃而招致大量開支或
法律責任，而招致的方式在當時是合法的，又或任何人在該日期之前，為上述租賃的目的或為達致
上述租賃而招致大量開支或法律責任，而在當時，若非因《世界貿易組織條例》第10條的實施，該
租賃本會是合法的，則如該人向憑藉該條的實施而有權限制租賃的人支付公平的酬報(數額由雙方協
議，如無協議，則由版權審裁處裁定)，該條例既不削減亦不損害任何因上述行動而產生的或與上述
行動相關的任何權利或權益，但該權利或權益須在緊接該條的實施前已存在兼有價值。
(4) 就本條例第35條(“侵犯版權複製品”的涵義)而言，某物品的製作是否構成侵犯版權或(如
該物品是在香港製作的)本會構成侵犯版權此一問題須按以下規定裁定─
(a) 就在1996年5月10日或之後但在生效之前製作的物品而言，須參照經《世界貿易組織條
例》修訂的《1956年法令》而裁定；
(b) 就在1972年12月12日或之後但在1996年5月10日之前製作的物品而言，須參照在緊接
《世界貿易組織條例》對《1956年法令》作出修訂之前的《1956年法令》而裁定；及
(c) 就在1972年12月12日之前製作的物品而言，須參照《1911年法令》而裁定。
(5) 就條例第35條(“侵犯版權複製品”的涵義)而言，如某物品在生效之前已輸入，而根據當時
法律並沒有侵犯版權，則對於關乎該物品的任何專用特許協議的條款母須理會，而為免產生疑問，
在生效之後任何對該物品的管有或對該物品進行的交易，均不屬條例第31條及第118條至133條所指
的侵犯版權。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第118，119，120，121，122，123，124，125，126，127，
128，129，130，131，132，133條 *〉
(6) 為本條例第40(2)及71(3)條(對某東西其後的利用，而該東西的製作憑藉該條的較早條文並不
屬侵犯版權)適用於在生效之前製作的東西的目的，須假設新的版權條文在所有關鍵時刻均有效。
(7) 凡任何產生以某種字體展現的材料的物品在生效之前如本條例第63(1)條所述的推出市場，
本條例第63條(產生以某種字體展現的材料的物品)即適用，但在新的版權條文於某公曆年生效的情況
下，第63(2)條所提及的期間須代以自該年年終起計的25年期間。
(8) 本條例第64條(電子形式作品的複製品、改編本等的轉移)不就在生效之前購買的複製品而適
用。
(9) 就在生效之前建成的建築物而言，在本條例第74條(重建建築物)中提述繪圖或圖則的版權擁
有人，即提述根據《1956年法令》或《1911年法令》在該建築物建造之時為繪圖或圖則的版權的擁
有人的人。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 14 U.K.]
15. (1) 除以下條文另有規定外，本條例第66及75條(不具名或以假名署名的作品︰基於關於版權期
限屆滿或作者死亡的假設而允許作出的作為)就現存的作品具有效力。
(2) 該條第(1)(b)(i)款(版權期限已屆滿的假設)不適用於照片。
(3) 如─
(a) 第11(3)(b)段(未發表的不具名或以假名署名的作品)適用，而新的版權條文於某公曆年生
效，則第66及75條第(1)(b)(ii)款(作者死亡的假設)只在自該年年終起計的50年期間完結之
後適用；或
(b) 上述第11(6)段(版權期限根據先前的法律和根據新的版權條文屬相同的個案)適用，則第
66及75條第(1)(b)(ii)款(作者死亡的假設)方適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 15 U.K.]
16. 《1956年法令》第7條的以下條文持續就現存的作品適用─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 161
(a) 第(6)款(自圖書館、博物館或其他機構內的手稿或複製品複製未發表的作品)；
(b) 第(7)款(發表載有第(6)款適用的材料的作品)，但(a)段(就意圖發表給予通知的責任)則除
外；
(c) 第(8)款(就按照第(7)款發表的材料而後來作出的廣播、表演等)，
而第(9)(d)款(插圖)持續為該等條文的目的適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 16 U.K.]
17. 如戲劇作品或音樂作品在1912年7月1日之前製作，而《1911年法令》賦予的權利並不包括公開
表演該等作品的唯一權利，受版權所限制的作為須視為不包括─
(a) 公開表演該等作品；
(b) 廣播該等作品或將該等作品包括在有線傳播節目服務內；或
(c) 就該等作品的改編本作出任何上述作為，
而凡《1911年法令》賦予的權利只由公開表演該等作品的唯一權利構成，則受版權限制的作為須視
為只由該等作為構成。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 17 U.K.]
18. 凡在1912年7月1日之前製作的作品由論文、文章或其部分構成，而該論文、文章或其部分構成
評論、雜誌或期刊或性質類似的作品，並在該評論、雜誌或期刊或性質類似的作品首次發表，則版
權須受作者在《1911年法令》開始生效時享有以獨立形式發表該論文、文章或其部分的權利所規
限。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 18 U.K.]
強制執行可予註冊外觀設計的版權
19. (1) 凡《1956年法令》第10條(在工業上應用與藝術作品相應的外觀設計的效力)在1989年8月1日
之前的任何時間就任何藝術作品而適用，則本條例第87(3)條即適用，而其中提及的15年期間即由有
關物品首次推出市場的公曆年年終起計算。
(2) 凡《1956年法令》第10條(在工業上應用與藝術作品相應的外觀設計的效力)在1989年8月1日
或該日之後但在生效之前的任何時間就任何藝術作品而適用，則本條例第87(3)條即適用，但須以25
年期間代替其中提及的15年期間，而該段25年期間即由有關物品首次推出市場的公曆年年終起計
算。
(3) 除第(1)及(2)節另有規定外，本條例第87條只有在有關物品在生效之後如本條例第87(1)(b)條
中提及的情況般推出市場才適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 20 U.K.]
廢除法定的製作紀錄特許
20. 凡《1956年法令》第8條第(1)(b)款所指的通知已在本條例廢除該條之前作出，則《1956年法
令》第8條(複製以零售方式出售的紀錄的法定特許)及《版權使用費制度(紀錄)規例》(附錄IAL1頁))
持續適用，但只就─
(a) 在有關的廢除生效的一年內進行；及
(b) 最多只達在該通知上列明的擬出售的數量，
的紀錄的製作而適。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 21 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 162
精神權利
21. (1) 不可憑藉第II部第IV分部(精神權利)的任何條文而就在生效之前作出的作為提起訴訟。
(2) 《1956年法令》第43條(作者的虛假署名)持續就在生效之前作出的作為而適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 22 U.K.]
22. (1) 以下條文就─
(a) 本條例第89條(被識別為作者或導演的權利)；及
(b) 本條例第92條(反對作品受貶損處理的權利)，
所賦予的權利而具有效力。
(2) 凡─
(a) 文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品及藝術作品的作者在生效之前死亡，該等權利並不就
該作品而適用；或
(b) 影片在生效之前製作，該等權利並不就該影片而適用。
(3) 就現存的文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品而有的權利不適用於以下事情─
(a) (凡版權首先歸屬作者)任何憑藉在生效之前作出的版權轉讓或批出的特許而作出不屬侵
犯版權的事情；
(b) (凡版權首先歸屬並非作者的人)版權擁有人作出的或在其特許下作出的任何事情。
(4) 該等權利不適用於就依據《1956年法令》(第8條)(法定的製作紀錄特許)製作的紀錄而作出的
任何事情。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 23 U.K.]
電腦程式或聲音紀錄的複製品
租賃予公眾的證明
23. 本條例廢除《版權條例》第41A(租賃電腦程式及聲音紀錄的特別條文)及41B條(就結算租賃電腦
程式或聲音紀錄而須付的使用費或其他款項而提出的申請)，並不影響該等條文在工商司在生效之前
根據《版權條例》第41A(4)條作出證明方面的施行。
轉讓及特許
24. (1) 凡在生效日期之前作出的文件或發生的事件─
(a) 具有影響現存的作品的版權的擁有權的效力；或
(b) 具有產生、轉移或終止在現存的作品的版權方面的權益、權利或特許的效力，
則該等文件或事件對該作品在本條例下的版權具有相應的效力。
(2) 該等文件中使用的詞句須按照其在緊接生效之前的效力而解釋。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 25 U.K.]
25. (1) 本條例第102(1)條(未來版權的轉讓︰在版權產生之時將其法定權益藉法例規定而作出歸屬)
不就在1972年12月12日之前作出的協議而適用。
(2) 本條例廢除《1956年法令》第37(2)條(未來版權的轉讓︰承讓人在版權產生之前死亡的權利
轉予)，並不影響該條就在生效之前作出的協議而施行。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 26 U.K.]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 163
26. (1) 凡文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品的作者是該作品的版權的第一擁有人，則該
作者在1912年7月1日或之後但在1972年12月12日之前並非藉遺囑而就該版權作出的轉讓或就其權益作
出的授予，不具有將關於該作品的版權的任何權利歸屬承讓人或承授人超逾自作者死亡起計的25年
屆滿之時的效力。
(2) 作者可在其在生之時並在生效之後就預期在上述期間終止時產生的版權的復歸權益作出轉
讓，但如沒有任何轉讓，則在作者死亡時，該利益須作為其遺產一部分轉予其法定遺產代理人。
(3) 本段並不影響─
(a) 由獲轉讓復歸權益的人轉讓該權益；
(b) 在作者死亡後由其遺產代理人或任何變成有權享有復歸權益的人轉讓該權益；或
(c) 在復歸權益到期之後作出的版權轉讓。
(4) 本段不適用於匯集作品的版權的轉讓或就作為匯集作品一部分發表的作品或作品的部分的
特許。
(5) 在第(4)節中，“匯集作品”(collective work) 指─
(a) 百科全書、字典、詞典、年鑑或相類的作品；
(b) 報章、評論、雜誌或相類的期刊；及
(c) 由不同的作者寫作的獨立部分的作品，或包含不同作者的作品或其作品的部分的作
品。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 27 U.K.]
27. (1) 凡版權存在於在1912年7月1日之前製作的文學作品、戲劇作品、音樂作品或藝術作品，而其
作者在《1911年法令》的實施之前作出該法令第24(1)條但書(a)段(根據先前的法律就版權或表演的權
利的整段期限而作出的版權或表演的權利的轉讓或授予)所述的轉讓或授予，則本段即適用。
(2) 如在生效之前已發生某事件或給予某通知，而該事件或該通知憑藉《1956年法令》附表7第
38段就作品在該法令下的版權具有效力，則該事件或該通知就在本條例下的版權具有相應的效力。
(3) 在緊接生效之前憑藉該附表38(3)段本可就作品或其版權行使的權利，即可根據本條例就作
品或其版權行使。
(4) 如按照該附表38(4)段，版權本會在1972年12月12日或之後的某一日期復歸作者或其遺產代
理人，而該某一日期是在新的版權條文生效之後─
(a) 有關作品的版權即復歸該作者或其遺產代理人(視屬何情況而定)；及
(b) 凡有關版權憑藉在1912年7月1日之前作出的文件而在該某一日期存在，任何其他人對該
版權的權益即於該某一日期終止。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 28 U.K.]
28. 本條例第103(2)條(專用特許持有人相對於批出特許的人的所有權繼承人而言的權利)不就在生效
之前批出的專用特許而適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 29 U.K.]
遺贈
29. (1) 如立遺囑人─
(a) 在1972年12月12日之前死亡，則本條例第104條(版權藉遺囑而與載有未發表作品的原稿
或其他實物一併轉移)並不適用；及
(b) 在該日期或之後但在生效之前死亡，則本條例第104條只就載有作品的原稿而適用。
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 164
(2) 如作者在1972年12月12日之前死亡，而在其死後其手稿的擁有權是根據該作者作出的遺囑
性質的處置而取得的，此外，該手稿是末經發表或公開表演的作品的手稿，則該擁有權即為版權屬
於該手稿的擁有人的表面證明。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 30 U.K.]
侵犯權利的補救
30. (1) 本條例第107及108條(侵犯權利的補救)只就在生效之後作出的侵犯版權而適用；《1956年法
令》第17條持續就在生效之前作出的侵犯權利而適用。
(2) 本條例第109條(交付侵犯版權複製品)適用於在生效之前或之後製作的侵犯版權複製品及其
他物品；《1956年法令》第18條及《1911年法令》第7條(就轉為己用的損害賠償等)在生效之後並不
適用，但就在生效之前展開的法律程序而言，則屬例外。
(3) 在本條例第107至109條適用的情況，則本條例第112及113條(專用特許持有人的權利及補救)
亦適用；在《1956年法令》第17或18條適用的情況，該法令第19條亦持續適用。 〈* 註─詳列交互
參照：第107，108，109條 *〉
(4) 本條例第115至117條(推定)只在憑藉本條例提起的法律程序中適用；《1956年法令》第20條
持續適用於憑藉該法令提起的法律程序。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第115，116，117條 *〉
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 31 U.K.]
31. 本條例第112及113條(專用特許持有人的權利及補救)不適用於在1972年12月12日之前批出的特
許。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 32 U.K.]
32. 本條例第118條的條文(製作侵犯版權物品或進行侵犯版權物品等交易的刑事法律責任)只就在生
效之後作出的作為而適用；《1956年法令》第21條(就進行侵犯版權交易的罰則及簡易法律程序)及
《版權條例》第5及5A條(與侵犯版權複製品及在香港以外地方製造侵犯版權複製品等相關的罪行)持
續就在生效之前作出的作為而適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 33 U.K.]
船舶、航空器及氣墊船
33. 本條例第179條(在香港註冊的船舶、航空器及氣墊船)不就在生效之前作出的任何事情而適用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 39 U.K.]
政府版權
34. (1) 如─
(a) 現存的作品是在生效之前─
(i) 由女皇陛下香港政府製作或在其指示或控制下所製作的；或
(ii) 由如皇陛下香港政府的部門製作或在其指示或控制下所製作的；或
(b) 現存的作品是在生效之前由女皇陛下香港政府或其部門或在女皇陛下香港政府或其部
門的指示或控制下在香港首次發表的；
而該作品並非本條例第183、184或185條(條例、條例草案及立法會版權︰參閱以下第36及37段)適用
的作品，則本條例第182條(政府版權的一般條文)適用於該現存的作品。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 165
(2) 本條例第182(1)(b)條(版權的第一擁有權)在於生效之前根據《1956年法令》第39(6)條訂立的
協議的規限下具有效力。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 40 U.K.]
35. (1) 以下條文就本條例第182條(政府版權)適用的現存的作品的版權期限具有效力。
哪一項條文適用於某作品此一問題，須參照在緊接生效之前的事實而裁定，而如本段使用的詞
句曾為《1956年法令》的目的而界定，則該等詞句的涵義與該法令中該等詞句的涵義相同。
(2) 以下類別的作品的版權持續存在，直至該等作品的版權按照《1956年法令》本會屆滿的日
期為止─
(a) 已發表的文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品；
(b) 除雕刻品或照片外的藝術作品；
(c) 已發表的雕刻品；
(d) 已發表的照片及在1972年12月12日之前拍攝的照片；
(e) 已發表的聲音紀錄及在1972年12月12日之前製作的聲音紀錄；
(f) 已發表的影片。
(3) 未發表的文學作品、戲劇作品或音樂作品或影片的版權持續存在，直至─
(a) 版權按照本條例第182(3)條屆滿的日期為止；或
(b) 在新的版權條文在某公曆年生效的情況下自該年年終起計的50年期間完結為止，
兩個時間中，以較後者為準。
(4) 以下類別的作品的版權持續存在，直至在新的版權條文在某公曆年生效的情況下自該年年
終起計的50年期間完結為止─
(a) 未發表的雕刻品；
(b) 在1972年12月12日或之後拍攝的未發表的照片。
(5) 凡新的版權條文在某一公曆年生效，不屬上述第(2)節所指的聲音紀錄的版權持續存在，直
至自該年年終起計的50年期間完結為止；但如該聲音紀錄在自該年年終起計的50年期間完結之前的
另一公曆年發表，則其版權持續存在，直至自該另一公曆年年終起計的50年期間完結時屆滿。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 41 U.K.]
36. 本條例第183條(條例的版權)適用於現存的條例。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 42 U.K.]
立法局版權
37. (1) 本條例第184條(立法會版權的一般條文)適用於的現存的未發表的文學作品、戲劇作品、音
樂作品或藝術作品，但並不在其他情況之下適用於現存的作品。 (由1999年第22號第3條修訂)
(2) 本條例第185條(條例草案的版權)不適用於已提交立法局並在生效之前發表的條例草案。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 43 U.K.]
歸屬某些國際組織的版權
38. (1) 在緊接生效之前憑藉《1956年法令》第33條而有版權存在的作品，須當作符合本條例第
188(1)條的規定。
(2) 未發表的該等作品的版權持續存在，直至該版權按照《1956年法令》本會屆滿的日期為
止，或如新的版權條文在某公曆年生效，則直至自該年年終起計的50年期間完結為止，兩個時間
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 166
中，以較早者為準。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 44 U.K.]
“發表”的涵義
39. 本條例第196(3)條(建築物的建造視作等同於發表)只在建築物在生效之後開始建造的情況下適
用。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 45 U.K.]
“未經授權”的涵義
40. 為就在生效之前作出的事情而應用在第198(1)條(次要定義)中“未經授權”一詞的定義的目的─
(由2000年第64號第18條修訂)
(a) 該條(a)段就在1972年12月12日之前作出的事情而適用，猶如對版權擁有人的特許的提述
是對其同意或默許的提述一樣；
(b) 該條(b)段在該段自“或在第14(1)條本會適用的情況下”起至段末的“並非在該人的特
許下作出”為止的所有字句由“或並非在作者之下合法地提出申索的人作出”代替的
情況下適用；及
(c) 該條(c)段無須理會。
[比照 1988 c. 48 Sch. 1 para. 46 U.K.]
附屬法例的保留條文
41. 在緊接生效前具有效力的《版權審裁處規則》(附錄IBF1頁)+，在不抵觸本條例的範圍內以為使
其根據本條例具有效力而作出屬必需的改編及變通的規限下，猶如它是根據本條例訂立一樣持續有
效，就各方面具有效力，直至終審法院首席法官根據本條例訂第174條訂立規則為止。 (由1998年第
25號第2條修訂)
42. 《版權(邊境措施)規則》(1996年第482號法律公告)在不抵觸本條例的範圍內以及為使該等規則
根據適當的本條例某部具有效力而作出屬必需的改編及變通的規限下，猶如它是為施行本條例第144
及271條而訂立一樣持續有效，就各方面具有效力，直至根據《高等法院條例》(第4章)為施行本條例
第144及271條訂立法院規則為止。 (由1998年第25號第2條修訂)
43. 在緊接生效前具有效力並經修訂的《版權(圖書館)規例》(附錄IAJ1頁)，在不抵觸本條例的範圍
內以及為使其根據本條例具有效力而作出屬必需的改編及變通的規限下，猶如它是根據本條例而訂
立一樣持續有效，就各方面具有效力，直至商務及經濟發展局局長根據本條例第46條訂立規例為
止。 (由1997年第362號法律公告修訂；由2002年第106號法律公告修訂；由2007年第130號法律公告
修訂)
___________________________________________________________________________
註：
+ 並請參閱1997年第5號法律公告。
附表： 3 在表演中的權利︰過渡性條文及保留條文 30/06/1997
[第233及237條]
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 167
引言
1. (1) 在本附表中─
“《版權條例》”(the Copyright Ordinance) 指在緊接本條例第III部生效前有效的《版權條例》(第39
章)；
“新的表演權利條文”(the new performance rights provisions) 指關乎表演中的權利的本條例條文，即第
III部(包括本附表及附表1)、附表4及5，以及就第III部的條文而作出相應修訂或廢除的條文的範
圍。
(2) 在本附表中，凡僅提述“生效”，即提述新的表演權利條文生效日期。
(3) 在本附表中，凡提述“現存的表演”，即提述在生效之前作出的表演；就此而言，凡某表
演歷時一段時期，當該表演完結時，須視為已作出該表演。
2. 就《版權條例》而言，“表演”(performance) 指─
(a) 戲劇表演；
(b) 音樂表演；或
(c) 誦讀或背誦文學作品，
即由一名或多於一名個人作出的有聲方式表達或屬於有聲方式表達的非錄製表演或現場表演。
一般原則︰法律的延續
3. 除任何明訂的條文有相反規定外，新的表演權利條文就在生效之前作出的表演而適用，一如其
就在生效之後作出的表演而適用一樣。
4. (1) 在新的表演權利條文重新制定(不論有或沒有作出變通)較早時的條文的範圍內，本段條文具
有確使法律延續的效力。
(2) 在成文法則、文書或其他文件中，凡提述表演者的權利或有權利存在的表演，而該等權利
或表演因本條例便會解釋為提述《版權條例》所指的表演者的權利下，則在延續該成文法則、文書
或其他文件的效力所需的範圍內，該項提述須解釋為(或按個別情況的需要而須解釋為包括)本條例
所指的表演者的權利或根據本條例而有權利存在的表演。
(3) 凡根據被本條例廢除的條文或為施行該等條文而作出任何事情(包括訂立附屬法例)，或凡任
何事情具有如此作出的效力則該等事情在其是根據相應的新的表演權利條文而作出的或為施行相應
的新的表演權利條文而作出一樣的情況下，具有效力。
(4) 在文意許可的情況下，在本條例或任何其他成文法則、文書或文件中，凡提述(明示或隱含)
新的表演權利條文的任何條文，即就生效之前的時間、情況及目的而解釋為包括提述相應的較早時
的條文。
(5) 在成文法則、文書或其他文件中，凡提述(明示或隱含)被本條例廢除的條文，在延續該成文
法則、文書或其他文件條文的效力所需的範圍內，該項提述須解釋為提述本條例的相應條文。
(6) 本段條文在任何特定的過渡性條文或保留條文及本條例作出的任何明示修訂規限下具有效
力。
在表演中的權利的存在
5. (1) 如符合以下說明，則第III部所賦予的權利在生效之後存在於現存的表演─
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 168
(a) 該表演曾是《版權條例》所指的合資格的表演，或假使該表演是在生效之後作出的，
便會是合資格的表演；及
(b) (i) 新的表演權利條文在某公曆年開始生效，而該表演並非在該公曆年的第一天前的
50年之前作出的；或
(ii) 該現存的表演是在某一公曆年作出的，而新的表演權利條文是在另一公曆年開始
實施的，且該表演的錄製品在自該某一公曆年年終起計的50年之內發行，則該發
行須並非在該另一公曆年的第一天前的50年之前作出的。
(2) 第III部所賦予的現存的表演的權利持續存在，直至該等表演的該等權利按照本條例第214條
屆滿為止。
反對的權利
6. 凡任何人在生效之前，就錄製任何表演或複製任何錄製品而招致大量開支或法律責任，而招致
的方式在當時是合法的，又或任何人在生效之前，為上述錄製或複製或為達致上述錄製或複製而招
致大量開支或法律責任，而在當時，若非生效該錄製或複製本會是合法的，則本條例既不削減亦不
損害任何因上述行動而產生的或與上述行動相關的任何權利或權益，但該權利或權益須在緊接生效
前已存在兼有價值；但如憑藉生效而有權限制錄製或複製的人同意支付補償(數額由雙方協議，如無
協議，則由版權審裁處釐定)，則屬例外。
侵犯在表演中的權利的作為
7. (1) 第III部關於構成侵犯該部所賦予的權利的作為的條文，只就在生效之後作出的作為而適
用；《版權條例》的條文持續就在1996年12月20日或之後但在生效之前作出的作為而適用。
(2) 為施行本條例第229條(“侵犯權利的錄製品”的涵義)，就在1996年12月20日或之後但在生
效之前作出的某一表演而進行錄製會否構成對表演者權利的侵犯或假使該某一表演在香港作出並予
以錄製是否會構成對表演者權利的侵犯此一問題，須參照《版權條例》而裁定。
侵犯權利的補救
8. 本條例第228條(交付侵犯權利的錄製品)適用於在生效之前及之後製作的侵犯權利的錄製品；
《版權條例》第32條在生效之後並不適用，但就在生效之前展開的法律程序而言，則屬例外。
船舶、航空器及氣墊船
9. 本條例第235條(在香港註冊的船舶、航空器及氣墊船)不就在生效之前作出的任何事情而適用。
附表： 4 (已失時效而略去) L.N. 127 of 2001 13/07/2001
(已失時效而略去)
附表： 5 廢除 30/06/1997
[第281條及附表2及3]
成文法則 廢除的範圍
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 169
1. 《版權條例》(第39章) 整條條例
2. 《版權(發表的通知)規例》(附錄IAK1頁) 整條規例
3. 《1972年至1990年版權(香港)命令》(附錄IIIDD1頁) 所有命令
4. 《1957年版權(國際組織)命令》(S.I. 1957 No. 1524
U.K.)
該命令屬香港法律一部分的範圍
5. 《1961年版權(廣播組織)命令》(S.I. 1961 No. 2460
U.K.)
該命令屬香港法律一部分的範圍
6. 《1987年版權(電腦軟件)(延伸適用於屬土)命令》
(S.I. 1987 No. 2200 U.K.)
該命令屬香港法律一部分的範圍
7. 《1990年版權(台灣)命令》(1990年第205號法律公
告)
整條命令
8. 《版權(對其他國家、領域或地區的適用範圍)規
例》(第39章，附屬法例A)
整條規例
9. 《版權(指定合資格國家、領域或地區)規例》(第39
章，附屬法例B)
整條規例
附表： 6 過渡性條文及保留條文 L.N. 211 of 2003 28/11/2003
[第282條]
關乎《2003年版權(修訂)條例》
(2003年第27號)所作的修訂
的過渡性條文及保留條文
1. 釋義
(1) 在本附表中，除文意另有所指外—
“《2003年修訂條例》”(amendment Ordinance of 2003) 指《2003年版權(修訂)條例》(2003年第27號)；
“《暫停條例》”(Suspension Ordinance) 指《2001年版權(暫停實施修訂)條例》(第568章)。
(2) 在本附表中，提述在緊接《2003年修訂條例》生效*前適用的本條例，即提述與在緊接
《2003年修訂條例》生效前適用的《暫停條例》一併理解的在緊接《2003年修訂條例》生效前適用
的本條例。
2. 本條例第35A條對以往輸入的
複製品的適用
(1) 如某作品的複製品僅憑藉在《2003年修訂條例》生效前將它或擬將它輸入香港，而屬在緊
接《2003年修訂條例》生效前適用的本條例第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品，則本條適用於該複製
品。
(2) 就在《2003年修訂條例》生效後就本條適用的作品的複製品作出的任何作為(包括聲稱構成
侵犯版權或本條例所訂罪行的任何作為)而言，本條例第35A條具有效力，猶如該條是在第(1)款提述
的輸入或擬輸入複製品一事發生之前已制定一樣，據此，該複製品不得被視為侵犯版權複製品；但
假使在緊接《2003年修訂條例》生效後將該複製品或擬將該複製品輸入香港，在顧及本條例第35A條
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 170
後，它亦會屬本條例第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品，則屬例外。
(3) 為免生疑問，本條或《2003年修訂條例》並不影響任何就在《2003年修訂條例》生效前發
生侵犯版權而具有的訴訟權。
3. 豁免以往就“平行輸入”的
本條例第35A條適用的
作品的複製品而招致
的刑事法律責任
(1) 如某作品的複製品僅憑藉在《2003年修訂條例》生效前將它或擬將它輸入香港，而屬在緊
接《2003年修訂條例》生效前適用的本條例第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品，則本條適用於該複製
品。
(2) 自《2003年修訂條例》生效起，任何人不得因在《2003年修訂條例》生效前就本條適用的
作品的複製品作出任何作為，而被裁定犯在緊接《2003年修訂條例》生效前適用的本條例第118(1)條
所訂罪行；但假使在緊接《2003年修訂條例》生效後將該複製品或擬將該複製品輸入香港，在顧及
本條例第35A條後，該複製品亦會屬本條例第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品，則屬例外。
4. 豁免以往就本條例第35A條適用的
作品的複製品的後備複製品或就
在有需要的情況下複製或改編
本條例第35A條適用的作品
的複製品而招致的
刑事法律責任
(1) 如本條例第35A條適用的某作品的複製品—
(a) 在《2003年修訂條例》生效前製作；及
(b) 僅憑藉該複製品是由就本條例第60及61條而言並無合約權利使用該作品的人所製作此項
事實，而屬侵犯版權複製品，
則本條適用於該複製品。
(2) 自《2003年修訂條例》生效起，任何人不得因本條適用的作品的複製品，而被裁定犯在緊
接《2003年修訂條例》生效前適用的本條例第118(1)條所訂罪行；但就為本條例第118(1)條所訂罪行
而進行的法律程序而言，在顧及本條例第118A條後，假使同一複製品在緊接《2003年修訂條例》生
效後製作，會屬就本條例第60及61條而言並無合約權利使用該作品的人所製作的複製品，則屬例
外。
(附表6由2003年第27號第9條增補)
___________________________________________________________________________
註：
* 生效日期：2003年11月28日。
附表： 7 關乎《2007年版權(修訂)條例》(2007年第15號)所作的修 訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
L.N. 47 of 2008; L.N. 48 of 2008
25/04/2008
詳列交互參照：
118、118A、119、119A、119B、120、120A、121、122、123、124、125、126、127、128、129、130、131、132、133
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 171
附註：
1. 本附表第3部(在第3部與關乎《2007年版權(修訂)條例》(2007年第15號)第6條(在它與本條例新
的第25(1)(c)及(d)條有關的範圍內)及第51條所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文有關的範圍內)及本
附表第4部自2008年4月25日實施─見2008年第47號法律公告(c)段及2008年第48號法律公告(n)段。
2008年第47號法律公告(c)段的內容載錄如下─
“(c) 第75條(在它與新的附表7的第3部有關的範圍內，且僅在新的附表7的第3部與關乎第6條
(在它與新的第25(1)(c)條有關的範圍內)所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文有關的範圍
內)。”。
2008年第48號法律公告(n)段的內容載錄如下─
“(n) 第75條，但限於在它與以下條文有關的範圍內—
(i) 新的附表7的第3部，但僅在新的附表7的第3部與以下條文有關的範圍內—
(A) 關乎第6條(在它與新的第25(1)(d)條有關的範圍內)所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保
留條文；及
(B) 關乎第51條所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文；及
(ii) 新的附表7的第4部。”。
2. 本附表第3部的餘下條文尚未實施。
[第283條]
第1部
引言
1. 釋義
(1) 在本附表中—
“《2007年修訂條例》”(2007 Amendment Ordinance) 指《2007年版權(修訂)條例》(2007年第15號)；
“《暫停條例》”(Suspension Ordinance) 指《2001年版權(暫停實施修訂)條例》(第568章)。
(2) 在本附表中使用的詞句，如已為本條例第II部(版權)及第IIIA部(表演者的精神權利)的施行而
界定，則其涵義與該兩部中該等詞句的涵義相同。
第2部
就版權作品及表演所允許的作為
2. 關於某些現有協議的保留條文
《2007年修訂條例》第13、14、15、16、17、21、61、62、63或65條並不影響在該等條文的生效
日期*前所訂立的特許或協議。
第3部
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 172
版權擁有人及表演者的租賃權
第1分部—關乎《2007年修訂條例》第6條
(在它與本條例第25(1)(c)、(e)及(f)條
有關的範圍內)所作的修訂的
過渡性條文及保留條文
3. 一般條文
(1) 除本附表第4及5條另有規定外，《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在它與本條例第25(1)(c)、(e)及(f)
條有關的範圍內)適用於在該條的生效日期#之前、當日或之後製作的版權作品。
(2) 任何在《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在它與本條例第25(1)(c)、(e)及(f)條有關的範圍內)的生效
日期前作出的作為，不得視為對憑藉該條而產生的任何新的權利的侵犯。
4. 新的租賃權：生效日期前作出的
複製授權的效力
凡—
(a) 任何作品的版權擁有人或準擁有人在《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在它與本條例第
25(1)(c)、(e)及(f)條有關的範圍內)的生效日期#前授權任何人製作該作品的複製品；及
(b) 有新的權利憑藉該條就該複製品而產生，
則除非有任何協議有相反規定，否則該新的權利在該條的生效日期歸屬該獲授權的人。
5. 關於現有存貨的保留條文
(1) 任何憑藉《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在它與本條例第25(1)(c)條有關的範圍內)而產生的新的
權利，不適用於任何人在該條的生效日期#前為租賃予公眾的目的而獲取的影片的複製品。
(2) 任何憑藉《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在它與本條例第25(1)(e)及(f)條有關的範圍內)而產生的
新的權利，不適用於任何人在該條的生效日期前為租賃予公眾的目的而獲取的連環圖冊的複製品。
第2分部—關乎《2007年修訂條例》第6條
(在它與本條例第25(1)(d)條有關的範圍內)
所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
6. 一般條文
(1) 除本附表第7及8條另有規定外，《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在其與本條例第25(1)(d)條有關
的範圍內)適用於在該條的生效日期#之前、當日或之後製作的版權作品。
(2) 任何在《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在它與本條例第25(1)(d)條有關的範圍內)的生效日期前作
出的作為，不得視為對憑藉該條而產生的任何新的權利的侵犯。
7. 新的租賃權：生效日期前作出的複製授權的效力
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 173
凡—
(a) 任何作品的版權擁有人或準擁有人在《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在它與本條例第25(1)(d)
條有關的範圍內)的生效日期#前授權任何人製作該作品的複製品；及
(b) 有新的權利憑藉該條就該複製品而產生，
則除非有任何協議有相反規定，否則該新的權利在該條的生效日期歸屬該獲授權的人。
8. 關於現有存貨的保留條文
任何憑藉《2007年修訂條例》第6條(在它與本條例第25(1)(d)條有關的範圍內)而產生的新的權
利，不適用於任何人在該條的生效日期#前為租賃予公眾的目的而獲取的聲音紀錄的複製品。
第3分部—關乎《2007年修訂條例》第51條
所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
9. 一般條文
(1) 除本附表第10及11條另有規定外，《2007年修訂條例》第51條適用於在該條的生效日期@之
前、當日或之後舉行的合資格表演。
(2) 任何在《2007年修訂條例》第51條的生效日期前作出的作為，不得視為對憑藉該條而產生
的任何新的權利的侵犯。
10. 新的租賃權：生效日期前作出的
複製授權的效力
凡—
(a) 任何在合資格表演中的表演者的權利的擁有人或準擁有人在《2007年修訂條例》第51條
的生效日期@前授權任何人製作該表演的紀錄的複製品；及
(b) 有新的權利憑藉該條就該複製品而產生，
則除非有任何協議有相反規定，否則該新的權利在該條的生效日期歸屬該獲授權的人。
11. 關於現有存貨的保留條文
任何憑藉《2007年修訂條例》第51條而產生的新的權利，不適用於任何人在該條的生效日期@
前為租賃予公眾的目的而獲取的合資格表演的聲音紀錄的複製品。
第4部
表演者的精神權利
關乎《2007年修訂條例》第66條所作的
修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
12. 一般條文
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 174
任何在《2007年修訂條例》第66條的生效日期@前作出的作為，不得視為對憑藉該條而產生的
表演者的任何新的權利的侵犯。
13. 關於某些現有協議的保留條文
(1) 除另有明文規定外，《2007年修訂條例》第66條並不影響在該條的生效日期@前所訂立的協
議。
(2) 任何依據第(1)款所提述的協議而在《2007年修訂條例》第66條的生效日期當日或之後作出
的作為，不得視為對憑藉該條而產生的表演者的任何新的權利的侵犯。
14. 現場聲藝表演的表演者
的新的精神權利
(1) 憑藉《2007年修訂條例》第66條就現場聲藝表演而產生的表演者的新的權利，僅存在於在
該條的生效日期@當日或之後舉行的現場聲藝表演中。
(2) 憑藉《2007年修訂條例》第66條就錄製於聲音紀錄內的表演而產生的表演者的新的權利，
僅在有關表演是在該條的生效日期當日或之後舉行的情況下存在。
第5部
對版權作品及在表演中的權利的侵犯
第1分部—關乎《2007年修訂條例》第9(2)條
所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
15. 豁免就在《2007年修訂條例》第9(2)條
生效前輸入的作品的複製品而招致的
刑事法律責任
(1) 自《2007年修訂條例》第9(2)條的生效日期*起，任何人不得因在該生效日期之前、當日或
之後就本款適用的作品的複製品作出的作為，而被裁定犯本條例第118條所訂罪行。
(2) 在《2007年修訂條例》第9(2)條的生效日期前輸入香港的作品的複製品如符合以下說明，第
(1)款即對之適用—
(a) 該複製品僅憑藉在緊接該生效日期前有效的本條例第35(3)條而屬侵犯版權複製品；
(b) 該複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的；及
(c) 該複製品如在該生效日期當日或之後輸入香港，則憑藉經《2007年修訂條例》第9(2)條
修訂的本條例第35(4)條，該複製品不會是本條例第118至133條(刑事條文)所指的侵犯版
權複製品。 〈* 註─詳列交互參照：第118、118A、119、119A、119B、120、120A、
121、122、123、124、125、126、127、128、129、130、131、132、133條 *〉
第2分部—關乎《2007年修訂條例》第10條
所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
16. 本條例第35B條對以往輸入的
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 175
複製品的適用情況
(1) 就在《2007年修訂條例》第10條的生效日期*當日或之後就本款適用的作品的複製品作出的
任何作為(包括聲稱構成侵犯版權或本條例所訂罪行的任何作為)而言—
(a) 本條例第35B條具有效力，猶如該條是在該複製品輸入香港之前或在獲取該複製品之前
已制定一樣；及
(b) 該複製品憑藉(a)段而不屬本條例第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品；但假使在該生效日
期當日或之後將該複製品輸入香港或在該生效日期當日或之後獲取該複製品，在顧及
本條例第35B條後，它亦會屬本條例第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複製品，則屬例外。
(2) 在《2007年修訂條例》第10條的生效日期前輸入香港的作品的複製品如符合以下說明，第
(1)款即對之適用—
(a) 該複製品僅憑藉在緊接該生效日期前有效的本條例第35(3)條而屬侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 該複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的。
(3) 為免生疑問，本條或《2007年修訂條例》並不免除任何人就在《2007年修訂條例》第10條的
生效日期前發生的侵犯版權而在民事訴訟中須承擔的法律責任。
17. 豁免以往就“平行輸入”的本條例
第35B條適用的作品的複製品
而招致的刑事法律責任
(1) 自《2007年修訂條例》第10條的生效日期*起，任何人不得因在該生效日期前就本款適用的
作品的複製品作出的作為，而被裁定犯在緊接該生效日期前有效並與《暫停條例》一併理解的本條
例第118(1)條所訂的罪行；但假使在該生效日期當日或之後將該複製品輸入香港或在該生效日期當日
或之後獲取該複製品，在顧及本條例第35B條後，該複製品亦會屬本條例第35(3)條所指的侵犯版權複
製品，則屬例外。
(2) 在《2007年修訂條例》第10條的生效日期前輸入香港的作品的複製品如符合以下說明，第
(1)款即對之適用—
(a) 該複製品僅憑藉在緊接該生效日期前有效的本條例第35(3)條而屬侵犯版權複製品；及
(b) 該複製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的。
第3分部—關乎《2007年修訂條例》第31條
所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
18. 本條例第118(2H)條的適用範圍
為免生疑問，本條例第118(2H)條並不就本條例第118(2A)條所提述的、由任何法人團體或合夥於
《2007年修訂條例》第31(4)條的生效日期*前作出的作為而適用。
19. 本條例第118(2E)、(2F)、(2G)、(3A)及(3B)條
規定的豁免及免責辯護的追溯適用
(1) 本條例第118(2E)、(2F)、(2G)、(3A)及(3B)條在本款適用的法律程序中適用，方式與該條在
就本條例第118(2A)條所訂罪行而進行的法律程序中適用者相同。
(2) 在就緊接《2007年修訂條例》第31(4)條的生效日期*前有效並與《暫停條例》一併理解的本
第 528 章 - 《版權條例》 176
條例第118(1)(d)條所訂的罪行而進行的法律程序中，如控罪所關乎的侵犯版權複製品屬《暫停條例》
第2(2)、(3)、(4)或(5)條所描述的類別的侵犯版權複製品，則第(1)款適用於該法律程序。
(3) 第(1)款不適用於就在2001年4月1日前所犯罪行而進行的法律程序。
第4分部—關乎《2007年修訂條例》第57條
所作的修訂的過渡性條文及保留條文
20. 本條例第229A條對以往輸入
的錄製品的適用情況
(1) 就在《2007年修訂條例》第57條的生效日期*當日或之後就本款適用的表演的錄製品作出的
任何作為(包括聲稱構成侵犯本條例第III部所賦予的權利的任何作為)而言—
(a) 本條例第229A條具有效力，猶如該條是在該錄製品輸入香港之前或在獲取該錄製品之
前已制定一樣；及
(b) 該錄製品憑藉(a)段而不屬本條例第229(4)條所指的侵犯權利的錄製品；但假使在該生效
日期當日或之後將該錄製品輸入香港或在該生效日期當日或之後獲取該錄製品，在顧
及本條例第229A條後，它亦會屬本條例第229(4)條所指的侵犯權利的錄製品，則屬例
外。
(2) 在《2007年修訂條例》第57條的生效日期前輸入香港的表演的錄製品如符合以下說明，第
(1)款即對之適用—
(a) 該錄製品僅憑藉在緊接該生效日期前有效的本條例第229(4)條而屬侵犯權利的錄製品；
及
(b) 該錄製品是在製作它的所在國家、地區或地方合法地製作的。
(3) 為免生疑問，本條或《2007年修訂條例》並不免除任何人就在《2007年修訂條例》第57條的
生效日期前發生的侵犯本條例第III部所賦予的權利而在民事訴訟中須承擔的法律責任。
(附表7由2007年第15號第75條增補)
____________________________________________________________________
註：
* 生效日期：2007年7月6日。
# 生效日期：2008年4月25日(在它與本條例新的第25(1)(c)及(d)條有關的範圍內)。
@ 生效日期：2008年4月25日。